Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada
                                                                                                    for Buildings
                                                                                                    2020




                                                                                                    Issued by the
                                                                                                    Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes
                                                                                                    National Research Council of Canada




                                                                                                     This publication was made possible with the technical
                                                                                                     and financial support of:

                                                                                                                  Natural Resources     Ressources naturelles
                                                                                                                  Canada                Canada
                                                                                                                        First Edition 1997




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Second Edition 2011
                                                                                                                        Third Edition 2015
                                                                                                                       Fourth Edition 2017
                                                                                                                        Fifth Edition 2020



                                                                                                         Paper:   ISBN 978-0-660-37921-0       NR24-24/2020E
                                                                                                         PDF:     ISBN 978-0-660-37920-3       NR24-24/2020E-PDF



                                                                                                                      NRCC-CONST-56438E

                                                                                                           © National Research Council of Canada 2022
                                                                                                                             Ottawa
                                                                                                                      World Rights Reserved




                                                                                                                        Printed in Canada

                                                                                                                           First printing




                                                                                                                   Aussi disponible en français :
                                                                                                    Code national de l'énergie pour les bâtiments – Canada 2020
                                                                                                                       NRCC-CONST-56438F
                                                                                                                Papier : ISBN 978-0-660-37923-4
                                                                                                                PDF : ISBN 978-0-660-37922-7
                                                                                                    Table of Contents

                                                                                                       Preface
                                                                                                       Relationship of the NECB to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment
                                                                                                       Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees

                                                                                                       Division A          Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          Part 1               Compliance
                                                                                                          Part 2               Objectives
                                                                                                          Part 3               Functional Statements

                                                                                                       Division B          Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                         Part 1               General
                                                                                                         Part 2               Reserved
                                                                                                         Part 3               Building Envelope
                                                                                                         Part 4               Lighting
                                                                                                         Part 5               Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Systems
                                                                                                         Part 6               Service Water Systems
                                                                                                         Part 7               Electrical Power Systems and Motors
                                                                                                         Part 8               Building Energy Performance Compliance Path
                                                                                                         Part 9               Reserved
                                                                                                         Part 10              Tiered Building Energy Performance Compliance
                                                                                                         Climatic Information for Building Design in Canada

                                                                                                      Division C           Administrative Provisions
                                                                                                         Part 1               General
                                                                                                         Part 2               Administrative Provisions

                                                                                                      Index




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Preface



                                                                                                        The National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020 (NECB), together with the National




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Building Code of Canada 2020 (NBC), the National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020 (NPC)
                                                                                                        and the National Fire Code of Canada 2020 (NFC), has been developed by the Canadian
                                                                                                        Commission on Building and Fire Codes (CCBFC) as an objective-based national model code
                                                                                                        that can be adopted by provincial and territorial governments.

                                                                                                        In Canada, provincial and territorial governments have the authority to enact legislation
                                                                                                        that regulates building design and construction within their jurisdictions. This may involve
                                                                                                        the adoption of the NECB without change or with modifications to suit local needs, and
                                                                                                        the enactment of other laws and regulations regarding building design and construction,
                                                                                                        including requirements for professional involvement.

                                                                                                        The NECB is a model code in the sense that it helps promote consistency among provincial
                                                                                                        and territorial energy codes for buildings. Persons involved in the design or construction
                                                                                                        of a building should consult the provincial or territorial jurisdiction concerned to find out
                                                                                                        which energy code is applicable.

                                                                                                        This edition of the NECB succeeds the 2017 edition.

                                                                                                        The development of the NECB 2020 has been supported by the National Research Council
                                                                                                        of Canada (NRC), Natural Resources Canada and other stakeholders. The NECB 2020 will
                                                                                                        help to improve the energy efficiency of new buildings and reduce greenhouse gas emissions,
                                                                                                        contributing to long-term benefits for both Canada's economy and the environment.


                                                                                                    Development of the National Model Codes
                                                                                                        The CCBFC, an independent committee established by the NRC, is responsible for the
                                                                                                        content of the National Model Codes. The CCBFC is made up of volunteers from across the
                                                                                                        country and from all facets of the Codes-user community. Members of the CCBFC and its
                                                                                                        standing committees include builders, engineers, skilled trade workers, architects, building
                                                                                                        owners, building operators, fire and building officials, manufacturers, and representatives
                                                                                                        of general interests.

                                                                                                        The CCBFC is advised on scope, policy and technical issues pertaining to the Codes by the
                                                                                                        Provincial/Territorial Policy Advisory Committee on Codes (PTPACC), which is a committee
                                                                                                        of senior representatives from provincial/territorial ministries responsible for building,
                                                                                                        fire, plumbing and energy regulation in their jurisdictions. The PTPACC was created by
                                                                                                        the provinces and territories, with provision of guidance to the CCBFC as one of its main
                                                                                                        functions. Through the PTPACC, the provinces and territories are engaged in every phase of
                                                                                                        the Codes development process.

                                                                                                        Codes Canada staff within the Construction Research Centre at the NRC provide technical
                                                                                                        and administrative support to the CCBFC and its standing committees, and coordinate the
                                                                                                        provision of evidence-based research to inform Codes development. The NRC publishes the
                                                                                                        National Model Codes and periodic revisions to the Codes to address pressing issues.

                                                                                                        The broader Codes-user community also makes significant contributions to the Codes
                                                                                                        development process by submitting requests for changes or additions to the Codes and by
                                                                                                        commenting on the proposed changes during the public reviews that precede each new
                                                                                                        edition.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                   v
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Preface

                                                                                                         The CCBFC takes into consideration the advice received from the provinces and territories as
                                                                                                         well as Codes users' comments at each stage of Codes development. The scope and content of
                                                                                                         the National Model Codes are determined on a consensus basis, which involves the review of
                                                                                                         technical, policy and practical concerns and discussion of the implications of these concerns.

                                                                                                         More information on the Codes development process is available on the NRC's website.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                         The NECB sets out technical provisions to address energy efficiency in the design and
                                                                                                         construction of new buildings and additions to existing buildings. In the context of the NECB,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         the term “energy efficiency” is understood to mean “energy use efficiency.”

                                                                                                         Code provisions do not necessarily address all the characteristics of buildings that might
                                                                                                         be considered to have a bearing on the Code's objective. Through the extensive consensus
                                                                                                         process used to develop and maintain the National Model Codes (see the section entitled
                                                                                                         Development of the National Model Codes), the Codes-user community has decided which
                                                                                                         characteristics should be regulated through the NECB.

                                                                                                         The provisions of the NECB can be considered as the minimum acceptable measures required
                                                                                                         to adequately achieve the Environment objective, as recommended by the CCBFC. Once they
                                                                                                         are adopted into law or regulation by an authority having jurisdiction, the provisions become
                                                                                                         minimum acceptable requirements representing the minimum level of performance required
                                                                                                         to achieve the objective that is acceptable to the adopting authority.

                                                                                                         The NECB is a model code which, when adopted or adapted by a province or territory,
                                                                                                         becomes a regulation. It is not a guideline on the design or construction of energy-efficient
                                                                                                         buildings. The design of an energy-efficient building depends upon many factors beyond
                                                                                                         compliance with energy regulations. Such factors include the availability of knowledgeable
                                                                                                         practitioners who have received appropriate education, training and experience and who are
                                                                                                         familiar with the principles of good building practice and experience using reference manuals
                                                                                                         and technical guides.

                                                                                                         The NECB does not list acceptable proprietary building products. It establishes the criteria
                                                                                                         that building materials, products and assemblies must meet. Some of these criteria are
                                                                                                         explicitly stated in the NECB while others are incorporated by reference to material or
                                                                                                         product standards published by standards development organizations. Only those portions
                                                                                                         of the standards related to the objective of this Code are mandatory parts of the NECB.

                                                                                                         Relationship between the NBC and the NECB

                                                                                                             The provisions in Section 9.36. of Division B of the NBC are tied to the Environment
                                                                                                             objective. These provisions, which apply to housing and small buildings, have a similar
                                                                                                             scope to that of the NECB, except that they do not address lighting and electrical power
                                                                                                             systems. The NECB is referenced in NBC Section 9.36. as an acceptable solution.

                                                                                                         Code Requirements

                                                                                                             The NECB establishes requirements that address one principal objective, Environment
                                                                                                             (OE), which comprises a second-level objective, Resources (OE1), and a sub-objective,
                                                                                                             Excessive Use of Energy (OE1.1). Every NECB requirement addresses sub-objective OE1.1.

                                                                                                             In processing proposed changes or additions to any of the National Model Codes, the
                                                                                                             CCBFC considers many issues such as the following:
                                                                                                                • Does the proposed requirement provide the minimum level of performance—and
                                                                                                                  no more than the minimum—needed to achieve the Code's objectives?
                                                                                                                • Will persons responsible for Code compliance be able to act on or implement the
                                                                                                                  requirement using commonly accepted practices?
                                                                                                                • Will enforcement agencies be able to enforce the requirement?
                                                                                                                • Are the costs of implementing the requirement justifiable?


                                                                                                    vi                                                                   National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                                • Have the potential policy implications of the requirement been identified and
                                                                                                                  addressed?
                                                                                                                • Is there broad consensus on this requirement among Code users representing all
                                                                                                                  facets of the design and construction industries as well as among provincial and
                                                                                                                  territorial governments?

                                                                                                             Guidelines for requesting changes to the NECB are available on the NRC's website.


                                                                                                    Objective-Based Code Format
                                                                                                        The NECB has been published in an objective-based code format since 2011.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        As described in more detail in the section entitled Structure of the NECB, the Code comprises
                                                                                                        three Divisions:
                                                                                                           • Division A, which defines the scope of the Code and contains the objective, the
                                                                                                             functional statements and the conditions necessary to achieve compliance;
                                                                                                           • Division B, which contains acceptable solutions (commonly referred to as “technical
                                                                                                             requirements”) deemed to satisfy the objective and functional statements listed in
                                                                                                             Division A; and
                                                                                                           • Division C, which contains administrative provisions.

                                                                                                        Most of the requirements in Division B are linked to three types of information:
                                                                                                         • sub-objective OE1.1, Excessive Use of Energy,
                                                                                                         • functional statements (statements of the functions of the building that a particular
                                                                                                             requirement helps to achieve), and
                                                                                                         • an intent statement (detailed statement of the specific intent of the requirement).

                                                                                                        Objectives
                                                                                                             The NECB's objectives are fully defined in Section 2.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                             The objectives describe, in broad terms, the overall goals that the NECB's requirements
                                                                                                             are intended to achieve. They serve to define the boundaries of the subject areas the Code
                                                                                                             addresses. However, the Code does not address all the issues that might be considered
                                                                                                             to fall within those boundaries.

                                                                                                             The objectives describe undesirable situations and their consequences, which the Code
                                                                                                             aims to prevent from occurring in buildings. The wording of the definitions of the
                                                                                                             objectives includes two key phrases: “limit the probability” and “unacceptable effect.”
                                                                                                             The phrase “limit the probability” is used to acknowledge that the NECB cannot entirely
                                                                                                             prevent the undesirable outcome from happening. The phrase “unacceptable effect”
                                                                                                             acknowledges that the NECB cannot eliminate all undesirable effects: the “acceptable
                                                                                                             effect” is the outcome remaining once compliance with the Code has been achieved.

                                                                                                             The objectives are entirely qualitative and are not intended to be used on their own in the
                                                                                                             design and approval processes.

                                                                                                        Functional Statements
                                                                                                             The NECB's functional statements are listed in Section 3.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                             The functional statements are more detailed than the objectives. They describe conditions
                                                                                                             in the building that help satisfy the objectives. The functional statements and the
                                                                                                             objectives are interconnected. There may be several functional statements related to
                                                                                                             any one objective.

                                                                                                             Like objectives, functional statements are entirely qualitative and are not intended to be
                                                                                                             used on their own in the design and approval processes.

                                                                                                             The objective / functional statement sets attributed to the requirements or portions of
                                                                                                             requirements in Division B are listed in a table at the end of each Part of Division B.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      vii
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Preface

                                                                                                           Intent Statements

                                                                                                               Intent statements explain the basic thinking behind each Code provision contained in
                                                                                                               Division B. Intent statements, each of which is unique to the provision with which it is
                                                                                                               associated, explain how requirements help to achieve their attributed sub-objective and
                                                                                                               functional statements. Like the objectives, the intent statements are expressed in terms
                                                                                                               of risk avoidance and expected performance. They offer insight into the views of the
                                                                                                               responsible standing committee on what the Code provisions are intended to achieve.

                                                                                                               The intent statements serve explanatory purposes only and do not form an integral part of
                                                                                                               the Code provisions. As such, they are similar in function to the explanatory Notes at the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                               end of each Part. Due to the sheer volume of intent statements—hundreds for the NECB
                                                                                                               alone—they are made available as a separate electronic document entitled “Supplement
                                                                                                               to the NECB 2020: Intent Statements,” which is posted on the NRC's website.

                                                                                                           All this additional information—objectives, functional statements and intent statements—is
                                                                                                           intended to facilitate the implementation of the Code in two ways:
                                                                                                             • Clarity of intent: The objectives, functional statements and intent statements linked
                                                                                                               to a Code requirement clarify the reasoning behind that requirement and facilitate
                                                                                                               understanding of what must be done to satisfy that requirement. This added information
                                                                                                               may also help avoid disputes between practitioners and officials over these types
                                                                                                               of issues.
                                                                                                             • Flexibility: The additional information allows for flexibility in Code compliance. A
                                                                                                               person seeking to propose a new method or material not described or covered in the
                                                                                                               Code will be able to use the added information to understand the expected level of
                                                                                                               performance that their alternative solution must achieve to satisfy the Code.


                                                                                                    Structure of the NECB
                                                                                                           The NECB is organized into three Divisions.

                                                                                                           Division A: Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements

                                                                                                               Division A defines the scope of the NECB and presents the objective that the Code
                                                                                                               addresses and the functions the building must perform to help to satisfy that objective.

                                                                                                               Division A cannot be used on its own as a basis for designing and constructing a building,
                                                                                                               or for evaluating a building's compliance with the Code.

                                                                                                           Division B: Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                               The term “acceptable solutions” refers to the technical requirements contained in the
                                                                                                               Code. It reflects the principle that energy codes establish an acceptable level of risk
                                                                                                               or performance and underlines the fact that a code cannot describe all possible valid
                                                                                                               design and construction options. Acceptable solutions represent the minimum level of
                                                                                                               performance that will satisfy the NECB's objective and that is acceptable to an authority
                                                                                                               that adopts the NECB into law or regulation.

                                                                                                               Most of the requirements in Division B—the acceptable solutions—are linked to the
                                                                                                               sub-objective OE1.1 and to one or more functional statements found in Division A. These
                                                                                                               linkages play an important role in allowing objective-based codes to accommodate
                                                                                                               innovation.

                                                                                                               It is expected that the majority of Code users will primarily follow the acceptable
                                                                                                               solutions presented in Division B and that they will consult Division A only when seeking
                                                                                                               clarification on the application of Division B's requirements to a particular situation,
                                                                                                               when considering an alternative solution, or when looking up the definition of selected
                                                                                                               terms in the context of the NECB.


                                                                                                    viii                                                                   National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                        Division C: Administrative Provisions

                                                                                                             Division C contains administrative provisions relating to the application of the Code.
                                                                                                             Many provinces and territories establish their own administrative provisions upon
                                                                                                             adopting or adapting the NECB; having all the administrative provisions in one Division
                                                                                                             facilitates their customization to suit jurisdictional needs.

                                                                                                             In addition, a separate document entitled Administrative Requirements for Use with
                                                                                                             the National Building Code of Canada 1985 is automatically adopted, in accordance
                                                                                                             with Article 2.2.1.1. of Division C, if the authority having jurisdiction does not provide
                                                                                                             other administrative requirements.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Relationship between Division A and Division B

                                                                                                             Sentence 1.2.1.1.(1) of Division A is a very important sentence: it is a precise statement of
                                                                                                             the relationship between Divisions A and B and is central to the concept of objective-based
                                                                                                             codes.

                                                                                                             1) Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
                                                                                                             a) complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see Note
                                                                                                                A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
                                                                                                             b) using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of
                                                                                                                performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objective
                                                                                                                and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                                (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).

                                                                                                             Clause (a) makes it clear that the acceptable solutions in Division B are automatically
                                                                                                             deemed to satisfy the linked sub-objective and functional statements of Division A.

                                                                                                             Clause (b) makes it clear that alternative solutions can be used in lieu of compliance
                                                                                                             with the acceptable solutions. However, to do something different from the acceptable
                                                                                                             solutions described in Division B, a proponent must show that their proposed alternative
                                                                                                             solution will perform at least as well as the acceptable solution(s) it is replacing. The
                                                                                                             sub-objective and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solution(s) identify
                                                                                                             the areas of performance where this equivalence must be demonstrated.

                                                                                                        Parts in Division B and Professional Disciplines

                                                                                                             Division B is organized into Parts that are largely related to professional disciplines.
                                                                                                             However, this does not mean that a person belonging to a certain profession who is
                                                                                                             executing the design or construction of a particular building component can necessarily
                                                                                                             work with only one Part of the Code in isolation, since provisions related to that building
                                                                                                             component may be found in more than one Part. For this reason, the Part-based structure
                                                                                                             of Division B is not well suited for use as the basis for allocating responsibilities to
                                                                                                             different professions or as the basis for contractual arrangements.


                                                                                                    What's New in the 2020 Edition

                                                                                                        Relocation of Part-Load Performance Characteristics

                                                                                                             To improve ease of use, the part-load performance characteristics that were formerly
                                                                                                             tabulated in Article 8.4.4.21. have been moved to new Subsection 8.4.5.

                                                                                                        New Part 10

                                                                                                             New Part 10 has been introduced into Division B to establish tiered building energy
                                                                                                             performance compliance. Four energy performance tiers are specified, with each
                                                                                                             successive tier being increasingly stringent in terms of building energy consumption.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                        ix
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Preface

                                                                                                    Additional Information

                                                                                                        Numbering System

                                                                                                           A consistent numbering system has been used throughout the National Model Codes. The
                                                                                                           first number indicates the Part of the Code; the second, the Section in the Part; the third,
                                                                                                           the Subsection; and the fourth, the Article in the Subsection. The detailed provisions are
                                                                                                           found at the Sentence level (indicated by numbers in brackets), and Sentences may be
                                                                                                           broken down into Clauses and Subclauses. This structure is illustrated as follows:

                                                                                                                    3                      Part




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    3.5.                   Section
                                                                                                                    3.5.2.                 Subsection
                                                                                                                    3.5.2.1.               Article
                                                                                                                    3.5.2.1.(2)            Sentence
                                                                                                                    3.5.2.1.(2)(a)         Clause
                                                                                                                    3.5.2.1.(2)(a)(i)      Subclause

                                                                                                        Meaning of the Words “And” and “Or” between the Clauses and Subclauses
                                                                                                        of a Sentence

                                                                                                           Multiple Clauses and Subclauses are connected by the word “and” or “or” at the end of
                                                                                                           the second last Clause or Subclause in the series. Although this connecting word appears
                                                                                                           only once, it is meant to apply to all the preceding Clauses or Subclauses within that series.

                                                                                                           For example, in a series of five Clauses—(a) to (e)—in a Sentence, the appearance of the
                                                                                                           word “and” at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses in the Sentence are connected
                                                                                                           to each other with the word “and.” Similarly, in a series of five Clauses—(a) to (e)—in a
                                                                                                           Sentence, the appearance of the word “or” at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses
                                                                                                           in the Sentence are connected to each other with the word “or.”

                                                                                                           In all cases, it is important to note that a Clause (and its Subclauses, if any) must always
                                                                                                           be read in conjunction with its introductory text appearing at the beginning of the
                                                                                                           Sentence. Moreover, the connecting words “and” and “or” must be read in the context
                                                                                                           of the Sentence. In particular, the use of the word “and” as a connecting word does not
                                                                                                           necessarily mean that all Clauses (or Subclauses) are applicable for compliance with
                                                                                                           the Sentence.

                                                                                                        Change Indication

                                                                                                           As a courtesy to Code users, efforts have been made to identify technical changes relative
                                                                                                           to the 2017 edition. Where a technical addition or revision has been made, a vertical line
                                                                                                           has been added in the margin next to the affected provision to indicate the approximate
                                                                                                           location of the new or revised content. No change indication is provided for editorial
                                                                                                           revisions or for renumbered or deleted content.

                                                                                                        Units

                                                                                                           All values in the NECB are given in metric units. Some of the metric values in the
                                                                                                           Code have been converted and rounded from imperial values. A conversion table of
                                                                                                           imperial equivalents for the most common units used in the design and construction of
                                                                                                           energy-efficient buildings is located at the end of the Code.




                                                                                                    x                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                        Complementary Publications

                                                                                                             The following publications are referenced in the NECB 2020 or facilitate the application
                                                                                                             of its requirements:
                                                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                National Fire Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                Supplement to the NECB 2020: Intent Statements
                                                                                                                User's Guide – National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                             These and other Code documents published by the NRC are made available in free




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                             electronic format on the NRC's website.


                                                                                                    Commercial Reproduction
                                                                                                        Copyright for the NECB is owned by the NRC. All rights are reserved. Commercial
                                                                                                        reproduction by any means of the NRC's copyright material is prohibited without the written
                                                                                                        consent of the NRC. To request permission to reproduce the NECB, please contact:
                                                                                                           Production and Marketing Manager
                                                                                                           Codes Canada
                                                                                                           National Research Council of Canada
                                                                                                           1200 Montreal Road
                                                                                                           Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6
                                                                                                           E-mail: Codes@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca


                                                                                                    Contact Information
                                                                                                        The CCBFC welcomes comments and suggestions for improvements to the NECB. Persons
                                                                                                        interested in requesting a change to an NECB provision should refer to the guidelines
                                                                                                        available on the NRC's website.

                                                                                                        To submit comments or suggestions, please contact:
                                                                                                          The Secretary
                                                                                                          Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes
                                                                                                          1200 Montreal Road
                                                                                                          Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6
                                                                                                          E-mail: CCBFCSecretary-SecretaireCCCBPI@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                   xi
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays


xii




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Relationship of the NECB to Standards
                                                                                                    Development and Conformity
                                                                                                    Assessment
                                                                                                        The development of many provisions in the NECB and the assessment of conformity to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        those provisions are supported by several of the member organizations of Canada's National
                                                                                                        Standards System (NSS).

                                                                                                        The NSS is a network of accredited organizations concerned with standards development,
                                                                                                        certification, testing and inspection that is established under the auspices of the Standards
                                                                                                        Council of Canada Act. Activities of the NSS are coordinated by the Standards Council of
                                                                                                        Canada (SCC), which accredits standards development organizations, certification bodies,
                                                                                                        testing and calibration laboratories, and inspection bodies, among others.

                                                                                                        The SCC is a non-profit federal Crown corporation responsible for the coordination of
                                                                                                        voluntary standardization in Canada. It also coordinates Canadian participation in voluntary
                                                                                                        international standardization activities.


                                                                                                    Canadian Standards
                                                                                                        Many of the standards referenced in the NECB are published by standards development
                                                                                                        organizations accredited in Canada. As part of the accreditation requirements, these
                                                                                                        organizations adhere to the principle of consensus, which generally means substantial
                                                                                                        majority agreement of a committee comprising a balance of producer, user and general
                                                                                                        interest members, and the consideration of all negative comments. The standards
                                                                                                        development organizations also have formal procedures for the balloting and second-level
                                                                                                        review of standards prepared under their oversight.

                                                                                                        The following organizations are accredited as standards development organizations in
                                                                                                        Canada:
                                                                                                          • Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)
                                                                                                          • ASTM International
                                                                                                          • Bureau de normalisation du Québec (BNQ)
                                                                                                          • Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB)
                                                                                                          • CSA Group
                                                                                                          • International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)
                                                                                                          • ULC Standards
                                                                                                          • Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL)

                                                                                                        Table 1.3.1.2. of Division B lists the standards referenced in the NECB. Standards proposed
                                                                                                        to be referenced in the NECB are reviewed to ensure that their content is compatible with
                                                                                                        the Code. Thereafter, referenced standards are reviewed as needed during each Code cycle.
                                                                                                        Standards development organizations are asked to provide information on any changes in the
                                                                                                        status of their standards referenced in the NECB—withdrawals, amendments, new editions,
                                                                                                        etc. This information is passed on to the CCBFC, its standing committees, the provinces and
                                                                                                        territories, and interested stakeholders, all of whom are given the opportunity to identify
                                                                                                        any problems associated with the changes. These bodies do not necessarily review in detail
                                                                                                        the revised standards; rather, the approach relies on the consensus process involved in the
                                                                                                        maintenance of the standards and on the extensive knowledge and experience of committee
                                                                                                        members, provincial or territorial staff, NRC staff, and consulted stakeholders to identify
                                                                                                        changes in the standards that might create problems in the Code.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                   xiii
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Preface

                                                                                                    Non-Canadian Standards
                                                                                                          A number of subject areas for which the standards development organizations accredited in
                                                                                                          Canada have not developed standards are covered in the NECB. In these cases, the Code often
                                                                                                          references standards developed by organizations in other countries, such as the American
                                                                                                          Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) and the
                                                                                                          National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). These standards are developed using processes
                                                                                                          that may differ from those used by the standards development organizations accredited in
                                                                                                          Canada; nevertheless, the standards have been reviewed by the relevant standing committees
                                                                                                          and found to be acceptable.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Conformity Assessment
                                                                                                          The NECB establishes minimum measures, which are set out within its own text or within
                                                                                                          referenced standards. However, the NECB does not set out who is responsible for assessing
                                                                                                          conformity to the measures or how those with this responsibility might carry it out. This
                                                                                                          responsibility is usually established by the governing legislation of the adopting provinces
                                                                                                          and territories. Provincial or territorial authorities should be consulted to determine who is
                                                                                                          responsible for conformity assessment within their jurisdiction.

                                                                                                          Those persons responsible for ensuring that materials, appliances, systems and equipment
                                                                                                          meet the requirements of this Code have several means available to assist them, ranging
                                                                                                          from on-site inspection to the use of certification services provided by accredited third-party
                                                                                                          organizations. Test reports or mill certificates provided by manufacturers or suppliers can
                                                                                                          also assist in the acceptance of products. Engineering reports may be required for more
                                                                                                          complex products.

                                                                                                          Testing
                                                                                                              The SCC accredits testing and calibration laboratories that are capable of reliably testing
                                                                                                              products to specified standards. The test results produced by these organizations can be
                                                                                                              used in the certification, evaluation and qualification of products for compliance with
                                                                                                              Code provisions. The SCC's website (www.scc.ca) lists accredited testing and calibration
                                                                                                              laboratories, along with their scope of accreditation.

                                                                                                          Certification
                                                                                                              Certification is the confirmation by an independent organization that a product, process,
                                                                                                              service or system meets a requirement. Certification may entail physical examination,
                                                                                                              testing as specified in appropriate standards, an initial plant inspection, and/or follow-up
                                                                                                              unannounced plant inspections. This procedure leads to the issuing of a formal assurance
                                                                                                              or declaration, by means of a certification mark or certificate, that the product, process,
                                                                                                              service or system is in full conformity with specified provisions.

                                                                                                              In some cases, a product for which no standard exists can be certified using procedures
                                                                                                              and criteria developed by an accredited certification body and specifically designed to
                                                                                                              measure the performance of that product.

                                                                                                              Certification bodies publish lists of certified products and companies. The SCC's website
                                                                                                              (www.scc.ca) lists accredited certification bodies, along with their scope of accreditation.
                                                                                                              Several organizations, including the Canadian Construction Materials Centre (CCMC) at
                                                                                                              the NRC, offer product certification services.

                                                                                                          Evaluation
                                                                                                              An evaluation is a written opinion by an independent professional organization that a
                                                                                                              product will perform its intended function. An evaluation is often done to determine the
                                                                                                              ability of an innovative product, for which no standards exist, to satisfy the intent of a
                                                                                                              Code requirement. Follow-up plant inspections are not normally part of the evaluation
                                                                                                              process.


                                                                                                    xiv                                                                     National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                        Qualification

                                                                                                             Qualification evaluates the ability of a product to perform its intended function by
                                                                                                             verifying that it meets the requirements of a standard. Qualification normally includes
                                                                                                             some follow-up plant inspection. Some organizations publish lists of qualified products
                                                                                                             that meet the specified requirements. Some organizations qualify product manufacturing
                                                                                                             and/or testing facilities for compliance with the Code and relevant standards.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                  xv
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



xvi




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Canadian Commission on Building and
                                                                                                    Fire Codes and Standing Committees

                                                                                                                         Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     D. Crawford (Chair)            C. Gray                 T. Ross             Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                     R. Arsenault                   H. Griffin              R. Rymell           who provided assistance
                                                                                                     K. Block                       K. Griffiths            B. Sim              to the Commission
                                                                                                     A. Borooah                     T. Harper               S. Stinson          M. Dumoulin
                                                                                                     R. Brooks                      L. Holmen               D. Sullivan         G. Gosselin
                                                                                                     J. Chauvin                     C. Joseph (1)           A. Tabet            A. Gribbon
                                                                                                     M. Cianchetti                  K. Lee                  P. Thorkelsson      P. Jago
                                                                                                     T. Cochren                     B. Lorne                M. Tovey            A. Laroche
                                                                                                     V. de Passillé                 D. MacKinnon            C. Tye              F. Lohmann
                                                                                                     R. Dulmage                     M. McSweeney            E. Whalen           P. Rizcallah
                                                                                                     C. Fillingham                  G. Morinville           G. Yoshida          R. Tremblay
                                                                                                     S. Garcia                      S. Ottens
                                                                                                     K. Gloge                       R. Richard




                                                                                                       Standing Committee on Energy                             Standing Committee on Energy
                                                                                                          Efficiency in Buildings (2)                                    Efficiency (3)
                                                                                                     A. Pride (Chair)             A. Pape-Salmon             A. Pride (Chair)   A. Oding
                                                                                                     D. Bailey                    J. Pockar                  P. Andres          C. O'keefe
                                                                                                     D. Bartel                    M. Roy                     D. Bailey          M. Peer
                                                                                                     N. Brisson                   T. Ryce                    R. Bortolussi      J. Pockar
                                                                                                     A. Cameron                   P. Sectakof                J. Comtois         D. Rambaruth
                                                                                                     R. Cardinal                  M. Slivar                  S. Crowell         M. Roy
                                                                                                     J. Comtois                   A. Syed                    L. Dalgleish       L. Wynder
                                                                                                     L. Dalgleish                                            B. Deeks
                                                                                                     B. Darrell                   Codes Canada staff         S. Dueck           Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                     F. Genest                    who provided assistance    L. Hasan           who provided assistance
                                                                                                     H. Hayne                     to the Committee           T. Imhoff          to the Committee
                                                                                                     C. Kahramanoglu              E. Girgis                  S. Kemp            Y. Carrier
                                                                                                     M. Kelly                     M. Mihailovic              D. Krauel          S. Gibb
                                                                                                     T. Lau                       P. Tardif                  C. Kuruluk         E. Girgis
                                                                                                     N. Lessard                   R. Ullah                   T. Lau             R. Hassan
                                                                                                     Rd. Marshall                 M. Zeghal                  N. Lessard         H. Martin
                                                                                                     Rt. Marshall                                            W. Leung           M. Nazim
                                                                                                                                                             J. Mantyla         R. Ullah
                                                                                                                                                             Rd. Marshall       M. Zeghal
                                                                                                                                                             Z. May




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     xvii
                                                                                                                                                                                                Preface

                                                                                                      Technical Translation Verification
                                                                                                                 Committee
                                                                                                     G. Harvey (Chair)            Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                     F. Genest                    who provided assistance
                                                                                                     B. Lagueux                   to the Committee
                                                                                                     N. Lessard                   I. Bastien
                                                                                                     I. Wagner                    M. Gingras
                                                                                                                                  K. Le Van
                                                                                                                                  G. Mougeot-Lemay
                                                                                                                                  S. Veilleux




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)   Resigned on September 23, 2016, due to employment
                                                                                                          opportunity with Codes Canada.
                                                                                                    (2)   Term ended on June 4, 2018.
                                                                                                    (3)   Term started on May 10, 2018.




                                                                                                    xviii                                                     National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                             Compliance, Objectives and


                                                                                          Division A



                                                               Functional Statements
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       1.1.          General
                                                                                                       1.1.1.        Application of this Code .................. 1-1

                                                                                                       1.2.          Compliance
                                                                                                       1.2.1.        Compliance with this Code ............. 1-1
                                                                                                       1.2.2.        Materials, Appliances, Systems
                                                                                                                     and Equipment ................................. 1-2

                                                                                                       1.3.          Divisions A, B and C of
                                                                                                                     this Code
                                                                                                       1.3.1.        General .............................................. 1-2
                                                                                                       1.3.2.        Application of Division A ................. 1-2
                                                                                                       1.3.3.        Application of Division B ................. 1-2
                                                                                                       1.3.4.        Application of Division C ................. 1-3

                                                                                                       1.4.          Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                       1.4.1.        Definitions of Words and Phrases .. 1-3
                                                                                                       1.4.2.        Symbols and Other Abbreviations .. 1-7

                                                                                                       1.5.          Referenced Documents
                                                                                                                     and Organizations
                                                                                                      1.5.1.         Referenced Documents ................... 1-9
                                                                                                      1.5.2.         Organizations ................................... 1-9

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 1 ................ 1-11




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.1. General
                                                                                                    1.1.1.            Application of this Code
                                                                                                    1.1.1.1.          Application of this Code
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), this Code applies to the design and
                                                                                                                      construction of all new buildings described in Sentence 1.3.3.2.(1) of Division A of the
                                                                                                                      NBC and to additions. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) This Code applies to subsequent alterations to and within buildings originally
                                                                                                                      constructed in accordance with this Code. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) This Code does not apply to farm buildings.

                                                                                                    1.1.1.2.          Building Parameters Covered by this Code
                                                                                                                         1) This Code contains requirements for
                                                                                                                         a) the design and construction of the building envelope,
                                                                                                                         b) the design and construction or specification of systems and equipment for
                                                                                                                                i) heating, ventilating or air-conditioning,
                                                                                                                               ii) service water, and
                                                                                                                              iii) lighting, and
                                                                                                                         c) the provision of electrical power systems and motors, excluding process
                                                                                                                            loads.

                                                                                                    1.1.1.3.          Relationship to Other Building Regulations
                                                                                                                         1) This Code shall be used in conjunction with applicable federal, provincial or
                                                                                                                      territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or
                                                                                                                      bylaws, in conjunction with the NBC.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the requirements of this Code are in conflict with the requirements of the
                                                                                                                      regulations or bylaws referred to in Sentence (1) or, where applicable, with the NBC,
                                                                                                                      the requirements providing the greatest performance level shall govern.


                                                                                                    Section 1.2. Compliance
                                                                                                    1.2.1.            Compliance with this Code
                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.          Compliance with this Code
                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
                                                                                                                         a) complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
                                                                                                                         b) using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of
                                                                                                                            performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objective
                                                                                                                            and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division A 1-1
                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.                                                                                           Division A

                                                                                                                        2) For the purposes of compliance with this Code as required in Clause (1)(b), the
                                                                                                                     objective and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in Division
                                                                                                                     B shall be the objective and functional statements referred to in Subsection 1.1.2. of
                                                                                                                     Division B.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.           Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.         Characteristics of Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
                                                                                                                        1) All materials, appliances, systems and equipment installed to meet the
                                                                                                                     requirements of this Code shall possess the necessary characteristics to perform their




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     intended functions when installed in a building.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.2.         Storage on the Building Site
                                                                                                                        1) All building materials, appliances and equipment on the building site shall be
                                                                                                                     stored in such a way as to prevent the deterioration or impairment of their essential
                                                                                                                     properties.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.3.         Used Materials, Appliances and Equipment
                                                                                                                        1) Unless otherwise specified, used materials, appliances and equipment are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be reused when they meet the requirements of this Code for new materials
                                                                                                                     and are satisfactory for the intended use.


                                                                                                    Section 1.3. Divisions A, B and C of this Code
                                                                                                    1.3.1.           General
                                                                                                    1.3.1.1.         Scope of Division A
                                                                                                                       1) Division A contains the compliance and application provisions, objectives
                                                                                                                     and functional statements of this Code.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.         Scope of Division B
                                                                                                                        1) Division B contains the acceptable solutions of this Code.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.3.         Scope of Division C
                                                                                                                        1) Division C contains the administrative provisions of this Code.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.4.         Internal Cross-references
                                                                                                                       1) Where the Division of a referenced provision is not specified in this Code, it shall
                                                                                                                     mean that the referenced provision is in the same Division as the referencing provision.

                                                                                                    1.3.2.           Application of Division A
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.         Application of Parts 1, 2 and 3
                                                                                                                        1) Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Division A apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    1.3.3.           Application of Division B
                                                                                                    1.3.3.1.         Application of Parts 1, 3 to 8 and 10
                                                                                                                        1) Parts 1, 3 to 8 and 10 of Division B apply to all buildings covered in this Code.
                                                                                                                     (See Article 1.1.1.1.)


                                                                                                    1-2 Division A                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                               1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                    1.3.4.             Application of Division C
                                                                                                    1.3.4.1.           Application of Parts 1 and 2
                                                                                                                          1) Parts 1 and 2 of Division C apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                       Article 1.1.1.1.)


                                                                                                    Section 1.4. Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.4.1.             Definitions of Words and Phrases




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    1.4.1.1.           Non-defined Terms
                                                                                                                          1) Words and phrases used in this Code that are not included in the list of
                                                                                                                       definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. shall have the meanings that are commonly assigned to
                                                                                                                       them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of
                                                                                                                       terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
                                                                                                                          2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in this Code, they
                                                                                                                       shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3.
                                                                                                                          3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in this Code, they shall be the
                                                                                                                       provisions stated in Parts 3 to 8 and 10 of Division B.
                                                                                                                          4) Where alternative solutions are referred to in this Code, they shall be the
                                                                                                                       alternative solutions mentioned in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b).

                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.           Defined Terms
                                                                                                                           1) The words and terms in italics in this Code shall have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                       Addition means any conditioned space that is added to an existing building and that
                                                                                                                         increases the building's floor surface area by more than 10 m2.
                                                                                                                       Air barrier assembly means the combination of air barrier materials and air barrier
                                                                                                                          accessories within the environmental separator that are designed to act as a
                                                                                                                          continuous barrier to the movement of air through the environmental separator.
                                                                                                                       Airflow control area means a portion of a building to which the flow of air from the
                                                                                                                          heating, ventilating or air-conditioning air distribution system can be reduced or
                                                                                                                          stopped without reducing or stopping the flow of air to other portions of the building.
                                                                                                                       Annual energy consumption means the annual sum of the lighting, service water heating
                                                                                                                         and space-conditioning energy consumption of the proposed building design, as
                                                                                                                         calculated in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of Division B.
                                                                                                                       Assembly occupancy * means the occupancy or the use of a building, or part thereof, by
                                                                                                                         a gathering of persons for civic, political, travel, religious, social, educational,
                                                                                                                         recreational or like purposes, or for the consumption of food or drink.
                                                                                                                       Authority having jurisdiction * means the governmental body responsible for the
                                                                                                                         enforcement of any part of this Code or the official or agency designated by that
                                                                                                                         body to exercise such a function.
                                                                                                                       Boiler means an appliance † intended to supply hot water or steam for space or service
                                                                                                                          water heating purposes, except storage-type service water heaters.
                                                                                                                       Building * means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use
                                                                                                                         or occupancy.
                                                                                                                       Building energy target means the annual energy consumption of a hypothetical replica
                                                                                                                         of the proposed building, using the same energy sources for the same functions
                                                                                                                         and having the same environmental requirements, occupancy, climatic data and
                                                                                                                         operation schedules as the proposed building, but made to comply with all applicable
                                                                                                                         prescriptive requirements of this Code.

                                                                                                    * The definition of this term is reproduced from the National Building Code of Canada 2020.
                                                                                                    † The definition of this term can be found in the National Building Code of Canada 2020.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                        Division A 1-3
                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.                                                                                             Division A

                                                                                                                     Building envelope means the collection of components that separate conditioned space
                                                                                                                       from unconditioned space, the exterior air or the ground, or that separate conditioned
                                                                                                                       spaces intended to be conditioned to temperatures differing by more than 10°C at
                                                                                                                       design conditions. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Building height * (in storeys) means the number of storeys contained between the roof
                                                                                                                       and the floor of the first storey. †
                                                                                                                     Ceiling height (CH) means the average height of the ceiling where there is a ceiling and
                                                                                                                        the average height of the base of the installed luminaires where there is no ceiling.
                                                                                                                     Coefficient of performance (COP) means, for a heat pump in the heating mode, the ratio of
                                                                                                                       the rate of net heat output to the total energy input expressed in consistent units and
                                                                                                                       under designated rating conditions, as described in the standards referenced in this




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Code; for refrigerating equipment or a heat pump in the cooling mode, COP means
                                                                                                                       the ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input in consistent units
                                                                                                                       and under designated rating conditions, as described in the standards referenced
                                                                                                                       in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Combustion efficiency (Ec) means a measure of the efficiency of fuel-burning equipment
                                                                                                                       in converting fuel to heat, as obtained through the procedures described in the
                                                                                                                       standards referenced in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Conditioned space * means any space within a building, the temperature of which is
                                                                                                                       controlled to limit variation in response to the exterior ambient temperature by
                                                                                                                       the provision, either directly or indirectly, of heating or cooling over substantial
                                                                                                                       portions of the year.
                                                                                                                     Dwelling unit * means a suite operated as a housekeeping unit, used or intended to
                                                                                                                       be used by one or more persons and usually containing cooking, eating, living,
                                                                                                                       sleeping and sanitary facilities.
                                                                                                                     Enclosed space means a volume substantially surrounded by solid surfaces such as
                                                                                                                       full-height walls or partitions, floors, ceilings, and openable devices such as doors
                                                                                                                       and operable windows.
                                                                                                                     Energy-efficiency ratio (EER) means, for refrigerating equipment or a heat pump in the
                                                                                                                       cooling mode, the ratio of net cooling capacity in Btu/h to the total rate of electric
                                                                                                                       input in watts, under designated operating conditions, as described in the standards
                                                                                                                       referenced in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Energy factor (EF) means a measure of overall energy efficiency in terms of energy
                                                                                                                       output compared to energy consumption over a 24-h usage cycle and is obtained
                                                                                                                       as described in the standards referenced in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Exhaust duct means a duct through which air is conveyed from an interior space to
                                                                                                                       the outdoors or to unconditioned space.
                                                                                                                     Exit * means that part of a means of egress, † including doorways, that leads from the floor
                                                                                                                       area † it serves to a separate building, an open public thoroughfare, or an exterior
                                                                                                                       open space protected from fire exposure from the building and having access to
                                                                                                                       an open public thoroughfare.
                                                                                                                     Exterior entrance means a doorway used for entering, or for entering and exiting, a
                                                                                                                       building, that leads from an exterior space to a space provided with interior lighting.
                                                                                                                     Exterior exit means a doorway used only for exiting from an area provided with interior
                                                                                                                       lighting to an exterior space.
                                                                                                                     Exterior lighting means lighting other than interior lighting.
                                                                                                                     Facade lighting means lighting installed to highlight features of the principal front of
                                                                                                                       a building or a face of a building that overlooks a street or open space and includes
                                                                                                                       lighting installed on the facade and on constructed or natural surfaces in close
                                                                                                                       proximity to the facade. Facade lighting does not include signage or other lighting
                                                                                                                       installed on the facade that is intended to light exterior spaces or surfaces other
                                                                                                                       than the facade.
                                                                                                                     Farm building * means a building or part thereof that contains an agricultural occupancy. †
                                                                                                                     Fenestration means all building envelope assemblies, including their frames, that transfer
                                                                                                                       visible light, such as windows, clerestories, skylights, translucent wall panels, glass


                                                                                                    1-4 Division A                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                  1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                                         block assemblies, transoms, sidelights, sliding, overhead or swinging glass doors,
                                                                                                                         and glazed inserts in doors, etc.
                                                                                                                      Firewall * means a type of fire separation † of noncombustible construction † that subdivides a
                                                                                                                         building or separates adjoining buildings to resist the spread of fire and that has a
                                                                                                                         fire-resistance rating † as prescribed in the NBC or NFC and has structural stability to
                                                                                                                         remain intact under fire conditions for the required fire-rated time.
                                                                                                                      Floor surface area means the area of a floor surface, including heated garages, measured
                                                                                                                         from the interior surface of the perimeter walls at or near floor level, including the
                                                                                                                         area occupied by columns, interior walls and openings in the floor.
                                                                                                                      Foundation * means a system or arrangement of foundation units † through which the
                                                                                                                        loads from a building are transferred to supporting soil † or rock. †




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      Frame in a door, window or other glazed area means the associated head, jambs, sill
                                                                                                                         and, where applicable, mullions which, when assembled, house the door, sash or
                                                                                                                         fixed glazing.
                                                                                                                      Furnace * means a space-heating appliance † using warm air as the heating medium and
                                                                                                                        usually having provision for the attachment of ducts.
                                                                                                                      General lighting means lighting that provides primary illumination throughout an
                                                                                                                        interior area. General lighting shall not include decorative lighting or lighting that
                                                                                                                        provides a dissimilar level of illumination within that area to serve a specialized
                                                                                                                        application or feature.
                                                                                                                      Grade * means the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each
                                                                                                                        exterior wall of a building, except that localized depressions need not be considered
                                                                                                                        in the determination of average levels of finished ground. (See First storey. †)
                                                                                                                      Gross lighted area means the total area served by interior lighting, including the areas
                                                                                                                        occupied by partitions but excluding areas occupied by exterior enclosing assemblies
                                                                                                                        and by elevator and service shafts. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                      Heat trap means an energy-conserving arrangement of the water piping entering or
                                                                                                                        leaving a service water heater constructed to counteract the convective forces of the
                                                                                                                        hot water (thermosyphoning) during standby periods.
                                                                                                                      Installed interior lighting power means the power, in watts, used by all the lighting
                                                                                                                         systems that are part of the complete interior lighting design.
                                                                                                                      Integrated energy-efficiency ratio (IEER) means a single-number figure of merit expressing
                                                                                                                         cooling part-load energy efficiency for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment
                                                                                                                         that is based on weighted operation at various load capacities of the equipment, as
                                                                                                                         described in the standards referenced in this Code.
                                                                                                                      Integrated part-load value (IPLV) means a single-number figure of merit based on
                                                                                                                         part-load energy-efficiency ratio or coefficient of performance expressing part-load
                                                                                                                         efficiency for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment that is based on weighted
                                                                                                                         operation at various load capacities of the equipment, as described in the standards
                                                                                                                         referenced in this Code.
                                                                                                                      Interior lighting means
                                                                                                                           (a) lighting installed in spaces that are within the building envelope, and
                                                                                                                          (b) lighting installed in unconditioned or conditioned spaces that are sheltered from
                                                                                                                                the outdoor environment and intended to light only those spaces, except for
                                                                                                                                lighting at exterior entrances and exterior exits.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                      Interior lighting power allowance means the maximum lighting power allowed to be
                                                                                                                         provided to illuminate the interior of a building.
                                                                                                                      Landscape lighting means lighting installed to highlight landscape elements, such
                                                                                                                        as trees, shrubs, rocks and pools. Landscape lighting does not include lighting of
                                                                                                                        exterior spaces or walkways.
                                                                                                                      Occupancy * means the use or intended use of a building or part thereof for the shelter or
                                                                                                                        support of persons, animals or property.
                                                                                                                      Opaque building assembly means a building assembly that is part of the building envelope,
                                                                                                                        other than doors, and does not admit light.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                           Division A 1-5
                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.                                                                                               Division A

                                                                                                                     Overall thermal transmittance (U-value) means the rate, in W/(m2×K), at which heat is
                                                                                                                       transferred through a building assembly that is subject to a temperature difference.
                                                                                                                       It represents the amount of heat transferred through a unit area in a unit of time
                                                                                                                       induced under steady-state conditions by a unit temperature difference between the
                                                                                                                       environments on its two faces. The U-value reflects the capacity of all elements to
                                                                                                                       transfer heat through the thickness of the assembly, as well as, for instance, through
                                                                                                                       air films on both faces of above-ground components. Where heat is not transferred
                                                                                                                       homogeneously across the area being considered, the overall thermal transmittance
                                                                                                                       shall be determined. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Partition * means an interior wall 1 storey or part-storey in height that is not loadbearing. †
                                                                                                                     Plenum * means a chamber forming part of an air duct system.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Primary system means the combination of equipment working as a system that converts
                                                                                                                        electricity or fuel to heating or cooling and may distribute it to one or more secondary
                                                                                                                        systems (e.g. boilers and chillers), where such equipment is not already defined as
                                                                                                                        part of the secondary system.
                                                                                                                     Repair garage * means a building or part thereof where facilities are provided for the
                                                                                                                       repair or servicing of motor vehicles.
                                                                                                                     Return duct * means a duct for conveying air from a space being heated, ventilated or
                                                                                                                       air-conditioned back to the heating, ventilating or air-conditioning appliance. †
                                                                                                                     Sash means an assembly of secondary framing members that fits within the primary
                                                                                                                        frame of a window and whose main purpose is to hold and support the glass in
                                                                                                                        operable windows; however, a sash is often included in fixed windows to maintain a
                                                                                                                        uniform appearance with operable windows.
                                                                                                                     Seasonal energy-efficiency ratio (SEER) means the total cooling, in Btu, provided by a
                                                                                                                        central air conditioner or heat pump during its normal annual usage period for
                                                                                                                        cooling, divided by its total electric power usage, in watt-hours, during that same
                                                                                                                        period.
                                                                                                                     Secondary system means a system that provides air for the purposes of ventilating,
                                                                                                                        heating and cooling a thermal block (e.g. fan system). Secondary systems may
                                                                                                                        include dedicated equipment that converts electricity or fuel to heating or cooling.
                                                                                                                        Secondary systems can be single-zone—serving only a single thermal block—or
                                                                                                                        multiple-zone—serving one or more thermal blocks.
                                                                                                                     Service water means water for plumbing systems, but not water for systems used
                                                                                                                        exclusively for space-heating or -cooling, or for processes.
                                                                                                                     Sidelighting means the illumination of building interiors with daylight admitted through
                                                                                                                        fenestration located on an exterior wall, such as windows.
                                                                                                                     Skylight means a form of fenestration that is inclined less than 60° from the horizontal.
                                                                                                                     Standby losses (SL) are the heat losses incurred by a storage-type service water heater
                                                                                                                        under a stable condition when no water is withdrawn from the tank and the water
                                                                                                                        temperature is held constant by the thermostats.
                                                                                                                     Storage garage * means a building or part thereof intended for the storage or parking
                                                                                                                        of motor vehicles and containing no provision for the repair or servicing of such
                                                                                                                        vehicles. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Storage-type service water heater * means a service water heater † with an integral hot water
                                                                                                                        storage tank.
                                                                                                                     Storey * means that portion of a building that is situated between the top of any floor
                                                                                                                        and the top of the floor next above it, and if there is no floor above it, that portion
                                                                                                                        between the top of such floor and the ceiling above it.
                                                                                                                     Suite * means a single room or series of rooms of complementary use, operated under a
                                                                                                                       single tenancy, and includes dwelling units, individual guest rooms in motels, hotels,
                                                                                                                       boarding houses, rooming houses and dormitories as well as individual stores and
                                                                                                                       individual or complementary rooms for business and personal services occupancies. †
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Supply air handler means that part of a heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system
                                                                                                                       that conditions return air and/or outdoor air and delivers it to the supply ducts.


                                                                                                    1-6 Division A                                                            National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                 1.4.2.1.

                                                                                                                      Supply duct * means a duct for conveying air from a heating, ventilating or
                                                                                                                        air-conditioning appliance † to a space to be heated, ventilated or air-conditioned.
                                                                                                                      Temperature-control zone means a space that is controlled by an individual
                                                                                                                        temperature-control device.
                                                                                                                      Theatre * means a place of public assembly intended for the production and viewing
                                                                                                                        of the performing arts or the screening and viewing of motion pictures, and
                                                                                                                        consisting of an auditorium with permanently fixed seats intended solely for a
                                                                                                                        viewing audience.
                                                                                                                      Thermal block means a space or group of spaces that is considered as one homogeneous
                                                                                                                        space for modeling purposes. A thermal block shall be:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          (a) one temperature-control zone,
                                                                                                                          (b) a group of temperature-control zones
                                                                                                                                 (i) that are served by the same secondary system or by systems that can be
                                                                                                                                     considered to be identical,
                                                                                                                                (ii) that are operated and controlled in the same way, and
                                                                                                                               (iii) whose space use and envelope characteristics are sufficiently similar
                                                                                                                                     that the heating and cooling energy consumption obtained by modeling
                                                                                                                                     the group of zones as a thermal block is not significantly different from
                                                                                                                                     what would be obtained by summing the results for the individual zones
                                                                                                                                     modeled separately, or
                                                                                                                          (c) a zone consisting entirely of indirectly conditioned spaces.
                                                                                                                      Thermal efficiency (Et) means a measure of the efficiency of fuel-burning equipment
                                                                                                                        in converting fuel to heat, as obtained through the procedures described in the
                                                                                                                        standards referenced in this Code.
                                                                                                                      Toplighting means the illumination of building interiors with daylight admitted through
                                                                                                                        fenestration located on the roof, such as skylights and roof monitors.
                                                                                                                      Unit heater * means a suspended space heater † with an integral air-circulating fan.

                                                                                                    1.4.2.            Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.4.2.1.          Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                                         1) The symbols and other abbreviations in this Code shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                      assigned to them in this Article and Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.
                                                                                                                       A ................... ampere(s)
                                                                                                                       a .................... annum (year)
                                                                                                                       Btu ................ British thermal unit(s)
                                                                                                                       cfm ............... cubic feet per minute
                                                                                                                       CH ................ ceiling height
                                                                                                                       COP .............. coefficient of performance
                                                                                                                       ° .................... degree(s) (of an angle)
                                                                                                                       °C ................. degree(s) Celsius
                                                                                                                       °F .................. degree(s) Farenheit
                                                                                                                       db ................. dry bulb (temperature)
                                                                                                                       Ec ................. combustion efficiency
                                                                                                                       Et .................. thermal efficiency
                                                                                                                       EER .............. energy-efficiency ratio
                                                                                                                       EF ................. energy factor
                                                                                                                       ft. .................. foot (feet)
                                                                                                                       gpm .............. gallon(s) per minute
                                                                                                                       > .................... greater than
                                                                                                                       ≥ .................... greater than or equal to


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                          Division A 1-7
                                                                                                    1.4.2.1.                                                                                               Division A

                                                                                                                     h .................... hour(s)
                                                                                                                     HVAC .......... heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                                     IEER ............. integrated energy-efficiency ratio
                                                                                                                     IPLV ............. integrated part-load value
                                                                                                                     K ................... Kelvin
                                                                                                                     kg ................. kilogram(s)
                                                                                                                     kJ .................. kilojoule(s)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     kVA .............. kilovolt ampere(s)
                                                                                                                     kW ................ kilowatt(s)
                                                                                                                     < .................... less than
                                                                                                                     ≤ .................... less than or equal to
                                                                                                                     L ................... litre(s)
                                                                                                                     lb. .................. pound(s)
                                                                                                                     LPD .............. lighting power density
                                                                                                                     lx ................... lux
                                                                                                                     m .................. metre(s)
                                                                                                                     max. ............. maximum
                                                                                                                     MBH ............ mega Btu/h
                                                                                                                     min. .............. minimum
                                                                                                                     min ............... minute(s)
                                                                                                                     mm ............... millimetre(s)
                                                                                                                     No. ............... number
                                                                                                                     o.c. ................ on centre
                                                                                                                     Pa .................. pascal(s)
                                                                                                                     % ................... per cent
                                                                                                                     R ................... thermal resistance value (imperial unit)
                                                                                                                     RSI ................ thermal resistance value (metric unit)
                                                                                                                     s .................... second(s)
                                                                                                                     SCOP ........... seasonal coefficient of performance
                                                                                                                     SEER ............ seasonal energy-efficiency ratio
                                                                                                                     SL ................. standby losses
                                                                                                                     Δt .................. temperature difference
                                                                                                                     US gal. ......... US gallon(s)
                                                                                                                     U-value ........ overall thermal transmittance
                                                                                                                     V ................... volt(s)
                                                                                                                     Vt .................. storage volume
                                                                                                                     W .................. watt(s)
                                                                                                                     wb ................ wet bulb (temperature)


                                                                                                    1-8 Division A                                                            National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                           1.5.2.1.

                                                                                                    Section 1.5. Referenced Documents and
                                                                                                    Organizations
                                                                                                    1.5.1.            Referenced Documents

                                                                                                    1.5.1.1.          Application of Referenced Documents

                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the provisions of documents referenced in
                                                                                                                      this Code, and of any documents referenced within those documents, apply only
                                                                                                                      to the extent that they relate to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) buildings,
                                                                                                                          b) building systems, and
                                                                                                                          c) the objective and functional statements attributed to the applicable
                                                                                                                              acceptable solutions in Division B where the documents are referenced.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-1.5.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                         2) Where a provision of this Code references another National Model Code, the
                                                                                                                      applicable objectives and functional statements shall include those found in that
                                                                                                                      referenced National Model Code.

                                                                                                    1.5.1.2.          Conflicting Requirements

                                                                                                                         1) In the case of conflict between the provisions of this Code and those of a
                                                                                                                      referenced document, the provisions of this Code shall govern.

                                                                                                    1.5.1.3.          Applicable Editions

                                                                                                                         1) Where documents are referenced in this Code, they shall be the editions
                                                                                                                      designated in Subsection 1.3.1. of Division B.

                                                                                                    1.5.2.            Organizations

                                                                                                    1.5.2.1.          Abbreviations of Proper Names

                                                                                                                         1) The abbreviations of proper names in this Code shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                      assigned to them in Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                    Division A 1-9
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




1-10 Division A




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 1
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-1.1.1.1.(1) Application of this Code. This Code applies to buildings and their systems, components
                                                                                                    and assemblies at the time of their construction.
                                                                                                    For the purpose of understanding the scope of this Code, an addition can be thought of as a new building that
                                                                                                    happens to be built contiguous to an existing building or as a new portion of an existing building.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.1.1.(2) Application of this Code. This Code is intended to apply to alterations to and within
                                                                                                    buildings constructed in compliance with the NECB to ensure that future alterations and improvements to
                                                                                                    building assemblies, systems, equipment and components regulated by this Code, such as tenant improvements
                                                                                                    and renovations, continue to meet the requirements of this Code.
                                                                                                    Designers should pay particular attention to situations where the Part 8 Performance Compliance Path is
                                                                                                    used. The assumptions used in the original energy model may need to be reviewed, and a new energy model
                                                                                                    may need to be prepared.

                                                                                                    A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a) Code Compliance via Acceptable Solutions. If a building design (e.g. material,
                                                                                                    component, assembly or system) can be shown to meet all provisions of the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                    in Division B (e.g. it complies with the applicable provisions of a referenced standard), it is deemed to have
                                                                                                    satisfied the objective and functional statements linked to those provisions and thus to have complied with that
                                                                                                    part of the Code. In fact, if it can be determined that a design meets all the applicable acceptable solutions in
                                                                                                    Division B, there is no need to consult the objectives and functional statements in Division A to determine its
                                                                                                    compliance.

                                                                                                    A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b) Code Compliance via Alternative Solutions. Where a design differs from the
                                                                                                    acceptable solutions in Division B, then it should be treated as an “alternative solution.” A proponent of an
                                                                                                    alternative solution must demonstrate that the alternative solution addresses the same issues as the applicable
                                                                                                    acceptable solutions in Division B and their attributed objective and functional statements. However, because
                                                                                                    the objective and functional statements are entirely qualitative, demonstrating compliance with them in
                                                                                                    isolation is not possible. Therefore, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) identifies the principle that Division B establishes the
                                                                                                    quantitative performance targets that alternative solutions must meet. In many cases, these targets are not
                                                                                                    defined very precisely by the acceptable solutions—certainly far less precisely than would be the case with
                                                                                                    a true performance code, which would have quantitative performance targets and prescribed methods of
                                                                                                    performance measurement for all aspects of building performance. Nevertheless, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) makes it
                                                                                                    clear that an effort must be made to demonstrate that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design
                                                                                                    that would satisfy the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B—not “well enough” but “as well as.”
                                                                                                    In this sense, it is Division B that defines the boundaries between acceptable situations and the “unacceptable”
                                                                                                    situations referred to in the statements of the Code's objectives, i.e. the consequence remaining once the
                                                                                                    applicable acceptable solutions in Division B have been implemented represents the residual consequence
                                                                                                    deemed to be acceptable by the broad base of Canadians who have taken part in the consensus process used to
                                                                                                    develop the Code.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division A 1-11
                                                                                                    A-1.4.1.2.(1)                                                                                       Division A

                                                                                                        Level of Performance
                                                                                                        Where Division B offers a choice between several possible designs, it is likely that these designs may
                                                                                                        not all provide exactly the same level of performance. Among a number of possible designs satisfying
                                                                                                        acceptable solutions in Division B, the design providing the lowest level of performance should generally
                                                                                                        be considered to establish the minimum acceptable level of performance to be used in evaluating alternative
                                                                                                        solutions for compliance with the Code.
                                                                                                        Sometimes a single design will be used as an alternative solution to several sets of acceptable solutions
                                                                                                        in Division B. In this case, the level of performance required of the alternative solution should be at least
                                                                                                        equivalent to the overall level of performance established by all the applicable sets of acceptable solutions
                                                                                                        taken as a whole.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Each provision in Division B has been analyzed to determine what it is intended to achieve. The resultant
                                                                                                        intent statements clarify what undesirable results each provision seeks to preclude. These statements
                                                                                                        are not a legal component of the Code, but are advisory in nature, and can help Code users establish
                                                                                                        performance targets for alternative solutions. They are published as a separate electronic document entitled
                                                                                                        “Supplement to the NECB 2020: Intent Statements,” which is available on the NRC's website.

                                                                                                        Areas of Performance
                                                                                                        A subset of the acceptable solutions in Division B may establish criteria for particular types of designs (e.g.
                                                                                                        certain types of materials, components, assemblies, or systems). The acceptable solutions in Division B
                                                                                                        establish acceptable levels of performance for compliance with the Code only in those areas defined by the
                                                                                                        objective and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions.

                                                                                                        Applicable Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                        In demonstrating that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design that would satisfy the
                                                                                                        applicable acceptable solutions in Division B, its evaluation should not be limited to comparison with the
                                                                                                        acceptable solutions to which an alternative is proposed. It is possible that acceptable solutions elsewhere
                                                                                                        in the Code also apply. The proposed alternative solution may be shown to perform as well as the most
                                                                                                        apparent acceptable solution which it is replacing but may not perform as well as other relevant acceptable
                                                                                                        solutions. For example, an innovative window assembly may perform adequately as an air barrier system
                                                                                                        but may not have adequate thermal properties. All applicable acceptable solutions should be taken into
                                                                                                        consideration in demonstrating the compliance of an alternative solution.

                                                                                                    A-1.4.1.2.(1)     Defined Terms.

                                                                                                        Building Envelope Application
                                                                                                        Several types of spaces can be unconditioned and thus need to be treated differently, e.g., mechanical
                                                                                                        rooms, crawl spaces, garages, loading docks.
                                                                                                        There is also a need to consider components that separate spaces that are conditioned to substantially
                                                                                                        different temperatures (e.g., swimming pools, skating rinks).

                                                                                                        Gross Lighted Area
                                                                                                        Gross lighted area cannot be tied to the building envelope because the building envelope relates only to
                                                                                                        conditioned space. Gross lighted area is used in the calculation of interior lighting power allowance,
                                                                                                        which includes all interior lighting, whether the space is conditioned or not, and some lighting of exterior
                                                                                                        spaces; lighting in elevator and service shafts, if provided at all, is not factored in since it would not have a
                                                                                                        significant impact on the interior lighting power allowance.

                                                                                                        Interior Lighting

                                                                                                            Building envelope
                                                                                                            Given the definition of building envelope, Clause (a) of the definition of interior lighting
                                                                                                            applies to lighting of all conditioned spaces.




                                                                                                    1-12 Division A                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                   A-1.5.1.1.(1)

                                                                                                             Other sheltered spaces
                                                                                                             Storage garages (parking garages), bus shelters and retail outlets (such as market stalls)
                                                                                                             are examples of interior spaces that are sheltered from the exterior environment and not
                                                                                                             necessarily conditioned where the interior lighting is intended only to illuminate that space.
                                                                                                             The illumination of a covered exterior walkway may be considered exterior lighting or
                                                                                                             interior lighting, depending on whether the lighting is intended to light the area around
                                                                                                             the walkway or only the walkway itself. If only the covered walkway is illuminated, limits
                                                                                                             for lighting interior corridors would apply.

                                                                                                        Overall Thermal Transmittance (U-value)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        The overall thermal transmittance, U-value in W/(m2×K), is the inverse of the effective RSI in m2×K/W. To
                                                                                                        convert RSI to an imperial R-value, use 1 m2×K/W = 5.678263 h×ft2×°F/Btu.

                                                                                                        Storage Garage
                                                                                                        Entrances at which vehicles stop for a short time beneath an unenclosed canopy to pick up and drop off
                                                                                                        passengers are not considered as storage garages.

                                                                                                        Suite
                                                                                                        Tenancy in the context of the term “suite” applies to both rental and ownership tenure. In a condominium
                                                                                                        arrangement, for example, dwelling units are considered separate suites even though they are individually
                                                                                                        owned. In order to be of complementary use, a series of rooms that constitute a suite must be in reasonably
                                                                                                        close proximity to each other and have access to each other either directly by means of a common doorway
                                                                                                        or indirectly by a corridor, vestibule or other similar arrangement.
                                                                                                        The term “suite” does not apply to rooms such as service rooms, common laundry rooms and common
                                                                                                        recreational rooms that are not leased or under a separate tenure in the context of the Code. Similarly, the
                                                                                                        term “suite” is not normally applied in the context of buildings such as schools and hospitals, since the
                                                                                                        entire building is under a single tenure. However, a room that is individually rented is considered a suite. A
                                                                                                        warehousing unit in a mini-warehouse is a suite. A rented room in a nursing home could be considered as a
                                                                                                        suite if the room were under a separate tenure. A hospital bedroom, on the other hand, is not considered to
                                                                                                        be under a separate tenure, since the patient has little control of that space, even though he or she pays the
                                                                                                        hospital a per diem rate for the privilege of using the hospital facilities, which include the sleeping areas.

                                                                                                    A-1.5.1.1.(1) Application of Referenced Documents. Documents referenced in the NECB may
                                                                                                    contain provisions covering a wide range of issues, including issues that are unrelated to the objectives and
                                                                                                    functional statements stated in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A respectively. Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1) is intended to make
                                                                                                    it clear that, whereas referencing these documents in the NECB generally has the effect of making the provisions
                                                                                                    of those documents part of the Code, provisions that are unrelated to buildings or to the objective and
                                                                                                    functional statements attributed to the provisions in Division B where the document is referenced are excluded.
                                                                                                    Furthermore, many documents referenced in the NECB contain references to other documents, which may also,
                                                                                                    in turn, refer to other documents. These secondary and tertiary referenced documents may contain provisions
                                                                                                    that are unrelated to buildings or to the objectives and functional statements of the NECB: such provisions—no
                                                                                                    matter how far down the chain of references they occur—are not included in the intent of Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1).




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                    Division A 1-13
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




1-14 Division A




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Objectives




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       2.1.          Application
                                                                                                       2.1.1.        Application ........................................ 2-1

                                                                                                       2.2.          Objectives
                                                                                                       2.2.1.        Objectives ......................................... 2-1

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 2 .................. 2-3




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Objectives




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 2.1. Application
                                                                                                    2.1.1.            Application

                                                                                                    2.1.1.1.          Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    2.1.1.2.          Application of Objectives

                                                                                                                         1) The objectives described in this Part apply
                                                                                                                         a) to all buildings covered in this Code (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
                                                                                                                         b) only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this Code as required
                                                                                                                            in Article 1.2.1.1.


                                                                                                    Section 2.2. Objectives
                                                                                                    2.2.1.            Objectives

                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.          Objectives

                                                                                                                         1) The objectives of this Code are as follows (see Note A-2.2.1.1.(1)):

                                                                                                                              OE     Environment
                                                                                                                                     An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the
                                                                                                                                     design or construction of the building, the environment will be affected
                                                                                                                                     in an unacceptable manner.
                                                                                                                                     OE1     Resources
                                                                                                                                             An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                             result of the design or construction of the building, resources
                                                                                                                                             will be used in a manner that will have an unacceptable effect
                                                                                                                                             on the environment. The risks of unacceptable effect on the
                                                                                                                                             environment due to use of resources addressed in this Code are
                                                                                                                                             those caused by—
                                                                                                                                              OE1.1 – excessive use of energy




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                          Division A 2-1
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




2-2 Division A




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2
                                                                                                    Objectives




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(1) Objectives. Where the term “the building” is used in the wording of the objectives, it refers
                                                                                                    to the building for which compliance with the NECB is being assessed.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division A 2-3
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




2-4 Division A




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       3.1.          Application
                                                                                                       3.1.1.        Application ........................................ 3-1

                                                                                                       3.2.          Functional Statements
                                                                                                       3.2.1.        Functional Statements ..................... 3-1

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 3 .................. 3-3




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 3.1. Application
                                                                                                    3.1.1.            Application
                                                                                                    3.1.1.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    3.1.1.2.          Application of Functional Statements
                                                                                                                         1) The functional statements described in this Part apply
                                                                                                                         a) to all buildings covered in this Code (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
                                                                                                                         b) only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this Code as required
                                                                                                                            in Article 1.2.1.1.


                                                                                                    Section 3.2. Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.2.1.            Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.2.1.1.          Functional Statements
                                                                                                                          1) The objectives of this Code are achieved by measures, such as those described
                                                                                                                      in the acceptable solutions in Division B, that are intended to allow the building or its
                                                                                                                      elements to perform the following functions (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(1)):
                                                                                                                              F90 To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through the
                                                                                                                                    building envelope.
                                                                                                                              F91 To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through system
                                                                                                                                    components.
                                                                                                                              F92 To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through
                                                                                                                                    the building envelope.
                                                                                                                              F93 To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through
                                                                                                                                    system components.
                                                                                                                              F94 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy
                                                                                                                                    for lighting.
                                                                                                                              F95 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy
                                                                                                                                    for heating and cooling.
                                                                                                                              F96 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy
                                                                                                                                    for service water heating.
                                                                                                                              F97 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy
                                                                                                                                    for electrical equipment and devices.
                                                                                                                              F98 To limit the inefficiency of equipment.
                                                                                                                              F99 To limit the inefficiency of systems.
                                                                                                                              F100 To limit the unnecessary rejection of reusable waste energy.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                         Division A 3-1
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




3-2 Division A




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 3
                                                                                                    Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) Listing of Functional Statements. There is a master list of functional statements
                                                                                                    covering the National Model Codes—the National Building Code, the National Fire Code, the National
                                                                                                    Plumbing Code and the National Energy Code for Buildings—but not all functional statements are pertinent
                                                                                                    to all Codes. The numbered functional statements are grouped according to functions that deal with closely
                                                                                                    related subjects.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division A 3-3
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




3-4 Division A




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                          Division B
                                                                   Acceptable Solutions
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       1.1.          General
                                                                                                       1.1.1.        Application ........................................ 1-1
                                                                                                       1.1.2.        Compliance ....................................... 1-1
                                                                                                       1.1.3.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ........................................ 1-1
                                                                                                       1.1.4.        Basic Data and Calculation
                                                                                                                     Methods ............................................ 1-1

                                                                                                       1.2.          Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                       1.2.1.        Definitions of Words and Phrases .. 1-2
                                                                                                       1.2.2.        Symbols and Other Abbreviations .. 1-2

                                                                                                       1.3.          Referenced Documents
                                                                                                                     and Organizations
                                                                                                      1.3.1.         Referenced Documents ................... 1-2
                                                                                                      1.3.2.         Organizations ................................... 1-8

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 1 .................. 1-9




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.1. General
                                                                                                    1.1.1.            Application
                                                                                                    1.1.1.1.          Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of
                                                                                                                      Division A.)

                                                                                                    1.1.2.            Compliance
                                                                                                    1.1.2.1.          Prescriptive, Trade-off or Performance Compliance
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)
                                                                                                                         1)   Buildings shall comply with
                                                                                                                         a)   the prescriptive or trade-off requirements stated in Parts 3 to 7,
                                                                                                                         b)   the performance requirements stated in Part 8, or
                                                                                                                         c)   the tiered performance requirements stated in Part 10.

                                                                                                    1.1.3.            Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    1.1.3.1.          Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                         1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                      Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                      the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                      identified in Sections 3.5., 4.5., 5.5., 6.5., 7.5., 8.5. and 10.2. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    1.1.4.            Basic Data and Calculation Methods
                                                                                                    1.1.4.1.          Climatic Values
                                                                                                                         1) The climatic values required for the design of buildings under this Code shall be
                                                                                                                      in conformance with the values established by the authority having jurisdiction or, in the
                                                                                                                      absence of such data, with the climatic values in Table C-1 for the location nearest to
                                                                                                                      the building site. (See Note A-1.1.4.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    1.1.4.2.          Calculation Procedures
                                                                                                                          1) Calculations carried out to ensure compliance with this Code and not described
                                                                                                                      in the balance of this Subsection or in other Parts of the Code shall be carried out
                                                                                                                      using procedures recognized for the particular purposes, such as those described in,
                                                                                                                      but not limited to:
                                                                                                                          a) ASHRAE Handbooks, Standards and Guidelines,
                                                                                                                          b) “HRAI Digest,”
                                                                                                                          c) Hydronics Institute Manuals, and
                                                                                                                          d) ISO 13790, “Energy performance of buildings – Calculation of energy use
                                                                                                                              for space heating and cooling.”


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                         Division B 1-1
                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.2.1.               Definitions of Words and Phrases
                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.             Non-defined Terms
                                                                                                                            1) Words and phrases used in Division B that are not included in the list of
                                                                                                                         definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly
                                                                                                                         assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the
                                                                                                                         specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology
                                                                                                                         applies.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division B, they
                                                                                                                         shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division
                                                                                                                         A.
                                                                                                                            3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division B, they shall be the
                                                                                                                         provisions stated in Parts 3 to 8 and 10.

                                                                                                    1.2.1.2.             Defined Terms
                                                                                                                             1) The words and terms in italics in Division B shall have the meanings assigned
                                                                                                                         to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
                                                                                                                            2) For the purposes of this Code, a semi-heated building is considered to be a
                                                                                                                         building with a design set-point temperature of less than 15°C.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.               Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.             Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                                            1) The symbols and other abbreviations in Division B shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                         assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A and Article 1.3.2.1.


                                                                                                    Section 1.3. Referenced Documents and
                                                                                                    Organizations
                                                                                                    1.3.1.               Referenced Documents
                                                                                                    1.3.1.1.             Effective Date
                                                                                                                            1) Unless otherwise specified herein, the documents referenced in this Code
                                                                                                                         shall include all amendments, revisions, reaffirmations, reapprovals, addenda and
                                                                                                                         supplements effective to 15 July 2019.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.             Applicable Editions
                                                                                                                            1) Where documents are referenced in this Code, they shall be the editions
                                                                                                                         designated in Table 1.3.1.2. (See also Note A-1.5.1.1.(1) of Division A.)

                                                                                                                                                            Table 1.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                           Documents Referenced in the National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020 (1)
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 1.3.1.2.(1)

                                                                                                        Issuing Agency                  Document Number (2)                       Title of Document                      Code Reference
                                                                                                    AAMA                     501.5-07                              Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls 3.2.4.3.(3)
                                                                                                    AHRI                     ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008                Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning    Table 5.2.12.1.-C
                                                                                                                                                                   and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment
                                                                                                    AHRI                     AHRI 310/380-2014/CSA C744-14         Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat       Table 5.2.12.1.-G
                                                                                                                                                                   Pumps


                                                                                                    1-2 Division B                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                        Issuing Agency                Document Number (2)                           Title of Document                     Code Reference
                                                                                                     AHRI                 ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007                    Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Table 5.2.12.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                    Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump          Table 5.2.12.1.-C
                                                                                                                                                                    Equipment
                                                                                                     AHRI                 ANSI/AHRI 366 (SI/2009)                   Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Table 5.2.12.1.-D
                                                                                                                                                                    Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing Units
                                                                                                     AHRI                 ANSI/AHRI 460-2005                        Performance Rating of Remote Mechanical-Draft      Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    Air-Cooled Refrigerant Condensers




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     AHRI                 ANSI/AHRI 551/591 (SI/2018)               Performance Rating of Water-chilling and Heat      Table 5.2.12.1.-L
                                                                                                                                                                    Pump Water-heating Packages Using the Vapor        Table 5.2.12.1.-M
                                                                                                                                                                    Compression Cycle
                                                                                                     AHRI                 ANSI/AHRI 921 (SI/2015)                   Performance Rating of DX-Dedicated Outdoor         Table 5.2.12.1.-J
                                                                                                                                                                    Air System Units
                                                                                                     AHRI                 1061 (SI/2013)                            Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for    5.2.10.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                    Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment              A-5.2.10.1.(4)
                                                                                                     AHRI                 1160 (I-P/2014)                           Performance Rating of Heat Pump Pool Heaters       Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    (with Addendum 1)
                                                                                                     AHRI                 1230-2014                                 Performance Rating of Variable Refrigerant Flow    Table 5.2.12.1.-I
                                                                                                                                                                    (VRF) Multi-Split Air-Conditioning and Heat
                                                                                                                                                                    Pump Equipment (with Addendum 1)
                                                                                                     AHRI                 CAN/ANSI/AHRI 1330-2015                   Performance Rating for Radiant Output of Gas       Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                    Fired Infrared Heaters
                                                                                                     AHRI                 1361 (SI/2017)                            Performance Rating of Computer and Data            Table 5.2.12.1.-H
                                                                                                                                                                    Processing Room Air Conditioners
                                                                                                     AMCA                 ANSI/AMCA 500-D-12                        Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating              5.2.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                     AMCA                 ANSI/AMCA 500-L-12                        Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating              5.2.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                     ANSI/CSA             ANSI Z21.10.3-2017/CSA 4.3-2017           Gas-fired water heaters, volume III, storage water Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    heaters with input ratings above 75,000 Btu per
                                                                                                                                                                    hour, circulating and instantaneous
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA              ANSI Z21.47-2016/CSA 2.3-2016             Gas-fired central furnaces                         Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA              ANSI Z21.56-2017/CSA 4.7-2017             Gas-fired pool heaters                             Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA              ANSI Z83.8-2016/CSA 2.6-2016              Gas unit heaters, gas packaged heaters, gas        Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                                                                    utility heaters and gas-fired duct furnaces
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               2011                                      ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications                A-6.2.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               2013                                      ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals                     3.1.1.5.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       3.1.1.5.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-8.4.4.4.(1)
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               ANSI/ASHRAE 55-2013                       Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human         A-5.2.8.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                    Occupancy
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1-2016                     Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality      A-5.2.3.4.(1)
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               ANSI/ASHRAE 84-2013                       Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat/Energy           5.2.10.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                    Exchangers
                                                                                                     ASHRAE/IES           ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1-2013                 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise      A-Table 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    Residential Buildings                              A-5.2.3.4.(2)
                                                                                                     ASHRAE/IES           90.1-2013                                 User's Manual                                      A-5.2.10.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.2.10.4.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-6.2.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               ANSI/ASHRAE 111-2008                      Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building      A-5.2.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                    HVAC Systems
                                                                                                     ASHRAE               ANSI/ASHRAE 140-2011                      Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of      8.4.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                    Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                          Division B 1-3
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                                       Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                        Issuing Agency               Document Number (2)                          Title of Document                    Code Reference
                                                                                                    ASHRAE               RP-1365-2011                              Thermal Performance of Building Envelope         A-3.1.1.5.(5)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                   Details for Mid- and High-Rise Buildings
                                                                                                    ASME/CSA             ASME A112.18.1-2018/CSA B125.1-18         Plumbing Supply Fittings                         6.2.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    6.2.6.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM                 C177-19                                   Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat       3.1.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                   Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission
                                                                                                                                                                   Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate
                                                                                                                                                                   Apparatus




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ASTM                 C335/C335M-17                             Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat       5.2.5.3.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                   Transfer Properties of Pipe Insulation           6.2.3.1.(4)
                                                                                                    ASTM                 C518-17                                   Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal    3.1.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                   Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat
                                                                                                                                                                   Flow Meter Apparatus
                                                                                                    ASTM                 C1363-11                                  Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance     3.1.1.5.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                   of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies    3.1.1.5.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                   by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus
                                                                                                    ASTM                 E283-04                                   Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of     3.2.4.3.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                   Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain    3.2.4.3.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                   Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure        3.2.4.3.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                   Differences Across the Specimen                  3.2.4.3.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.4.3.(9)
                                                                                                    ASTM                 E779-10                                   Standard Test Method for Determining Air         8.4.2.9.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                   Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization
                                                                                                    ASTM                 E3158-18                                  Standard Test Method for Measuring the Air       3.2.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                   Leakage Rate of a Large or Multizone Building
                                                                                                    BC Hydro             2014                                      Building Envelope Thermal Bridging Guide         A-3.1.1.5.(5)(a)
                                                                                                    CCBFC                NRCC-CONST-56435E                         National Building Code of Canada 2020            1.1.1.1.(1) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    1.1.1.3.(1) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    1.1.1.3.(2) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.(1) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.1.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    5.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    5.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    5.2.2.8.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    5.2.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.8.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.4.(5)
                                                                                                    CCBFC                NRCC-CONST-56436E                         National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020            A-3.2.1.1.(1) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-6.2.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.20.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.20.(7)
                                                                                                    CCBFC                NRCC-CONST-56437E                         National Fire Code of Canada 2020                1.4.1.2.(1) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) (3)
                                                                                                    CSA                  AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17           North American Fenestration                      3.2.4.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                   Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and   3.2.4.3.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                   skylights
                                                                                                    CSA                  A440.2:19/A440.3:19                       Fenestration energy performance/User guide       3.1.1.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                   to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy            A-3.1.1.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                   performance
                                                                                                    CSA                  B140.4:04                                 Oil-Fired Warm Air Furnaces                      Table 5.2.12.1.-O



                                                                                                    1-4 Division B                                                                  National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                        Issuing Agency                 Document Number (2)                          Title of Document                      Code Reference
                                                                                                     CSA                  B140.12-03                                 Oil-Burning Equipment: Service Water Heaters       Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     for Domestic Hot Water, Space Heating, and
                                                                                                                                                                     Swimming Pools
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-B211-00                            Energy Efficiency of Oil-Fired Storage Tank        Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Water Heaters
                                                                                                     CSA                  B415.1-10                                  Performance Testing of Solid-Fuel-Burning          Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                     Heating Appliances




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     CSA                  C22.1-18                                   Canadian Electrical Code, Part I (24th edition),   A-7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Safety Standard for Electrical Installations
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C191-04                            Performance of Electric Storage Tank Water         Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Heaters for Domestic Hot Water Service
                                                                                                     CSA                  C368.1:14                                  Energy performance of room air conditioners        Table 5.2.12.1.-G
                                                                                                     CSA                  C390:10                                    Test methods, marking requirements, and energy 7.2.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                     efficiency levels for three-phase induction motors
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C439-09                            Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the 5.2.10.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                     performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators 5.2.10.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Table 5.2.10.4.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        A-5.2.10.4.(2)
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C654-14                            Fluorescent lamp ballast efficacy measurements     4.2.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4.2.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                     CSA                  C656-14                                    Performance standard for split-system and          Table 5.2.12.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                     single-package air conditioners and heat pumps     Table 5.2.12.1.-I
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C743-09                            Performance standard for rating packaged water     Table 5.2.12.1.-K
                                                                                                                                                                     chillers                                           Table 5.2.12.1.-L
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C745-03                            Energy Efficiency of Electric Storage Tank Water   Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Heaters and Heat Pump Water Heaters
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C746-06                            Performance Standard for Rating Large and          Table 5.2.12.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                     Single Packaged Vertical Air Conditioners and      Table 5.2.12.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                                     Heat Pumps                                         Table 5.2.12.1.-C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Table 5.2.12.1.-D
                                                                                                     CSA                  C748-13                                    Performance of direct-expansion (DX)               Table 5.2.12.1.-F
                                                                                                                                                                     ground-source heat pumps
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C802.1-13                          Minimum efficiency values for liquid-filled        7.2.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                     distribution transformers
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C802.2-18                          Test method and minimum efficiency values for      7.2.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                     dry-type transformers
                                                                                                     CSA                  C802.3-15                                  Minimum efficiency values for power transformers 7.2.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C828-13                            Performance requirements for thermostats used      5.2.8.6.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                     with individual room electric space heating
                                                                                                                                                                     devices
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C860-11                            Performance of internally lighted exit signs       4.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                     CSA                  C873.4-14                                  Building energy estimation methodology – Part 4    4.3.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                     – Energy consumption for lighting                  4.3.1.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4.3.1.3.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4.3.1.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4.3.1.3.(5)
                                                                                                     CSA                  CAN/CSA-C13256-1-01                        Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and              Table 5.2.12.1.-E
                                                                                                                                                                     Rating for Performance - Part 1: Water-to-Air
                                                                                                                                                                     and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps (Adopted ISO
                                                                                                                                                                     13256-1:1998, first edition, 1998-08-15, with
                                                                                                                                                                     Canadian Deviations)




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                          Division B 1-5
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                        Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                          Issuing Agency              Document Number (2)                           Title of Document                       Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-C13256-2-01                      Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating         Table 5.2.12.1.-E
                                                                                                                                                                    for Performance - Part 2: Water-to-Water and
                                                                                                                                                                    Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps (Adopted ISO
                                                                                                                                                                    13256-2:1998, first edition, 1998-08-15, with
                                                                                                                                                                    Canadian Deviations)
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-F379 SERIES-09 (excluding        Packaged solar domestic hot water systems            6.2.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                           Supplement F379S1-11)                    (liquid-to-liquid heat transfer)
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-P.2-13                           Testing method for measuring the annual fuel         Table 5.2.12.1.-N




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    utilization efficiency of residential gas-fired or   Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                                                                    oil-fired furnaces and boilers
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-P.3-15                           Testing method for measuring energy                  Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    consumption and determining efficiencies of
                                                                                                                                                                    gas-fired and fuel oil-fired water heaters
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-P.4.1-15                         Testing method for measuring annual fireplace        Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                    efficiency
                                                                                                    CSA                    P.6-09                                   Test method for measuring thermal efficiency of      Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    gas-fired pool heaters
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-P.8-09                           Thermal efficiencies of industrial and commercial Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                                                                    gas-fired package furnaces
                                                                                                    CSA                    CAN/CSA-P.11-07                          Testing Method for Measuring Efficiency and          Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                                                                    Energy Consumption of Gas-Fired Unit Heaters
                                                                                                    CTI                    ATC-105-00                               Acceptance Test Code                                 Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                    CTI                    ATC-105DS-18                             Acceptance Test Code for Dry Fluid Coolers           Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                    CTI                    ATC-105S-11                              Acceptance Test Code for Closed Circuit Cooling      Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    Towers
                                                                                                    CTI                    ATC-106-11                               Acceptance Test Code for Mechanical Draft            Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    Evaporative Vapor Condensers
                                                                                                    CTI                    STD-201RS-04                             Standard for the Certification of Water Cooling      Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    Tower Thermal Performance
                                                                                                    DASMA                  ANSI/DASMA 105-2017                      Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Air        3.2.4.3.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                    Infiltration of Garage Doors
                                                                                                    DIN                    EN 303-5:2012                            Heating boilers – Part 5: Heating boilers for solid Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                    fuels, manually and automatically stoked, nominal
                                                                                                                                                                    heat output of up to 500 kW – Terminology,
                                                                                                                                                                    requirements, testing and marking; German
                                                                                                                                                                    version EN 303-5:2012
                                                                                                    DIN                    EN 416:2019                              Gas-fired overhead radiant tube heaters and      Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                    radiant tube heater systems for non-domestic use
                                                                                                                                                                    – Safety and energy efficiency; German version
                                                                                                                                                                    EN 416:2019
                                                                                                    DIN                    EN 419:2019                              Gas-fired overhead luminous radiant heaters for Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                    non-domestic use – Safety and energy efficiency;
                                                                                                                                                                    German version EN 419:2019
                                                                                                    DOE                    10 CFR, Part 430-2011                    Energy, Energy Conservation Program for              Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                                                                    Consumer Products                                    Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    DOE                    10 CFR, Part 431-2011                    Energy, Energy Efficiency Program for Certain        Table 5.2.12.1.-N
                                                                                                                                                                    Commercial and Industrial Equipment                  Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    EPA                    40 CFR, Part 60-2008                     Protection of Environment, Standards of              Table 5.2.12.1.-P
                                                                                                                                                                    Performance for New Stationary Sources
                                                                                                    HRAI                   2017 Edition                             HRAI Digest                                          1.1.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-5.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                    HVI                    HVI Publication 911                      Certified Home Ventilating Products Directory        A-5.2.10.4.(2)
                                                                                                    ICC/SRCC               ICC 900/SRCC 300-2015                    Solar Thermal System Standard                        Table 6.2.2.1.


                                                                                                    1-6 Division B                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                 1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                           Issuing Agency                     Document Number (2)                                 Title of Document                       Code Reference
                                                                                                     IES                         HB-10-11                                         The Lighting Handbook, 10th Edition                  A-Table 4.3.2.8.
                                                                                                     IES                         ANSI/IES RP-28-07                                Lighting and the Visual Environment for Senior       Table 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                  Living                                               Table 4.3.2.10.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-8.4.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                     ISO                         13790:2008                                       Energy performance of buildings – Calculation of     1.1.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                  energy use for space heating and cooling
                                                                                                     ISO                         14683:2007                                       Thermal bridges in building construction – Linear 3.1.1.5.(5)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                  thermal transmittance – Simplified methods and
                                                                                                                                                                                  default values
                                                                                                     NEMA                        ANSI_ANSLG C82.11:2011                           American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts –       4.2.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                  High-Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
                                                                                                     NFRC                        100-2010                                         Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product       3.1.1.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                  U-factors
                                                                                                     NRCan                       S.C. 1992, c. 36                                 Energy Efficiency Act                                5.2.12.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.2.12.1.(1) and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.2.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.2.5.(1)
                                                                                                     NRCan                       SOR/2016-311                                     Energy Efficiency Regulations, 2016                  Table 5.2.12.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-D
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-E
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-G
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-I
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-K
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       5.2.12.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.2.12.1.(1) and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.2.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.2.5.(1)
                                                                                                     SMACNA                      ANSI/SMACNA 006-2006                             HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and         5.2.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                  Flexible                                             Table 5.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                     SMACNA                      ANSI/SMACNA 016-2012                             HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual                    5.2.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                     SMACNA                      2003                                             Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards            A-5.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                     SMACNA                      2006                                             HVAC Systems Duct Design                             A-5.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                     TIAC                        2013                                             Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide           A-5.2.2.5.(8) and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       5.2.5.3.(7)
                                                                                                     ULC                         CAN/ULC-S741-08                                  Standard for Air Barrier Materials – Specification   3.2.4.3.(2)
                                                                                                     ULC                         CAN/ULC-S742-11                                  Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies –                3.2.4.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                  Specification                                        A-3.2.4.3.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 1.3.1.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   While every effort was made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Table, the NRC is not responsible for the accuracy, timeliness or
                                                                                                          reliability of the content presented therein. For all purposes of interpreting and applying the referenced standards, Code users should refer to the
                                                                                                          most recent official versions of the referenced editions.
                                                                                                    (2)   Some documents may have been reaffirmed or reapproved. Check with the applicable issuing agency for up-to-date information.
                                                                                                    (3)   Code reference is in Division A.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                         Division B 1-7
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    1.3.2.            Organizations
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.          Abbreviations of Proper Names
                                                                                                                         1) The abbreviations of proper names in this Code shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                      assigned to them in this Article.
                                                                                                                     AAMA .............. Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance (formerly
                                                                                                                                         American Architectural Manufacturers Association)
                                                                                                                                         (www.fgiaonline.org)
                                                                                                                     AHRI ................ Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute
                                                                                                                                           (www.ahrinet.org)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     AMCA .............. Air Movement and Control Association (www.amca.org)
                                                                                                                     ANSI ................. American National Standards Institute (www.ansi.org)
                                                                                                                     ANSLG ............. American National Standards Lighting Group (see NEMA)
                                                                                                                     ASHRAE .......... American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
                                                                                                                                       Engineers (www.ashrae.org)
                                                                                                                     ASME ............... American Society of Mechanical Engineers (www.asme.org)
                                                                                                                     ASTM ............... ASTM International (www.astm.org)
                                                                                                                     CAN ................. National Standard of Canada designation (www.scc.ca)
                                                                                                                     CCBFC .............. Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (see NRC)
                                                                                                                     CSA ................... CSA Group (www.csagroup.ca)
                                                                                                                     CTI .................... Cooling Technology Institute (www.coolingtechnology.org)
                                                                                                                     DASMA ........... Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association International
                                                                                                                                       (www.dasma.com/dasma-standards)
                                                                                                                     DIN ................... Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V. (German Institute for
                                                                                                                                             Standardization) (www.din.de/en)
                                                                                                                     DOE .................. U.S. Department of Energy (www.energy.gov)
                                                                                                                     EPA ................... Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.) (www.epa.gov)
                                                                                                                     HRAI ................ Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Institute of Canada
                                                                                                                                           (www.hrai.ca)
                                                                                                                     HVI ................... Home Ventilating Institute (www.hvi.org)
                                                                                                                     ICC .................... International Code Council (www.iccsafe.org)
                                                                                                                     IES ..................... Illuminating Engineering Society (www.ies.org)
                                                                                                                     ISO .................... International Organization for Standardization (www.iso.org)
                                                                                                                     NBC .................. National Building Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                     NECB ................ National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                                     NEMA .............. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (www.nema.org)
                                                                                                                     NFC .................. National Fire Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                     NFRC ................ National Fenestration Rating Council (www.nfrc.org)
                                                                                                                     NPC .................. National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                     NRC .................. National Research Council of Canada (nrc.canada.ca)
                                                                                                                     NRCan .............. Natural Resources Canada (www.nrcan.gc.ca)
                                                                                                                     SMACNA ........ Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
                                                                                                                                     (www.smacna.org)
                                                                                                                     SRCC ................ Solar Rating & Certification Corporation (www.solar-rating.org)
                                                                                                                     TIAC ................. Thermal Insulation Association of Canada (www.tiac.ca)
                                                                                                                     ULC .................. ULC Standards (canada.ul.com/ulcstandards)
                                                                                                                     WDMA ............. Window & Door Manufacturers Association (www.wdma.com)


                                                                                                    1-8 Division B                                                              National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-1.1.2.1. NECB Compliance Options. Figure A-1.1.2.1. shows the three compliance options available
                                                                                                    in Division B.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division B 1-9
                                                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                                                                 NECB 2020




                                                                                                                                 Prescriptive or Trade-off
                                                                                                                                                                                      Select                            Performance
1-10 Division B

                                                                                                                                                                                    compliance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A-1.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                      option


                                                                         Select Part 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7
                                                                                                                                                                               Tiered performance

                                                                                                                                                                    Change to                                                                 Calculate reference and
                                                                              Part 3 or 4 Redesign to meet
                                                                                                                                                                 performance path                                                          building energy consumption
                                                                                          requirements using
                                                                 Part 5, 6 or 7                                                                                                                                                              in accordance with Part 8
                                                                                            prescriptive or
                                                                                                trade-off
                                                                                                                                                                         Apply requirements
                                                                                                     Select                                                                   of Part 10
                                                                                                   prescriptive                                                                                                                                        Redesign to meet
                                                                                                       or                                                                                                                                            performance energy
                                                                     Prescriptive                   trade-off                                                                                                                                        target and limitations
                                                                                                                                                            Change to tiered          Redesign to meet                Change to
                                                                                                      path
                                                                                                                                       Redesign             performance path        tiered performance             performance path
                                                                                                                                                                                        requirements
                                                                                                                    Is
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Change to
                                                                                    Prescriptive            Trade-off
                                                                                                                 building
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      prescriptive
                                                                                                              compliant with                                                                             Change to
                                                                          Is                                                                                                                                                            Is building                 or trade-off path
                                                                                                                 trade-off                                                                            prescriptive or
                                                                        building                              requirements?                                 Change to                                  trade-off path                 compliant with
                                                                    compliant with                                                No                       performance                                                                 performance
                                                                      prescriptive                                                                           or tiered                                                                requirements?
                                                                    requirements?                           No                                             performance                     Redesign
                                                                                                                        Yes                                    path                                                                                                              Change
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                No
                                                                                                     Yes                                          Change                                                            Change to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   prescriptive          Yes             Redesign
                                                                                                                                   Redesign                            Is building                              or trade-off path
                                                               Determine for                                                       or change                         compliant with                             or performance
                                                                which Parts                                                       compliance                              tiered                                       path
                                                             compliance has not                                                       path                            performance
                                                             been demonstrated                                                                                       requirements?
                                                                                                                                                                                      No
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Redesign
                                                                                                        Is building
                                                                                                                                                                                        Redesign                                                        or change
                                                                                      No                 compliant                                                                                            Change
                                                                                                                                                                                        or change                                                      compliance
                                                                                                      with Parts 3, 4,                                                   Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                           path                                                            path
                                                                                                         5, 6 & 7?


                                                                                                           Yes                                                         Compliance
                                                                                                                                                                      demonstrated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              EG00698D


                                                    Figure A-1.1.2.1.
                                                    Decision flow chart for Code compliance
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Division B
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-1.1.4.1.(1)

                                                                                                        Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                        The first compliance option is to apply the prescriptive requirements of the Code, which generally dictate
                                                                                                        minimum thermal characteristics for envelope elements and energy efficiency measures that can be stated
                                                                                                        as specific instructions.

                                                                                                        Trade-off Path
                                                                                                        The second option affords some degree of flexibility in the application of the prescriptive requirements. For
                                                                                                        example, the trade-off path for Part 3 allows Code users to vary the thermal characteristics of one or more
                                                                                                        components of the building envelope and/or vary the fenestration and door area from that permitted in
                                                                                                        Section 3.2., provided it can be demonstrated that the resultant building envelope will not transfer more




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        energy than it would if all its components complied with that Section. The trade-off option presents an
                                                                                                        easy way to make small adjustments to the characteristics of the building without having to follow the
                                                                                                        whole-building performance route.

                                                                                                        Performance Path
                                                                                                        The third option is a performance path: if some aspects of the prescriptive and trade-off routes are
                                                                                                        considered too limiting, the building could, for example, be designed with any thermal characteristics
                                                                                                        desired (subject to certain limitations), provided that it would not have a calculated energy consumption
                                                                                                        under standardized conditions that is greater than it would have been had the building been designed in
                                                                                                        strict conformity with the prescriptive requirements, all other aspects of the building (those that are not the
                                                                                                        object of a requirement in this Code) remaining the same in both cases. The proof of compliance when
                                                                                                        using the performance path option is achieved through two energy analyses: one on the building as if it
                                                                                                        met the prescriptive requirements, which gives the “target” performance, and the other on the actual
                                                                                                        design for which a building permit is requested.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.3.1.(1) Objective and Functional Statements Attributed to Acceptable
                                                                                                    Solutions. The objective and functional statements attributed to each Code provision are shown in Tables at
                                                                                                    the end of each Part in Division B.
                                                                                                    Many provisions in Division B serve as modifiers of or pointers to other provisions, or serve other clarification
                                                                                                    or explanatory purposes. In most cases, no objective and functional statements have been attributed to such
                                                                                                    provisions, which therefore do not appear in the above-mentioned tables.
                                                                                                    For provisions that serve as modifiers of or pointers to other referenced provisions and that do not have an
                                                                                                    objective and functional statements attributed to them, the objective and functional statements that should be
                                                                                                    used are those attributed to the provisions they reference.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.4.1.(1) Climatic Values. Climatic values for municipalities not listed in Table C-1 may be obtained
                                                                                                    at www.climate.weather.gc.ca/index_e.html.
                                                                                                    Hourly climatic values are available from multiple sources such as Environment and Climate Change Canada,
                                                                                                    Natural Resources Canada, the Regional Conservation Authority and other such public agencies that record
                                                                                                    this type of information. Hourly weather data are also available from public and private agencies that format
                                                                                                    this information for use with annual energy consumption simulation software; in some cases, these data
                                                                                                    have been incorporated into the software.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                    Division B 1-11
                                                                                                    A-1.1.4.1.(1)                                                                                                       Division B




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                   Iqaluit

                                                                                                        7000          Whitehorse
                                                                                                                                           Yellowknife                                                     7000
                                                                                                           6000
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      6000
                                                                                                              5000                                                                                                             5000
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                St. John’s
                                                                                                       4000



                                                                                                        3000                                                                                                        Charlottetown
                                                                                                                                     Edmonton
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Fredericton
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Halifax
                                                                                                                                                                                             Québec    5000
                                                                                                                     Victoria                    Regina
                                                                                                                             3000                         Winnipeg
                                                                                                                                    4000                                                                      4000
                                                                                                                                                   5000                                Ottawa 4000
                                                                                                                                                                     5000
                                                                                                                                                                            4000         Toronto


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00180A


                                                                                                     Figure A-1.1.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                     Contour map showing approximate average annual heating degree-days taken at 18˚C




                                                                                                    1-12 Division B                                                            National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                          .




                                                                                                                                                        Part 2     Division B


                                                                                                                                                        Reserved

National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




Division B 2-1
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




2-2 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Building Envelope




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       3.1.          General
                                                                                                       3.1.1.        General .............................................. 3-1

                                                                                                       3.2.          Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                       3.2.1.        General .............................................. 3-3
                                                                                                       3.2.2.        Above-ground Components of
                                                                                                                     the Building Envelope ...................... 3-4
                                                                                                       3.2.3.        Building Assemblies in Contact
                                                                                                                     with the Ground ................................ 3-6
                                                                                                       3.2.4.        Air Leakage ....................................... 3-8

                                                                                                       3.3.          Trade-off Path
                                                                                                       3.3.1.        Simple Trade-off Path ....................... 3-9

                                                                                                       3.4.          Performance Path
                                                                                                       3.4.1.        General ............................................ 3-10

                                                                                                       3.5.          Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       3.5.1.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ...................................... 3-11

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 3 ................ 3-13




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Building Envelope




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 3.1. General
                                                                                                    3.1.1.            General
                                                                                                    3.1.1.1.          Scope
                                                                                                                         1) This Part is concerned with the transfer of heat and air through
                                                                                                                         a) building materials, components and assemblies forming part of the building
                                                                                                                            envelope, and
                                                                                                                         b) interfaces between building materials, components and assemblies forming
                                                                                                                            part of the building envelope.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.2.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to the building envelope in buildings
                                                                                                                         a) that are equipped with space-conditioning systems or have provisions for
                                                                                                                            the future installation of such systems (see Note A-3.1.1.2.(1)(a)), and
                                                                                                                         b) whose heating and/or cooling system output capacity is equal to or greater
                                                                                                                            than 10 W/m2 of floor surface area.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.3.          Compliance
                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Part shall be achieved by following
                                                                                                                         a) the prescriptive path described in Section 3.2.,
                                                                                                                         b) the trade-off path described in Section 3.3., or
                                                                                                                          c) the performance path described in Section 3.4. (see Note A-3.1.1.3.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.1.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.1.1.4.          Definitions
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.5.          Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.1.5.)
                                                                                                                          1) The thermal characteristics of building envelope materials shall be determined
                                                                                                                      in accordance with the applicable product standards listed in the NBC or, in the
                                                                                                                      absence of such standards or where such standards do not address the determination
                                                                                                                      of thermal characteristics, in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) ASTM C177, “Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux
                                                                                                                             Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the
                                                                                                                             Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus,” or
                                                                                                                          b) ASTM C518, “Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission
                                                                                                                             Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.”
                                                                                                                         2) Calculations and tests performed in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                      carried out at an average temperature of 24±2°C and under a temperature difference
                                                                                                                      of 22±2°C.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 3-1
                                                                                                    3.1.1.6.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                       3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the overall thermal transmittance of fenestration
                                                                                                                     and doors shall be determined for the reference sizes listed in accordance with
                                                                                                                        a) CSA A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA
                                                                                                                           A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance,”or
                                                                                                                        b) NFRC 100, “Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors.”
                                                                                                                        4) The overall thermal transmittance of fenestration and doors that are not within the
                                                                                                                     scope of the standards listed in Sentence (3) shall be determined from
                                                                                                                        a) calculations carried out using the procedures described in the “ASHRAE
                                                                                                                            Handbook – Fundamentals,” or
                                                                                                                        b) laboratory tests performed in accordance with ASTM C1363, “Standard
                                                                                                                            Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus,” using an indoor air
                                                                                                                            temperature of 21±1°C and an outdoor air temperature of –18±1°C measured
                                                                                                                            at the mid-height of the fenestration or door.
                                                                                                                        5) The thermal characteristics of building assemblies other than fenestration and
                                                                                                                     doors shall be determined from
                                                                                                                         a) calculations carried out using the procedures described in
                                                                                                                               i) the “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals,” or
                                                                                                                              ii) ISO 14683, “Thermal bridges in building construction –
                                                                                                                                  Linear thermal transmittance – Simplified methods and
                                                                                                                                  default values,”
                                                                                                                     (see Note A-3.1.1.5.(5)(a)),
                                                                                                                         b) two- or three-dimensional thermal modeling, or
                                                                                                                         c) laboratory tests performed in accordance with ASTM C1363, “Standard
                                                                                                                            Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope
                                                                                                                            Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus,” using an indoor air
                                                                                                                            temperature of 21±1°C and an outdoor air temperature of –18±1°C.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.6.         Calculation of Fenestration and Door Areas
                                                                                                                       1) Fenestration and door areas shall be calculated to the rough opening in the wall
                                                                                                                     and shall include all related frame and sash members. (See Note A-3.1.1.6.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The fenestration area made of flat panes that are not all in the same plane or
                                                                                                                     curved panes shall be measured along the surface of the glass. (See Note A-3.1.1.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), in the calculation of allowable fenestration
                                                                                                                     and door area, the gross wall area shall be calculated as the sum of the areas of all
                                                                                                                     above-ground wall assemblies including fenestration and doors, but not including
                                                                                                                     parapets, projected fins, ornamentation and appendages.
                                                                                                                        4) The calculation of allowable fenestration and door area in additions shall be
                                                                                                                     based upon
                                                                                                                        a) the addition being considered by itself, or
                                                                                                                        b) the addition being considered together with the existing building, provided
                                                                                                                            that the combined overall thermal transmittance of the addition and existing
                                                                                                                            building meets the prescriptive or trade-off requirements.
                                                                                                                        5) In the calculation of allowable skylight area, the gross roof area shall be
                                                                                                                     calculated as the sum of the areas of insulated roof including skylights.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.7.         Calculation of Overall Thermal Transmittance
                                                                                                                        1) In calculating the overall thermal transmittance of assemblies for purposes of
                                                                                                                     comparison with the provisions in Section 3.2., the effect of thermal bridging shall
                                                                                                                     be considered for
                                                                                                                         a) closely spaced repetitive structural members, such as studs and joists, and
                                                                                                                            ancillary members, such as lintels, sills and plates,
                                                                                                                        b) major structural elements that penetrate or intersect the building envelope
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-3.1.1.7.(1)(b)),
                                                                                                                         c) the junctions between the following building envelope materials, components,
                                                                                                                            and assemblies:
                                                                                                                               i) glazing assemblies,


                                                                                                    3-2 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  3.2.1.2.

                                                                                                                              ii) spandrels,
                                                                                                                             iii) parapets,
                                                                                                                             iv) roof-to-wall junctions,
                                                                                                                              v) corners, and
                                                                                                                             vi) edges of walls or floors, and
                                                                                                                         d) secondary structural members (see Note A-3.1.1.7.(1)(d)).

                                                                                                                         2) In calculating the overall thermal transmittance of assemblies for purposes
                                                                                                                      of comparison with the provisions in Section 3.2., pipes, ducts, equipment with
                                                                                                                      through-the-wall venting, packaged terminal air conditioners or heat pumps need not
                                                                                                                      be taken into account. (See Note A-3.1.1.7.(2).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        3) In calculating the overall thermal transmittance of assemblies for purposes of
                                                                                                                      comparison with the provisions in Section 3.2., fasteners need not be taken into account.

                                                                                                                         4) Where a component of the building envelope is protected by an enclosed
                                                                                                                      unconditioned space, such as a sun porch, enclosed veranda or vestibule, the
                                                                                                                      unconditioned enclosure may be considered to have an overall thermal transmittance of
                                                                                                                      6.25 W/(m2×K). (See Note A-3.1.1.7.(4).)

                                                                                                                          5) For the purposes of this Article, roof assemblies shall be considered to include
                                                                                                                      all related structural framing.

                                                                                                                         6) For the purposes of this Article, wall assemblies inclined less than 60° from the
                                                                                                                      horizontal shall be considered as roof assemblies, and roof assemblies inclined 60° or
                                                                                                                      more from the horizontal shall be considered as wall assemblies.

                                                                                                                          7) For the purposes of this Article, wall assemblies shall be considered to include
                                                                                                                      all related structural framing and perimeter areas of intersecting interior walls.

                                                                                                                          8) For the purposes of this Article, floor assemblies shall be considered to include
                                                                                                                      all related structural framing.


                                                                                                    Section 3.2. Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                    3.2.1.            General

                                                                                                    3.2.1.1.          Protection of Insulation Materials

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the building envelope shall be designed to
                                                                                                                      avoid increasing the overall thermal transmittance of the insulation material due to
                                                                                                                         a) air leakage or convection,
                                                                                                                         b) wetting, or
                                                                                                                          c) moisture bypassing the plane of thermal resistance.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                          2) Where any of the conditions described in Clauses (1)(a) to (c) occur as a result
                                                                                                                      of the designed building envelope system, their effect on the overall thermal transmittance
                                                                                                                      of the insulation material shall be calculated in accordance with Article 3.1.1.5.

                                                                                                    3.2.1.2.          Continuity of Insulation

                                                                                                                          1) Where mechanical ducts and chases or electrical system components, such as
                                                                                                                      pipes, ducts, conduits, cabinets, panels, or recessed heaters, are placed within and
                                                                                                                      parallel to the building envelope, the overall thermal transmittance of the building envelope
                                                                                                                      at the projected area of the mechanical or electrical system components shall not be
                                                                                                                      increased.

                                                                                                                         2) Joints between components of the building envelope, such as expansion or
                                                                                                                      construction joints or joints between walls and doors or fenestration, shall be insulated
                                                                                                                      in a manner that provides continuity across such joints. (See Note A-3.2.1.2.(2).)


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                          Division B 3-3
                                                                                                    3.2.1.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.1.3.         Spaces Heated to Different Temperatures
                                                                                                                        1) The overall thermal transmittance, U1, of building assemblies separating conditioned
                                                                                                                     spaces that are intended to be heated to temperatures that differ by more than 10°C
                                                                                                                     shall not be greater than that obtained with the following equation:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                           t1 = indoor heating design temperature of the colder conditioned space, in °C,
                                                                                                                           t2 = indoor heating design temperature of the warmer conditioned space, in °C,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           t0 = outdoor 2.5% January design temperature as specified in Article 1.1.4.1.,
                                                                                                                                 in °C, and
                                                                                                                           U = overall thermal transmittance required in Sentences 3.2.2.2.(1), 3.2.2.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                 and 3.2.2.4.(1), in W/(m2×K).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.1.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.1.4.         Allowable Fenestration and Door Area
                                                                                                                        1) The maximum allowable total vertical fenestration and door area to gross wall
                                                                                                                     area ratio (FDWR), determined in accordance with Article 3.1.1.6., shall be as follows:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                        HDD = the heating degree-days of the location of the building determined according
                                                                                                                                to Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.1.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The total skylight area shall be less than 2% of the gross roof area as determined
                                                                                                                     in Article 3.1.1.6.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.           Above-ground Components of the Building Envelope
                                                                                                    3.2.2.1.         Vestibules
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a door that separates conditioned space from
                                                                                                                     the exterior shall be protected with an enclosed vestibule whose doors opening into
                                                                                                                     and out of the vestibule are equipped with self-closing devices.
                                                                                                                        2) Except for doors equipped with power operators in barrier-free entrances,
                                                                                                                     vestibules required in Sentence (1) shall be designed so that users passing through the
                                                                                                                     vestibule are not required to open the interior and exterior doors at the same time.
                                                                                                                        3) A vestibule is not required for an exterior door that
                                                                                                                        a) is a revolving door,
                                                                                                                        b) is used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling,
                                                                                                                        c) is intended to be used as a service, emergency exit, or stairwell exit door only,
                                                                                                                        d) is intended to be used as a seasonal use door, such as a door leading to
                                                                                                                           a patio,
                                                                                                                        e) opens directly from a dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                        f) opens directly from a retail space less than 200 m2 in area or from a space
                                                                                                                           less than 150 m2 for other uses, or
                                                                                                                        g) is located in a building less than 5 storeys in building height in any area that
                                                                                                                           has fewer than 3500 heating degree-days (°C) as listed in Table C-1.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.2.         Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and in Sentence 3.2.1.3.(1), the
                                                                                                                     overall thermal transmittance of above-ground opaque building assemblies shall be not


                                                                                                    3-4 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               3.2.2.3.

                                                                                                                            more than that shown in Table 3.2.2.2. for the building or part thereof enclosed by
                                                                                                                            the opaque building assembly, for the applicable heating degree-day category taken at
                                                                                                                            18°C. (See Note A-3.2.2.2.(1).)

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                                                  Overall Thermal Transmittance of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 3.2.2.2.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                                                                   Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                           Above-ground
                                                                                                                                Zone 4: (2)      Zone 5: (2)         Zone 6: (2)         Zone 7A: (2)         Zone 7B: (2)   Zone 8: (2)
                                                                                                          Opaque Building
                                                                                                                                 < 3000         3000 to 3999        4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999         6000 to 6999     ≥ 7000




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                             Assembly
                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Overall Thermal Transmittance, W/(m2×K)
                                                                                                     Walls                             0.290        0.265                0.240                0.215                0.190         0.165
                                                                                                     Roofs                             0.164        0.156                0.138                0.121                0.117         0.110
                                                                                                     Floors                            0.193        0.175                0.156                0.138                0.121         0.117

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.2.2.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (2)    See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                                               2) Except as provided in Sentences (3), (4) and 3.2.1.3.(1), the overall thermal
                                                                                                                            transmittance of above-ground opaque building assemblies in semi-heated buildings, as
                                                                                                                            defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), shall be not more than that shown in Table 3.2.2.2. for
                                                                                                                            the building or part thereof enclosed by the opaque building assembly, for the applicable
                                                                                                                            heating degree-day category taken at 15°C.

                                                                                                                               3) The overall thermal transmittance of portions of a foundation wall that are above
                                                                                                                            ground, where the top of a foundation wall is less than 0.4 m above the adjoining
                                                                                                                            ground level, shall be not more than that shown in Table 3.2.3.1.

                                                                                                                               4) Where radiant heating cables or heating or cooling pipes or membranes are
                                                                                                                            embedded in the surface of an above-ground opaque building assembly, this assembly
                                                                                                                            shall have an overall thermal transmittance no greater than 80% of that required by
                                                                                                                            Sentence (1). (See Note A-3.2.2.2.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.3.                Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration

                                                                                                                              1) For the purposes of this Article, the term “fenestration” does not include doors,
                                                                                                                            which are covered in Article 3.2.2.4.

                                                                                                                               2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and 3.2.1.3.(1), the overall thermal
                                                                                                                            transmittance of fenestration shall be not more than that shown in Table 3.2.2.3. for the
                                                                                                                            applicable heating degree-day category taken at 18°C, as determined in accordance
                                                                                                                            with Article 3.1.1.5.

                                                                                                                                3) Except as provided in Sentence 3.2.1.3.(1), the overall thermal transmittance of
                                                                                                                            fenestration in semi-heated buildings, as defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), shall be not more
                                                                                                                            than that shown in Table 3.2.2.3. for the applicable heating degree-day category taken
                                                                                                                            at 15°C, as determined in accordance with Article 3.1.1.5.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                        Division B 3-5
                                                                                                    3.2.2.4.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                              Table 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                                             Overall Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 3.2.2.3.(2) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                               Zone 4: (2)    Zone 5: (2)         Zone 6: (2)         Zone 7A: (2)         Zone 7B: (2)     Zone 8: (2)
                                                                                                          Component
                                                                                                                                 < 3000      3000 to 3999        4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999         6000 to 6999       ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Overall Thermal Transmittance, W/(m2×K)
                                                                                                     Vertical
                                                                                                                                      1.90       1.90                 1.73                 1.73                 1.44            1.44
                                                                                                     fenestration
                                                                                                     Skylights                        2.69       2.69                 2.41                 2.41                 2.01            2.01




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.2.2.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                    3.2.2.4.              Thermal Characteristics of Doors and Access Hatches
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3), (5) and 3.2.1.3.(1), the overall thermal
                                                                                                                          transmittance of doors shall be not more than that shown in Table 3.2.2.4. for the
                                                                                                                          applicable heating degree-day category taken at 18°C, as determined in accordance
                                                                                                                          with Article 3.1.1.5.
                                                                                                                             2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (5), the overall thermal transmittance of
                                                                                                                          doors in semi-heated buildings, as defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), shall be not more than
                                                                                                                          that shown in Table 3.2.2.4. for the applicable heating degree-day category taken at
                                                                                                                          15°C, as determined in accordance with Article 3.1.1.5.
                                                                                                                              3) Doors need not comply with Sentence (1) or (2) where
                                                                                                                              a) their total area does not exceed 2% of the gross wall area calculated in
                                                                                                                                 accordance with Article 3.1.1.6., and
                                                                                                                              b) their overall thermal transmittance does not exceed 4.4 W/(m2×K).
                                                                                                                             4) Access hatches that are part of a building envelope shall be insulated to a nominal
                                                                                                                          thermal transmittance of not more than 1.3 W/(m2×K), exclusive of stiffeners or edge
                                                                                                                          construction.
                                                                                                                             5) Storm doors, automatic sliding glass doors, revolving doors, and fire shutters
                                                                                                                          need not comply with Sentence (1) or (2). (See Note A-3.2.2.4.(5).)

                                                                                                                                                               Table 3.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                Overall Thermal Transmittance of Doors
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 3.2.2.4.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                                                                Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                               Zone 4: (2)    Zone 5: (2)         Zone 6: (2)         Zone 7A: (2)         Zone 7B: (2)     Zone 8: (2)
                                                                                                          Component
                                                                                                                                < 3000       3000 to 3999        4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999         6000 to 6999       ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Overall Thermal Transmittance, W/(m2×K)
                                                                                                     All doors                        2.12       1.90                 1.90                 1.90                 1.90            1.44

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.2.2.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                    3.2.3.                Building Assemblies in Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                    3.2.3.1.              Thermal Characteristics of Walls in Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (4), the overall thermal transmittance of
                                                                                                                          walls or portions thereof that are below the exterior ground level and are part of the


                                                                                                    3-6 Division B                                                                     National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    3.2.3.3.

                                                                                                                          building envelope shall be not greater than that shown in Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable
                                                                                                                          heating-degree-day category taken at 18°C.
                                                                                                                             2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the overall thermal transmittance of walls or
                                                                                                                          portions thereof that are below the exterior ground level and are part of the building
                                                                                                                          envelope of semi-heated buildings, as defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), shall be not greater
                                                                                                                          than that shown in Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable heating-degree-day category taken
                                                                                                                          at 15°C.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                             Overall Thermal Transmittance of Building Assemblies in Contact with the Ground




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentences 3.2.2.2.(3), 3.2.3.1.(1) and (2), 3.2.3.2.(1) and (2), and 3.2.3.3.(1) to (4)

                                                                                                                                                  Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                      Assembly in
                                                                                                                           Zone  4: (2)       Zone 5: (2)           Zone 6: (2)          Zone 7A: (2)          Zone 7B: (2)        Zone 8: (2)
                                                                                                      Contact with
                                                                                                                            < 3000           3000 to 3999          4000 to 4999         5000 to 5999          6000 to 6999          ≥ 7000
                                                                                                      the Ground
                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Overall Thermal Transmittance, W/(m2×K)
                                                                                                     Walls                    0.568                0.379                0.284                0.284                 0.284               0.210
                                                                                                     Roofs                    0.568                0.379                0.284                0.284                 0.284               0.210
                                                                                                     Floors             0.757 for 1.2 m      0.757 for 1.2 m      0.757 for 1.2 m      0.757 for 1.2 m       0.757 for 1.2 m   0.379 for full area

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                                              3) Insulation on walls or portions thereof that are in contact with the ground
                                                                                                                          shall extend 2.4 m down from ground level or to the bottom of the wall, whichever
                                                                                                                          is less. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                             4) Where radiant heating cables or heating or cooling pipes or membranes are
                                                                                                                          embedded in the surface of a wall or portion thereof that is below the exterior ground
                                                                                                                          level and that separates conditioned space from the ground, the wall shall have an
                                                                                                                          overall thermal transmittance no greater than 80% of that required by Sentence (1). (See
                                                                                                                          Note A-3.2.2.2.(4).)
                                                                                                                             5) Where the top of the footing is less than 0.6 m below the exterior ground level,
                                                                                                                          the same level of insulation stated in Sentence (1) shall be placed on the top or bottom
                                                                                                                          surface of the floor for a distance not less than 1.2 m from the perimeter.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.2.              Thermal Characteristics of Roofs in Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the overall thermal transmittance of
                                                                                                                          below-ground roofs that are part of the building envelope and are less than 1.2 m below
                                                                                                                          the exterior ground level shall be not greater than that shown in Table 3.2.3.1. for the
                                                                                                                          applicable heating-degree-day category taken at 18°C. (See Note A-3.2.3.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                             2) The overall thermal transmittance of below-ground roofs that are less than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                          below the exterior ground level and are part of the building envelope of semi-heated
                                                                                                                          buildings, as defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), shall be not greater than that shown in
                                                                                                                          Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable heating-degree-day category taken at 15°C.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.3.              Thermal Characteristics of Floors in Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-3.2.3.3.)
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (4), the overall thermal transmittance
                                                                                                                          of floors separating conditioned space from the ground that are less than 0.6 m
                                                                                                                          below grade shall be not greater than that shown in Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable
                                                                                                                          heating-degree-day category taken at 18°C.
                                                                                                                             2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the overall thermal transmittance of floors
                                                                                                                          separating conditioned space from the ground that are less than 0.6 m below grade in


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                             Division B 3-7
                                                                                                    3.2.4.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                     semi-heated buildings, as defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), shall be not greater than that
                                                                                                                     shown in Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable heating-degree-day category taken at 15°C.
                                                                                                                        3) Floors-on-ground with no embedded heating ducts, cables or heating or cooling
                                                                                                                     pipes that are required to be insulated shall have insulation placed on their top or
                                                                                                                     bottom surface for a distance of not less than 1.2 m from their perimeter or over their
                                                                                                                     full area as shown in Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable heating-degree-day category.
                                                                                                                        4) Floors-on-ground with embedded heating ducts or cables or heating and
                                                                                                                     cooling pipes shall
                                                                                                                        a) have an overall thermal transmittance that is no greater than that shown in
                                                                                                                            Table 3.2.3.1. for the applicable heating-degree-day category, and
                                                                                                                        b) be insulated under their full area.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        5) Except where the wall insulation is placed on the outside of the foundation
                                                                                                                     wall and extends down to the level of the bottom of the floor, the insulation for
                                                                                                                     floors-on-ground that are required to be insulated shall extend vertically around the
                                                                                                                     perimeter of the floor.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.           Air Leakage
                                                                                                    3.2.4.1.         General
                                                                                                                         1) To control air leakage into and out of the conditioned space, the building envelope
                                                                                                                     shall be designed and constructed with a continuous air barrier system comprised of
                                                                                                                     air barrier assemblies by complying with
                                                                                                                         a) Article 3.2.4.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) Article 3.2.4.3.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.2.         Air Barrier System
                                                                                                                        1) The air barrier system shall have a normalized air leakage rate not greater than
                                                                                                                     1.50 L/(s×m2) when tested in accordance with ASTM E3158, “Standard Test Method
                                                                                                                     for Measuring the Air Leakage Rate of a Large or Multizone Building,” at a pressure
                                                                                                                     differential of 75 Pa, using the following criteria:
                                                                                                                         a) the building shall be prepared in accordance with the building envelope test
                                                                                                                             described in the standard,
                                                                                                                         b) the air leakage test shall be conducted under both pressurized and
                                                                                                                             depressurized conditions, and
                                                                                                                         c) the air leakage area used to determine the normalized air leakage rate shall
                                                                                                                             include all the surfaces separating conditioned space from unconditioned
                                                                                                                             space.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The air leakage rates measured in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     averaged.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.3.         Air Barrier Assemblies
                                                                                                                         1) Air barrier assemblies shall have an air leakage rate not greater than 0.2 L/(s×m2)
                                                                                                                     at a pressure differential of 75 Pa. (See Note A-3.2.4.3.(1) and (2).)
                                                                                                                        2) Air barrier assemblies
                                                                                                                        a) shall conform to CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies –
                                                                                                                           Specification,” or
                                                                                                                        b) shall
                                                                                                                               i) be designed, evaluated and constructed to provide the
                                                                                                                                  principal resistance to air leakage,
                                                                                                                              ii) be designed using the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure for the
                                                                                                                                  building location, and
                                                                                                                             iii) have at least one air barrier material intended to provide
                                                                                                                                  the principal resistance to air leakage that conforms to
                                                                                                                                  CAN/ULC-S741, “Standard for Air Barrier Materials –
                                                                                                                                  Specification.”
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.3.(1) and (2).)


                                                                                                    3-8 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.3.1.1.

                                                                                                                           3) Metal and glass curtain walls that act as environmental separators shall have an
                                                                                                                       air leakage rate not greater than 0.2 L/(s×m2) when a specimen prepared in accordance
                                                                                                                       with AAMA 501.5, “Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls,” is tested
                                                                                                                       in accordance with ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of
                                                                                                                       Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified
                                                                                                                       Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,” at a pressure differential of 75 Pa.
                                                                                                                          4) Fixed windows and skylights that act as environmental separators shall
                                                                                                                       have an air leakage rate not greater than 0.2 L/(s×m2) when tested in accordance
                                                                                                                       with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                       Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” at a pressure differential
                                                                                                                       of 75 Pa.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          5) Operable windows and skylights that act as environmental separators
                                                                                                                       shall have an air leakage rate not greater than 0.5 L/(s×m2) when tested in
                                                                                                                       accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                       Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” at a pressure differential
                                                                                                                       of 75 Pa.
                                                                                                                          6) Except as provided in Sentences (7) to (9), doors that act as environmental
                                                                                                                       separators shall have an air leakage rate not greater than 0.5 L/(s×m2) when tested
                                                                                                                       in accordance with ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of
                                                                                                                       Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified
                                                                                                                       Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,” at a pressure differential of 75 Pa.
                                                                                                                          7) Revolving doors and automatic commercial sliding doors, including their
                                                                                                                       respective fixed sections, that act as environmental separators are permitted to have
                                                                                                                       an air leakage rate not greater than 5.0 L/(s×m2) when tested as a complete assembly
                                                                                                                       in accordance with ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of
                                                                                                                       Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified
                                                                                                                       Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,” at a pressure differential of 75 Pa.
                                                                                                                           8) Overhead doors that act as environmental separators are permitted to have an
                                                                                                                       air leakage rate not greater than 2.0 L/(s×m2) when tested as a complete assembly at a
                                                                                                                       pressure differential of 75 Pa in accordance with
                                                                                                                           a) ANSI/DASMA 105, “Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Air
                                                                                                                               Infiltration of Garage Doors,” or
                                                                                                                           b) ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage
                                                                                                                               Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified
                                                                                                                               Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.”
                                                                                                                          9) Main entry exterior doors that act as environmental separators are permitted
                                                                                                                       to have an air leakage rate not greater than 5.0 L/(s×m²) when tested as a complete
                                                                                                                       assembly in accordance with ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining
                                                                                                                       Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under
                                                                                                                       Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,” at a pressure differential of 75 Pa,
                                                                                                                       provided that the total area of such doors does not exceed 2% of the gross wall area
                                                                                                                       calculated in accordance with Article 3.1.1.6.
                                                                                                                         10) Loading docks that interface with truck boxes shall have weather seals that
                                                                                                                       seal the truck box to the building.
                                                                                                                        11) Fireplaces shall be equipped with doors, enclosures or devices to restrict air
                                                                                                                       movement through the chimney when the fireplace is not in use.


                                                                                                    Section 3.3. Trade-off Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    3.3.1.             Simple Trade-off Path
                                                                                                    3.3.1.1.           Application and Limitations
                                                                                                                          1) Subject to the limitations stated in this Article, the simple trade-off path applies
                                                                                                                       only to variations from the maximum overall thermal transmittance of above-ground


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division B 3-9
                                                                                                    3.3.1.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       assemblies and to the allowable fenestration and door areas prescribed in Section 3.2.,
                                                                                                                       provided it can be demonstrated using the equation in Article 3.3.1.2. that the building
                                                                                                                       envelope will not transfer more energy than it would if all its components complied
                                                                                                                       with that Section.
                                                                                                                          2) This Subsection does not apply to additions or to semi-heated buildings, as
                                                                                                                       defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2).
                                                                                                                          3) Vertical above-ground portions of the building envelope are only permitted to be
                                                                                                                       traded off against other vertical above-ground portions of the building envelope.
                                                                                                                          4) Horizontal above-ground portions of the building envelope are only permitted to
                                                                                                                       be traded off against other horizontal above-ground portions of the building envelope.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          5) The overall thermal transmittance of building envelope assemblies that have
                                                                                                                       radiant heating cables or heating or cooling pipes or membranes embedded in them
                                                                                                                       shall not be increased to more than the overall thermal transmittance permitted by
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.2.2.2.(4).
                                                                                                                          6) Where the construction techniques used result in increased performance
                                                                                                                       compared to those required to be used by Articles 3.2.1.1. and 3.2.2.1. and
                                                                                                                       Subsection 3.2.4., that difference in performance levels shall not be used in trade-off
                                                                                                                       calculations. (See Note A-3.3.1.1.(6).)
                                                                                                                          7) Where the building envelope components used are more energy-efficient than
                                                                                                                       those prescribed in Section 3.2., the trade-off calculation is permitted to take this
                                                                                                                       increased performance level into account, provided it can be quantified and is not
                                                                                                                       dependent on occupant interaction.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.2.           Simple Trade-off Calculations
                                                                                                                           1) For the purpose of simple trade-off calculations, the sum of the areas of all
                                                                                                                       above-ground assemblies in the proposed building shall be equal to the sum of the areas
                                                                                                                       of the corresponding above-ground assemblies in the reference building.
                                                                                                                           2) Compliance with Article 3.3.1.1. shall be determined using the equation that
                                                                                                                       follows to demonstrate that the sum of the areas of all above-ground assemblies of the
                                                                                                                       building envelope multiplied by their respective overall thermal transmittance is not more
                                                                                                                       than it would be if all assemblies complied with Section 3.2.:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                             n = total number of above-ground assemblies,
                                                                                                                            Uip = overall thermal transmittance of assembly i of the proposed building,
                                                                                                                            Aip = area of assembly i of the proposed building,
                                                                                                                            Uir = overall thermal transmittance of assembly i of the reference building, and
                                                                                                                            Air = area of assembly i of the reference building.


                                                                                                    Section 3.4. Performance Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    3.4.1.             General
                                                                                                    3.4.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) Subject to the limitations stated in Article 3.4.1.2., where the building envelope
                                                                                                                       does not comply with the requirements of Section 3.2. or 3.3., it shall comply with
                                                                                                                       Part 8.


                                                                                                    3-10 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             3.5.1.1.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.2.               Limitations
                                                                                                                             1) Notwithstanding application of the performance path provisions, Article 3.2.1.1.
                                                                                                                           and Subsection 3.2.4. shall apply.


                                                                                                    Section 3.5. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.5.1.                 Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.5.1.1.               Attributions to Acceptable Solutions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                           Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                           the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                           listed in Table 3.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                          Table 3.5.1.1.                                                 Table 3.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 3                       Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 3.5.1.1.(1)                   3.2.2.2. Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque
                                                                                                                                                                       Building Assemblies
                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.1.1.5. Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)         [F92,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       3.2.2.3. Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration
                                                                                                     (4)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.1.1.7. Calculation of Overall Thermal Transmittance
                                                                                                                                                                       3.2.2.4. Thermal Characteristics of Doors and Access Hatches
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (7)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (8)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       3.2.3.1. Thermal Characteristics of Walls in Contact with the
                                                                                                     3.2.1.1. Protection of Insulation Materials                       Ground
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.2.1.2. Continuity of Insulation                                 (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F92,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92-OE1.1]                                           (5)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.2.1.3. Spaces Heated to Different Temperatures                  3.2.3.2. Thermal Characteristics of Roofs in Contact with the
                                                                                                     (1)                                                               Ground
                                                                                                                 [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.2.1.4. Allowable Fenestration and Door Area                     (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       3.2.3.3. Thermal Characteristics of Floors in Contact with the
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       Ground
                                                                                                     3.2.2.1. Vestibules
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)         [F92,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (5)         [F92-OE1.1]


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                     Division B 3-11
                                                                                                    3.5.1.1.                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                           Table 3.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     3.2.4.1. General
                                                                                                     (1)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.2.4.2. Air Barrier System
                                                                                                     (1)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.2.4.3. Air Barrier Assemblies




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (1)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (8)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (10)           [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (11)           [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.3.1.1. Application and Limitations
                                                                                                     (2)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)            [F92,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)            [F90,F91,F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.3.1.2. Simple Trade-off Calculations
                                                                                                     (1)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     3.4.1.2. Limitations
                                                                                                     (1)            [F90,F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.




                                                                                                    3-12 Division B                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 3
                                                                                                    Building Envelope




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.2.(1)(a) Space-conditioning Systems. A cooking stove, pot heater or window air conditioner
                                                                                                    should not be considered a system in the context of Clause 3.1.1.2.(1)(a), but electric baseboard heaters, for
                                                                                                    example, in the principal rooms should.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.3.(1) Compliance. The flow chart in Figure A-3.1.1.3.(1) illustrates the process for all three
                                                                                                    paths of compliance applicable to Part 3.


                                                                                                                                                             3 Building
                                                                                                                                                             Envelope



                                                                                                                                                            3.1. General




                                                                                                                                        Prescriptive Path     Select   Performance Path
                                                                                                                                                            compliance                       Building
                                                                                                                                                               path

                                                                                                                                                                  Simple Trade-off Path

                                                                                                                                    Apply                      Apply                            Apply
                                                                                                                                 requirements               requirements                   requirements
                                                                                                                                    of 3.2.                    of 3.3.                      of Part 8, as
                                                                                                                                                                                           referenced in
                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.4.


                                                                                                                                                       Compliance with                    Compliance with
                                                                                                                                                       Part 3 achieved                    NECB achieved
                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG00752B



                                                                                                      Figure A-3.1.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                      Code compliance paths for the building envelope


                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.3.(1)(c) Performance Path. The building energy performance compliance path is a
                                                                                                    whole-building approach; therefore if this path is chosen to achieve compliance, it must be the only path
                                                                                                    applied to all building parameters.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.5. Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies. Thermal characteristics of building
                                                                                                    assemblies can also be determined through the use of computer simulation models.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                              Division B 3-13
                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.5.(5)(a)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.5.(5)(a) Thermal Bridging Calculations. Acceptable sources of information for calculating
                                                                                                    the effect of thermal bridging are the “Building Envelope Thermal Bridging Guide,” which is available through
                                                                                                    BC Hydro or the Licensing and Consumer Services branch of BC Housing, and ASHRAE Research Project
                                                                                                    Report RP-1365, “Thermal Performance of Building Envelope Details for Mid- and High-Rise Buildings.”

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.6.(1) Fenestration and Door Areas. The method of calculation of fenestration and door areas
                                                                                                    is slightly different in Sentence 3.1.1.6.(1) from the one used in CSA A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy
                                                                                                    performance/User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance,” for windows and doors. For
                                                                                                    calculating the fenestration area of a building, this Code uses the dimensions of rough openings to facilitate
                                                                                                    determination of compliance.
                                                                                                    Figure A-3.1.1.6.(1) illustrates the requirements of Sentence 3.1.1.6.(1).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      wall framing

                                                                                                                                      window
                                                                                                                                       frame




                                                                                                                                                                window            rough
                                                                                                                                                                                 opening




                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00732B


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.1.1.6.(1)
                                                                                                     Measuring fenestration and door areas


                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.6.(2) Areas of Other Fenestration. Figure A-3.1.1.6.(2) illustrates how to measure the area
                                                                                                    of glass panes as described in Sentence 3.1.1.6.(2).




                                                                                                                                                                           bow window




                                                                                                                                 skylight



                                                                                                                                                                         curved window             EG00733B


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.1.1.6.(2)
                                                                                                     Measuring areas of glazing that is not in the same plane


                                                                                                    3-14 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.2.1.4.(1)

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.7.(1)(b) Major Structural Elements. Examples of major structural elements that could
                                                                                                    penetrate the building envelope are walls, floors, roofs, balconies, joists, beams, girders, columns, and curbs.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.7.(1)(d) Secondary Structural Members. Secondary structural members typically attach
                                                                                                    cladding elements to primary structural members. Examples of secondary structural members are girts, purlins,
                                                                                                    sub-girts, hat-channels, U-channels, and shelf angles.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.7.(2) Penetrations through the Building Envelope. The impact of penetrations described
                                                                                                    in Sentence 3.1.1.7.(2) on the overall thermal transmittance is difficult to assess but is considered to be negligible
                                                                                                    if the insulation is installed tight to the penetration.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.1.1.7.(4) Effect of an Unconditioned Space. The conservative overall thermal transmittance
                                                                                                    allowed in Sentence 3.1.1.7.(4), which is equivalent to that of a layer of glass, is intended to provide an easy
                                                                                                    credit under the prescriptive path for any unconditioned space that may be protecting a component of the
                                                                                                    building envelope.
                                                                                                    The value given does not take into account the construction of the enclosure surrounding the unconditioned
                                                                                                    space; the construction of this enclosure being uncontrolled by this Code, too many variables, such as its size or
                                                                                                    airtightness, may negate any higher credit that could be allowed. There may be simulation tools under the
                                                                                                    performance path that can provide a better assessment of the effect of an indirectly heated space, which may
                                                                                                    be used to advantage when an unheated space is designed to provide significantly better protection than the
                                                                                                    worst-case scenario assumed here. Vented spaces, such as attic and roof spaces or crawl spaces, are considered
                                                                                                    to be part of the exterior space; therefore, Sentence 3.1.1.7.(4) does not apply when calculating the overall
                                                                                                    thermal transmittance of their building envelope components.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) Protection of Insulation Materials. Sentence 3.2.1.1.(1) is not intended to preclude the
                                                                                                    use of building envelope systems such as protected membrane roofing systems, vegetative roofing systems,
                                                                                                    EIFS in rainscreen applications, and exterior insulation on below-grade walls.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.2.(2) Continuity of Insulation Where Components Meet. Sentence 3.2.1.2.(2) calls for
                                                                                                    continuity of the insulation at the intersection of two components of the building envelope, such as a wall with
                                                                                                    another wall or a roof, or a wall with a window. This means that there should be no gap in the insulation
                                                                                                    between the two components. An obvious application is insulating the space between a window or door
                                                                                                    frame and the rough framing members.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.3.(1) Spaces Heated to Different Temperatures. This requirement applies, for example, to
                                                                                                    walls or floors that separate spaces, one of which is heated to a normal comfort temperature and the other of
                                                                                                    which is heated to a significantly lower temperature and kept floating above that point. This would be the case
                                                                                                    of a wall between an office block and an attached warehouse that is heated just to keep it above freezing.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.4.(1) Total Vertical Fenestration and Door Area to Gross Wall Area. Table A-3.2.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                    shows a sample of maximum allowable FDWR for various HDD.

                                                                                                                                                       Table A-3.2.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                            Maximum Allowable FDWR for Various HDD

                                                                                                                                 HDD                                                 Maximum FDWR
                                                                                                                                < 4000                                                    0.40
                                                                                                                                 4000                                                     0.40
                                                                                                                                 4250                                                     0.38
                                                                                                                                 4500                                                     0.37
                                                                                                                                 4750                                                     0.35
                                                                                                                                 5000                                                     0.33
                                                                                                                                 5250                                                     0.32
                                                                                                                                 5500                                                     0.30
                                                                                                                                 5750                                                     0.28
                                                                                                                                 6000                                                     0.27


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 3-15
                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.2.(1)                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                                Table A-3.2.1.4.(1) (Continued)

                                                                                                                               HDD                                                     Maximum FDWR
                                                                                                                               6250                                                         0.25
                                                                                                                               6500                                                         0.23
                                                                                                                               6750                                                         0.22
                                                                                                                               7000                                                         0.20
                                                                                                                              > 7000                                                        0.20




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.2.(1) Thermal Characteristics of Components of the Building Envelope. The overall
                                                                                                    thermal transmittance of a building assembly is the area-weighted average thermal transmittance, or U-value,
                                                                                                    of the overall assembly, including insulation, sheathing, interior and exterior finish materials and air films, and
                                                                                                    taking into account thermal bridging due to framing members, in accordance with the calculation procedures of
                                                                                                    Article 3.1.1.7. The U-value for above-ground walls also applies to the perimeter areas of intersecting interior
                                                                                                    walls and to the above-ground portion of foundation walls, except as provided in Sentence 3.2.2.2.(3).

                                                                                                    A-Table 3.2.2.2. Climate Zones. The thermal criteria and climate zones referred to in this Code are
                                                                                                    based on ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1, “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings,”
                                                                                                    however, the thermal criteria have been revised
                                                                                                      • to eliminate the moist (A), dry (B) and marine (C) definitions, and
                                                                                                      • to separate climate zone 7 into 7A (5000 to 5999 HDD) and 7B (6000 to 6999 HDD).

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.2.(4) Thermal Characteristics of Components with Embedded Radiant Heating
                                                                                                    or Cooling. Sentence 3.2.2.2.(4) applies to insulated walls and top-storey ceilings under a roof or unheated
                                                                                                    attic space that have radiant heating or cooling equipment embedded in them. The maximum overall thermal
                                                                                                    transmittance of a wall or ceiling containing radiant heating cables or heating or cooling pipes or membranes
                                                                                                    is decreased in order to counteract the increased heat loss that occurs due to the increased temperature
                                                                                                    difference between the interior and exterior surfaces. Below-ground walls incorporating radiant heating
                                                                                                    or cooling equipment are covered in Sentence 3.2.3.1.(4); slabs-on-ground incorporating radiant heating or
                                                                                                    cooling equipment are covered in Sentence 3.2.3.3.(4).

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.4.(5) Application to Sliding Glass Doors and Revolving Doors. Notwithstanding the
                                                                                                    exemption in Sentence 3.2.2.4.(5) regarding the thermal requirements of the types of doors listed, the glazed
                                                                                                    areas of automatic sliding doors and revolving doors must be factored in as part of the area of fenestration,
                                                                                                    as required by Article 3.1.1.6.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.1.(3) Walls in Contact with the Ground. The term “ground level” as used in
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.2.3.1.(3) has a different meaning than “grade,” which is a defined term in the NBC and the NECB.
                                                                                                    The wording of Sentence 3.2.3.1.(3) requires that the bottom of the insulation follow the contours of the exterior
                                                                                                    ground level at the required depth.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.2.(1) Roofs in Contact with the Ground. Sentence 3.2.3.2.(1) refers to structures that are
                                                                                                    normally below grade such as walkways or storage garages. It does not refer to structures with vegetative
                                                                                                    roofs as might be built at elevations above grade.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.3. Floors in Contact with the Ground. Article 3.2.3.3. is intended to include floors of crawl
                                                                                                    spaces even when there is no actual constructed floor.
                                                                                                    The minimum depth at which insulation is required is measured once for the entire floor from the level of grade
                                                                                                    (see Note A-3.2.3.1.(3)), i.e., even if the exterior soil level (ground) varies, the whole floor (or perimeter) either
                                                                                                    has to be insulated or doesn't; this doesn't require some parts of the floor (or perimeter) to be insulated and
                                                                                                    some parts not. Consideration should be given to insulating the entire floor at sites where the soil is highly
                                                                                                    conductive or where there is a permanently high water table. The diagrams in Figure A-3.2.3.3. illustrate the
                                                                                                    insulation requirements for various types of floors-on-ground, where these are less than 0.6 m below grade.




                                                                                                    3-16 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                     A-3.2.4.2.(1)




                                                                                                                   grade




                                                                                                                     < 0.6 m




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                           1.2 m or full area                                                1.2 m or full area
                                                                                                                                           for HDD ≥ 7000                                                    for HDD ≥ 7000




                                                                                                                 grade




                                                                                                                                                                                              Insulation should have adequate

                                                                                                                    < 0.6 m
                                                                                                                                                                                              strength to transmit loads to soil
                                                                                                                                                                                              and soil should be properly drained.




                                                                                                                                           1.2 m or full area
                                                                                                                                           for HDD ≥ 7000




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              EG00737B



                                                                                                      Figure A-3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                      Insulation of floors in contact with the ground
                                                                                                      Note to Figure A-3.2.3.3.:
                                                                                                      (1) Grade does not necessarily coincide with the ground levels shown in the diagrams.


                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.2.(1) Air Leakage Testing. Only the building envelope undergoes air leakage testing; air
                                                                                                    leakage through HVAC grilles, louvres and dampers is not included. These HVAC components are sealed off so
                                                                                                    that only the air barrier connection to them is included in the air leakage rate of the building.



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                        Division B 3-17
                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.3.(1) and (2)                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.3.(1) and (2) Air Barrier Assembly Testing. Air barrier assemblies are subject to structural
                                                                                                    loading due to mechanical systems, wind pressure and stack effect. In addition, they may be affected by
                                                                                                    physical degradation resulting from thermal or structural movement. CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air
                                                                                                    Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” outlines testing limits. Where local climatic data and building conditions
                                                                                                    exceed these limits, the maximum building height and sustained 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure values covered
                                                                                                    in CAN/ULC-S742 can be extrapolated beyond the listed ranges to apply to any building height in any location,
                                                                                                    provided the air barrier assembly in question has been tested to the specific building site and design parameters.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.1.(6) Limits to Trade-offs. There are several reasons why the listed prescriptive provisions
                                                                                                    are not subject to trade-off calculations. In some cases, the energy-conserving impact of provisions cannot be
                                                                                                    easily quantified and allowing trade-offs would be unenforceable: this is the case, for instance, for building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    envelope air leakage requirements (Subsection 3.2.4.). Other prescriptive provisions simply do not lend
                                                                                                    themselves to trade-offs.




                                                                                                    3-18 Division B                                                      National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 4
                                                                                                    Lighting




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       4.1.          General
                                                                                                       4.1.1.        General .............................................. 4-1

                                                                                                       4.2.          Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                       4.2.1.        Interior Lighting Power .................... 4-1
                                                                                                       4.2.2.        Interior Lighting Controls .............. 4-12
                                                                                                       4.2.3.        Exterior Lighting Power ................. 4-16
                                                                                                       4.2.4.        Exterior Lighting Controls ............. 4-19

                                                                                                       4.3.          Trade-off Path
                                                                                                       4.3.1.        General ............................................ 4-19
                                                                                                       4.3.2.        Installed Interior Lighting
                                                                                                                     Energy ............................................. 4-20
                                                                                                       4.3.3.        Interior Lighting Energy
                                                                                                                     Allowance ....................................... 4-32

                                                                                                       4.4.          Performance Path
                                                                                                       4.4.1.        General ............................................ 4-34

                                                                                                       4.5.          Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       4.5.1.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ...................................... 4-34

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 4 ................ 4-37




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 4
                                                                                                    Lighting




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 4.1. General
                                                                                                    4.1.1.            General
                                                                                                    4.1.1.1.          Scope
                                                                                                                        1) This Part is concerned with lighting components and systems for the
                                                                                                                      applications listed in Article 4.1.1.2.

                                                                                                    4.1.1.2.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Part applies to lighting components and
                                                                                                                      systems that are connected to the building's electrical service. (See Note A-4.1.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) This Part does not apply to the following lighting systems:
                                                                                                                         a) emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal hours of building
                                                                                                                            operation,
                                                                                                                         b) lighting within dwelling units, and
                                                                                                                         c) lighting in buildings or parts of buildings and in certain exterior spaces
                                                                                                                            associated with the building where it can be shown that the nature of
                                                                                                                            the occupancy makes it impractical to apply these requirements (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-4.1.1.2.(2)(c)).

                                                                                                    4.1.1.3.          Compliance
                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Part shall be achieved by following
                                                                                                                         a) the prescriptive path described in Section 4.2.,
                                                                                                                         b) the trade-off path described in Section 4.3., or
                                                                                                                          c) the performance path described in Section 4.4. (see Note A-3.1.1.3.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.1.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.1.1.4.          Definitions
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.


                                                                                                    Section 4.2. Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                    4.2.1.            Interior Lighting Power
                                                                                                    4.2.1.1.          Exit Signs
                                                                                                                         1) Power requirements for lighting units for internally illuminated exit signs shall
                                                                                                                      conform to CAN/CSA-C860, “Performance of internally lighted exit signs.”

                                                                                                    4.2.1.2.          Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
                                                                                                                         1) Fluorescent lamp ballasts shall conform to CAN/CSA-C654, “Fluorescent lamp
                                                                                                                      ballast efficacy measurements.”


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 4-1
                                                                                                    4.2.1.3.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                        2) Electronic fluorescent lamp ballasts that are not within the scope of
                                                                                                                     CAN/CSA-C654, “Fluorescent lamp ballast efficacy measurements,” shall
                                                                                                                     conform to ANSI_ANSLG C82.11, “American National Standard for Lamp
                                                                                                                     Ballasts–High-Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts.”

                                                                                                    4.2.1.3.         Limits to Installed Interior Lighting Power
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.2.1.3.)
                                                                                                                        1) The installed interior lighting power described in Article 4.2.1.4. shall not exceed
                                                                                                                     the value of the interior lighting power allowance determined using
                                                                                                                         a) the building area method described in Article 4.2.1.5., or
                                                                                                                        b) the space-by-space method described in Article 4.2.1.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       2) The individual power allowances in each space of the building do not have to be
                                                                                                                     met, provided the total installed interior lighting power is not exceeded.
                                                                                                                        3) Only one of the methods described in Sentence (1) shall be selected for use
                                                                                                                     within the same building.

                                                                                                    4.2.1.4.         Determination of the Installed Interior Lighting Power
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), the installed interior lighting power
                                                                                                                     shall include all power used by the luminaires, including lamps, ballasts, transformers,
                                                                                                                     and control devices.
                                                                                                                        2) The determination of the installed interior lighting power shall include
                                                                                                                        a) connected lighting power for both permanently installed interior lighting and
                                                                                                                           supplemental interior lighting provided by movable or plug-in luminaires,
                                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                        b) in cases where two or more independently operating lighting systems in a
                                                                                                                           space are controlled to prevent simultaneous operation, the lighting system
                                                                                                                           with the highest wattage.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.2.1.4.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Luminaire wattage to be included in installed interior lighting power shall be
                                                                                                                     determined in accordance with the following criteria:
                                                                                                                        a) except as provided in Clause (b), the wattage of luminaires shall be the
                                                                                                                           design operating input wattage of the lamp/auxiliary combination based
                                                                                                                           on values provided by a recognized testing laboratory or, in the absence
                                                                                                                           of such information, the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire shall
                                                                                                                           be used (see Note A-4.2.1.4.(3)(a)),
                                                                                                                        b) the wattage of luminaires with ballasts designed for multiple wattages shall
                                                                                                                           be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire,
                                                                                                                        c) for line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway designed to allow the
                                                                                                                           addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the
                                                                                                                           system, the wattage shall be
                                                                                                                               i) the specified wattage of the luminaires included in the
                                                                                                                                  system with a minimum of 98 W/m,
                                                                                                                              ii) the wattage limit of the system's circuit breaker, or
                                                                                                                             iii) the wattage limit of other permanent current-limiting
                                                                                                                                  device(s) on the system,
                                                                                                                        d) the wattage of low-voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor,
                                                                                                                           and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation
                                                                                                                           of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the specified
                                                                                                                           wattage of the transformer supplying the system, and
                                                                                                                        e) the wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the
                                                                                                                           specified wattage of the lighting equipment.
                                                                                                                         4) Lighting for the following functions, spaces or equipment need not be included
                                                                                                                     in the calculation of installed interior lighting power:
                                                                                                                         a) display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function it
                                                                                                                             performs in galleries, museums, and monuments,
                                                                                                                         b) lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed
                                                                                                                             by its manufacturer,


                                                                                                    4-2 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         4.2.1.5.

                                                                                                                               c) lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental
                                                                                                                                   procedures,
                                                                                                                               d) lighting integral to both open and glass-enclosed refrigerator and freezer
                                                                                                                                   cases,
                                                                                                                               e) lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment,
                                                                                                                                f) lighting for plant growth or maintenance,
                                                                                                                               g) lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed
                                                                                                                                   by ceiling-height partitions,
                                                                                                                               h) lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a
                                                                                                                                   registered interior historic landmark,
                                                                                                                                i) lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional signage,
                                                                                                                                j) exit signs,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               k) lighting that is for sale or for lighting educational demonstration systems,
                                                                                                                                l) lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, and film
                                                                                                                                   and video production,
                                                                                                                               m) lighting for television broadcasting in sporting activity areas,
                                                                                                                               n) casino gaming areas,
                                                                                                                               o) mirror lighting in dressing rooms, and
                                                                                                                               p) accent lighting in religious pulpit and choir areas.
                                                                                                                              5) Lighting for functions, spaces or equipment need not be included in the
                                                                                                                           calculation of installed interior lighting power where it can be shown that its inclusion
                                                                                                                           will adversely affect the intended functions or the use of the space or equipment.

                                                                                                    4.2.1.5.               Calculation of Interior Lighting Power Allowance Using the Building
                                                                                                                           Area Method
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-4.2.1.5.)
                                                                                                                              1) Calculation of interior lighting power allowance using the building area method
                                                                                                                           as provided in this Article may be applied only where
                                                                                                                               a) the interior lighting power allowance is being determined for an entire building,
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                               b) the building type or an equivalent building type is identified in Table 4.2.1.5.
                                                                                                                              2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), interior lighting power allowance calculations
                                                                                                                           shall be based on the primary use for which the building is intended.
                                                                                                                               3) Where 10% or more of the gross lighted area of the building can be classified
                                                                                                                           as being of a building type other than the principal type for the building, the interior
                                                                                                                           lighting power allowance shall be calculated using the space-by-space method described
                                                                                                                           in Article 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                              4) Where the building is of a type other than those listed in Table 4.2.1.5. and no
                                                                                                                           equivalent building type can be selected, the interior lighting power allowance shall be
                                                                                                                           calculated using the space-by-space method described in Article 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                              5) The interior lighting power allowance using the building area method shall be
                                                                                                                           calculated by multiplying the lighting power density, in W/m2, for the building type
                                                                                                                           provided in Table 4.2.1.5. by the gross lighted area, in m2.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 4.2.1.5.
                                                                                                                                Lighting Power Density by Building Type for Use with the Building Area Method
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 4.2.1.5.(1), (4) and (5)

                                                                                                                                  Building Type                                         Lighting Power Density, W/m2
                                                                                                     Automotive facility                                                                            8.1
                                                                                                     Convention centre                                                                              6.9
                                                                                                     Courthouse                                                                                     8.5
                                                                                                     Dining
                                                                                                         bar lounge/leisure                                                                         8.6
                                                                                                         cafeteria/fast food                                                                        8.2


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Division B 4-3
                                                                                                    4.2.1.6.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table 4.2.1.5. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                      Building Type                                    Lighting Power Density, W/m2
                                                                                                        family                                                                                     7.6
                                                                                                    Dormitory                                                                                      5.7
                                                                                                    Exercise centre                                                                                7.8
                                                                                                    Fire station                                                                                   6.0
                                                                                                    Gymnasium                                                                                      8.2
                                                                                                    Healthcare clinic                                                                              8.7




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Hospital                                                                                      10.3
                                                                                                    Hotel/Motel                                                                                    6.0
                                                                                                    Library                                                                                        8.9
                                                                                                    Manufacturing facility                                                                         8.8
                                                                                                    Motion picture theatre                                                                         4.7
                                                                                                    Multi-unit residential building                                                                4.8
                                                                                                    Museum                                                                                         5.9
                                                                                                    Office                                                                                         6.9
                                                                                                    Penitentiary                                                                                   7.4
                                                                                                    Performing arts theatre                                                                        9.0
                                                                                                    Police station                                                                                 7.1
                                                                                                    Post office                                                                                    7.0
                                                                                                    Religious building                                                                             7.2
                                                                                                    Retail area                                                                                    9.0
                                                                                                    School/university                                                                              7.8
                                                                                                    Sports arena                                                                                   8.2
                                                                                                    Storage garage                                                                                 1.9
                                                                                                    Town hall                                                                                      7.4
                                                                                                    Transportation facility                                                                        5.4
                                                                                                    Warehouse                                                                                      4.8
                                                                                                    Workshop                                                                                       9.8


                                                                                                    4.2.1.6.              Calculation of Interior Lighting Power Allowance Using the
                                                                                                                          Space-by-Space Method

                                                                                                                             1) The interior lighting power allowance using the space-by-space method shall be
                                                                                                                          determined as follows:
                                                                                                                             a) the gross interior floor area of each enclosed space shall be determined based
                                                                                                                                on the inside dimensions of the space,
                                                                                                                             b) the allowed lighting power density (LPD) for each enclosed space shall be
                                                                                                                                determined using Table 4.2.1.6. for the exact space type or a space type that
                                                                                                                                most closely represents the proposed use of each space,
                                                                                                                             c) the lighting power allowance for each enclosed space shall be calculated by
                                                                                                                                multiplying the floor area determined in Clause (a) by the allowed LPD
                                                                                                                                determined in Clause (b), and
                                                                                                                             d) the interior lighting power allowance for the entire building shall be calculated
                                                                                                                                by summing the lighting power allowances of all enclosed spaces determined
                                                                                                                                in Clause (c).




                                                                                                    4-4 Division B                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                             Lighting Power Density Using the Space-by-Space Method and Minimum Lighting Control Requirements
                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentences 4.2.1.6.(1), 4.2.2.1.(2), (3), (6), (8), (9), (10), (13), (16), (18) and (20), 4.3.1.3.(5), 4.3.3.2.(1) and 8.4.4.5.(8)

                                                                                                                                                                   Type of Lighting Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                           Automatic           Automatic
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B
                                                                                                                                          Restricted                        Daylight            Daylight
                                                                                       Lighting Power                    Restricted                                                                               Automatic
                                                             Space Type                                                                    to Partial                     Responsive          Responsive                         Automatic Full    Scheduled
                                                                                       Density, W/m2    Manual [see      to Manual                       Bi-Level [see                                              Partial
                                                                                                                                          Automatic                       Controls for        Controls for                        OFF (5) [see    Shut-off [see
                                                                                                        4.2.2.1.(3)]      ON [see                         4.2.2.1.(9)]                                            OFF [see
                                                                                                                                          ON (2) [see                     Sidelighting         Toplighting                        4.2.2.1.(18)]   4.2.2.1.(20)]
                                                                                                                         4.2.2.1.(6)]                                                                            4.2.2.1.(16)]
                                                                                                                                          4.2.2.1.(8)]                        [see                [see
                                                                                                                                                                         4.2.2.1.(10)] (3)   4.2.2.1.(13)] (4)
                                                                                                                                            Common Space Types (6)
                                                    Atrium
                                                        < 6 m in height                     4.2              X                A                A               –                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        ≥ 6 m and ≤ 12 m in                                                                                                                                           –
                                                                                            5.2              X                A                A               X                X                   X                                  B               B
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




                                                        height
                                                        > 12 m in height                    6.5              X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Audience seating area –
                                                    permanent
                                                        for auditorium                      6.5              X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for gymnasium                       2.5              X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for motion picture                                                                                                                                            –
                                                                                            2.9              X                A                A               X                X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        theatre
                                                        for penitentiary                    7.2              X                A                A               –                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for performing arts                                                                                                                                           –
                                                                                            12.5             X                A                A               X                X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        theatre
                                                        for religious building              7.8              X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for sports arena                    3.5              X                A                A               –                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        other                               2.5              X                A                A               –                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Banking activity area and                                                                                                                                         –
                                                                                            6.5              X                A                A               X                X                   X                                  B               B
                                                    offices
                                                    Classroom/Lecture
                                                    hall/Training room
                                                        for penitentiary                    9.5              X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                        other                               7.6              X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                    Computer/Server room                    10.1             X                A                A               X                X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Conference/Meeting/                                                                                                                                               –                                –
                                                                                            10.5             X                A                A               X                X                   X                                  X
                                                    Multi-purpose room
Division B 4-5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                  Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                    Table 4.2.1.6. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                             Type of Lighting Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                     Automatic           Automatic
4-6 Division B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                    Restricted                        Daylight            Daylight
                                                                                     Lighting Power                  Restricted                                                                             Automatic
                                                            Space Type                                                               to Partial                     Responsive          Responsive                         Automatic Full    Scheduled
                                                                                     Density, W/m2    Manual [see    to Manual                     Bi-Level [see                                              Partial
                                                                                                                                    Automatic                       Controls for        Controls for                        OFF (5) [see    Shut-off [see
                                                                                                      4.2.2.1.(3)]    ON [see                       4.2.2.1.(9)]                                            OFF [see
                                                                                                                                    ON (2) [see                     Sidelighting         Toplighting                        4.2.2.1.(18)]   4.2.2.1.(20)]
                                                                                                                     4.2.2.1.(6)]                                                                          4.2.2.1.(16)]
                                                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.(8)]                        [see                [see
                                                                                                                                                                   4.2.2.1.(10)] (3)   4.2.2.1.(13)] (4)
                                                    Confinement cell                      7.5              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Copy/Print room                       3.3              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                    Corridor/Transition area
                                                        for hospital                      7.7              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 B                B               B
                                                        for manufacturing facility        3.1              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                        for space designed
                                                        to ANSI/IES RP-28                                                 –              –              –
                                                                                          7.7              X                                                              X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                        (and used primarily by
                                                        residents)
                                                        other                             4.4              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Courtroom                            12.9              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Dining area
                                                        for bar lounge/leisure                                                                                                                                  –
                                                                                          9.3              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        dining
                                                        for cafeteria/fast food                                                                                                                                 –
                                                                                          4.3              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        dining
                                                        for family dining                 6.5              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for penitentiary                  4.5              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for space designed
                                                        to ANSI/IES RP-28                                                                                                                                       –
                                                                                         13.7              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        (and used primarily by
                                                        residents)
                                                        other                             4.7              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Dressing/Fitting room for                                                                                                                                   –                                –
                                                                                          4.4              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                                  X
                                                    performing arts theatre
                                                    Electrical/Mechanical room            4.6              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 –                –               –
                                                    Emergency vehicle garage              5.6              X              A              A              –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Food preparation area                11.7              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




                                                    Guest room                            4.4                                                                 See Sentence 4.2.2.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Division B
                                                                                               Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                 Table 4.2.1.6. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                          Type of Lighting Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                  Automatic           Automatic
                                                                                                                                 Restricted                        Daylight            Daylight
                                                                                  Lighting Power                  Restricted                                                                             Automatic
                                                             Space Type                                                           to Partial                     Responsive          Responsive                         Automatic Full    Scheduled
                                                                                                   Manual [see    to Manual                     Bi-Level [see                                              Partial
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Division B
                                                                                  Density, W/m2                                  Automatic                       Controls for        Controls for                        OFF (5) [see    Shut-off [see
                                                                                                   4.2.2.1.(3)]    ON [see                       4.2.2.1.(9)]                                            OFF [see
                                                                                                                                 ON (2) [see                     Sidelighting         Toplighting                        4.2.2.1.(18)]   4.2.2.1.(20)]
                                                                                                                  4.2.2.1.(6)]                                                                          4.2.2.1.(16)]
                                                                                                                                 4.2.2.1.(8)]                        [see                [see
                                                                                                                                                                4.2.2.1.(10)] (3)   4.2.2.1.(13)] (4)
                                                    Laboratory
                                                        for classroom                 11.9              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                        other                         14.3              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Laundry/Washing area               5.7              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Loading dock – interior            9.5              X              A              A              –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




                                                    Lobby
                                                        for elevator                   7.0              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for hotel                      5.4              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        for motion picture                                             –              –              –                                                       –
                                                                                       2.5              X                                                              X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        theatre
                                                        for performing arts                                            –              –              –
                                                                                      13.5              X                                                              X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                        theatre
                                                        for space designed
                                                        to ANSI/IES RP-28                                              –              –              –
                                                                                      18.2              X                                                              X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                        (and used primarily by
                                                        residents)
                                                        other                          9.0              X              –              –              –                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                    Locker room                        5.6              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                    Lounge/Break room
                                                        for healthcare facility        4.5              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                        other                          6.3              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                    Office
                                                        enclosed, ≤ 25 m2              8.0              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                X               –
                                                        enclosed, > 25 m2              7.1              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        open plan                      6.6              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Pharmacy area                     17.9              X              A              A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
Division B 4-7                                      Sales area (7)                    11.3              X              A              A              X                 –                   X                 –                B               B          4.2.1.6.
                                                                                               Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                      Table 4.2.1.6. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                Type of Lighting Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                          Automatic            Automatic
4-8 Division B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                     Restricted                            Daylight             Daylight
                                                                                  Lighting Power                    Restricted                                                                                    Automatic
                                                            Space Type                                                                to Partial                         Responsive           Responsive                         Automatic Full    Scheduled
                                                                                  Density, W/m2    Manual [see      to Manual                         Bi-Level [see                                                 Partial
                                                                                                                                     Automatic                           Controls for         Controls for                        OFF (5) [see    Shut-off [see
                                                                                                   4.2.2.1.(3)]      ON [see                           4.2.2.1.(9)]                                               OFF [see
                                                                                                                                     ON (2) [see                         Sidelighting          Toplighting                        4.2.2.1.(18)]   4.2.2.1.(20)]
                                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.(6)]                                                                                 4.2.2.1.(16)]
                                                                                                                                     4.2.2.1.(8)]                            [see                 [see
                                                                                                                                                                        4.2.2.1.(10)] (3)    4.2.2.1.(13)] (4)
                                                    Seating area – general             2.5              X                A                A                –                   X                    X                 –                B               B
                                                    Stairway                                            The LPD and lighting control requirements for a stairway shall be the same as those for the space containing the stairway.
                                                    Stairwell                          5.3              X                –                –                X                   X                    X                 X                B               B
                                                    Parking garage – interior          1.5                                                                            See Article 4.2.2.2.
                                                    Storage room
                                                        < 5 m2                         5.5              X                –                –                –                   –                    –                 –                B               B
                                                        ≥ 5 m2                         4.1              X                A                A                –                   X                    X                 –                X               –
                                                    Vehicle maintenance area           6.5              X                A                A                X                   X                    X                 –                B               B
                                                    Washroom
                                                        for space designed
                                                        to ANSI/IES RP-28                                                –                –                –                                                          –                                –
                                                                                      13.5              X                                                                      X                    X                                  X
                                                        (and used primarily by
                                                        residents)
                                                        other                          6.8              X                –                –                –                   X                    X                 –                X               –
                                                    Workshop                          13.5              X                A                A                X                   X                    X                 –                B               B
                                                                                                                                    Building-Specific Space Types (6)
                                                    Convention centre – exhibit                                                                                                                                       –
                                                                                       6.6              X                A                A                X                   X                    X                                  B               B
                                                    space
                                                    Dormitory – living quarters        5.4              X                –                –                –                   –                    –                 –                –               –
                                                    Fire station – sleeping                                              –                –                –                   –                    –                 –                –               –
                                                                                       2.5              X
                                                    quarters
                                                    Gymnasium/Fitness centre
                                                        exercise area                  9.6              X                A                A                X                   X                    X                 –                B               B
                                                        playing area                   9.2              X                A                A                X                   X                    X                 –                B               B
                                                    Healthcare facility
                                                        exam/treatment room           15.1              X                –                –                X                   X                    X                 –                B               B
                                                        imaging room                  10.1              X                –                –                X                   –                    –                 –                B               B
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B
                                                                                                Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                     Table 4.2.1.6. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                             Type of Lighting Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                     Automatic           Automatic
                                                                                                                                    Restricted                        Daylight            Daylight
                                                                                   Lighting Power                  Restricted                                                                               Automatic
                                                              Space Type                                                             to Partial                     Responsive          Responsive                         Automatic Full    Scheduled
                                                                                                    Manual [see    to Manual                       Bi-Level [see                                              Partial
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Division B
                                                                                   Density, W/m2                                    Automatic                       Controls for        Controls for                        OFF (5) [see    Shut-off [see
                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.(3)]    ON [see                         4.2.2.1.(9)]                                            OFF [see
                                                                                                                                    ON (2) [see                     Sidelighting         Toplighting                        4.2.2.1.(18)]   4.2.2.1.(20)]
                                                                                                                   4.2.2.1.(6)]                                                                            4.2.2.1.(16)]
                                                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.(8)]                        [see                [see
                                                                                                                                                                   4.2.2.1.(10)] (3)   4.2.2.1.(13)] (4)
                                                        medical supply room             6.7                                       See Storage Room under Common Space Types for applicable control requirements.
                                                        nursery                         9.9              X              –                –              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        nurses' station                12.6              X              –                –              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        operating room                 24.3              X              –                –              X                 –                   –                 –                B               B
                                                        patient room                    7.3              X              –                –              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




                                                        physical therapy room           9.8              X              –                –              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        recovery room                  13.5              X              –                –              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Library
                                                        reading area                   10.3              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        stacks                         12.7              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                    Manufacturing facility
                                                        detailed manufacturing                                                                                                                                  –
                                                                                        8.6              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        area
                                                        equipment room                  8.2              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        extra high bay area
                                                        (> 15 m floor-to-ceiling       15.3              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        height)
                                                        high bay area (7.5 m
                                                        to 15 m floor-to-ceiling       13.4              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        height)
                                                        low bay area (< 7.5 m                                                                                                                                   –
                                                                                        9.3              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                        floor-to-ceiling height)
                                                    Museum
                                                        general exhibition area         3.3              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                        restoration room               11.9              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                    Post office – sorting area          8.1              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                    Religious building
                                                        fellowship hall                 5.8              X              A                A              X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
Division B 4-9
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                   Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                             Table 4.2.1.6. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                       Type of Lighting Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                               Automatic           Automatic
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                            Restricted                          Daylight            Daylight
4-10 Division B

                                                                                      Lighting Power                       Restricted                                                                                 Automatic
                                                                Space Type                                                                   to Partial                       Responsive          Responsive                         Automatic Full    Scheduled
                                                                                      Density, W/m2     Manual [see        to Manual                        Bi-Level [see                                               Partial
                                                                                                                                            Automatic                         Controls for        Controls for                        OFF (5) [see    Shut-off [see
                                                                                                        4.2.2.1.(3)]        ON [see                          4.2.2.1.(9)]                                             OFF [see
                                                                                                                                            ON (2) [see                       Sidelighting         Toplighting                        4.2.2.1.(18)]   4.2.2.1.(20)]
                                                                                                                           4.2.2.1.(6)]                                                                              4.2.2.1.(16)]
                                                                                                                                            4.2.2.1.(8)]                          [see                [see
                                                                                                                                                                             4.2.2.1.(10)] (3)   4.2.2.1.(13)] (4)
                                                           worship/pulpit/choir                                                                                                                                           –
                                                                                           9.2                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                           area
                                                     Retail facility
                                                           dressing/fitting room           5.4                X                 A                A                X                 –                   X                 –                X               –
                                                           mall concourse                  8.8                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                     Space designed to ANSI/IES
                                                     RP-28
                                                           chapel (used primarily                                                                                                                                         –
                                                                                           7.5                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                           by residents)
                                                           recreation room (used                                                                                                                                          –
                                                                                           19.0               X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                                  B               B
                                                           primarily by residents)
                                                     Sports arena – playing area
                                                           Class I facility (8)            31.6               X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                           Class II facility (8)           21.6               X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                           Class III facility (8)          13.9               X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                           Class IV facility (8)           9.3                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                     Transportation facility
                                                           airport concourse               2.7                X                 A                A                –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                           baggage/carousel area           4.2                X                 A                A                –                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                           terminal ticket counter         5.5                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 –                B               B
                                                     Warehouse – storage area
                                                           medium to bulky
                                                                                           3.6                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                           palletized items
                                                           small hand-carried
                                                                                           7.4                X                 A                A                X                 X                   X                 X                B               B
                                                           items (8)


                                                    Notes to Table 4.2.1.6.:
                                                    (1)   X: all lighting controls marked with an “X” must be implemented in this space type
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Division B
                                                          A/B: at least one of the lighting controls marked with an “A” and at least one of those marked with a “B” must be implemented in this space type
                                                                                                   Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                             Table 4.2.1.6. (Continued)

                                                          – (dash): this lighting control is not required to be implemented in this space type
                                                    (2)   Controls meeting the requirements for “Partial Automatic ON” in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(8) also comply with the requirements for “Bi-Level” lighting control in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(9).
                                                    (3)   Automatic daylight responsive controls for sidelighting are required only under the conditions stipulated in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(10).
                                                    (4)   Automatic daylight responsive controls for toplighting are required only under the conditions stipulated in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(13).
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Division B
                                                    (5)   Controls meeting the requirements for “Automatic Full OFF” in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(18) also comply with the requirements for “Automatic Partial OFF” lighting control in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(16).
                                                    (6)   In cases where a space type is listed both as a common space type and a building-specific space type, the requirements for the latter shall apply. See Note A-Table 4.2.1.6.
                                                    (7)   See Sentence 4.2.2.6.(1) for requirements on accent lighting.
                                                    (8)   See Note A-Table 4.2.1.6.



National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




Division B 4-11
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    4.2.2.            Interior Lighting Controls
                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.          Interior Lighting Controls
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.2.1.)
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), interior lighting controls shall be installed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with this Article for each space type in the building.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the LPD requirements are determined in accordance with the
                                                                                                                      space-by-space method described in Article 4.2.1.6., the same space types shall be used
                                                                                                                      to determine the applicable lighting control requirements from Table 4.2.1.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         3) At least one manual lighting control device shall be installed in conformance
                                                                                                                      with Sentence (4) in each space type listed in Table 4.2.1.6. to control all the lighting
                                                                                                                         a) in each area less than or equal to 250 m2, where the area of the space is less
                                                                                                                             than or equal to 1 000 m2, and
                                                                                                                         b) in each area less than or equal to 1 000 m2, where the area of the space is
                                                                                                                             greater than 1 000 m2.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), manual lighting control devices referred to
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (3) shall be installed in a readily accessible location from which occupants
                                                                                                                      can see the controlled lighting.
                                                                                                                         5) Manual lighting control devices are permitted to be located remotely for
                                                                                                                      reasons of safety or security, provided each control device
                                                                                                                         a) has an indicator pilot light that is integral or adjacent to the control device,
                                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                                         b) bears a label identifying which lighting it controls.
                                                                                                                         6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), none of the lighting in spaces requiring
                                                                                                                      controls that are restricted to “Manual ON” in accordance with Table 4.2.1.6. shall turn
                                                                                                                      on automatically.
                                                                                                                          7) Sentence (6) need not apply where “Manual ON” operation of the general
                                                                                                                      lighting would endanger the safety or security of the building occupants.
                                                                                                                         8) Up to 50% of the lighting power for the general lighting, and for no other
                                                                                                                      lighting, in spaces requiring controls that are restricted to “Partial Automatic ON” in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Table 4.2.1.6. is permitted to turn on automatically.
                                                                                                                         9) The general lighting in spaces requiring “Bi-Level” lighting control in accordance
                                                                                                                      with Table 4.2.1.6. shall have controls that allow at least one intermediate level of
                                                                                                                      lighting, in addition to “full ON” and “full OFF,” that is between 30% and 70% full
                                                                                                                      lighting power, or continuous dimming.
                                                                                                                        10) Except as provided in Sentence (12), the general lighting in primary and
                                                                                                                      secondary sidelighted areas, as applicable, in spaces requiring “Automatic Daylight
                                                                                                                      Responsive Controls for Sidelighting” in accordance with Table 4.2.1.6. shall be
                                                                                                                      separately controlled by photocontrols that comply with Sentence (11), where
                                                                                                                         a) the combined input power of all the general lighting that is completely or
                                                                                                                             partially within the primary sidelighted areas is 150 W or greater, or
                                                                                                                         b) the combined input power of all the general lighting that is completely or
                                                                                                                             partially within the primary and secondary sidelighted areas is 300 W or
                                                                                                                             greater.
                                                                                                                       11) The photocontrols required in Sentence (10) shall
                                                                                                                        a) reduce electric lighting power in response to available daylight through
                                                                                                                              i) at least one intermediate level of lighting that is equivalent
                                                                                                                                 to 50% to 70% of design lighting power, at least one
                                                                                                                                 other intermediate level of lighting that is equivalent to
                                                                                                                                 20% to 40% of design lighting power, or the lowest dimming
                                                                                                                                 level the technology allows, as well as a control point that
                                                                                                                                 turns off all the controlled lighting, or
                                                                                                                             ii) continuous dimming,


                                                                                                    4-12 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              4.2.2.1.

                                                                                                                         b) control the general lighting in the secondary sidelighted area independently
                                                                                                                             of the general lighting in the primary sidelighted area, and
                                                                                                                          c) be readily accessible for calibration adjustments.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.2.1.(11) and (14).)

                                                                                                                       12) General lighting in the following areas need not comply with Sentence (10):
                                                                                                                        a) primary sidelighted areas where the vertical projected distance from the
                                                                                                                           top of the windows to the top of any adjacent structure divided by the
                                                                                                                           horizontal distance from the window to the adjacent structure is greater
                                                                                                                           than or equal to 2,
                                                                                                                        b) sidelighted areas where the total glazing area is less than 2 m2, and
                                                                                                                        c) retail spaces.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        13) Except as provided in Sentence (15), the general lighting in daylighted areas
                                                                                                                      under skylights and roof monitors in spaces requiring “Automatic Daylight Responsive
                                                                                                                      Controls for Toplighting” in accordance with Table 4.2.1.6. shall be controlled by
                                                                                                                      photocontrols that comply with Sentence (14), where the combined input power of all
                                                                                                                      the general lighting that is completely or partially within the daylighted areas under
                                                                                                                      skylights and under roof monitors is 150 W or greater.

                                                                                                                        14) The photocontrols required in Sentence (13) shall
                                                                                                                          a) reduce electric lighting power in response to available daylight through
                                                                                                                                i) at least one intermediate level of lighting that is equivalent
                                                                                                                                   to 50% to 70% of design lighting power, at least one
                                                                                                                                   other intermediate level of lighting that is equivalent to
                                                                                                                                   20% to 40% of design lighting power, or the lowest dimming
                                                                                                                                   level the technology allows, as well as a control point that
                                                                                                                                   turns off all the controlled lighting, or
                                                                                                                               ii) continuous dimming,
                                                                                                                         b) control the general lighting in overlapping toplighted and sidelighted areas
                                                                                                                             together with the general lighting in the daylighted areas under skylights
                                                                                                                             or roof monitors, and
                                                                                                                          c) be readily accessible for calibration adjustments.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.2.1.(11) and (14).)

                                                                                                                       15) General lighting in the following areas need not comply with Sentence (13):
                                                                                                                        a) daylighted areas under skylights and roof monitors where it can be
                                                                                                                           demonstrated that existing adjacent structures or natural objects block direct
                                                                                                                           sunlight for more than 1 500 hours per year between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m.,
                                                                                                                        b) daylighted areas where the visual transmittance, VT, of the skylights and
                                                                                                                           roof monitors is less than 0.4, and
                                                                                                                        c) spaces in buildings located above the 55°N latitude where the input power of
                                                                                                                           the general lighting within daylighted areas is less than 200 W.

                                                                                                                        16) Except as provided in Sentence (17), the power for general lighting in spaces
                                                                                                                      requiring controls that are “Automatic Partial OFF” in accordance with Table 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                      shall automatically reduce by 50% or more within 20 min of the space being
                                                                                                                      unoccupied.

                                                                                                                       17)    General lighting need not be controlled in accordance with Sentence (16) where
                                                                                                                        a)    the lighting power density for the space is not greater than 8.6 W/m2,
                                                                                                                        b)    the space is lit by high-intensity discharge (HID) lamps, and
                                                                                                                        c)    the power for the general lighting in the space reduces automatically by 30%
                                                                                                                              or more within 20 min of the space being unoccupied.

                                                                                                                        18) Except as provided in Sentence (19), the lighting in spaces requiring controls
                                                                                                                      that are “Automatic Full OFF” in accordance with Table 4.2.1.6. shall be controlled by
                                                                                                                      automatic control devices that shut off the lighting within 20 min of the space being
                                                                                                                      unoccupied, where each automatic control device controls an area not greater than
                                                                                                                      50 m2.

                                                                                                                       19) The following lighting applications need not comply with Sentence (18):
                                                                                                                        a) general lighting and task lighting in shop and laboratory classrooms,


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 4-13
                                                                                                    4.2.2.2.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         b) general lighting and task lighting in spaces where automatic shut-off would
                                                                                                                            endanger the safety or security of the building occupants, and
                                                                                                                         c) lighting required to operate continuously due to operational requirements.

                                                                                                                        20) Except as provided in Sentence (23), the lighting in spaces requiring controls
                                                                                                                      that are “Scheduled Shut-off” in accordance with Table 4.2.1.6. shall shut off
                                                                                                                      automatically during periods when the spaces are scheduled to be unoccupied by
                                                                                                                      means of control devices complying with Sentence (21) that are
                                                                                                                          a) time-of-day operated control devices that automatically turn the lighting
                                                                                                                              off at programmed times, or
                                                                                                                         b) signals from other automatic control devices or alarm/security systems.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       21) A control device installed to meet the requirements of Sentence (20) shall
                                                                                                                      control the lighting for an area of not more than 2 500 m2 on not more than one floor.

                                                                                                                       22) Any manual control device installed to override the “Scheduled Shut-off”
                                                                                                                      control device required in Sentence (20) shall
                                                                                                                         a) turn the lighting on for 2 h or less per activation during scheduled “off”
                                                                                                                             periods, and
                                                                                                                         b) control an area of 500 m2 or less.

                                                                                                                       23)   Lighting need not be controlled in accordance with Sentence (20) where it is
                                                                                                                        a)   required to operate continuously due to operational requirements,
                                                                                                                        b)   located in spaces where patient care is rendered, or
                                                                                                                        c)   located in spaces where automatic shut-off would endanger the safety or
                                                                                                                             security of the building occupants.

                                                                                                    4.2.2.2.          Lighting Controls in Storage Garages

                                                                                                                         1) Lighting in a storage garage shall be divided into zones no larger than 360 m2.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the lighting power in a lighting zone
                                                                                                                      referred to in Sentence (1) shall be controlled by a device that automatically reduces
                                                                                                                      the lighting power by at least 30% when no activity is detected for 20 min.

                                                                                                                         3) Lighting for covered vehicle entrances and exits from storage garages shall be
                                                                                                                      separately controlled by a device that automatically reduces the lighting by at least
                                                                                                                      50% from sunset to sunrise. (See Note A-4.2.2.2.(3).)

                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where the combined input of all luminaires
                                                                                                                      within 6.1 m of any perimeter wall having a net opening-to-wall ratio of at least 40%
                                                                                                                      and no exterior obstructions within 6.1 m exceeds 150 W, the power to those luminaires
                                                                                                                      shall be automatically reduced in response to daylight.

                                                                                                                         5) Daylight transition zones and ramps without parking need not comply with the
                                                                                                                      provisions of Sentences (1), (2) and (4).

                                                                                                    4.2.2.3.          Determination of Primary and Secondary Sidelighted Areas
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.2.3.)

                                                                                                                         1) The total primary sidelighted area shall refer to the combined primary
                                                                                                                      sidelighted areas without double-counting overlapping areas. (See Note A-4.2.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                      and (5).)

                                                                                                                         2) Each primary sidelighted area, which is the floor area directly adjacent to
                                                                                                                      vertical glazing below the ceiling, shall be calculated as the product of the width of the
                                                                                                                      primary sidelighted area, as determined in Sentence (3), and its depth, as determined
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (4).

                                                                                                                        3) The width of the primary sidelighted area shall be calculated as the width of the
                                                                                                                      window plus, on each side, the smaller of the following values:
                                                                                                                         a) ½ of the window head height, or
                                                                                                                         b) the distance to any vertical obstruction that is 1.5 m or more in height.


                                                                                                    4-14 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            4.2.2.5.

                                                                                                                         4) The depth of the primary sidelighted area shall be calculated as the horizontal
                                                                                                                      distance perpendicular to the glazing that is the smaller of the following values:
                                                                                                                          a) one window head height, which is the distance from the floor to the top
                                                                                                                             of the glazing, or
                                                                                                                          b) the distance to any vertical obstruction that is 1.5 m or more in height.
                                                                                                                         5) The total secondary sidelighted area shall refer to the combined secondary
                                                                                                                      sidelighted areas without double-counting overlapping areas. (See Note A-4.2.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                      and (5).)
                                                                                                                         6) Each secondary sidelighted area, which is the floor area directly adjacent
                                                                                                                      to a primary sidelighted area, shall be calculated as the product of the width of the
                                                                                                                      secondary sidelighted area, as determined in Sentence (7), and its depth, as determined




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (8).
                                                                                                                          7) Except as provided in Sentence (9), the width of a secondary sidelighted area
                                                                                                                      shall be calculated as the width of the window plus, on each side, the smaller of the
                                                                                                                      following values:
                                                                                                                          a) ½ of the window head height, or
                                                                                                                          b) the distance to any vertical obstruction that is 1.5 m or more in height.
                                                                                                                         8) Except as provided in Sentence (9), the depth of a secondary sidelighted area
                                                                                                                      shall be calculated as the horizontal distance perpendicular to the glazing, which
                                                                                                                      begins at the primary sidelighted area and ends at the smaller of the following values:
                                                                                                                         a) one window head height, which is the distance from the floor to the top
                                                                                                                              of the glazing, or
                                                                                                                         b) the distance to any vertical obstruction that is 1.5 m or more in height.
                                                                                                                          9) Where the adjacent primary sidelighted area ends at a vertical obstruction that
                                                                                                                      is 1.5 m or higher or extends beyond the limit of an adjacent daylighted area under
                                                                                                                      skylight or primary sidelighted area, then no secondary sidelighted area exists beyond
                                                                                                                      such obstruction or the limit of such areas.

                                                                                                    4.2.2.4.          Determination of Daylighted Area Under Roof Monitors
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.2.4.)
                                                                                                                         1) The daylighted area under roof monitors shall refer to the combined daylighted
                                                                                                                      area under each roof monitor without double-counting overlapping areas. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-4.2.2.4.(1) and 4.2.2.5.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The daylighted area under each roof monitor shall be calculated as the product
                                                                                                                      of Clauses (a) and (b):
                                                                                                                          a) the width of the vertical glazing above the ceiling plus the smallest of the
                                                                                                                             following measurements applied to each side of the glazing:
                                                                                                                                i) 0.6 m,
                                                                                                                               ii) the distance to any vertical obstruction that is 1.5 m or more
                                                                                                                                   in height, or
                                                                                                                              iii) the distance to the edge of any primary sidelighted area, and
                                                                                                                         b) the smallest of the following measurements applied horizontally from the
                                                                                                                             bottom edge of the glazing:
                                                                                                                                i) the monitor's sill height, which is the vertical distance from
                                                                                                                                   the floor to the bottom edge of the monitor's glazing, or
                                                                                                                               ii) the distance to the nearest face of any vertical obstruction
                                                                                                                                   where any part of the obstruction is farther away than the
                                                                                                                                   difference between the height of the obstruction and the
                                                                                                                                   monitor's sill height.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.2.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    4.2.2.5.          Determination of Daylighted Area Under Skylights
                                                                                                                        1) The daylighted area under skylights shall refer to the combined daylighted area
                                                                                                                      under each skylight without double-counting overlapping areas. (See Note A-4.2.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                      and 4.2.2.5.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The daylighted area under each skylight shall be calculated as the area of the
                                                                                                                      skylight's projection from the ceiling onto the floor plus the horizontal distances


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                   Division B 4-15
                                                                                                    4.2.2.6.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                         extending from that projection assessed separately in each direction using the smallest
                                                                                                                         of the following values:
                                                                                                                             a) 70% of the ceiling height,
                                                                                                                             b) the distance to any primary sidelighted area, as determined in accordance
                                                                                                                                 with Article 4.2.2.3., or the daylighted area under roof monitors, or
                                                                                                                             c) the distance to the nearest face of any vertical obstruction where any part
                                                                                                                                 of the obstruction is farther away than 70% of the distance between the top
                                                                                                                                 of the obstruction and the ceiling.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-4.2.2.5.(2).)

                                                                                                    4.2.2.6.             Special Applications




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            1) The following lighting applications shall be controlled separately from the
                                                                                                                         general lighting in all spaces:
                                                                                                                            a) display or accent lighting,
                                                                                                                            b) lighting in display and merchandising cases,
                                                                                                                            c) lighting for non-visual applications, such as plant growth and food
                                                                                                                                 warming, and
                                                                                                                            d) lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting
                                                                                                                                 education.
                                                                                                                            2) Except for night lighting in bathrooms that does not exceed 2 W, all
                                                                                                                         lighting and all switched receptacles used for lighting in guest rooms and suites in
                                                                                                                         commercial temporary lodgings shall be controlled so that their power supply turns
                                                                                                                         off within 20 min of the space being unoccupied. (See Note A-4.2.2.6.(2).) (See also
                                                                                                                         Note A-5.2.8.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                            3) Where captive key systems are used to meet the requirements of Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                         they shall be located at the entrance to each guest room and suite.
                                                                                                                           4) All supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed undershelf or
                                                                                                                         undercabinet lighting, shall be controlled by a device that is
                                                                                                                            a) integral to the luminaires, or
                                                                                                                            b) wall-mounted in a readily accessible location from which the occupant can
                                                                                                                               see the controlled lighting.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.               Exterior Lighting Power
                                                                                                    4.2.3.1.             Exterior Lighting
                                                                                                                            1) Exterior lighting allowances shall be based on the lighting zone in which the
                                                                                                                         building is located, as determined from Table 4.2.3.1.-A.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 4.2.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                      Lighting Zones Used to Determine Exterior Lighting Allowances
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 4.2.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                         Lighting Zone                                                                 Description
                                                                                                                               Undeveloped areas within national, provincial or territorial parks, forest land, and rural areas, and other undeveloped
                                                                                                               0
                                                                                                                               areas
                                                                                                               1               Developed areas within national, provincial or territorial parks, and rural areas
                                                                                                                               Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning, neighbourhood business districts, light industrial areas with
                                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                               limited nighttime use, and residential mixed-use areas
                                                                                                               3               All other areas
                                                                                                               4               High-activity commercial districts


                                                                                                                            2) The basic site allowance to be applied in the calculation of maximum connected
                                                                                                                         exterior lighting power in Sentences (3) to (5) shall not exceed the limits specified in
                                                                                                                         Table 4.2.3.1.-B for the applicable lighting zone.
                                                                                                                            3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the connected exterior lighting power
                                                                                                                         for each specific building exterior application listed in Table 4.2.3.1.-C that is to be


                                                                                                    4-16 Division B                                                                            National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                              4.2.3.1.

                                                                                                                           illuminated shall not be greater than the individual allowance for that application
                                                                                                                           taken from Table 4.2.3.1.-C for the applicable lighting zone plus any unused power
                                                                                                                           applied from the basic site allowance listed in Table 4.2.3.1.-B. (See Note A-4.2.3.1.(3).)

                                                                                                                                                                         Table 4.2.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                           Basic Site Allowances for Exterior Lighting
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentences 4.2.3.1.(2) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                           Basic Site Allowance According to Lighting Zone
                                                                                                               Zone 0                          Zone 1                          Zone 2                        Zone 3                        Zone 4




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            No allowance                       350 W                           400 W                         500 W                         900 W


                                                                                                                               4) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the connected exterior lighting power for
                                                                                                                           all general building exterior applications not listed in Table 4.2.3.1.-C that are to
                                                                                                                           be illuminated shall not be greater than the sum of the individual allowances for
                                                                                                                           these applications provided in Table 4.2.3.1.-D for the applicable lighting zone plus
                                                                                                                           any remaining basic site allowance not used in compliance with Sentence (3). (See
                                                                                                                           Note A-4.2.3.1.(4).)

                                                                                                                                                               Table 4.2.3.1.-C
                                                                                                                                     Lighting Power Allowances for Specific Building Exterior Applications
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentences 4.2.3.1.(3) and (4)

                                                                                                                                                                    Lighting Power Allowances According to Lighting Zone
                                                                                                      Exterior Application
                                                                                                                                      Zone 0                       Zone 1                   Zone 2                    Zone 3                 Zone 4
                                                                                                                                                                                     1.1 W/m2 for each        1.6 W/m2 for each         2.2 W/m2 for each
                                                                                                                                                                                     illuminated wall or       illuminated wall or      illuminated wall or
                                                                                                     Building facades
                                                                                                                                                                No allowance       surface, or 8.2 W/m for   surface, or 12.3 W/m     surface, or 16.4 W/m
                                                                                                     (facade lighting)
                                                                                                                                                                                    each illuminated wall     for each illuminated     for each illuminated
                                                                                                                                                                                      or surface length      wall or surface length   wall or surface length
                                                                                                     Automated teller
                                                                                                     machines (ATM) and                                                     135 W per location plus 45 W per additional ATM per location
                                                                                                                                 A single luminaire
                                                                                                     night depositories
                                                                                                                               of 25 W or less may
                                                                                                     Entrances and             be installed for each
                                                                                                     gatehouse inspection       roadway or parking                                      5.4 W/m2 of covered and uncovered area
                                                                                                     stations at guarded       entry, trail head, and
                                                                                                     facilities                toilet facility, or other
                                                                                                     Loading areas for        locations approved by
                                                                                                     law enforcement, fire,     the authority having
                                                                                                     ambulance and other             jurisdiction                                       3.8 W/m2 of covered and uncovered area
                                                                                                     emergency service
                                                                                                     vehicles
                                                                                                     Drive-up windows and
                                                                                                                                                                                               200 W per drive-through
                                                                                                     doors
                                                                                                     Parking near 24-hour
                                                                                                                                                                                                400 W per main entry
                                                                                                     retail entrances


                                                                                                                               5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the connected exterior lighting power
                                                                                                                           for all building exterior applications not listed in Table 4.2.3.1.-D that are to be
                                                                                                                           illuminated shall not be greater than the sum of the individual allowances for these
                                                                                                                           applications provided in Table 4.2.3.1.-E for the applicable lighting zone plus any
                                                                                                                           remaining basic site allowance not used in compliance with Sentences (3) and (4).
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-4.2.3.1.(5).)




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                      Division B 4-17
                                                                                                    4.2.3.1.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                            6) The following exterior lighting applications need not comply with Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                         to (5) where the lighting is equipped with an independent control device that complies
                                                                                                                         with the requirements of Subsection 4.2.4.:
                                                                                                                             a) specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with
                                                                                                                                 transportation,
                                                                                                                             b) lighting for advertising and directional signage,
                                                                                                                             c) lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by its
                                                                                                                                 manufacturer,
                                                                                                                             d) lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film and
                                                                                                                                 video production,
                                                                                                                             e) lighting for athletic activity areas,
                                                                                                                             f) temporary lighting,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             g) lighting for industrial production, material handling, transportation sites,
                                                                                                                                 and associated storage areas for industrial sites,
                                                                                                                             h) lighting for theme elements in theme/amusement parks, and
                                                                                                                              i) lighting used to highlight features of art objects, public monuments and
                                                                                                                                 designated national or provincial historic sites.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.2.3.1.-D
                                                                                                                                       Lighting Power Allowances for General Building Exterior Applications
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 4.2.3.1.(4) and (5)

                                                                                                                                                                      Lighting Power Allowances According to Lighting Zone
                                                                                                                Exterior Application
                                                                                                                                                       Zone 0            Zone 1             Zone 2                Zone 3        Zone 4
                                                                                                    Uncovered Parking Areas
                                                                                                        Parking areas and drives                    No allowances      0.32 W/m2          0.43 W/m2              0.65 W/m2     0.86 W/m2
                                                                                                    Building Grounds
                                                                                                        Walkways less than 3 m wide                                     1.6 W/m            1.6 W/m               2.0 W/m        2.3 W/m
                                                                                                        Walkways 3 m wide or greater, plaza
                                                                                                                                                                       1.1 W/m2            1.1 W/m2              1.2 W/m2       1.5 W/m2
                                                                                                        areas, special feature areas
                                                                                                        Dining areas                                No allowances      7.0 W/m2            7.0 W/m2              8.1 W/m2      10.2 W/m2
                                                                                                        Stairways                                                      6.5 W/m2            7.5 W/m2              7.5 W/m2       7.5 W/m2
                                                                                                        Pedestrian tunnels                                             1.3 W/m2            1.3 W/m2              1.5 W/m2       2.3 W/m2
                                                                                                        Landscape lighting                                             0.32 W/m2          0.43 W/m2              0.43 W/m2     0.43 W/m2
                                                                                                    Exterior Entrances and Exterior Exits
                                                                                                        Pedestrian and vehicular entrances
                                                                                                                                                                    46 W/m of opening 46 W/m of opening 69 W/m of opening 69 W/m of opening
                                                                                                        and exits                                   No allowances
                                                                                                        Entry canopies                                                 2.1 W/m2            2.7 W/m2              4.3 W/m2       4.3 W/m2
                                                                                                    Loading docks                                   No allowances                                     3.8 W/m2
                                                                                                    Sales Canopies
                                                                                                        Free-standing and attached                  No allowances      4.3 W/m2            4.3 W/m2              6.5 W/m2       7.5 W/m2
                                                                                                    Outdoor Sales
                                                                                                        Open areas (including vehicle sales
                                                                                                                                                                       2.1 W/m2            2.1 W/m2              3.8 W/m2       5.4 W/m2
                                                                                                        lots)
                                                                                                                                                    No allowances
                                                                                                        Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in
                                                                                                                                                                      No allowance          23 W/m                23 W/m        69 W/m
                                                                                                        addition to “open area” allowance




                                                                                                    4-18 Division B                                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       4.3.1.3.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 4.2.3.1.-E
                                                                                                                       Lighting Power Allowances for Building Exterior Applications Not Covered in Article 4.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 4.2.3.1.(5)

                                                                                                                                      Lighting Power Allowances According to Lighting Zone, % of interior lighting power allowance in W/m2
                                                                                                      Exterior Application
                                                                                                                                    Zone 0                 Zone 1                   Zone 2                  Zone 3                   Zone 4
                                                                                                     Areas not covered in
                                                                                                                                      0%                     65%                     65%                      80%                     100%
                                                                                                     Article 4.2.3.1.


                                                                                                    4.2.4.               Exterior Lighting Controls




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.2.4.1.             Requirements
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), exterior lighting shall be controlled
                                                                                                                         by
                                                                                                                              a)   astronomical time controls,
                                                                                                                              b)   photosensors,
                                                                                                                              c)   a combination of photosensors and timer shut-off switch, or
                                                                                                                              d)   other types of controls that perform the same function as those referred to
                                                                                                                                   in Clauses (a) to (c).
                                                                                                                           2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), exterior lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn
                                                                                                                         operation shall be controlled by
                                                                                                                            a) astronomical time controls, or
                                                                                                                            b) photosensors.
                                                                                                                            3) Exterior lighting for covered vehicle exterior entrances or exterior exits from
                                                                                                                         buildings or storage garages need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2) where it is
                                                                                                                         required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. (See also Article 4.2.2.2.)
                                                                                                                            4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), all exterior lighting, including advertising
                                                                                                                         signage and parking lot lighting, shall be equipped with a device that has the capability
                                                                                                                         to automatically reduce the total connected lighting power by at least 30%.
                                                                                                                            5) Facade lighting and landscape lighting shall have the capability to shut off
                                                                                                                         automatically.
                                                                                                                            6) All lighting schedule controllers shall be equipped with backup provisions to
                                                                                                                         retain programming and the time setting for at least 10 h during a power outage.


                                                                                                    Section 4.3. Trade-off Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    4.3.1.               General
                                                                                                    4.3.1.1.             Application
                                                                                                                             1) Subject to the limitations stated in Article 4.3.1.2., this Section applies to interior
                                                                                                                         lighting and lighting controls.

                                                                                                    4.3.1.2.             Limitation
                                                                                                                            1) Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section, lighting and lighting controls
                                                                                                                         shall comply with Articles 4.2.1.1. and 4.2.1.2. and Subsections 4.2.3. and 4.2.4.

                                                                                                    4.3.1.3.             Compliance
                                                                                                                            1) The total annual energy consumption of interior lighting in the proposed building
                                                                                                                         shall be calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                            a) Subsection 4.3.2., or
                                                                                                                            b) except as provided in Sentence (4), CSA C873.4, “Building energy estimation
                                                                                                                                 methodology – Part 4 – Energy consumption for lighting.”


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                              Division B 4-19
                                                                                                    4.3.2.1.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                         2) The maximum allowed annual energy consumption of interior lighting in the
                                                                                                                      reference building shall be calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) Subsection 4.3.3., or
                                                                                                                          b) except as provided in Sentence (5), CSA C873.4, “Building energy estimation
                                                                                                                             methodology – Part 4 – Energy consumption for lighting.”
                                                                                                                         3) Interior lighting shall be deemed to comply with this Section where
                                                                                                                         a) the total annual energy consumption of interior lighting in the proposed
                                                                                                                            building calculated in accordance with Subsection 4.3.2. is less than or equal
                                                                                                                            to the maximum allowed annual energy consumption of interior lighting in the
                                                                                                                            reference building calculated in accordance with Subsection 4.3.3., or
                                                                                                                         b) the total annual energy consumption of interior lighting in the proposed building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            calculated in accordance with CSA C873.4, “Building energy estimation
                                                                                                                            methodology – Part 4 – Energy consumption for lighting,” is less than or
                                                                                                                            equal to the maximum allowed annual energy consumption of interior lighting
                                                                                                                            in the reference building calculated in accordance with that same standard.
                                                                                                                         4) Where the total annual energy consumption of interior lighting in the proposed
                                                                                                                      building is calculated in accordance with CSA C873.4, “Building energy estimation
                                                                                                                      methodology – Part 4 – Energy consumption for lighting,” the following substitutions
                                                                                                                      shall apply:
                                                                                                                          a) NECB Table 4.3.2.7.-A instead of CSA Table 8,
                                                                                                                          b) NECB Table 4.3.2.7.-B instead of CSA Table 9,
                                                                                                                          c) NECB Table 4.3.2.10.-B instead of CSA Table 16, and
                                                                                                                          d) NECB Articles 4.3.2.3. and 4.3.2.4. instead of CSA Clause 5.3.
                                                                                                                         5) Where the maximum allowed annual energy consumption of interior lighting in
                                                                                                                      the reference building is calculated in accordance with CSA C873.4, “Building energy
                                                                                                                      estimation methodology – Part 4 – Energy consumption for lighting,” the following
                                                                                                                      qualifications shall apply:
                                                                                                                          a) the lighting power density for each space shall be determined using
                                                                                                                              Table 4.2.1.6., and
                                                                                                                          b) NECB Sentences 4.3.3.7.(3) and (4) and Article 4.3.3.10. shall be used instead
                                                                                                                              of CSA Clauses 5.5.2, 5.5.3, 5.8.1 and 5.8.2.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.            Installed Interior Lighting Energy
                                                                                                    4.3.2.1.          Determination of Installed Interior Lighting Energy
                                                                                                                         1) The installed interior lighting energy, IILE, in (W×h)/a, which is the total annual
                                                                                                                      energy consumption of interior lighting in all spaces of the proposed building, shall be
                                                                                                                      calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                               i = counter for spaces,
                                                                                                                             N = total number of spaces in the proposed building, and
                                                                                                                      Ei,proposed = annual energy consumption of interior lighting in a space, in (W×h)/a,
                                                                                                                                   calculated in accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) The annual energy consumption of interior lighting in a space, Ei,proposed, in (W×h)/a,
                                                                                                                      shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                           pi = lighting power density in the space, in W/m2, determined in accordance
                                                                                                                                 with Article 4.3.2.2.,
                                                                                                                         ADL,i = daylighted area, in m2, determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.3.,
                                                                                                                        ANDL,i = non-daylighted area, in m2, determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.4.,


                                                                                                    4-20 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               4.3.2.5.

                                                                                                                      teff,day,DL,i = effective annual daytime operational time of daylighted area, in h/a,
                                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.5.,
                                                                                                                      teff,day,NDL,i = effective annual daytime operational time of non-daylighted area, in h/a,
                                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.5., and
                                                                                                                       teff,night,i = effective annual nighttime operational time, in h/a, determined in
                                                                                                                                      accordance with Article 4.3.2.5.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.2.          Determination of Lighting Power Density
                                                                                                                         1) The lighting power density for a space, pi, in W/m2, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                            Pi = lighting power in the space, in W, and
                                                                                                                            Ai = gross interior floor area of that space, in m2.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.3.          Determination of Daylighted Area
                                                                                                                         1) Subject to the limitations stated in Sentence (2), the daylighted area of a space,
                                                                                                                      ADL,i, in m2, shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.2.2.3. for sidelighting and
                                                                                                                      Articles 4.2.2.4. (roof monitors) and 4.2.2.5. (skylights) for toplighting.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a space is illuminated by both sidelighting and toplighting, the daylighted
                                                                                                                      area provided by only one of these daylight supplies shall be determined and used in
                                                                                                                      the daylighting calculations in this Section. (See Note A-4.3.2.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    4.3.2.4.          Determination of Non-Daylighted Area
                                                                                                                         1) The non-daylighted area of a space, ANDL,i, in m2, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                           Ai = gross interior floor area of the space, in m2, and
                                                                                                                        ADL,i = daylighted area of that space, in m2.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.5.          Determination of Effective Annual Operational Times
                                                                                                                         1) The effective annual daytime operational time of the daylighted area, teff,day,DL,i,
                                                                                                                      in h/a, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         tday,i = annual operational time of the space during daytime, in h, determined
                                                                                                                                   in accordance with Article 4.3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                         FDL,i = factor for daylight harvesting determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.7.,
                                                                                                                         Focc,i = factor for occupancy control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10.,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                        Fpers,i = factor for personal control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                           2) The effective annual daytime operational time of the non-daylighted area,
                                                                                                                      teff,day,NDL,i, in h/a, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 4-21
                                                                                                    4.3.2.6.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         tday,i = annual operational time of the space during daytime, in h, determined
                                                                                                                                   in accordance with Article 4.3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                         Focc,i = factor for occupancy control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10.,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                        Fpers,i = factor for personal control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10.

                                                                                                                         3) The effective annual nighttime operational time, teff,night,i, in h/a, shall be
                                                                                                                      calculated using the following equation:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                        tnight,i = annual operational time of the space during nighttime, in h, determined
                                                                                                                                   in accordance with Article 4.3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                         Focc,i = factor for occupancy control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10.,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                        Fpers,i = factor for personal control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.6.          Determination of Operational Times

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the annual operational time of each space
                                                                                                                      during daytime, tday,i, shall be determined using Table 4.3.2.6.-A.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the annual operational time of each space
                                                                                                                      during nighttime, tnight,i, shall be determined using Table 4.3.2.6.-B.

                                                                                                                         3) If the building operates for more or less than the default 250 days per year,
                                                                                                                      the data provided in Tables 4.3.2.6.-A and 4.3.2.6.-B shall be linearly adjusted using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                       tadjusted = adjusted operational time to be used in the trade-off path, in h,
                                                                                                                           tbase = base operational time provided in Table 4.3.2.6.-A or 4.3.2.6.-B, and
                                                                                                                      doperation = actual number of annual days of operation of the building, in days.




                                                                                                    4-22 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                           Table 4.3.2.6.-A
                                                                                                   Number of Operational Hours of the Building During Daytime, tday,i, for Various Start and End Times
                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 4.3.2.6.(1) and (3)

                                                      Opera-                                                                                                Operation End Time
                                                    tion Start 1 a.m.   2 a.m.   3 a.m.   4 a.m.   5 a.m.   6 a.m.   7 a.m.   8 a.m.   9 a.m. 10 a.m. 11 a.m. 12 p.m. 1 p.m. 2 p.m.       3 p.m.   4 p.m.   5 p.m.   6 p.m.   7 p.m.   8 p.m.   9 p.m. 10 p.m. 11 p.m. 12 a.m.
                                                       Time
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                                                                                                tday,i, in h/a
                                                    12 a.m.      0        0        0        0        0       35       155      363      613    863    1,113   1,363 1,613         1,863   2,113    2,363    2,580    2,743    2,879    2,979    3,014   3,014   3,014   3,014
                                                    1 a.m.       -        0        0        0        0       35       155      363      613    863    1,113   1,363 1,613         1,863   2,113    2,363    2,580    2,743    2,879    2,979    3,014   3,014   3,014   3,014
                                                    2 a.m.       -        -        0        0        0       35       155      363      613    863    1,113   1,363 1,613         1,863   2,113    2,363    2,580    2,743    2,879    2,979    3,014   3,014   3,014   3,014
                                                    3 a.m.       -        -        -        0        0       35       155      363      613    863    1,113   1,363 1,613         1,863   2,113    2,363    2,580    2,743    2,879    2,979    3,014   3,014   3,014   3,014
                                                    4 a.m.       -        -        -        -        0       35       155      363      613    863    1,113   1,363 1,613         1,863   2,113    2,363    2,580    2,743    2,879    2,979    3,014   3,014   3,014   3,014
                                                    5 a.m.       -        -        -        -        -       35       155      363      613    863    1,113   1,363 1,613         1,863   2,113    2,363    2,580    2,743    2,879    2,979    3,014   3,014   3,014   3,014
                                                    6 a.m.       -        -        -        -        -        -       119      327      577    827    1,077   1,327 1,577         1,827   2,077    2,327    2,545    2,708    2,843    2,944    2,979   2,979   2,979   2,979
                                                    7 a.m.       -        -        -        -        -        -        -       208      458    708     958    1,208 1,458         1,708   1,958    2,208    2,425    2,588    2,724    2,825    2,860   2,860   2,860   2,860
                                                    8 a.m.       -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       250    500     750    1,000 1,250         1,500   1,750    2,000    2,217    2,380    2,516    2,617    2,652   2,652   2,652   2,652
                                                    9 a.m.       -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -     250     500     750        1,000   1,250   1,500    1,750    1,967    2,130    2,266    2,367    2,402   2,402   2,402   2,402
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




                                                    10 a.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -      250     500         750    1,000   1,250    1,500    1,717    1,880    2,016    2,117    2,152   2,152   2,152   2,152
                                                    11 a.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -      250         500     750    1,000    1,250    1,467    1,630    1,766    1,867    1,902   1,902   1,902   1,902
                                                    12 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -         250     500     750     1,000    1,217    1,380    1,516    1,617    1,652   1,652   1,652   1,652
                                                     1 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -     250     500      750      967     1,130    1,266    1,367    1,402   1,402   1,402   1,402
                                                     2 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -      250      500      717      880     1,016    1,117    1,152   1,152   1,152   1,152
                                                     3 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -       250      467      630      766      867      902     902     902     902
                                                     4 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -       217      380      516      617      652     652     652     652
                                                     5 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -       163      299      400      434     434     434     434
                                                     6 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -        -       136      237      271     271     271     271
                                                     7 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -        -        -       101      136     136     136     136
                                                     8 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -        -        -        -        35      35      35      35
                                                     9 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -        -        -        -         -       0      0        0
                                                    10 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -        -        -        -         -       -      0        0
                                                    11 p.m.      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -      -       -        -           -      -       -        -        -        -        -        -         -       -       -       0




Division B 4-23
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 4.3.2.6.
                                                                                                       Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                             Table 4.3.2.6.-B
                                                                                                   Number of Operational Hours of the Building During Nighttime, tnight,i, for Various Start and End Times
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 4.3.2.6.(2) and (3)

                                                      Opera-                                                                                                 Operation End Time
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   4.3.2.6.
4-24 Division B
                                                    tion Start 1 a.m.   2 a.m.   3 a.m.   4 a.m.    5 a.m.   6 a.m.   7 a.m.   8 a.m.   9 a.m. 10 a.m. 11 a.m. 12 p.m. 1 p.m. 2 p.m.        3 p.m.   4 p.m.   5 p.m.   6 p.m.   7 p.m.   8 p.m.   9 p.m. 10 p.m. 11 p.m. 12 a.m.
                                                       Time                                                                                                      tnight,i, in h/a
                                                    12 a.m.     250      500      750     1,000     1,250    1,465    1,595    1,637    1,637   1,637   1,637   1,637 1,637         1,637   1,637    1,637    1,670    1,757    1,871    2,021    2,236   2,486   2,736   2,986
                                                    1 a.m.       -       250      500      750      1,000    1,215    1,345    1,387    1,387   1,387   1,387   1,387 1,387         1,387   1,387    1,387    1,420    1,507    1,621    1,771    1,986   2,236   2,486   2,736
                                                    2 a.m.       -        -       250      500       750      965     1,095    1,137    1,137   1,137   1,137   1,137 1,137         1,137   1,137    1,137    1,170    1,257    1,371    1,521    1,736   1,986   2,236   2,486
                                                    3 a.m.       -        -        -       250       500      715      845      887      887     887     887     887          887    887     887      887      920     1,007    1,121    1,271    1,486   1,736   1,986   2,236
                                                    4 a.m.       -        -        -        -        250      465      595      637      637     637     637     637          637    637     637      637      670      757      871     1,021    1,236   1,486   1,736   1,986
                                                    5 a.m.       -        -        -        -         -       215      345      387      387     387     387     387          387    387     387      387      420      507      621      771      986    1,236   1,486   1,736
                                                    6 a.m.       -        -        -        -         -        -       131      173      173     173     173     173          173    173     173      173      205      292      407      556      771    1,021   1,271   1,521
                                                    7 a.m.       -        -        -        -         -        -        -        42       42      42      42      42           42     42      42       42       75      162      276      425      640     890    1,140   1,390
                                                    8 a.m.       -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        0       0      0        0            0     0        0        0       33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                    9 a.m.       -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -      0       0       0            0      0       0        0        33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                    10 a.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -      0       0            0      0       0        0        33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                    11 a.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -      0            0      0       0        0        33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                    12 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            0     0       0         0       33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                     1 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -     0       0         0       33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                     2 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -      0         0       33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                     3 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -       0        33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                     4 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -       33      120      234      383      598     848    1,098   1,348
                                                     5 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -       87      201      350      566     816    1,066   1,316
                                                     6 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -        -      114      263      479     729     979    1,229
                                                     7 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -        -       -       149      364     614     864    1,114
                                                     8 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -        -       -        -       215     465     715     965
                                                     9 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -        -       -        -        -      250     500     750
                                                    10 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -        -       -        -        -       -      250     500
                                                    11 p.m.      -        -        -        -         -        -        -         -        -       -       -       -            -      -       -        -        -        -       -        -        -       -       -      250




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Division B
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 4.3.2.7.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.7.                Determination of Factor for Daylight Harvesting

                                                                                                                               1) The factor for daylight harvesting, FDL,i, shall be calculated using the following
                                                                                                                            equation:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                             CDL,sup,i = daylight supply factor determined in accordance with Sentences (2) and (3),
                                                                                                                             CDL,ctrl,i = daylight system control factor determined in accordance with Sentence (4),




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                                             CEL,ctrl,i = daylight-dependent control factor for electric lighting determined in
                                                                                                                                          accordance with Sentence (5).

                                                                                                                               2) For spaces where sidelighting is the primary daylight supply, the daylight
                                                                                                                            supply factor, CDL,sup,i, shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.8.

                                                                                                                               3) For spaces where toplighting is the primary daylight supply, the daylight supply
                                                                                                                            factor, CDL,sup,i, shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.9.

                                                                                                                               4) The daylight system control factor, CDL,ctrl,i, shall be selected from
                                                                                                                            Table 4.3.2.7.-A. (See Note A-4.3.2.7.(4).)

                                                                                                                               5) The daylight-dependent control factor for electric lighting, CEL,ctrl,i, shall be
                                                                                                                            selected from Table 4.3.2.7.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 4.3.2.7.-A
                                                                                                                                                       Daylight System Control Factor, CDL,ctrl,i
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 4.3.1.3.(4), 4.3.2.7.(4) and 4.3.3.7.(4)

                                                                                                                               Daylight System Control                                                       CDL,ctrl,i (1)
                                                                                                     Automatic                                                                                                 0.86
                                                                                                     Manual                                                                                                      0.5
                                                                                                     None                                                                                                        1

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.3.2.7.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   The daylight system control factor accounts for the effect of shading on daylight availability.


                                                                                                                                                                   Table 4.3.2.7.-B
                                                                                                                                           Daylight-Dependent Control Factor for Electric Lighting, CEL,ctrl,i (1)
                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentences 4.3.1.3.(4), 4.3.2.7.(5) and 4.3.3.7.(5)

                                                                                                                         Daylight-Dependent Control System                                                    CEL,ctrl,i
                                                                                                     Automatic dimming                                                                                           1
                                                                                                     Automatic bi-level switching (multi-level photocontrol with at least two
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 0.99
                                                                                                     control levels)
                                                                                                     Automatic switching (ON/OFF)                                                                                0.82
                                                                                                     Manual – enclosed office less than 25 m2                                                                    0.51
                                                                                                     Manual – all other spaces                                                                                   0.1
                                                                                                     None                                                                                                        0

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.3.2.7.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 4.3.2.7.-B.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                         Division B 4-25
                                                                                                    4.3.2.8.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    4.3.2.8.                Determination of the Daylight Supply Factor for Sidelighting
                                                                                                                               1) For spaces where sidelighting is the primary daylight supply, the daylight
                                                                                                                            supply factor, CDL,sup,i, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                                τeff,i = effective luminous transmittance of the fenestration providing sidelighting
                                                                                                                                          calculated in accordance with Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                            CDL,sup,raw,i = raw daylight supply factor for the rough opening (opening without




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          fenestration) calculated in accordance with Sentence (3), and
                                                                                                                               fobst,i = factor to account for horizontal obstructions calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                                          Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                                 2) The effective luminous transmittance of the fenestration providing sidelighting,
                                                                                                                            τeff,i, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                              τD65,i = luminous transmittance of the glazing for standard illuminant D65,
                                                                                                                                k1,i = factor to account for framing defined as the ratio of glazed area to overall
                                                                                                                                        area of the opening including area of framing,
                                                                                                                                k2,i = factor to account for dirt accumulation (if unknown, value shall be set to
                                                                                                                                        0.8), and
                                                                                                                                k3,i = factor to account for non-perpendicular light incidence (if unknown, value
                                                                                                                                        shall be set to 0.85).
                                                                                                                               3) The raw daylight supply factor for the rough opening, CDL,sup,raw,i, shall be
                                                                                                                            determined using Table 4.3.2.8.
                                                                                                                               4) The factor to account for horizontal obstructions, fobst,i, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                            the following equation:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                              γobst,i = angle from the centre of the fenestration to the top of the horizontal
                                                                                                                                        obstruction, in degrees.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 4.3.2.8.
                                                                                                                             Raw Daylight Supply Factors for Rough Opening in Primary Sidelighted Area, CDL,sup,raw,i
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 4.3.2.8.(3)

                                                                                                                                                               Orientation of Fenestration Providing Sidelighting (2)
                                                                                                      Design Illuminance, in lx (1)          North                      East                              South               West
                                                                                                                                                                                    CDL,sup,raw,i   (3)

                                                                                                                  300                        0.72                       0.72                              0.74                 0.73
                                                                                                                  500                        0.59                       0.62                              0.66                 0.64
                                                                                                                  750                        0.50                       0.55                              0.60                 0.57
                                                                                                                 1000                        0.44                       0.49                              0.55                 0.52

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.3.2.8.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 4.3.2.8.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-4.3.2.3.(2).


                                                                                                    4-26 Division B                                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                     4.3.2.9.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 4.3.2.8. (Continued)

                                                                                                    (3)   For spaces requiring “Automatic Daylight Responsive Controls for Sidelighting” in primary and secondary sidelighted areas, as described
                                                                                                          in Sentence 4.2.2.1.(10), CDL,sup,raw,i shall be multiplied by 0.75 and the resulting reduced factor shall be applied to the sum of the primary and
                                                                                                          secondary sidelighted areas.


                                                                                                    4.3.2.9.                  Determination of the Daylight Supply Factor for Toplighting

                                                                                                                                 1) For spaces where toplighting is the primary daylight supply, the daylight supply
                                                                                                                              factor, CDL,sup,i, shall be determined using Table 4.3.2.9.-A.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  2) The mean daylight factor for toplighting, Di, shall be calculated using the
                                                                                                                              following equation:




                                                                                                                              where
                                                                                                                                τD65,i = luminous transmittance of the roof glazing for standard illuminant D65,
                                                                                                                               kskyl,1,i = factor to account for framing defined as the ratio of glazed area to overall
                                                                                                                                            area of the opening including area of framing (if unknown, value shall
                                                                                                                                            be set to 0.7),
                                                                                                                               kskyl,2,i = factor to account for dirt accumulation (if unknown, value shall be set to 0.9),
                                                                                                                               kskyl,3,i = factor to account for non-perpendicular light incidence (if unknown, value
                                                                                                                                            shall be set to 0.85),
                                                                                                                                 ARb,i = area of the openings providing toplighting (area of rough opening), in m2,
                                                                                                                                ARG,i = area of the space, in m2, and
                                                                                                                                  ηR,i = utilization factor determined using Table 4.3.2.9.-B.

                                                                                                                                 3) The room cavity ratio, RCR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                              where
                                                                                                                                    H = height of the space, in m,
                                                                                                                                    L = length of the space, in m, and
                                                                                                                                    W = width of the space, in m.


                                                                                                                                                                     Table 4.3.2.9.-A
                                                                                                                                                      Daylight Supply Factors for Toplighting, CDL,sup,i
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 4.3.2.9.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Classification of the Daylighting Supply
                                                                                                            Design Illuminance, in lx               Low (2% ≤ Di < 4%) (1)                Medium (4% ≤ Di < 7%) (1)                  Good (Di ≥ 7%) (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                    CDL,sup,i
                                                                                                                       300                                    0.81                                   0.86                                   0.88
                                                                                                                       500                                    0.75                                   0.82                                   0.85
                                                                                                                       750                                    0.67                                   0.77                                   0.82
                                                                                                                      1 000                                   0.59                                   0.73                                   0.79

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.3.2.9.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence (2) to calculate the mean daylight factor for toplighting, Di. For Di < 2%, CDL,sup,i = 0.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                          Division B 4-27
                                                                                                    4.3.2.10.                                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                                       Table 4.3.2.9.-B
                                                                                                                                            Utilization Factor, ηR,i, as a Function of Room Cavity Ratio, RCR
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 4.3.2.9.(2)

                                                                                                                                         RCR (1)                                                               Utilization Factor, (2) ηR,i
                                                                                                                                           0                                                                              1.00
                                                                                                                                          0.5                                                                             0.98
                                                                                                                                           1                                                                              0.95
                                                                                                                                          1.5                                                                             0.89
                                                                                                                                           2                                                                              0.84




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          2.5                                                                             0.79
                                                                                                                                           3                                                                              0.74
                                                                                                                                           4                                                                              0.65
                                                                                                                                           5                                                                              0.57
                                                                                                                                           6                                                                              0.52
                                                                                                                                           7                                                                              0.47
                                                                                                                                           8                                                                              0.41
                                                                                                                                           9                                                                              0.35
                                                                                                                                          10                                                                              0.29

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.3.2.9.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence (3) to calculate the room cavity ratio, RCR.
                                                                                                    (2)   The utilization factors are derived based on room reflectances of 70 pc (ceiling cavity)/50 pw (walls)/20 pf (floor cavity).


                                                                                                    4.3.2.10.               Determination of Factors for Occupancy Control and Personal Control

                                                                                                                               1) The factor for occupancy control, Focc,i, shall be calculated using the following
                                                                                                                            equation:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                                CA,i = factor to account for the relative absence of occupants in the space
                                                                                                                                            determined using Table 4.3.2.10.-A, and
                                                                                                                             Cocc,ctrl,i = factor to account for the occupancy-sensing mechanism determined using
                                                                                                                                            Table 4.3.2.10.-B.

                                                                                                                               2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the factor for personal control, Fpers,i, shall
                                                                                                                            be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                            Cpers,ctrl,i = factor to account for personal control determined using Table 4.3.2.10.-A.

                                                                                                                               3) Where the lighting design does not include personal controls, the factor for
                                                                                                                            personal control, Fpers,i, shall be set to 1.




                                                                                                    4-28 Division B                                                                                  National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  4.3.2.10.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.3.2.10.-A
                                                                                                                            Factors for Relative Absence of Occupants and Personal Control According to Space Type
                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentences 4.3.2.10.(1) and (2) and 4.3.3.10.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                Common Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Factors
                                                                                                                                         Space Types                                 Relative Absence of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Personal Control, Cpers,ctrl,i
                                                                                                                                                                                       Occupants, CA,i
                                                                                                     Atrium
                                                                                                         ≤ to 12 m in height                                                                 0                                     0
                                                                                                         > 12 m in height                                                                    0                                     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Audience seating area – permanent
                                                                                                         for auditorium                                                                      0.3                                   0
                                                                                                         for convention centre                                                               0.2                                   0
                                                                                                         for gymnasium                                                                       0                                     0
                                                                                                         for motion picture theatre                                                          0                                     0
                                                                                                         for penitentiary                                                                    0                                     0
                                                                                                         for performing arts theatre                                                         0                                     0
                                                                                                         for religious building                                                              0.3                                   0
                                                                                                         for sports arena                                                                    0                                     0
                                                                                                         other                                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                     Banking activity area and offices                                                       0                                     0
                                                                                                     Classroom/Lecture hall/Training room
                                                                                                         for penitentiary                                                                    0.5                                   0
                                                                                                         other                                                                               0.5                                   0
                                                                                                     Computer/Server room                                                                    0.7                                   0
                                                                                                     Conference/Meeting/Multi-purpose room                                                   0.5                                   0
                                                                                                     Confinement cell                                                                        0                                     0
                                                                                                     Copy/Print room                                                                         0.2                                   0
                                                                                                     Corridor/Transition area
                                                                                                         for hospital                                                                        0                                     0
                                                                                                         for manufacturing facility                                                          0                                     0
                                                                                                         for space designed to ANSI/IES RP-28 (used primarily by residents)                  0                                     0
                                                                                                         other                                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                     Courtroom                                                                               0.2                                   0
                                                                                                     Dining area
                                                                                                         for bar lounge/leisure dining                                                       0                                     0
                                                                                                         for cafeteria or fast-food dining                                                   0                                     0
                                                                                                         for family dining                                                                   0                                     0
                                                                                                         for penitentiary                                                                    0                                     0
                                                                                                         for space designed to ANSI/IES RP-28 (used primarily by residents)                  0                                     0
                                                                                                         other                                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                     Dressing/Fitting room for performing arts theatre                                       0.4                                   0
                                                                                                     Electrical/Mechanical room                                                              0.9                                   0
                                                                                                     Emergency vehicle garage                                                                0.5                                   0
                                                                                                     Food preparation area                                                                   0                                     0
                                                                                                     Guest room                                                                              0                                     0
                                                                                                     Laboratory
                                                                                                         for classroom                                                                       0.4                                  0.1
                                                                                                         other                                                                               0                                     0




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                             Division B 4-29
                                                                                                    4.3.2.10.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table 4.3.2.10.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                               Common Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Factors
                                                                                                                                       Space Types                                    Relative Absence of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Personal Control, Cpers,ctrl,i
                                                                                                                                                                                        Occupants, CA,i
                                                                                                    Laundry/Washing area                                                                      0                                     0
                                                                                                    Lobby
                                                                                                        for elevator                                                                          0                                     0
                                                                                                        for hotel                                                                             0                                     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        for motion picture theatre                                                            0                                     0
                                                                                                        for performing arts theatre                                                           0                                     0
                                                                                                        for space designed to ANSI/IES RP-28 (used primarily by residents)                    0                                     0
                                                                                                        other                                                                                 0                                     0
                                                                                                    Locker room                                                                               0.5                                   0
                                                                                                    Lounge/Break room
                                                                                                        for healthcare facility                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                        other                                                                                 0                                     0
                                                                                                    Office
                                                                                                        enclosed                                                                              0.3                                  0.1
                                                                                                        open plan                                                                             0.2                                  0.1
                                                                                                    Pharmacy area                                                                             0                                     0
                                                                                                    Sales area                                                                                0                                     0
                                                                                                    Seating area – general                                                                    0                                     0
                                                                                                    Stairway                                                                                  0                                     0
                                                                                                    Stairwell                                                                                 0                                     0
                                                                                                    Storage garage – interior                                                                 0.4                                   0
                                                                                                    Storage room                                                                              0.6                                   0
                                                                                                    Vehicle maintenance area                                                                  0                                     0
                                                                                                    Washroom
                                                                                                        for space designed to ANSI/IES RP-28 (used primarily by residents)                    0.5                                   0
                                                                                                        other                                                                                 0.5                                   0
                                                                                                    Workshop                                                                                  0                                     0
                                                                                                                                                           Building-Specific Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Factors
                                                                                                                                       Space Types                                    Relative Absence of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Personal Control, Cpers,ctrl,i
                                                                                                                                                                                        Occupants, CA,i
                                                                                                    Convention centre – exhibit space                                                         0                                     0
                                                                                                    Dormitory – living quarters                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                    Fire station – sleeping quarters                                                          0                                     0
                                                                                                    Gymnasium/Fitness centre
                                                                                                        exercise area                                                                         0                                     0
                                                                                                        playing area                                                                          0                                     0




                                                                                                    4-30 Division B                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 4.3.2.10.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                  Building-Specific Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Factors
                                                                                                                                         Space Types                                         Relative Absence of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Personal Control, Cpers,ctrl,i
                                                                                                                                                                                               Occupants, CA,i
                                                                                                     Healthcare facility
                                                                                                          exam/treatment room                                                                        0.3                                   0
                                                                                                          imaging room                                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                          medical supply room                                                                        0.5                                   0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          nursery                                                                                     0                                    0
                                                                                                          nurses' station                                                                             0                                    0
                                                                                                          operating room                                                                             0.1                                   0
                                                                                                          patient room                                                                               0.1                                  0.1
                                                                                                          physical therapy room                                                                      0.2                                   0
                                                                                                          recovery room                                                                               0                                    0
                                                                                                     Library
                                                                                                          reading area                                                                               0                                     0
                                                                                                          stacks                                                                                     0                                     0
                                                                                                     Manufacturing facility
                                                                                                          detailed manufacturing area                                                                0                                     0
                                                                                                          equipment room                                                                             0.2                                   0
                                                                                                          extra high bay area (> 15 m floor-to-ceiling height)                                       0                                     0
                                                                                                          high bay area (7.5 m to 15 m floor-to-ceiling height)                                      0                                     0
                                                                                                          low bay area (< 7.5 m floor-to-ceiling height)                                             0                                     0
                                                                                                     Museum
                                                                                                          general exhibition area                                                                    0.2                                   0
                                                                                                          restoration room                                                                           0.3                                   0
                                                                                                     Post office – sorting area                                                                      0                                     0
                                                                                                     Religious building
                                                                                                          fellowship hall                                                                            0.3                                   0
                                                                                                          worship/pulpit/choir area                                                                  0.1                                   0
                                                                                                     Retail facility
                                                                                                          dressing/fitting room                                                                      0.4                                   0
                                                                                                          mall concourse                                                                             0                                     0
                                                                                                     Space designed to ANSI/IES RP-28
                                                                                                          chapel (used primarily by residents)                                                       0.5                                   0
                                                                                                          recreation room (used primarily by residents)                                              0.2                                   0
                                                                                                     Sports arena – playing area
                                                                                                          Class I facility (1)                                                                       0                                     0
                                                                                                          Class II facility (1)                                                                      0                                     0
                                                                                                          Class III facility (1)                                                                     0                                     0
                                                                                                          Class IV facility (1)                                                                      0                                     0
                                                                                                     Transportation facility
                                                                                                          airport concourse                                                                          0                                     0
                                                                                                          baggage/carousel area                                                                      0                                     0
                                                                                                          terminal ticket counter                                                                    0                                     0
                                                                                                     Warehouse – storage area
                                                                                                          medium to bulky palletized items                                                           0.5                                   0
                                                                                                          small hand-carried items (1)                                                               0.5                                   0



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                     Division B 4-31
                                                                                                    4.3.3.1.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                             Table 4.3.2.10.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.3.2.10.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 4.2.1.6.


                                                                                                                                                               Table 4.3.2.10.-B
                                                                                                                                        Factor to Account for Occupancy-Sensing Mechanism, Cocc,ctrl,i
                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentences 4.3.1.3.(4), 4.3.2.10.(1) and 4.3.3.10.(1)

                                                                                                                          Occupancy-Sensing Mechanism                                                   Cocc,ctrl,i
                                                                                                     Automatic full OFF (full ON)                                                                         0.67




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Automatic full OFF (restricted to manual ON or automatic partial ON)                                 0.75
                                                                                                     Automatic partial OFF (restricted to manual ON)                                                      0.34
                                                                                                     Manual (ON/OFF or bi-level) – enclosed office less than 25 m2                                        0.30
                                                                                                     Manual – all other spaces                                                                             0.1
                                                                                                     None                                                                                                   0


                                                                                                    4.3.3.                Interior Lighting Energy Allowance
                                                                                                    4.3.3.1.              Determination of Interior Lighting Energy Allowance
                                                                                                                             1) The interior lighting energy allowance, ILEA, in (W×h)/a, which is the
                                                                                                                          maximum allowed annual energy consumption of all interior lighting complying with the
                                                                                                                          prescriptive lighting power densities determined using the space-by-space method in
                                                                                                                          Article 4.2.1.6. and with the prescriptive lighting controls in Subsection 4.2.2., shall be
                                                                                                                          calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                                     i = counter for spaces,
                                                                                                                                   N = total number of spaces in the proposed building, and
                                                                                                                           Ei,prescriptive = annual energy consumption for lighting in a space, in (W×h)/a, calculated in
                                                                                                                                           accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                             2) The annual energy consumption for lighting in each space, Ei,prescriptive, in (W×h)/a,
                                                                                                                          shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                               LPDi = lighting power density for the space, in W/m2, determined in accordance
                                                                                                                                          with Article 4.3.3.2.,
                                                                                                                               ADL,i = daylighted area, in m2, determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.3.,
                                                                                                                             ANDL,i = non-daylighted area, in m2, determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.4.,
                                                                                                                          teff,day,DL,i = effective annual daytime operational time in daylighted area, in h/a,
                                                                                                                                          determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.5.,
                                                                                                                          teff,day,NDL,i = effective annual daytime operational time in non-daylighted area, in h/a,
                                                                                                                                          determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.5., and
                                                                                                                           teff,night,i = effective annual nighttime operational time, in h/a, determined in
                                                                                                                                          accordance with Article 4.3.3.5.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.2.              Determination of Lighting Power Density
                                                                                                                             1) The lighting power density for a space, LPDi, shall be determined using
                                                                                                                          Table 4.2.1.6.


                                                                                                    4-32 Division B                                                                      National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 4.3.3.7.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.3.          Determination of Daylighted Area
                                                                                                                         1) The daylighted area of a space, ADL,i, in m2, shall be identical to that for the
                                                                                                                      proposed building as determined in Article 4.3.2.3.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.4.          Determination of Non-Daylighted Area
                                                                                                                         1) The non-daylighted area of a space, ANDL,i, in m2, shall be identical to that for
                                                                                                                      the proposed building as determined in Article 4.3.2.4.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.5.          Determination of Effective Annual Operational Times
                                                                                                                         1) The effective annual daytime operational time of the daylighted area, teff,day,DL,i,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      in h/a, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         tday,i = annual operational time of space during daytime, in h, determined in
                                                                                                                                   accordance with Article 4.3.3.6.,
                                                                                                                         FDL,i = factor for daylight harvesting determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.7.,
                                                                                                                         Focc,i = factor for occupancy control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.10.,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                        Fpers,I = factor for personal control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.10.
                                                                                                                           2) The effective annual daytime operational time of the non-daylighted area,
                                                                                                                      teff,day,NDL,i, in h/a, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         tday,i = annual operational time of space during daytime, in h, determined in
                                                                                                                                   accordance with Article 4.3.3.6.,
                                                                                                                         Focc,i = factor for occupancy control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.10.,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                        Fpers,i = factor for personal control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.10.
                                                                                                                         3) The effective annual nighttime operational time, teff,night,i, in h/a, shall be
                                                                                                                      calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                        tnight,i = annual operational time of the space during nighttime, in h, determined
                                                                                                                                   in accordance with Article 4.3.3.6.,
                                                                                                                         Focc,i = factor for occupancy control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.10.,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                        Fpers,I = factor for personal control determined in accordance with Article 4.3.3.10.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.6.          Determination of Operational Times
                                                                                                                         1) Annual operational times, tday,i and tnight,i, shall be determined in accordance
                                                                                                                      with Article 4.3.2.6.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.7.          Determination of Factor for Daylight Harvesting
                                                                                                                         1) The factor for daylight harvesting, FDL,i, shall be determined using the following
                                                                                                                      equation:




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                         Division B 4-33
                                                                                                    4.3.3.8.                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                        CDL,sup,i = daylight supply factor determined in accordance with Sentences (2) and (3),
                                                                                                                        CDL,ctrl,i = daylight system control factor determined in accordance with Sentence (4),
                                                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                                        CEL,ctrl,i = daylight-dependent control factor for electric lighting determined in
                                                                                                                                     accordance with Sentence (5).
                                                                                                                          2) For spaces where sidelighting is the primary daylight supply, the daylight
                                                                                                                       supply factor, CDL,sup,i, shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.8.
                                                                                                                          3) For spaces where toplighting is the primary daylight supply, the daylight supply
                                                                                                                       factor, CDL,sup,i, shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          4) The daylight system control factor, CDL,ctrl,i, shall be set to the daylight system
                                                                                                                       control factor for “manual” stated in Table 4.3.2.7.-A. (See Note A-4.3.3.7.(4).)
                                                                                                                          5) The daylight-dependent control factor for electric lighting, CEL,ctrl,i, shall
                                                                                                                       be determined using Table 4.3.2.7.-B based on the minimum requirement for the
                                                                                                                       applicable space according to the prescriptive path.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.8.           Reserved

                                                                                                    4.3.3.9.           Reserved

                                                                                                    4.3.3.10.          Determination of Factors for Occupancy Control and Personal Control
                                                                                                                          1) The factor for occupancy control, Focc,i, shall be calculated using the following
                                                                                                                       equation:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                            CA,i = factor to account for the relative absence of occupants in the space
                                                                                                                                       determined using Table 4.3.2.10.-A, and
                                                                                                                        Cocc,ctrl,i = factor to account for the occupancy-sensing mechanism determined using
                                                                                                                                       Table 4.3.2.10.-B based on the minimum requirement for the applicable
                                                                                                                                       space according to the prescriptive path.
                                                                                                                            2) The factor for personal control, Fpers,i, shall be set to 1.


                                                                                                    Section 4.4. Performance Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    4.4.1.             General
                                                                                                    4.4.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) Where the lighting system does not comply with the requirements of
                                                                                                                       Section 4.2. or 4.3., it shall comply with Part 8.


                                                                                                    Section 4.5. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    4.5.1.             Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.           Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                           1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                       Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                       the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                       listed in Table 4.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    4-34 Division B                                                             National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                          Table 4.5.1.1.                                                  Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 4                       Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 4.5.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)    (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.1.1. Exit Signs                                               (4)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           4.2.2.3. Determination of Primary and Secondary Sidelighted
                                                                                                                                                                       Areas
                                                                                                     4.2.1.2. Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F94-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (2)         [F94,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.1.3. Limits to Installed Interior Lighting Power
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (5)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (6)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.1.4. Determination of the Installed Interior Lighting Power
                                                                                                                                                                       (7)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (8)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       4.2.2.4. Determination of Daylighted Area Under Roof Monitors
                                                                                                     (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.1.5. Calculation of Interior Lighting Power Allowance Using
                                                                                                     the Building Area Method                                          (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           4.2.2.5. Determination of Daylighted Area Under Skylights
                                                                                                     (2)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           4.2.2.6. Special Applications
                                                                                                     (5)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.1.6. Calculation of Interior Lighting Power Allowance Using   (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     the Space-by-Space Method                                         (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.2.1. Interior Lighting Controls                               4.2.3.1. Exterior Lighting
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (5)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (8)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           4.2.4.1. Requirements
                                                                                                     (9)         [F94-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (10)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (11)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (13)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (5)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (14)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (6)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (16)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           4.3.1.3. Compliance
                                                                                                     (18)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (20)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (21)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (3)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (22)        [F94-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     4.2.2.2. Lighting Controls in Storage Garages                     (5)         [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F94-OE1.1]




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                     Division B 4-35
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                         Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    4.3.2.1. Determination of Installed Interior Lighting Energy    4.3.3.4. Determination of Non-Daylighted Area
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]                                        (1)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]                                        4.3.3.5. Determination of Effective Annual Operational Times
                                                                                                    4.3.2.2. Determination of Lighting Power Density                (1)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]                                        (2)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.3. Determination of Daylighted Area                       (3)            [F94-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]                                        4.3.3.7. Determination of Factor for Daylight Harvesting
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]                                        (1)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.4. Determination of Non-Daylighted Area                   (4)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]                                        (5)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.5. Determination of Effective Annual Operational Times    4.3.3.10. Determination of Factors for Occupancy Control and
                                                                                                                                                                    Personal Control
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)            [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.6. Determination of Operational Times
                                                                                                                                                                   Notes to Table 4.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]                                       (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.7. Determination of Factor for Daylight Harvesting
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.8. Determination of the Daylight Supply Factor for
                                                                                                    Sidelighting
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.9. Determination of the Daylight Supply Factor for
                                                                                                    Toplighting
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.10. Determination of Factors for Occupancy Control and
                                                                                                    Personal Control
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.3.1. Determination of Interior Lighting Energy Allowance
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.3.2. Determination of Lighting Power Density
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    4.3.3.3. Determination of Daylighted Area
                                                                                                    (1)          [F94-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    4-36 Division B                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 4
                                                                                                    Lighting




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.1.1.2.(1) Application. Part 4 is intended to apply to all lighting components and systems in or on the
                                                                                                    building or building site that are connected to the building's electrical service.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.1.2.(2)(c) Exemptions. In some cases, the requirements of Part 4 may adversely affect the use of
                                                                                                    spaces with special functional requirements and so exceptions to the Code requirements may be necessary.
                                                                                                    Except for particular types of process lighting, however, it is unlikely that a space or lighting system would
                                                                                                    be exempt from all the requirements of Part 4. Some necessary exceptions to particular requirements are
                                                                                                    identified in the Code. Exemption should be determined on a case-by-case basis, depending on the space's
                                                                                                    function, available technologies and cost-effectiveness.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.1.3.(1) Compliance. The flow charts in Figures A-4.1.1.3.(1)-A and A-4.1.1.3.(1)-B illustrate the
                                                                                                    process for all three paths of compliance applicable to Part 4. The prescriptive path options for interior
                                                                                                    lighting requirements using the building area method or the space-by-space method are also shown in
                                                                                                    Figure A-4.1.1.3.(1)-B.


                                                                                                                                                               4 Exterior
                                                                                                                                                                Lighting



                                                                                                                                                              4.1. General




                                                                                                                                                                Select       Performance Path
                                                                                                                                          Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                                                                              compliance                             Building
                                                                                                                                                                 path

                                                                                                                            Apply requirements
                                                                                                                                  of 4.2.3.                                                           Apply
                                                                                                                                                                                                  requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                     of Part 8,
                                                                                                                           Apply requirements                                                    as referenced in
                                                                                                                                 of 4.2.4.                                                              4.4.



                                                                                                                             Compliance with                                                     Compliance with
                                                                                                                             Part 4 achieved                                                     NECB achieved
                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00751A


                                                                                                      Figure A-4.1.1.3.(1)-A
                                                                                                      Code compliance paths for exterior lighting

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Division B 4-37
                                                                                                    A-4.2.1.3.                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                                                                                  4 Interior
                                                                                                                                                                                   Lighting



                                                                                                                                                                                4.1. General




                                                                                                                                                                                   Select       Performance Path
                                                                                                                                                            Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                                                                                                 compliance                              Building
                                                                                                                                                                                    path




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                                building area                          Trade-off Path
                                                                                                                                                or space-by-
                                                                                                                                                    space
                                                                                                               Building Area                       method          Space-by-Space


                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Apply
                                                                                                                                          Apply               Apply                Apply                               requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          of Part 8,




                                                                                                                  Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                                                      requirements        requirements          requirements
                                                                                                                                        of 4.2.1.5.         of 4.2.1.6.            of 4.3.                            as referenced in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             4.4.



                                                                                                                                              Apply requirements
                                                                                                                                                    of 4.2.2.




                                                                                                                                              Compliance with                                                         Compliance with
                                                                                                                                              Part 4 achieved                                                         NECB achieved
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG00690A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.1.3.(1)-B
                                                                                                     Code compliance paths for interior lighting


                                                                                                    A-4.2.1.3. Prescriptive Compliance with Interior Lighting Power Requirements. The
                                                                                                    prescriptive criteria in Section 4.2. compare the installed interior lighting power to a permitted interior lighting
                                                                                                    power allowance.
                                                                                                    Mixing the two methods described in Sentence 4.2.1.3.(1) within a building is not permitted.
                                                                                                    The building area method is based on building type only and has limited flexibility. The criteria are not sensitive
                                                                                                    to specific task and room configurations that affect lighting power in any particular building, but permit faster
                                                                                                    calculations that will be appropriate for typical buildings and normal uses.
                                                                                                    The space-by-space method provides greater flexibility but requires a more detailed calculation procedure.
                                                                                                    It may provide a more appropriate allowance for complex buildings and buildings with multiple spaces
                                                                                                    and activities.
                                                                                                    The building area and space-by-space methods are not to be used as lighting design procedures. Once the
                                                                                                    interior lighting power allowance for the building has been determined, the designer should strive to design a
                                                                                                    lighting system that will provide an effective and pleasing illuminated environment without exceeding the
                                                                                                    interior lighting power allowance or reducing the level of control.
                                                                                                    Note that, for flexibility in design, the trade-off path detailed in Section 4.3. or the performance path described
                                                                                                    in Section 4.4. and Part 8 may be followed in lieu of the interior lighting prescriptive requirements stated in
                                                                                                    Section 4.2.




                                                                                                    4-38 Division B                                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         A-4.2.2.1.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.1.4.(2) Installed Interior Lighting Power. Where the interior lighting power allowance
                                                                                                    includes an allowance for a particular space, the installed interior lighting power must also include a reasonable
                                                                                                    value for connected lighting power for that space. Recognizing that moveable plug-in units are moved, plugged
                                                                                                    in, unplugged and easily replaced over time, the connected lighting power of moveable and plug-in luminaires
                                                                                                    is not intended to reflect the actual connected lighting power of these units over the life of the space. Rather,
                                                                                                    it is to indicate a power level that will support a lighting level appropriate for the initial intended use of the
                                                                                                    space. Thus, where the design calls for moveable or plug-in luminaires, the designer must select a sufficient
                                                                                                    quantity and quality of luminaires to provide the necessary lighting level. The installed interior lighting power
                                                                                                    must include the lighting load for the installation of those typical units.
                                                                                                    The installed interior lighting power should reflect the variety and numbers of luminaires in accordance with
                                                                                                    good lighting design practice, taking into account the intended use of the space lit by the luminaires.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.2.1.4.(3)(a) Auxiliary. The term “auxiliary” includes luminaire components that affect the energy
                                                                                                    consumption or efficiency of the lighting system other than the lamp such as ballasts, drivers, starters,
                                                                                                    transformers, active heat sinks, power supplies and sensors.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.1.5. Applying the Building Area Method. In the building area method, the interior lighting
                                                                                                    power allowance is determined by multiplying the gross lighted area of the building by the lighting power
                                                                                                    density listed in Table 4.2.1.5., which is selected based on the project's building type. It may be permissible on a
                                                                                                    case-by-case basis to use one of the listed building types for a project whose building type is not listed but
                                                                                                    whose lighting needs and applicable technologies are similar to those of a listed building type. For instance, an
                                                                                                    indoor swimming pool might be allowed the lighting power density of an exercise centre but not a workshop.
                                                                                                    A single building often has two or more distinct building types, such as a hotel with retail space. If one
                                                                                                    type comprises more than 10% of the gross lighted area, then the space-by-space method must be used. If
                                                                                                    one distinct building type is less than 10% of the gross lighted area, either the building area method or the
                                                                                                    space-by-space method can be used. If the building area method is used, it must be for the building type
                                                                                                    representing 90% or more of the building area.

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.2.1.6.       Building Space Types.

                                                                                                        Common and Building-Specific

                                                                                                        In some cases, a space can be described as both a common space type and a building-specific space type.
                                                                                                        For example, the medical supply room in a healthcare facility could also be a storage room. As a general
                                                                                                        rule, the building-specific space type must be used whenever possible; in this case, “medical supply
                                                                                                        room” should be used.

                                                                                                        Sports Arena Facilities

                                                                                                        Sports arena facilities can be categorized as:
                                                                                                          • Class I - competition play with facilities for 5 000 or more spectators;
                                                                                                          • Class II - competition play with facilities for up to 5 000 spectators;
                                                                                                          • Class III - competition play with some spectator facilities;
                                                                                                          • Class IV - competition or recreational play only with no facilities for spectators.

                                                                                                        Warehouse

                                                                                                        In a warehouse storage area, the space used to store small hand-carried items is sometimes referred to as
                                                                                                        a “picking area.”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.1. Automatic Control Devices. Automatic control devices designed to align the lighting of a
                                                                                                    space with the presence of occupants can include occupant sensors such as motion sensors, presence sensors,
                                                                                                    vacancy sensors, and other similar devices (occupant sensors are devices that detect the presence of people
                                                                                                    within an area and cause lighting, equipment or appliances to be regulated accordingly).
                                                                                                    Products that allow for on-site calibration of their sensitivity are recommended as they allow situations of
                                                                                                    false tripping to be managed.
                                                                                                    Using controllable circuit breakers as a means of automatic control is only permitted when they are connected
                                                                                                    to sensors.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 4-39
                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.1.(11) and (14)                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.1.(11) and (14) Automatic Daylighting Controls. Calibration adjustments are generally
                                                                                                    made with a remotely mounted controller, but can also be made with handheld devices that communicate with
                                                                                                    the photocontrol sensor or other system devices, such as continuous dimming devices.
                                                                                                    The two intermediate levels of lighting referred to in Subclauses (11)(a)(i) and (14)(a)(i) can be achieved with
                                                                                                    selective lamp extinguishing or stepped dimming ballasts.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.2.(3) Covered Vehicle Entrances and Exits from Storage Garages. A mid-luminance
                                                                                                    zone is needed for transitioning from a high-luminance zone (garage) to a low-luminance zone (street)—or vice
                                                                                                    versa—at night. This mid-luminance zone has a lower electrical lighting intensity than the high-luminance
                                                                                                    zone, resulting in energy savings.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.3. Primary and Secondary Sidelighted Areas. Figures A-4.2.2.3.-A and A-4.2.2.3.-B
                                                                                                    illustrate how to determine primary and secondary sidelighted areas.




                                                                                                                                                        top of glazing

                                                                                                                                                      head


                                                                                                                      Section View
                                                                                                                                                      height (HH)




                                                                                                                                                                                   Obstruction is
                                                                                                                                                                                   1.5 m or higher.

                                                                                                                                                    primary sidelighted depth =
                                                                                                                                                    distance to vertical
                                                                                                                                                    obstruction

                                                                                                                                        ½ × HH

                                                                                                                                                                    primary sidelighted width = width of window + distance to
                                                                                                                                                                                                obstruction on one side +
                                                                                                                                     Opaque                                                     ½ × HH on other side
                                                                                                                                     break
                                                                                                                                     between


                                                                                                                      Plan View
                                                                                                                                     windows
                                                                                                                                     is less than
                                                                                                                                     1 × HH wide.


                                                                                                                                                                                     primary sidelighted width =
                                                                                                                                                                                     width of window + ½ × HH on each side




                                                                                                                                        ½ × HH


                                                                                                                                                    primary sidelighted depth = 1 × HH


                                                                                                                                                              primary sidelighted area                                   EG00745B


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.2.2.3.-A
                                                                                                     Determining primary sidelighted areas


                                                                                                    4-40 Division B                                                                             National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                           A-4.2.2.4.(1) and 4.2.2.5.(1)


                                                                                                                                                     top of glazing




                                                                                                                    Section View
                                                                                                                                                  head height              Obstruction is
                                                                                                                                                  (HH)                     1.5 m or higher.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     primary sidelighted             secondary sidelighted
                                                                                                                                                        area (1 × HH)                   area (1 × HH)




                                                                                                                                        ½ × HH

                                                                                                                                                                                               Obstruction is
                                                                                                                                                                                              1.5 m or higher.



                                                                                                                                   Opaque
                                                                                                                                   break
                                                                                                                                   between


                                                                                                                    Plan View
                                                                                                                                   windows
                                                                                                                                   is less than
                                                                                                                                   1 × HH wide.          primary                              secondary
                                                                                                                                                       sidelighted                            sidelighted
                                                                                                                                                          area                                   area




                                                                                                                                        ½ × HH




                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG01354A


                                                                                                      Figure A-4.2.2.3.-B
                                                                                                      Determining secondary sidelighted areas


                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.3.(1) and (5) Double-counting Primary or Secondary Sidelighted Areas. To avoid
                                                                                                    double-counting overlapping primary or secondary sidelighted areas,
                                                                                                      • daylighting contribution to an area can only be counted once either from sidelighting or toplighting, and
                                                                                                      • overlapping areas can be included in one primary or secondary sidelighted area only.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.4. Roof Monitors. A roof monitor is fenestration with glazing more or less in the vertical plane
                                                                                                    that is part of a rooftop architectural structure.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.4.(1) and 4.2.2.5.(1) Double-counting Toplighted Areas. To avoid double-counting
                                                                                                    overlapping toplighted areas,
                                                                                                      • daylighting contribution to an area can only be counted once either from sidelighting or toplighting, and
                                                                                                      • overlapping toplighted areas can be included in one toplighted area only.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                       Division B 4-41
                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.4.(2)                                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.4.(2) Daylighted Area Under Roof Monitors. Figure A-4.2.2.4.(2) illustrates how to
                                                                                                    determine daylighted areas under roof monitors.




                                                                                                                          monitor                                   monitor                                  monitor


                                                                                                                                                                                      MSH-OH




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Section View
                                                                                                                                       monitor
                                                                                                                                       sill height
                                                                                                                                       (MSH)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               obstruction
                                                                                                                                            1 x MSH                                                                                            height (OH)
                                                                                                                                                                                                 1 x MSH




                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Part of daylighted area
                                                                                                                                    Daylighted area extends out               Daylighted area extends out              extends only out to the front of
                                                                                                                                    to full distance of MSH                   to full distance of MSH                  the obstruction since for that
                                                                                                                                    since there is no obstruction             since the entire obstruction             part of the monitor, the
                                                                                                                                    closer than MSH.                          is closer than MSH-OH(1).                obstruction is closer than MSH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       but farther than MSH-OH.




                                                                                                           Plan View

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        width of monitor
                                                                                                                                      Daylighted area extends
                                                                                                                                      to edge of primary
                                                                                                                                      sidelighted area.




                                                                                                                                                       primary
                                                                                                                                                       sidelighted area


                                                                                                                                                            window

                                                                                                                                         daylighted area under roof monitor                                                                               EG00744B



                                                                                                     Figure A-4.2.2.4.(2)
                                                                                                     Determining daylighted areas under roof monitors
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-4.2.2.4.(2):
                                                                                                     (1) If an obstruction is closer to the roof monitor than MSH-OH, it will not substantially alter the daylight penetration and thus the daylighted
                                                                                                         area will extend the full MSH.



                                                                                                    4-42 Division B                                                                                      National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       A-4.2.2.5.(2)

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.5.(2) Daylighted Area Under Skylights. Figure A-4.2.2.5.(2) illustrates how to determine the
                                                                                                    daylighted area under skylights.



                                                                                                                                skylight                                                                            skylight


                                                                                                                                                        CH-OH
                                                                                                                      ceiling



                                                                                                       Section View
                                                                                                                      height
                                                                                                                      (CH)                                   obstruction




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                               height
                                                                                                                                                                (OH)




                                                                                                                      Daylighted area extends to front of                Daylighted area extends to                     Daylighted area extends to
                                                                                                                      obstruction where obstruction is                   full 0.7 × CH where there                      full 0.7 × CH since entire
                                                                                                                      farther away than 0.7 × (CH-OH) but                is no obstruction.                             obstruction is closer than
                                                                                                                      closer than 0.7 × CH.                                                                             0.7 × (CH-OH).




                                                                                                       Plan View
                                                                                                                                skylight
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    skylight




                                                                                                                                                                primary sidelighted area

                                                                                                                                                                           window
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Daylighted area extends to edge
                                                                                                                                daylighted area under skylight                                        of primary sidelighted area.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG00743A



                                                                                                      Figure A-4.2.2.5.(2)
                                                                                                      Determining daylighted area under skylights
                                                                                                      Note to Figure A-4.2.2.5.(2):
                                                                                                      (1) If an obstruction is closer to the skylight than 0.7 × (CH-OH), it will not substantially alter the daylight penetration and thus the daylighted area
                                                                                                          will extend the full 0.7 × CH.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                         Division B 4-43
                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.6.(2)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.6.(2)     Lighting Controls in Commercial Temporary Lodgings.

                                                                                                        Commercial Temporary Lodgings

                                                                                                        For the purpose of Sentence 4.2.2.6.(2), “commercial temporary lodgings” refers to hotels, motels and
                                                                                                        other similar buildings.

                                                                                                        Lighting Controls

                                                                                                        For safety reasons, controls installed to meet the requirement of Sentence 4.2.2.6.(2) must not shut off
                                                                                                        lighting while occupants are in the suite.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Switched Receptacles

                                                                                                        For the purpose of Sentence 4.2.2.6.(2), “switched receptacle” refers to a duplex receptacle used for lighting
                                                                                                        where at least one outlet is controlled by a wall switch.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.3.1.(3) Lighting Power Allowances for Specific Building Exterior Applications. The
                                                                                                    lighting power allowance for each specific exterior application listed in Table 4.2.3.1.-C is non-transferable: no
                                                                                                    trading of allowances with other lighting applications is permitted (in other words, “use it or lose it”). Some or
                                                                                                    all of the basic site allowance may be applied to the specific lighting applications.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.3.1.(4) Lighting Power Allowances for General Building Exterior Applications. The
                                                                                                    lighting power allowance for each general building exterior application plus the portion of the basic site
                                                                                                    allowance that remains unused following the application of Sentence 4.2.3.1.(3) may be shared among the
                                                                                                    applications listed in Table 4.2.3.1.-D.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.3.1.(5) Lighting Power Allowances for Building Exterior Applications Not Covered
                                                                                                    in Sentence 4.2.3.1.(4). The lighting power allowance for each building exterior application not covered
                                                                                                    in Sentence 4.2.3.1.(4) plus the portion of the basic site allowance that remains unused following the application
                                                                                                    of Sentence 4.2.3.1.(3) may be shared among other applications not covered in Sentence 4.2.3.1.(4).

                                                                                                    A-4.3.2.3.(2) Daylighted Area. If the space is illuminated by sidelighting and toplighting, only the
                                                                                                    dominant daylight supply should be used in the trade-off calculations.
                                                                                                    Further, Table 4.3.2.8. provides daylight supply factors for the four cardinal directions only. If a daylighting
                                                                                                    source does not face an exact cardinal direction, the closest cardinal direction should be used in the trade-off
                                                                                                    calculations; if the daylighting source faces a direction that is exactly halfway between two cardinal directions
                                                                                                    (e.g. a wall facing exactly south-east, which is equally close to the south and the east), the most advantageous
                                                                                                    direction for the purpose of the trade-off calculations can be chosen.

                                                                                                    A-4.3.2.7.(4) Daylight System. “Daylight system” refers to building elements that affect the supply
                                                                                                    of daylight to a building’s interior. Examples of daylight systems are interior shading systems, which reduce
                                                                                                    daylight availability through a window but improve occupant comfort by reducing glare and allowing control
                                                                                                    over solar gain, or light shelves and other daylight capture and redirection devices that can enhance daylight
                                                                                                    supply. The trade-off path for lighting (Subsections 4.3.2. and 4.3.3.) is limited to one type of shading system
                                                                                                    intended to represent interior venetian blinds, with either manual or automatic (motorized) control, which
                                                                                                    are considered to be the most commonly used type of shading system.

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.3.2.7.-B Daylight-Dependent Control Systems. Table 4.3.2.7.-B lists different control
                                                                                                    mechanisms that reduce electric lighting usage in a space in response to available daylight. An automatic
                                                                                                    daylight harvesting system is an example of a daylight-dependent control system: it uses a photosensor to
                                                                                                    detect the light level in a space and signal a switch or dimming ballast to control electric lighting to maintain a
                                                                                                    target illumination level. Research shows that, where a manual control is installed, the human eye acts as the
                                                                                                    photosensor and occupants take it upon themselves to lower electric lighting levels if sufficient daylight is
                                                                                                    available. However, manual controls are not as effective a means to save energy as automatic ones: as such, the
                                                                                                    CEL factor is lower for manual controls than for the automatic option. Furthermore, occupants are much more
                                                                                                    likely to use manual controls if they have sole responsibility for a space than if they share a space: the factor for
                                                                                                    private enclosed offices is therefore substantially higher than for other space types with manual controls.


                                                                                                    4-44 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-4.3.3.7.(4)

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.3.2.8. Design Illuminances. Recommendations for design illuminances for various space
                                                                                                    types can be found in the IES “Lighting Handbook, 10th Edition.” These recommended illuminance levels
                                                                                                    ensure that visual tasks can be safely performed in a given space. The design illuminance values can be
                                                                                                    modified from the recommended levels where specific visual tasks require different illuminances.
                                                                                                    For design illuminances below 300 lx, the 300 lx values should be used. For design illuminances between the
                                                                                                    levels listed in Table 4.3.2.8., the raw daylight supply factor can be determined using linear interpolation. For
                                                                                                    design illuminances above 1 000 lx, the raw daylight supply factor cannot be extrapolated.

                                                                                                    A-4.3.3.7.(4) Daylight System Control Factor for the Reference Building. Although many
                                                                                                    shading system options can be modeled in the reference building, for the purpose of the trade-off path
                                                                                                    calculations, all spaces in the reference building are considered to have a shading system equivalent to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    manually-controlled interior blinds, which have a CDL factor of 0.5 according to Table 4.3.2.7.-A.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                    Division B 4-45
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




4-46 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 5
                                                                                                    Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                    Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       5.1.          General
                                                                                                       5.1.1.        General .............................................. 5-1

                                                                                                       5.2.          Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                       5.2.1.        Equipment Sizing ............................. 5-1
                                                                                                       5.2.2.        Air Distribution Systems ................. 5-2
                                                                                                       5.2.3.        Fan System Design .......................... 5-5
                                                                                                       5.2.4.        Air Intake and Outlet Dampers ........ 5-6
                                                                                                       5.2.5.        Piping for Heating, Ventilating
                                                                                                                     and Air-conditioning Systems ........ 5-7
                                                                                                       5.2.6.        Pumping System Design ................. 5-8
                                                                                                       5.2.7.        Equipment Installed Outdoors ........ 5-9
                                                                                                       5.2.8.        Temperature Controls ...................... 5-9
                                                                                                       5.2.9.        Humidification ................................ 5-11
                                                                                                       5.2.10.       Energy Recovery ............................ 5-11
                                                                                                       5.2.11.       Shut-off and Setback Controls ...... 5-14
                                                                                                       5.2.12.       Equipment Efficiency ..................... 5-15

                                                                                                       5.3.          Reserved
                                                                                                       5.4.          Performance Path
                                                                                                       5.4.1.        General ............................................ 5-30

                                                                                                       5.5.          Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       5.5.1.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ...................................... 5-30

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 5 ................ 5-33




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 5
                                                                                                    Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                    Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 5.1. General
                                                                                                    5.1.1.            General
                                                                                                    5.1.1.1.          Scope
                                                                                                                         1) This Part is concerned with the systems used for heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                                      air-conditioning of buildings covered by this Code.

                                                                                                    5.1.1.2.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), and except for systems and
                                                                                                                      equipment used exclusively for the control of smoke in the event of a fire, this Part
                                                                                                                      applies to heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and equipment.
                                                                                                                         2) A heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system or part thereof may
                                                                                                                      be exempted from some or all of the requirements in this Part where it can be
                                                                                                                      shown that the nature of the occupancy or the type of heating, ventilating or
                                                                                                                      air-conditioning equipment used makes it impractical to apply these requirements.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.1.1.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) This Part does not apply to the existing components of systems that are
                                                                                                                      extended to serve additions.

                                                                                                    5.1.1.3.          Compliance
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), compliance with this Part shall be achieved
                                                                                                                      by following
                                                                                                                          a) the prescriptive path described in Section 5.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) the performance path described in Section 5.4. (see Note A-3.1.1.3.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.1.1.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Back-up systems shall comply with the prescriptive requirements stated in
                                                                                                                      Section 5.2. (See Note A-5.1.1.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    5.1.1.4.          Definitions
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.


                                                                                                    Section 5.2. Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                    5.2.1.            Equipment Sizing
                                                                                                    5.2.1.1.          Load Calculations
                                                                                                                         1) Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be sized in
                                                                                                                      accordance with good engineering practice such as that prescribed in the NBC. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-5.2.1.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 5-1
                                                                                                    5.2.2.1.                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                    5.2.2.                Air Distribution Systems
                                                                                                    5.2.2.1.              Design and Installation of Ducts
                                                                                                                            1) Ducts shall be designed and installed in accordance with the NBC. (See
                                                                                                                          Note A-5.2.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.2.2.              Provision for Balancing
                                                                                                                             1) All air distribution systems shall be designed so that they can be balanced.
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-5.2.2.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.2.3.              Duct Sealing




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), air-handling ducts and plenums
                                                                                                                          forming part of a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system shall be constructed,
                                                                                                                          installed and sealed as described in the ANSI/SMACNA 006, “HVAC Duct
                                                                                                                          Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible,” and in accordance with Table 5.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-5.2.2.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                             2) Air-handling ducts and plenums that do not conform to Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                          tested to meet the requirements of Article 5.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                             3) Return ducts located within conditioned space or in spaces used as return air
                                                                                                                          plenums need not comply with Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                             4) Except for supply ducts located upstream of zone coils, mixing boxes,
                                                                                                                          variable-air-volume boxes and diffusers with integral variable-air-volume controls,
                                                                                                                          supply ducts located within the conditioned space to which they supply air need not
                                                                                                                          comply with Sentence (1). (See Note A-5.2.2.3.(4).)
                                                                                                                            5) Sealing tape shall not be used as the primary sealant for air-handling ducts
                                                                                                                          and plenums.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 5.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     Sealing of Ducts
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.2.3.(1)

                                                                                                                            Static Pressure Class, Pa (1)                                                  Seal Class (1)
                                                                                                                                       ≤ 500                                                                    C
                                                                                                                                 > 500 and < 1000                                                               B
                                                                                                                                      ≥ 1000                                                                    A

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.2.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The Static Pressure and Seal Classes are taken from ANSI/SMACNA 006. The Static Pressure Classes shown do not refer to actual design static
                                                                                                          pressure and include both negatively and positively pressurized ducts.


                                                                                                    5.2.2.4.              Leakage Testing of Ducts
                                                                                                                             1) Where ducts are not constructed, installed and sealed in accordance
                                                                                                                          with Sentence 5.2.2.3.(1), they shall be tested for leakage in conformance with
                                                                                                                          ANSI/SMACNA 016, “HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual,” and shall meet the
                                                                                                                          requirements of Sentence (2). (See Note A-5.2.2.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                             2) For ducts tested in accordance with Sentence (1), the maximum permitted
                                                                                                                          leakage shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                            Lmax = maximum permitted leakage, in L/s per m2 of duct surface area,
                                                                                                                              CL = leakage class taken from Table 5.2.2.4., in L/s per m2, and
                                                                                                                                P = maximum operating static pressure, in Pa.


                                                                                                    5-2 Division B                                                                           National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                  5.2.2.5.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 5.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  Leakage Classes, CL
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.2.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                               Maximum Operating Static Pressure, Pa
                                                                                                                 Shape of Duct                             < 500                               500–1000                                 > 1000
                                                                                                                                                                                            CL, L/s per m2
                                                                                                                  Rectangular                               0.81                                 0.41                                    0.20
                                                                                                                     Round                                  0.41                                 0.20                                    0.10




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    5.2.2.5.               Duct and Plenum Insulation

                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (7), all air-handling ducts, plenums and
                                                                                                                           run-outs forming part of a heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning system shall be
                                                                                                                           thermally insulated in accordance with Table 5.2.2.5.

                                                                                                                              2) The insulation thickness used to determine compliance with Table 5.2.2.5. shall
                                                                                                                           be the thickness of the insulation after installation. (See Note A-5.2.2.5.(2), 5.2.5.3.(8)
                                                                                                                           and 6.2.3.1.(6).)

                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                                   Insulation of Ducts
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.2.5.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                                                                                     Minimum Thermal Resis-
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Minimum Thermal Resistance of Run-outs, (2)
                                                                                                                Temperature Difference, (1) °C                     tance of Ducts and Plenums,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           m2×°C/W
                                                                                                                                                                             m2×°C/W
                                                                                                                             < 5                                                0                                                 0
                                                                                                                           5 to 22                                             0.58                                              0.58
                                                                                                                            > 22                                               0.88                                              0.58

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.2.5.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Refers to the temperature difference at design conditions between the space within which the duct is located and the design temperature of the air
                                                                                                          carried by the duct. Where a duct is used for both heating and cooling purposes, the larger temperature difference shall be used.
                                                                                                    (2)   Refers to ducts not exceeding 3 m in length that connect to terminal grilles or diffusers.


                                                                                                                              3) Exhaust ducts, return ducts and plenums located within conditioned space need
                                                                                                                           not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                              4) Supply ducts and plenums located within the conditioned space they serve need
                                                                                                                           not comply with Sentence (1). (See Note A-5.2.2.5.(4).)

                                                                                                                              5) Ducts and plenums located within conditioned space in a dwelling unit and serving
                                                                                                                           only that dwelling unit need not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                               6) Except for relief and outside air ducts and except as provided in Sentence (7),
                                                                                                                           all air-handling ducts and plenums forming part of a heating, ventilating or
                                                                                                                           air-conditioning system that are located outside the building envelope shall be insulated
                                                                                                                           to the same level as required for walls in Subsection 3.2.2.

                                                                                                                              7) Factory-installed plenums and ducts provided as part of equipment tested and
                                                                                                                           rated in accordance with Article 5.2.12.1. need not comply with Sentences (1) and (6),
                                                                                                                           provided they are insulated to a thermal resistance not less than 0.58 m2×°C/W.

                                                                                                                              8) Insulation material required in Sentence (1) shall be installed in accordance
                                                                                                                           with good practice. (See Note A-5.2.2.5.(8) and 5.2.5.3.(7).)

                                                                                                                                9) Manufactured insulation thicknesses shall not be altered.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 5-3
                                                                                                    5.2.2.6.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    5.2.2.6.         Protection of Duct Insulation

                                                                                                                        1) Insulation on cold-air supply ducts shall be provided with vapour barrier
                                                                                                                     protection to prevent condensation, where the surface temperature of the duct is below
                                                                                                                     the dew point of the air surrounding the duct.

                                                                                                                        2) Duct insulation installed in areas where it may be subject to mechanical damage
                                                                                                                     or weathering shall be protected.

                                                                                                    5.2.2.7.         Cooling with Outdoor Air

                                                                                                                        1) Except for HVAC systems serving only dwelling units or hotel or motel rooms,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     each system that incorporates mechanical cooling and has an air-handling capacity
                                                                                                                     of more than 1 500 L/s or a cooling capacity of more than 20 kW shall be designed to
                                                                                                                     use outdoor air to reduce mechanical cooling energy by one of the means covered
                                                                                                                     in Articles 5.2.2.8. and 5.2.2.9.

                                                                                                    5.2.2.8.         Cooling by Direct Use of Outdoor Air (Air Economizer System)

                                                                                                                         1) HVAC systems that use less mechanical cooling energy by direct use of outdoor
                                                                                                                     air shall be capable of mixing return air with up to 100% outdoor air to produce the
                                                                                                                     temperature required to condition the space.

                                                                                                                        2) Systems described in Sentence (1) shall be designed to automatically revert to
                                                                                                                     the minimum outdoor airflow required for acceptable indoor air quality as prescribed
                                                                                                                     by the NBC, when either the return air temperature is less than the outdoor air
                                                                                                                     temperature or the return air enthalpy is less than the outdoor air enthalpy. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-5.2.2.8.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), systems described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     designed to mix outdoor air and return air to a temperature as near as possible to that
                                                                                                                     required to condition the space, even when mechanical cooling is provided.

                                                                                                                        4) Systems described in Sentence (1) with cooling capacities of 70 kW or more
                                                                                                                     shall incorporate cooling equipment that can operate at less than full capacity, with the
                                                                                                                     lowest stage providing no more than 25% of the full capacity of each system.

                                                                                                                        5) Systems described in Sentence (1) with cooling capacities of more than 25 kW
                                                                                                                     but less than 70 kW shall incorporate cooling equipment that can operate at less than
                                                                                                                     full capacity, with the lowest stage providing no more than 50% of the full capacity of
                                                                                                                     each system.

                                                                                                                        6) Direct expansion HVAC systems are permitted to include controls to reduce the
                                                                                                                     quantity of outdoor air at the lowest stage of cooling equipment output as necessary to
                                                                                                                     permit proper operation of the equipment. (See Note A-5.2.2.8.(6).)

                                                                                                    5.2.2.9.         Cooling by Indirect Use of Outdoor Air (Water Economizer System)

                                                                                                                        1) HVAC systems that reduce mechanical cooling energy use by using outdoor air
                                                                                                                     to chill cooling distribution fluid by direct evaporation, indirect evaporation, or both,
                                                                                                                     shall be capable of cooling supply air so as to provide 100% of the cooling load when
                                                                                                                     the outdoor air wet-bulb temperature is 7°C or lower.

                                                                                                                        2) HVAC systems that reduce mechanical cooling energy use by using outdoor air
                                                                                                                     to chill cooling distribution fluid by sensible heat transfer shall be capable of cooling
                                                                                                                     supply air so as to provide 100% of the cooling load when the outdoor-air dry-bulb
                                                                                                                     temperature is 10°C or lower.




                                                                                                    5-4 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              5.2.3.4.

                                                                                                    5.2.3.            Fan System Design
                                                                                                    5.2.3.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) Except for equipment covered by Article 5.2.12.1. and whose minimum
                                                                                                                      performance includes fan energy, this Subsection applies to all fan systems
                                                                                                                         a) that are used for comfort heating, ventilating or air-conditioning, or any
                                                                                                                             combination thereof, and
                                                                                                                         b) for which the total of all fan motor nameplate ratings is 10 kW or more
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-5.2.3.1.(2)).
                                                                                                                          2) For the purposes of this Subsection, the power demand of a fan system shall be
                                                                                                                      the sum of the demand of all fans required to operate at design conditions to supply air




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      to the conditioned space. (See Note A-5.2.3.1.(2).)

                                                                                                    5.2.3.2.          Constant-Volume Fan Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Where fans produce a constant airflow rate whenever the system is operating,
                                                                                                                      the power demand required by the motors for the combined supply and return fan
                                                                                                                      system at design conditions shall not exceed 1.6 W per L/s of supply air delivered to
                                                                                                                      the conditioned space, calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                            W = power demand, in watts,
                                                                                                                            F = design flow rate, in L/s,
                                                                                                                           SP = design static pressure across the fan, in Pa, and
                                                                                                                            η = combined fan-drive-motor efficiency, expressed as a decimal fraction.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.2.3.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.3.3.          Variable-Air-Volume Fan Systems
                                                                                                                         1) For fan systems through which airflow varies automatically as a function of
                                                                                                                      load, the power demand required by the motors for the combined supply and return
                                                                                                                      fan system, as calculated using the equation in Sentence 5.2.3.2.(1), shall not exceed
                                                                                                                      2.65 W per L/s of supply air delivered to the conditioned space at design conditions.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.2.3.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) In variable-air-volume systems, any individual supply, relief or return fan with
                                                                                                                      a power demand greater than 7.5 kW and less than 25 kW, as calculated using the
                                                                                                                      equation in Sentence 5.2.3.2.(1), shall incorporate controls and devices such that, if air
                                                                                                                      delivery volume is reduced to 50% of design air volume, the corresponding fan power
                                                                                                                      demand will be no more than 55% of design wattage, based on the manufacturer‘s
                                                                                                                      test data.
                                                                                                                         3) In variable-air-volume systems, any individual supply, relief or return fan with
                                                                                                                      a power demand equal to or greater than 25 kW, as calculated using the equation in
                                                                                                                      Sentence 5.2.3.2.(1), shall incorporate controls and devices necessary to prevent the fan
                                                                                                                      motor from demanding more than 30% of design wattage at 50% of design air volume,
                                                                                                                      based on the manufacturer's test data.

                                                                                                    5.2.3.4.          Demand Control Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Enclosed semi-heated spaces or conditioned spaces where fuel-powered vehicles
                                                                                                                      or mobile fuel-powered equipment or appliances are intermittently used shall be
                                                                                                                      provided with sensors and demand control ventilation systems capable of limiting the
                                                                                                                      expected air contaminants to acceptable levels by
                                                                                                                         a) staging the ventilation fans, or
                                                                                                                         b) modulating the outdoor airflow rates.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.2.3.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Commercial kitchen ventilation systems whose design exhaust fan airflow rate
                                                                                                                      meets or exceeds the values shown in Table 5.2.3.4. for the applicable heating-degree


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division B 5-5
                                                                                                    5.2.4.1.                                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                               day category shall be equipped with a demand control ventilation system, including
                                                                                                                               necessary sensors and controls, that is capable of reducing the design exhaust and
                                                                                                                               make-up airflow rates by at least 50% in response to appliance operation. (See
                                                                                                                               Note A-5.2.3.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 5.2.3.4.
                                                                                                                                 Demand Control Ventilation Threshold for Commercial Kitchen Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.3.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                          Zone 4: (2) < 3000      Zone 5: (2) 3000 to 3999 Zone 6: (2) 4000 to 4999   Zone 7A: (2) 5000      Zone 7B: (2) 6000   Zone 8: (2) ≥ 7000




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                          to 5999                to 6999
                                                                                                                                                                Design Exhaust Fan Airflow Rate, L/s
                                                                                                               ≥ 2360                    ≥ 2360                    ≥ 1880                 ≥ 1410                  ≥ 1410              ≥ 1410

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.3.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                    5.2.4.                     Air Intake and Outlet Dampers

                                                                                                    5.2.4.1.                   Required Dampers

                                                                                                                                  1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), every duct or opening intended to
                                                                                                                               discharge air from a conditioned space to the outdoors or to unconditioned space, and
                                                                                                                               every outdoor air intake duct or opening shall be equipped with a motorized damper.

                                                                                                                                  2) Where dampers are not permitted by other regulations, air intakes and outlets
                                                                                                                               need not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                                  3) Air intakes and outlets serving HVAC systems required to operate continuously
                                                                                                                               need not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                                   4) Where the duct or opening does not exceed 0.08 m2 in cross-sectional area,
                                                                                                                               air intake dampers required by Sentence (1) are permitted to be manually operated
                                                                                                                               and air outlet dampers required by Sentence (1) are permitted to consist of gravity
                                                                                                                               or spring-operated backflow dampers.

                                                                                                    5.2.4.2.                   Type and Location of Dampers

                                                                                                                                  1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), dampers required by Article 5.2.4.1.
                                                                                                                               shall be
                                                                                                                                  a) located as near as possible to the plane of the building envelope, and
                                                                                                                                  b) designed to close automatically when the HVAC system is not in operation.

                                                                                                                                  2) Motorized dampers required in Sentence 5.2.4.1.(1) shall be designed so that,
                                                                                                                               when the damper is in the closed position, airflow does not exceed 15 L/s per m2 of
                                                                                                                               cross-sectional area at a pressure differential of 250 Pa, when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  a) ANSI/AMCA 500-D, “Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating,” and
                                                                                                                                  b) ANSI/AMCA 500-L, “Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating.”

                                                                                                                                  3) Dampers required in Article 5.2.4.1. are permitted to be located inboard of
                                                                                                                               the building envelope, provided the portion of the duct between the damper and the
                                                                                                                               building envelope is insulated in conformance with Sentence 5.2.2.5.(6) for ducts located
                                                                                                                               outdoors.

                                                                                                                                  4) Dampers in air intakes and outlets serving air-heating or -cooling equipment
                                                                                                                               located outside of the building envelope are permitted to be located within the
                                                                                                                               equipment.


                                                                                                    5-6 Division B                                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               5.2.5.3.

                                                                                                    5.2.5.            Piping for Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                                      Systems

                                                                                                    5.2.5.1.          Design and Installation of Piping

                                                                                                                         1) HVAC piping shall be designed and installed in accordance with the NBC.

                                                                                                    5.2.5.2.          Provision for Balancing

                                                                                                                        1) All hydronic systems shall be designed so that they can be balanced. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-5.2.5.2.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    5.2.5.3.          Piping Insulation

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), piping forming part of an
                                                                                                                      HVAC system shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 5.2.5.3. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-5.2.5.3.(1).)

                                                                                                                         2) Except for suction-line piping of direct expansion systems, piping located
                                                                                                                      within conditioned space in a dwelling unit and serving only that dwelling unit need
                                                                                                                      not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                         3) HVAC piping that conveys fluids with design operating temperatures greater
                                                                                                                      than 16°C and less than 41°C need not comply with Table 5.2.5.3., if it is located within
                                                                                                                      a conditioned space.

                                                                                                                         4) Where piping insulation has a thermal conductivity that is greater than the
                                                                                                                      ranges given in Table 5.2.5.3., the insulation thickness given in the Table shall be
                                                                                                                      increased by the ratio u2/u1, where u1 is the value at the higher end of the conductivity
                                                                                                                      range for the operating temperature and u2 is the measured thermal conductivity of
                                                                                                                      the insulation at the mean rating temperature.

                                                                                                                         5) Where piping insulation has a thermal conductivity that is lower than the
                                                                                                                      ranges given in Table 5.2.5.3., the insulation thickness given in the Table may be
                                                                                                                      decreased by the ratio u2/u1, where u1 is the value at lower end of the conductivity
                                                                                                                      range for the operating temperature and u2 is the measured thermal conductivity of
                                                                                                                      the insulation at the mean rating temperature.

                                                                                                                         6) The thermal conductivity of piping insulation at a mean rating temperature
                                                                                                                      shall be determined in conformance with ASTM C335/C335M, “Standard Test Method
                                                                                                                      for Steady-State Heat Transfer Properties of Pipe Insulation.”

                                                                                                                         7) Insulation material required in Sentence (1) shall be installed in accordance
                                                                                                                      with good practice. (See Note A-5.2.2.5.(8) and 5.2.5.3.(7).)

                                                                                                                         8) The insulation thickness used to determine compliance with Table 5.2.5.3. shall
                                                                                                                      be the thickness of the insulation after installation. (See Note A-5.2.2.5.(2), 5.2.5.3.(8)
                                                                                                                      and 6.2.3.1.(6).)

                                                                                                                         9) Manufactured insulation thicknesses shall not be altered.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                        Division B 5-7
                                                                                                    5.2.5.4.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 5.2.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                       Minimum Thickness of Piping Insulation
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.5.3.(1), (3) to (5), and (8)

                                                                                                                                                      Thermal Conductivity of Insulation                  Nominal Pipe Diameter, mm (inches)
                                                                                                                                 Design Operating
                                                                                                                                                        Conductivity      Mean Rating      Runouts (1)                  32 to 51    64 to 102
                                                                                                          Type of System           Temperature                                                             ≤ 25.4 (1)                           ≥ 127 (5)
                                                                                                                                                          Range,          Temperature,      ≤ 51 (2)                    (1¼ to 2)   (2½ to 4)
                                                                                                                                    Range, °C
                                                                                                                                                         W/m×°C               °C                       Minimum Thickness of Piping Insulation, mm
                                                                                                                                       > 177           0.046–0.049             121            38.1            114         127          127          127
                                                                                                     Heating Systems                 122–177           0.042–0.045             93             38.1           76.2        101.6         114          114
                                                                                                     (Steam, Steam




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      94–121           0.039–0.043             65             38.1           63.5         63.5        76.2          76.2
                                                                                                     Condensate and Hot
                                                                                                     Water)                            61–93           0.036–0.042             52             25.4           38.1         50.8        50.8          50.8
                                                                                                                                       41–60           0.035–0.040             38             25.4           25.4         38.1        38.1          38.1
                                                                                                     Cooling Systems                   4–16            0.030–0.039             24             25.4           25.4         25.4        25.4          25.4
                                                                                                     (Chilled Water, Brine
                                                                                                     and Refrigerant)                   <4             0.030–0.039             24             25.4           25.4         38.1        38.1          38.1


                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.5.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Refers to runouts to individual terminal units not exceeding 3.7 m in length.


                                                                                                    5.2.5.4.                Protection of Piping Insulation

                                                                                                                                1) Insulation on piping conveying chilled fluid shall be provided with vapour
                                                                                                                            barrier protection to prevent condensation, where the surface temperature of the pipe
                                                                                                                            is below the dew point of the air.

                                                                                                                              2) Piping insulation installed in areas where it may be subject to mechanical
                                                                                                                            damage or weathering shall be protected.

                                                                                                    5.2.6.                  Pumping System Design

                                                                                                    5.2.6.1.                Application

                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Article 5.2.6.3., this Subsection applies to HVAC pumping
                                                                                                                            systems with a total pump system motor nameplate power of 7.5 kW or greater
                                                                                                                            determined in accordance with Sentence (2).

                                                                                                                               2) For the purposes of this Subsection, the total pump system motor nameplate
                                                                                                                            power shall be the sum of the nameplate power of all pumps required to operate
                                                                                                                            at design conditions to supply thermal energy to an HVAC system, equipment or
                                                                                                                            appliance, or to a conditioned space.

                                                                                                    5.2.6.2.                Variable-Flow Pumping Systems

                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), HVAC pumping systems that serve control
                                                                                                                            valves designed to modulate or to open and close in steps as a function of load shall be
                                                                                                                                a) designed for variable fluid flow, and
                                                                                                                               b) capable of reducing system flow to 50% or less of design flow.
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-5.2.6.2.(1).)

                                                                                                                                2) Sentence (1) does not apply to systems
                                                                                                                                a) in which a minimum flow greater than 50% of the design flow is required
                                                                                                                                   for the proper operation of primary equipment serving the system, such
                                                                                                                                   as chillers and boilers,
                                                                                                                                b) with a single control valve, or
                                                                                                                                c) that include controls to reset the fluid supply temperature based on either
                                                                                                                                   outdoor temperature or system loads.


                                                                                                    5-8 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           5.2.8.4.

                                                                                                    5.2.6.3.               Pumping Power Demand
                                                                                                                              1) The combined pumping power demand required by the motors of all the
                                                                                                                           pumps in a given hydronic system shall not exceed the values stated in Table 5.2.6.3.
                                                                                                                           for the applicable system.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 5.2.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Pumping Power Demand of Pump Motors
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.6.3.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Combined Pumping Power Demand of Pump
                                                                                                                              Type of Hydronic System
                                                                                                                                                                                          Motors, Wmotorpower/kWthermalpeak (1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Heating                                                                                          4.5
                                                                                                     Heat rejection                                                                                   12
                                                                                                     Cooling                                                                                          14
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pump                                                                           22

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.6.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Wmotorpower = combined power of the pump motors
                                                                                                          kWthermalpeak = peak thermal demand of the loop at design conditions


                                                                                                    5.2.7.                 Equipment Installed Outdoors
                                                                                                    5.2.7.1.               Manufacturer's Designation
                                                                                                                              1) Equipment installed outdoors or in an unconditioned space shall be designated
                                                                                                                           by the manufacturer for such installation.

                                                                                                    5.2.8.                 Temperature Controls
                                                                                                    5.2.8.1.               Temperature Controls
                                                                                                                              1) Each heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system intended to provide
                                                                                                                           comfort heating or cooling shall include at least one automatic space temperature
                                                                                                                           control device that is accurate to within 1°C.
                                                                                                                               2) Each dwelling unit shall be controlled by at least one thermostatic control device.

                                                                                                    5.2.8.2.               Temperature Control within Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                              1) Dwelling units shall be provided with manually operated or automatic devices as
                                                                                                                           a means to reduce the heating of each room, as appropriate for the heating system used.
                                                                                                                              2) Where dwelling units are provided with a mechanical cooling system, they shall
                                                                                                                           be provided with manually operated or automatic devices as a means to reduce the
                                                                                                                           cooling of each room, as appropriate for the cooling system used.

                                                                                                    5.2.8.3.               Temperature Control in Guest Rooms and Suites in Commercial
                                                                                                                           Temporary Lodgings
                                                                                                                              1) The space temperature in each guest room and suite in a commercial temporary
                                                                                                                           lodging shall be controlled so that it is automatically adjusted to a set-back temperature
                                                                                                                           within 15 min of the space being unoccupied. (See Note A-5.2.8.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.8.4.               Installation of Thermostats
                                                                                                                              1) Except as otherwise stated in the manufacturer's instructions and as required
                                                                                                                           in barrier-free installations and for stratified ventilation, sensors for wall-mounted
                                                                                                                           thermostats shall be installed
                                                                                                                               a) between 1 400 mm and 1 500 mm above the floor,
                                                                                                                               b) on interior partitions or walls, or on exterior walls with a maximum overall
                                                                                                                                   thermal transmittance of 0.286 W/(m2×K),


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                   Division B 5-9
                                                                                                    5.2.8.5.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          c) away from direct exposure to sunlight and heat-producing sources, and
                                                                                                                         d) away from drafts and dead pockets of air.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.2.8.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.8.5.          Heat Pump Controls
                                                                                                                         1) Heat pumps equipped with supplementary heaters shall incorporate controls to
                                                                                                                      prevent supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat
                                                                                                                      pump alone, except during defrost cycles. (See Note A-5.2.8.5.(1) and 5.2.11.1.(2)(e).)

                                                                                                    5.2.8.6.          Space Temperature Control
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the supply of heating and cooling energy




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      to a zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to
                                                                                                                      temperature within the zone.
                                                                                                                         2) An independent perimeter heating and cooling system designed to offset only
                                                                                                                      building envelope heat losses or gains, or both, is permitted to be used, provided
                                                                                                                          a) it includes at least one thermostatic control for each building exposure
                                                                                                                              having exterior walls facing only one orientation for an uninterrupted
                                                                                                                              distance of 15 m or more (see Note A-5.2.8.6.(2)(a)), and
                                                                                                                          b) its heating and cooling energy supply is controlled by thermostat(s) located
                                                                                                                              within the zone(s) it serves.
                                                                                                                         3) Where separate thermostatic controls are provided to control heating
                                                                                                                      and cooling to a space, means shall be provided to prevent these controls from
                                                                                                                      simultaneously calling for heating and cooling. (See Note A-5.2.8.6.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) Thermostats installed to control electric resistance heater units shall conform
                                                                                                                      to CAN/CSA-C828, “Performance requirements for thermostats used with individual
                                                                                                                      room electric space heating devices.”
                                                                                                                         5) Vestibules between conditioned spaces and the outdoors shall have a
                                                                                                                      temperature-control device that limits the maximum heating temperature in the
                                                                                                                      vestibule to 15°C.

                                                                                                    5.2.8.7.          Ice- and Snow-Melting Heater Controls
                                                                                                                         1) Ice- and snow-melting heaters shall be provided with automatic controls or
                                                                                                                      readily accessible manual controls that allow them to be shut down when not required.

                                                                                                    5.2.8.8.          Control of Temperature of Air Leaving the Supply Air Handler
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a supply air handler shall be designed
                                                                                                                      and equipped with controls to achieve the design supply air temperature without
                                                                                                                         a) heating previously cooled air,
                                                                                                                         b) cooling previously heated air, or
                                                                                                                         c) heating outdoor air, separately from the return air or mixed with it, in excess
                                                                                                                            of the minimum required for ventilation.
                                                                                                                        2) Reheating supply air for humidity control is permitted where specified
                                                                                                                      humidity levels are required. (See Note A-5.2.8.8.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) Reheating supply air is permitted where such reheating will not cause an
                                                                                                                      increase in energy consumption.

                                                                                                    5.2.8.9.          Control of Space Temperature by Reheating or Recooling
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), HVAC systems that control the temperature
                                                                                                                      of a space by reheating previously cooled air shall be equipped with controls that
                                                                                                                      automatically adjust the temperature of the cool air supply to the highest temperature
                                                                                                                      that will satisfy the temperature-control zone requiring the coolest air.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), HVAC systems that control the temperature
                                                                                                                      of a space by recooling previously heated air shall be equipped with controls that
                                                                                                                      automatically adjust the temperature of the warm air supply to the lowest temperature
                                                                                                                      that will satisfy the temperature-control zone requiring the warmest air.


                                                                                                    5-10 Division B                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                           5.2.10.1.

                                                                                                                              3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), HVAC systems that control the temperature
                                                                                                                           of a space by mixing heated supply air and cooled supply air shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                           controls that
                                                                                                                               a) automatically adjust the temperature of the warm supply air to the lowest
                                                                                                                                   temperature that will satisfy the temperature-control zone requiring the
                                                                                                                                   warmest air, and
                                                                                                                               b) automatically adjust the temperature of the cool supply air to the highest
                                                                                                                                   temperature that will satisfy the temperature-control zone requiring the
                                                                                                                                   coolest air.
                                                                                                                               4) HVAC systems need not comply with Sentences (1) to (3) if they are designed
                                                                                                                           to reduce the supply airflow rate to each temperature-control zone to the greater of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               a) 30% of the design airflow rate, and
                                                                                                                               b) the airflow rate required to comply with the ventilation requirements for
                                                                                                                                  that zone.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.2.8.9.(4).)

                                                                                                    5.2.9.                 Humidification
                                                                                                    5.2.9.1.               Humidification Controls
                                                                                                                              1) If an HVAC system is equipped with a means for adding or removing moisture
                                                                                                                           to maintain specific humidity levels in a space, an automatic humidity control device
                                                                                                                           shall be provided.

                                                                                                    5.2.10.                Energy Recovery
                                                                                                    5.2.10.1.              Energy Recovery Systems
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where an exhaust air system’s design supply
                                                                                                                           fan airflow rate meets or exceeds the applicable values listed in Table 5.2.10.1.-A
                                                                                                                           or 5.2.10.1.-B, which depend on the ventilation system’s continuous or non-continuous
                                                                                                                           operation and the percentage of outdoor air it uses at design airflow conditions, as
                                                                                                                           well as the climate zone of the building location, it shall be equipped with an energy
                                                                                                                           recovery system. (See Note A-5.2.10.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                                                            Table 5.2.10.1.-A
                                                                                                          Supply Fan Airflow Rate Threshold Values at which an Energy Recovery System is Required for the Exhaust Air System:
                                                                                                                                      NON-CONTINUOUSLY OPERATING VENTILATION SYSTEMS (1)
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.10.1.(1)

                                                                                                         Heating                                            Percentage of Outdoor Air at Design Airflow Conditions
                                                                                                      Degree-Days
                                                                                                                         ≥ 10% and       ≥ 20% and        ≥ 30% and       ≥ 40% and        ≥ 50% and        ≥ 60% and        ≥ 70% and
                                                                                                       of Building                                                                                                                              ≥ 80%
                                                                                                                           < 20%           < 30%            < 40%           < 50%            < 60%            < 70%            < 80%
                                                                                                       Location, (2)
                                                                                                       in Celsius
                                                                                                                                                       Design Supply Fan Airflow Rate Threshold Values, (3) L/s (ft.3/min)
                                                                                                      Degree-Days
                                                                                                     Zone 4: (4)
                                                                                                                             NR              NR               NR              NR               NR               NR              NR               NR
                                                                                                     < 3000
                                                                                                     Zone 5: (4)         ≥ 12 270          ≥ 7 550         ≥ 2 600          ≥ 2 120         ≥ 1 650
                                                                                                                                                                                                           ≥ 940 (1 992)     ≥ 470 (996)          R
                                                                                                     3000 to 3999        (25 999)          (15 998)        (5 509)          (4 492)         (3 496)
                                                                                                     Zone 6: (4)         ≥ 12 270          ≥ 7 550         ≥ 2 600          ≥ 2 120         ≥ 1 650
                                                                                                                                                                                                           ≥ 940 (1 992)     ≥ 470 (996)          R
                                                                                                     4000 to 4999        (25 999)          (15 998)        (5 509)          (4 492)         (3 496)
                                                                                                     Zones 7A and
                                                                                                                          ≥ 2 120          ≥ 1 890         ≥ 1 180
                                                                                                     7B: (4) 5000 to                                                      ≥ 470 (996)           R                R               R                R
                                                                                                                          (4 492)          (4 005)         (2 500)
                                                                                                     6999
                                                                                                     Zone 8: (4)          ≥ 2 120          ≥ 1 890         ≥ 1 180
                                                                                                                                                                          ≥ 470 (996)           R                R               R                R
                                                                                                     ≥ 7000               (4 492)          (4 005)         (2 500)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.10.1.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Ventilation systems that operate less than 8 000 hours per year are considered “non-continuously operating.”


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                      Division B 5-11
                                                                                                    5.2.10.1.                                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table 5.2.10.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (3)   The abbreviations that appear in this Table have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                 NR = energy recovery system is not required at any design supply fan airflow rate
                                                                                                                  R = energy recovery system is required at all design supply fan airflow rates
                                                                                                    (4)   See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                                                                            Table 5.2.10.1.-B
                                                                                                          Supply Fan Airflow Rate Threshold Values at which an Energy Recovery System is Required for the Exhaust Air System:
                                                                                                                                        CONTINUOUSLY OPERATING VENTILATION SYSTEMS (1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.10.1.(1)

                                                                                                         Heating                                            Percentage of Outdoor Air at Design Airflow Conditions
                                                                                                      Degree-Days
                                                                                                                        ≥ 10% and        ≥ 20% and        ≥ 30% and       ≥ 40% and        ≥ 50% and       ≥ 60% and          ≥ 70% and
                                                                                                       of Building                                                                                                                           ≥ 80%
                                                                                                                          < 20%            < 30%            < 40%           < 50%            < 60%           < 70%              < 80%
                                                                                                       Location, (2)
                                                                                                       in Celsius
                                                                                                                                                       Design Supply Fan Airflow Rate Threshold Values, (3) L/s (ft.3/min)
                                                                                                      Degree-Days
                                                                                                     Zone 4: (4)                          ≥ 9 200          ≥ 4 250          ≥ 2 360         ≥ 1 890          ≥ 1 420
                                                                                                                            NR                                                                                               ≥ 710 (1 504)    R
                                                                                                     < 3000                               (19 494)         (9 005)          (5 001)         (4 005)          (3 009)
                                                                                                     All other
                                                                                                     zones: (4)              R                R               R                R                R                  R              R           R
                                                                                                     ≥ 3000

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.10.1.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Ventilation systems that operate 8 000 hours or more per year are considered “continuously operating.”
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (3)   The abbreviations that appear in this Table have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                   NR = energy recovery system is not required at any design supply fan airflow rate
                                                                                                                    R = energy recovery system is required at all design supply fan airflow rates.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Note A-Table 3.2.2.2.


                                                                                                                              2) Heat recovered in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be used in building
                                                                                                                           systems.

                                                                                                                              3) Specialized exhaust systems, such as those used to exhaust smoke, grease-laden
                                                                                                                           vapours, toxic flammable paint or corrosive fumes or dust, need not comply with
                                                                                                                           Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                               4) Energy recovery systems required by Sentence (1) shall have at least 50%
                                                                                                                           energy recovery effectiveness, E, determined as a change in the enthalpy of the outdoor
                                                                                                                           air supply equal to 50% of the difference between the outdoor air and return air
                                                                                                                           enthalpies at design conditions:




                                                                                                                           where
                                                                                                                            hOA entering = enthalpy of the outdoor air entering the energy recovery system, kJ/kg
                                                                                                                                         dry air (Btu/lb. dry air),
                                                                                                                           hOA leaving = enthalpy of the outdoor air leaving the energy recovery system, kJ/kg dry
                                                                                                                                          air (Btu/lb. dry air), and
                                                                                                                                 hRA = enthalpy of the return air entering the energy recovery system, kJ/kg dry
                                                                                                                                          air (Btu/lb. dry air).
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.2.10.1.(4).)




                                                                                                    5-12 Division B                                                                             National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     5.2.10.4.

                                                                                                                              5) At airflow rates not less than the system design capacity, the energy recovery
                                                                                                                           effectiveness of an energy recovery apparatus referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                           determined in conformance with the test method described in
                                                                                                                               a) AHRI 1061 (SI), “Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for Energy
                                                                                                                                   Recovery Ventilation Equipment,”
                                                                                                                               b) CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the
                                                                                                                                   performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” or
                                                                                                                               c) ANSI/ASHRAE 84, “Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat/Energy
                                                                                                                                   Exchangers.”
                                                                                                                              6) Energy recovery systems shall include bypass or control measures so their
                                                                                                                           operation does not cause the HVAC system’s supply air temperature to overshoot




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           the set-point. (See Note A-5.2.10.1.(6).)

                                                                                                    5.2.10.2.              Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Swimming Pools
                                                                                                                              1) Except for pools with a water surface area of less than 10 m2 and except as
                                                                                                                           provided in Sentence (2), systems that exhaust air from swimming pools within
                                                                                                                           conditioned spaces shall be capable of recovering at least 40% of the sensible heat from
                                                                                                                           exhaust air at design conditions, as calculated in accordance with Sentence 5.2.10.1.(4).
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.2.10.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                              2) Indoor swimming pools need not comply with Sentence (1), provided a
                                                                                                                           stationary mechanical or desiccant dehumidification system is installed that provides at
                                                                                                                           least 80% of the dehumidification that would result from compliance with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    5.2.10.3.              Heat Recovery from Ice-making Machines in Ice Arenas and Curling
                                                                                                                           Rinks
                                                                                                                              1) Where an ice arena or a curling rink has a heating requirement, the refrigeration
                                                                                                                           system shall incorporate a means of recovering the heat rejected by the system to
                                                                                                                           satisfy some or all of the building's space-heating or service water heating requirements.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.2.10.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.10.4.              Heat Recovery in Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                               1) Except for climate zones 4, 5 and 6, where a self-contained mechanical
                                                                                                                           ventilation system serves a single dwelling unit, the principal exhaust component
                                                                                                                           of the ventilation system shall be equipped with heat-recovery capability. (See
                                                                                                                           Note A-5.2.10.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                              2) Heat-recovery ventilators used to meet the requirements of Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                           shall have a sensible-heat-recovery efficiency, when tested in conformance
                                                                                                                           with the low-temperature thermal and ventilation test methods described in
                                                                                                                           CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance
                                                                                                                           of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” of
                                                                                                                               a) at least 65% at an outside air test temperature of 0°C, and
                                                                                                                               b) not less than that required by Table 5.2.10.4. for the 2.5% January design
                                                                                                                                  temperature for the building's location, as listed in Table C-1.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.2.10.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 5.2.10.4.
                                                                                                                                                      Performance of Heat-recovery Ventilators
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.10.4.(2)

                                                                                                           2.5% January Design Temperature at
                                                                                                                                                       Outside Air Test Temperature at Station 1, (1) °C    Sensible-Heat-Recovery Efficiency, %
                                                                                                                    Building Location
                                                                                                                          ≥ –10                                               0                                             65
                                                                                                                     < –10 and > –30                                         –25                                            55
                                                                                                                          ≤ –30                                              –40                                            45

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.10.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   “Station 1” is a term that is defined in CAN/CSA-C439 and means the location where temperature is measured.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                               Division B 5-13
                                                                                                    5.2.11.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          3) The tests described in Sentence (2) shall be performed at the rated airflow for
                                                                                                                      continuous operation of the equipment, which meets the principal exhaust component
                                                                                                                      of the ventilation system referred to in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                         4) Except as stated in Sentence (5), where a heat-recovery system other than a
                                                                                                                      heat-recovery ventilator is used to meet the requirements of Sentence (1), that system
                                                                                                                      shall have a heat-recovery performance equivalent to that required in Sentence (2) for
                                                                                                                      heat-recovery ventilators.
                                                                                                                         5) Where heat-recovery systems are required in multi-unit residential buildings,
                                                                                                                      the minimum sensible-heat-recovery efficiency shall be 50%. (See Note A-5.2.10.4.(5).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    5.2.11.           Shut-off and Setback Controls
                                                                                                    5.2.11.1.         Off-hours Controls
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), systems serving dwelling units or other areas
                                                                                                                      that are not intended to operate continuously and whose zone-heating or -cooling
                                                                                                                      capacity requirement is 5 kW or more shall be equipped with automatic controls
                                                                                                                      capable of setting back or shutting down the systems during periods of non-use of the
                                                                                                                      zones served. (See Note A-5.2.11.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Controls required by Sentence (1) shall be capable of
                                                                                                                         a) shutting down fan systems and/or heating and cooling equipment and
                                                                                                                            auxiliaries, where appropriate, when conditioning is not required by the
                                                                                                                            space,
                                                                                                                         b) setting back the space-heating temperature setpoint,
                                                                                                                         c) setting up the space-cooling temperature setpoint if the cooling system is
                                                                                                                            required to operate during periods when the space is not in use,
                                                                                                                         d) reducing or shutting off outdoor air intake during heating or cooling system
                                                                                                                            operation when the space is not in use (see Note A-5.2.11.1.(2)(d)), and
                                                                                                                         e) in the case of heat pumps, temporarily suppressing electrical back-up
                                                                                                                            or adaptive anticipation of the recovery point in order to prevent the
                                                                                                                            unit from resorting to supplementary heat at the time of recovery (see
                                                                                                                            Notes A-5.2.11.1.(2)(e) and A-5.2.8.5.(1) and 5.2.11.1.(2)(e)).
                                                                                                                        3) Zones with a total heating or cooling capacity requirement of less than 5 kW
                                                                                                                      may be controlled by readily accessible manual controls.
                                                                                                                         4) Controls required by Sentence (1) shall be designed so that lowering a heating
                                                                                                                      thermostat setpoint will not cause energy for cooling to be expended to reach the
                                                                                                                      lowered setting and raising a cooling thermostat setpoint will not cause energy for
                                                                                                                      heating to be expended to reach the raised setting.

                                                                                                    5.2.11.2.         Airflow Control Areas
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (8), each air distribution system
                                                                                                                      serving multiple temperature-control zones having a combined floor surface area of
                                                                                                                      conditioned space of more than 2 500 m2 shall be divided into airflow control areas so
                                                                                                                      that the supply and exhaust of air to individual airflow control areas can be reduced or
                                                                                                                      stopped independently of other airflow control areas served by the system.
                                                                                                                         2) Where it is impractical to control air distribution as described in Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                      individual air distribution systems shall serve airflow control areas no greater than
                                                                                                                      2 500 m2.
                                                                                                                         3) Each airflow control area required by Sentences (1) and (2) shall include
                                                                                                                      only temperature-control zones intended to be operated simultaneously. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-5.2.11.2.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) Each airflow control area required by Sentences (1) and (2) shall not span more
                                                                                                                      than one storey.
                                                                                                                        5) Each airflow control area required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with controls
                                                                                                                      meeting the requirements of Article 5.2.11.1.


                                                                                                    5-14 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                         6) The air distribution system shall be designed such that a reduction in air
                                                                                                                      delivery of up to 50% of design flow results in at least a proportional reduction in
                                                                                                                      fan power.

                                                                                                                         7) Controls and devices such as direct digital control and variable-air-volume
                                                                                                                      systems shall be provided to allow stable operation of all fan systems and associated
                                                                                                                      primary systems for any length of time while they are serving a single airflow control area.

                                                                                                                          8) Temperature-control zones in which outdoor air and exhaust requirements
                                                                                                                      prevent the reduction or stopping of the air supply need not be incorporated into
                                                                                                                      airflow control areas.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    5.2.11.3.         Seasonal Shutdown

                                                                                                                         1) HVAC pumping systems that are used on a seasonal basis shall be equipped
                                                                                                                      with
                                                                                                                         a) automatic controls, or
                                                                                                                         b) readily accessible and clearly labeled manual controls that allow them to
                                                                                                                            be shut down when not required.

                                                                                                    5.2.11.4.         Multiple Boilers

                                                                                                                         1) HVAC systems with multiple boilers shall incorporate a means for preventing
                                                                                                                      heat loss through the boilers when they are not operating, such as a device that prevents
                                                                                                                      the flow of heat-carrying fluid through the boilers or dampers installed in the flues.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the heating load exceeds 176 kW,
                                                                                                                      the boiler plant shall consist of
                                                                                                                          a) more than one boiler,
                                                                                                                         b) a two-stage single boiler, or
                                                                                                                          c) a multi-stage boiler.

                                                                                                                        3) Where the heating load exceeds 352 kW, the boiler plant shall be fully
                                                                                                                      modulating.

                                                                                                    5.2.11.5.         Loop Temperature Reset for Chilled- and Hot-Water Systems

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), chilled- or hot-water systems
                                                                                                                      with a design capacity greater than 88 kW supplying chilled or heated water to
                                                                                                                      comfort-conditioning systems shall be equipped with automatic controls that reset the
                                                                                                                      supply water loop temperatures
                                                                                                                         a) in relation to the outdoor temperature using an indoor/outdoor controller, or
                                                                                                                         b) in relation to representative building heating and cooling loads using the
                                                                                                                             return water temperature in the system.

                                                                                                                         2) Chilled- and hot-water systems described in Sentence (1) need not be equipped
                                                                                                                      with loop temperature reset controls where such controls would cause the improper
                                                                                                                      operation of heating, cooling, humidifying, or dehumidifying equipment or systems.

                                                                                                                         3) Chilled- and hot-water systems described in Sentence (1) that are designed with
                                                                                                                      variable-flow pumping complying with Sentence 5.2.6.2.(1) need not be equipped with
                                                                                                                      loop temperature reset controls.

                                                                                                    5.2.12.           Equipment Efficiency

                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.         Unitary and Packaged HVAC Equipment

                                                                                                                          1) Unitary and packaged HVAC equipment and components with the capacities
                                                                                                                      listed in Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to 5.2.12.1.-P shall comply with the performance
                                                                                                                      requirements stated therein. (See Notes A-5.2.12.1.(1) and A-5.2.12.1.(1) and 6.2.2.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                      (See also Article 6.2.2.4.)


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division B 5-15
                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                           Table 5.2.12.1.-A
                                                                                                               Performance Requirements for Air-Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated (1)
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                           Type of         Cooling or Heating
                                                                                                                                              Performance Testing Standard               Rating Conditions                  Minimum Performance (2)
                                                                                                          Equipment          Capacity, kW
                                                                                                     Single-package,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEER = 13 / HSPF V = 6.4 (3)
                                                                                                     space-constrained
                                                                                                     Single-package,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEER = 15 / HSPF V = 7.4 (3)
                                                                                                     others
                                                                                                     Split system,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  < 19                     CSA C656                        See standard                   SEER = 13 / HSPF V = 6.4 (3)
                                                                                                     space-constrained
                                                                                                     Split system,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEER = 15 / HSPF V = 7.4 (3)
                                                                                                     others
                                                                                                     Small-duct,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SEER = 13 / HSPF V = 5.9 (3)
                                                                                                     high-velocity
                                                                                                                                                                                     Electric resistance heating                  EER = 11.2
                                                                                                                                                                                    section or no heating section                 IEER = 12.9
                                                                                                                             ≥ 19 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EER = 11.0
                                                                                                                                                                                  Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 12.7
                                                                                                                                                                                     Electric resistance heating                  EER = 11.0
                                                                                                     Large air                                                                      section or no heating section                 IEER = 12.4
                                                                                                     conditioners            ≥ 40 and < 70              CAN/CSA-C746
                                                                                                     and heat                                                                                                                     EER = 10.8
                                                                                                                                                                                  Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                     pumps, split and                                                                                                             IEER = 12.2
                                                                                                     single-package,                                                                 Electric resistance heating                  EER = 10.0
                                                                                                     all electrical                                                                 section or no heating section                 IEER = 11.6
                                                                                                     phases, in cooling      ≥ 70 and < 223
                                                                                                     mode                                                                                                                          EER = 9.8
                                                                                                                                                                                  Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 11.4
                                                                                                                                                                                     Electric resistance heating                   EER = 9.7
                                                                                                                                                                                    section or no heating section                 IEER = 11.2
                                                                                                                                  ≥ 223               ANSI/AHRI 340/360
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EER = 9.5
                                                                                                                                                                                  Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 11.0
                                                                                                                                                                                              at 8.3ºC                            COPh = 3.30
                                                                                                                             ≥ 19 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                             at –8.3ºC                            COPh = 2.25
                                                                                                     Large heat                                                                               at 8.3ºC                            COPh = 3.20
                                                                                                     pumps, split and        ≥ 40 and < 70              CAN/CSA-C746
                                                                                                     single-package,                                                                         at –8.3ºC                            COPh = 2.05
                                                                                                     all electrical                                                                           at 8.3ºC                            COPh = 3.20
                                                                                                     phases, in heating      ≥ 70 and < 223
                                                                                                     mode                                                                                    at –8.3ºC                            COPh = 2.05
                                                                                                                                                                                              at 8.3ºC                            COPh = 3.20
                                                                                                                                  ≥ 223               ANSI/AHRI 340/360
                                                                                                                                                                                             at –8.3ºC                            COPh = 2.05

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).
                                                                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W
                                                                                                                EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                            HSPF V = heating seasonal performance factor for region V (see map in CSA C656), in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                               IEER = integrated energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                              SEER = seasonal energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                    (3)   SEER applies to air conditioners, and both SEER and HSPF V apply to heat pumps.




                                                                                                    5-16 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 5.2.12.1.-B
                                                                                                                Performance Requirements for Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners (SPVAC) and Heat Pumps (SPVHP) (1)
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                            Cooling or
                                                                                                           Type of
                                                                                                                             Heating         Performance Testing Standard             Rating Conditions                    Minimum Performance (2)
                                                                                                          Equipment
                                                                                                                           Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                           < 19 kW                                 EER = 11
                                                                                                     SPVAC and
                                                                                                     SPVHP in                                                                       ≥ 19 kW and < 40 kW                            EER = 10
                                                                                                     cooling mode                                                                   ≥ 40 kW and < 70 kW                            EER = 10
                                                                                                                               < 70                 CAN/CSA-C746
                                                                                                                                                                                           < 19 kW                                COPh = 3.3




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     SPVHP in
                                                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 19 kW and < 40 kW                           COPh = 3.0
                                                                                                     heating mode
                                                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 40 kW and < 70 kW                           COPh = 3.0

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).
                                                                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W
                                                                                                                EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W


                                                                                                                                                           Table 5.2.12.1.-C
                                                                                                          Performance Requirements for Water-Cooled and Evaporatively Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners – Electrically Operated
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                            Cooling or
                                                                                                           Type of
                                                                                                                             Heating         Performance Testing Standard              Rating Conditions                    Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                          Equipment
                                                                                                                           Capacity, kW
                                                                                                     Water-cooled
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EER = 12.1
                                                                                                     evaporatively             < 19               ANSI/AHRI 210/240                        < 19 kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 12.3
                                                                                                     cooled, split and
                                                                                                     single-package
                                                                                                                                                                                  Electric resistance heating                    EER = 12.1
                                                                                                                                                                                 section or no heating section                   IEER = 13.9
                                                                                                                          ≥ 19 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EER = 11.9
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 13.7
                                                                                                                                                                                  Electric resistance heating                    EER = 12.5
                                                                                                     Water-cooled,                                                               section or no heating section                   IEER = 13.9
                                                                                                     split and          ≥ 40 and < 70               CAN/CSA-C746
                                                                                                     single-package (2)                                                                                                          EER = 12.3
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 13.7
                                                                                                                                                                                  Electric resistance heating                    EER = 12.4
                                                                                                                                                                                 section or no heating section                   IEER = 13.6
                                                                                                                          ≥ 70 and < 223
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EER = 12.2
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 13.4
                                                                                                                                                                                  Electric resistance heating                    EER = 12.1
                                                                                                                                                                                 section or no heating section                   IEER = 12.3
                                                                                                                          ≥ 19 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EER = 11.9
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 12.1
                                                                                                                                                                                  Electric resistance heating                    EER = 12.0
                                                                                                     Evaporatively                                                               section or no heating section                   IEER = 12.2
                                                                                                     cooled, split and ≥ 40 and < 70                CAN/CSA-C746
                                                                                                     single-package (2)                                                                                                          EER = 11.8
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 12.0
                                                                                                                                                                                  Electric resistance heating                    EER = 11.9
                                                                                                                                                                                 section or no heating section                   IEER = 12.1
                                                                                                                          ≥ 70 and < 223
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EER = 11.7
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 IEER = 11.9


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 5-17
                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.2.12.1.-C (Continued)

                                                                                                                            Cooling or
                                                                                                           Type of
                                                                                                                             Heating         Performance Testing Standard              Rating Conditions                    Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                          Equipment
                                                                                                                           Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                   Electric resistance heating                    EER = 12.2
                                                                                                     Water-cooled,                                                                section or no heating section                   IEER = 13.5
                                                                                                     split and
                                                                                                     single-package                                                                                                               EER = 12.0
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 13.3
                                                                                                                                ≥ 223              ANSI/AHRI 340/360
                                                                                                                                                                                   Electric resistance heating                    EER = 11.7
                                                                                                     Evaporatively                                                                section or no heating section                   IEER = 11.9




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     cooled, split and
                                                                                                     single-package                                                                                                               EER = 11.5
                                                                                                                                                                                Other types of heating sections
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 11.7

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                               IEER = integrated energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                    (2)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A.).


                                                                                                                                                                 Table 5.2.12.1.-D
                                                                                                                                                 Performance Requirements for Condensing Units
                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                         Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                            Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment             Heating                                            Rating Conditions                 Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                  Standard
                                                                                                                                        Capacity, kW
                                                                                                     Air-cooled (2)                                                                                                                  EER = 11.2
                                                                                                     Water-cooled and                   ≥ 40 and < 70         CAN/CSA-C746                     See standard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EER = 13.1
                                                                                                     evaporatively cooled (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EER = 10.5
                                                                                                     Air-cooled
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    IEER = 11.8
                                                                                                                                            ≥ 70            ANSI/AHRI 366 (SI)                    ≥ 70 kW
                                                                                                     Water-cooled and                                                                                                               EER = 13.5
                                                                                                     evaporatively cooled                                                                                                           IEER = 14.0

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-D:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                               IEER = integrated energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                    (2)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).


                                                                                                                                                                 Table 5.2.12.1.-E
                                                                                                                                        Performance Requirements for Water-Source Unitary Heat Pumps
                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                         Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                            Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment             Heating                                            Rating Conditions                 Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                  Standard
                                                                                                                                        Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPc = 3.58
                                                                                                                                             <5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     COPh = 4.3
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Water loop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPc = 3.81
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 5 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     COPh = 4.3
                                                                                                     Water-to-air (2)                                       CAN/CSA-C13256-1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPc = 5.28
                                                                                                                                                                                                Groundwater
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     COPh = 3.7
                                                                                                                                            < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPc = 4.13
                                                                                                                                                                                                Ground loop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     COPh = 3.2



                                                                                                    5-18 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.2.12.1.-E (Continued)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   COPc = 3.11
                                                                                                                                                                                                Water loop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPh = 3.7
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   COPc = 5.60
                                                                                                     Water-to-water                         < 40           CAN/CSA-C13256-2                    Groundwater
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPh = 3.4
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   COPc = 4.21
                                                                                                                                                                                               Ground loop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COPh = 2.8




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-E:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              COPc = coefficient of performance in cooling mode, in W/W
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W
                                                                                                    (2)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).


                                                                                                                                                             Table 5.2.12.1.-F
                                                                                                                     Performance Requirements for Direct-Expansion Ground-Source Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)


                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   COPc = 3.81
                                                                                                     Direct-expansion                       ≤ 21
                                                                                                                                                                CSA C748                       See standard                         COPh = 3.1
                                                                                                     ground-source heat pumps
                                                                                                                                            > 21                                                                                  No requirements

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-F:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              COPc = coefficient of performance in cooling mode, in W/W
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W


                                                                                                                                                           Table 5.2.12.1.-G
                                                                                                            Performance Requirements for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners (PTAC) and Heat Pumps (PTHP), and Room Air
                                                                                                                                                   Conditioners and Heat Pumps (1)
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (2)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                           < 2.1                                                                                    EER = 11.9
                                                                                                     PTAC and PTHP in cooling
                                                                                                     mode, standard and                ≥ 2.1 and < 4.4                                                                    EER = 14.1 – (1.0435 × CapkW)
                                                                                                     non-standard sizes                    ≥ 4.4                                                                                     EER = 9.5
                                                                                                                                                         AHRI 310/380/CSA C744                 See standard
                                                                                                                                           < 2.1                                                                                    COPh = 3.3
                                                                                                     PTHP in heating mode,
                                                                                                     standard and non-standard         ≥ 2.1 and < 4.4                                                                    COPh = 3.67 – (0.1739 × CapkW)
                                                                                                     sizes
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 4.4                                                                                    COPh = 2.9




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 5-19
                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.2.12.1.-G (Continued)

                                                                                                                                         Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                            Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment             Heating                                            Rating Conditions                 Minimum Performance (2)
                                                                                                                                                                  Standard
                                                                                                                                        Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                            < 5.9                                                                                   CEER = 10.7
                                                                                                     Louvered, without reverse
                                                                                                     cycle                              ≥ 5.9 and ≤
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     CEER = 9.0
                                                                                                                                            10.6
                                                                                                                                            < 5.9                                                                                    CEER = 9.8
                                                                                                     Louvered, with reverse cycle       ≥ 5.9 and ≤
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     CEER = 9.3




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                            10.6
                                                                                                                                            < 4.1                                                                                    CEER = 9.6
                                                                                                     Non-louvered, without
                                                                                                     reverse cycle                      ≥ 4.1 and ≤             CSA C368.1                     See standard                          CEER = 9.4
                                                                                                                                            10.6
                                                                                                                                            < 4.1                                                                                    CEER = 9.3
                                                                                                     Non-louvered, with reverse
                                                                                                     cycle                              ≥ 4.1 and ≤
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     CEER = 8.7
                                                                                                                                            10.6
                                                                                                     Room air conditioners,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     CEER = 9.5
                                                                                                     casement only
                                                                                                                                        All capacities
                                                                                                     Room air conditioners,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    CEER = 10.4
                                                                                                     casement slider

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-G:
                                                                                                    (1)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A ).
                                                                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              CEER = combined energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W
                                                                                                                EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W




                                                                                                    5-20 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 5.2.12.1.-H
                                                                                                                                         Performance Requirements for Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)
                                                                                                                                        Cooling or Heating                                                                      Minimum
                                                                                                          Type of Equipment                                     Performance Testing Standard          Rating Conditions
                                                                                                                                          Capacity, kW                                                                        Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                               < 23                                                                           SCOP = 2.67
                                                                                                                                         ≥ 23 and < 86                                           Downflow or upflow, ducted   SCOP = 2.55
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 86                                                                           SCOP = 2.33
                                                                                                     Air-cooled, floor-mounted,                                                                      Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 2.09
                                                                                                                                               < 23
                                                                                                     with or without fluid                                                                                Horizontal          SCOP = 2.65
                                                                                                     economizer                                                                                      Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 1.99




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 23 and < 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Horizontal          SCOP = 2.55
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 1.81
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Horizontal          SCOP = 2.47
                                                                                                                                              < 23                                                                            SCOP = 2.74
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 23 and < 86                                          Downflow or upflow, ducted   SCOP = 2.65
                                                                                                                                              ≥ 86                                                                            SCOP = 2.61
                                                                                                     Water-cooled, floor-mounted,                                                                    Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 2.44
                                                                                                                                               < 23
                                                                                                     with or without fluid                                                                                Horizontal          SCOP = 2.71
                                                                                                     economizer                                                                                      Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 2.34
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 23 and < 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Horizontal          SCOP = 2.60
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 2.24
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Horizontal          SCOP = 2.54
                                                                                                                                              < 23                                                                            SCOP = 2.48
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 23 and < 86                                          Downflow or upflow, ducted   SCOP = 2.16
                                                                                                                                              ≥ 86                                                                            SCOP = 2.12
                                                                                                     Glycol-cooled,                                                                                  Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 2.34
                                                                                                                                               < 23
                                                                                                     floor-mounted, with or                                                                               Horizontal          SCOP = 2.44
                                                                                                     without fluid economizer                                                                        Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 1.99
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 23 and < 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Horizontal          SCOP = 2.10
                                                                                                                                                                      AHRI 1361 (SI)                 Upflow, non-ducted       SCOP = 1.94
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Horizontal          SCOP = 2.10
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 2.01
                                                                                                                                              < 8.5
                                                                                                     Air-cooled, ceiling-mounted,                                                                        Non-ducted           SCOP = 2.04
                                                                                                     free air discharge condenser,                                                                         Ducted             SCOP = 1.97
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 8.5 and < 19
                                                                                                     with or without fluid                                                                               Non-ducted           SCOP = 2.00
                                                                                                     economizer                                                                                            Ducted             SCOP = 1.87
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 19
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.89
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 1.82
                                                                                                                                              < 8.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.68
                                                                                                     Air-cooled, ceiling-mounted,                                                                          Ducted             SCOP = 1.78
                                                                                                     ducted condenser, with or            ≥ 8.5 and < 19
                                                                                                     without fluid economizer                                                                            Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.81
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 1.68
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 19
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.70
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 2.33
                                                                                                                                              < 8.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 2.36
                                                                                                     Water-cooled,                                                                                         Ducted             SCOP = 2.23
                                                                                                     ceiling-mounted, with or             ≥ 8.5 and < 19
                                                                                                     without fluid economizer                                                                            Non-ducted           SCOP = 2.26
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 2.13
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 19
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 2.16
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 1.92
                                                                                                                                              < 8.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.95
                                                                                                     Glycol-cooled,                                                                                        Ducted             SCOP = 1.88
                                                                                                     ceiling-mounted, with or             ≥ 8.5 and < 19
                                                                                                     without fluid economizer                                                                            Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.93
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Ducted             SCOP = 1.73
                                                                                                                                               ≥ 19
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Non-ducted           SCOP = 1.76




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                         Division B 5-21
                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.                                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table 5.2.12.1.-H (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-H:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              SCOP = sensible coefficient of performance. The SCOP is a ratio that is calculated by dividing the net sensible cooling capacity, in W, by the
                                                                                                                        total power input, in W (excluding re-heaters and humidifiers).


                                                                                                                                                                   Table 5.2.12.1.-I
                                                                                                                                         Performance Requirements for Variable Refrigerant Flow Systems
                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                           Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                     Air-cooled air conditioners
                                                                                                     and heat pumps, with or               < 19                 CSA C656                     See standard                SEER = 15 / HSPF V = 7.8 (3)
                                                                                                     without heat recovery (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EER = 11.2
                                                                                                                                       ≥ 19 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 15.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EER = 11.0
                                                                                                     Air-cooled air conditioners       ≥ 40 and < 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 14.9
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EER = 10.0
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IEER = 13.9
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EER = 10.8
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               IEER = 14.4
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          COPh = 3.30 evaluated
                                                                                                                                       ≥ 19 and < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          at 8.3ºC db / 6.1ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       COPh = 2.25 evaluated at –8.3ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              db / –9.4ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EER = 10.4
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               IEER = 13.7
                                                                                                     Air-source heat pumps, with                                                                                          COPh = 3.20 evaluated
                                                                                                                                       ≥ 40 and < 70
                                                                                                     or without heat recovery                                                                                             at 8.3ºC db / 6.1ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       COPh = 2.05 evaluated at –8.3ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              db / –9.4ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EER = 9.3
                                                                                                                                                               AHRI 1230                     See standard                      IEER = 12.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          COPh = 3.20 evaluated
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          at 8.3ºC db / 6.1ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       COPh = 2.05 evaluated at –8.3ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              db / –9.4ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EER = 11.8
                                                                                                                                           < 40                                                                                  IEER = 15.8
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pumps,                                                                                                     COPh = 4.3
                                                                                                     with or without heat recovery                                                                                                EER = 9.8
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 40                                                                                  IEER = 12.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  COPh = 4.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EER = 16.2
                                                                                                     Groundwater source heat               < 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  COPh = 3.6
                                                                                                     pumps, with or without heat
                                                                                                     recovery                                                                                                                     EER = 13.8
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  COPh = 3.3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EER = 13.2
                                                                                                                                           < 40
                                                                                                     Ground-source heat pumps,                                                                                                    COPh = 3.1
                                                                                                     with or without heat recovery                                                                                                EER = 10.8
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  COPh = 2.8

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-I:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W


                                                                                                    5-22 Division B                                                                              National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 5.2.12.1.-I (Continued)

                                                                                                                db = dry-bulb outdoor air temperature
                                                                                                               EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                            HSPF V = heating seasonal performance factor for region V (see map in CSA C656), in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                              IEER = integrated energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                             SEER = seasonal energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                                wb = wet-bulb outdoor air temperature
                                                                                                    (2)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).
                                                                                                    (3)   SEER applies to air conditioners, and both SEER and HSPF V apply to heat pumps.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                 Table 5.2.12.1.-J
                                                                                                                                 Performance Requirements for Direct-Expansion Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems
                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                     Air-cooled                                                                                See standard                         ISMRE = 1.8
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ISMRE = 1.8
                                                                                                     Air-source heat pumps                                                                     See standard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISCOP = 1.2
                                                                                                                                                                                        Cooling tower / condenser
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISMRE = 2.2
                                                                                                     Water-cooled                                                                                 water
                                                                                                                                                                                               Chilled water                        ISMRE = 2.7
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ISMRE = 1.8
                                                                                                                                                                                               Water source
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISCOP = 3.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ISMRE = 2.3
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pumps                                                               Groundwater source
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISCOP = 3.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ISMRE = 2.2
                                                                                                                                                                                        Ground-source, closed loop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISCOP = 2.0
                                                                                                     Air-cooled, with energy           All capacities       ANSI/AHRI 921 (SI)
                                                                                                                                                                                               See standard                         ISMRE = 2.4
                                                                                                     recovery
                                                                                                     Air-source heat pumps, with                                                                                                   ISMRE = 2.4
                                                                                                                                                                                               See standard
                                                                                                     energy recovery                                                                                                                ISCOP = 3.3
                                                                                                                                                                                        Cooling tower / condenser
                                                                                                     Water-cooled, with energy                                                                                                     ISMRE = 2.4
                                                                                                                                                                                                  water
                                                                                                     recovery
                                                                                                                                                                                               Chilled water                        ISMRE = 3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ISMRE = 2.2
                                                                                                                                                                                               Water source
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISCOP = 4.8
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pumps,                                                                                                      ISMRE = 2.6
                                                                                                                                                                                           Groundwater source
                                                                                                     with energy recovery                                                                                                           ISCOP = 4.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ISMRE = 2.4
                                                                                                                                                                                        Ground-source, closed loop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ISCOP = 3.8

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-J:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                             ISCOP = integrated seasonal coefficient of performance
                                                                                                             ISMRE = integrated seasonal moisture removal efficiency, in kg of moisture/kWh




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 5-23
                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.                                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 5.2.12.1.-K
                                                                                                                                            Performance Requirements for Packaged Water Chillers (1)
                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or                                                                            Minimum Performance (2)
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                            Rating Conditions                                   Path B (3)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard                                                   Path A (3)
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 2.985       COPc = 2.866
                                                                                                     Air-cooled, with or without           < 528
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 4.048       IPLV = 4.669
                                                                                                     remote condensers, all types
                                                                                                     of compressors                                                                                                      COPc = 2.985        COPc = 2.866
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 528
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 4.137        IPLV = 4.758




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 4.694        COPc = 4.513
                                                                                                                                           < 264
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 5.867        IPLV = 7.041
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 264 and <                                                                      COPc = 4.889        COPc = 4.694
                                                                                                                                            528                                                                          IPLV = 6.286        IPLV = 7.184
                                                                                                     Water-cooled, rotary screw,        ≥ 528 and <                                                                      COPc = 5.334        COPc = 5.177
                                                                                                     scroll, or reciprocating              1 055                                                                         IPLV = 6.519        IPLV = 8.001
                                                                                                     compressor                         ≥ 1 055 and                                                                      COPc = 5.771        COPc = 5.633
                                                                                                                                          < 2 110                                                                        IPLV = 6.770        IPLV = 8.586

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 6.286        COPc = 6.018
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 2 110
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 7.041        IPLV = 9.264

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 5.771        COPc = 5.065
                                                                                                                                           < 528
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 6.401        IPLV = 8.001
                                                                                                                                                              CAN/CSA-C743                     See standard
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 528 and <                                                                      COPc = 5.771        COPc = 5.544
                                                                                                     Water-cooled, centrifugal             1 055                                                                         IPLV = 6.401        IPLV = 8.801
                                                                                                     compressor
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 1 055 and                                                                      COPc = 6.286        COPc = 5.917
                                                                                                                                          < 1 407                                                                        IPLV = 6.770        IPLV = 9.027
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 6.286        COPc = 6.018
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 1 407
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 7.041        IPLV = 9.264
                                                                                                     Single-effect absorption,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   COPc = 0.600
                                                                                                     air-cooled
                                                                                                     Single-effect absorption,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   COPc = 0.700
                                                                                                     water-cooled
                                                                                                     Double-effect absorption,         All capacities                                                                              COPc = 1.000
                                                                                                     indirect fire                                                                                                                  IPLV = 1.050

                                                                                                     Double-effect absorption,                                                                                                     COPc = 1.000
                                                                                                     direct fire                                                                                                                    IPLV = 1.000


                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-K:
                                                                                                    (1)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).
                                                                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                               COPc = coefficient of performance in cooling mode, in W/W
                                                                                                                IPLV = integrated part-load value (no units)
                                                                                                    (3)   Chillers are permitted to comply with either Path A or Path B of CAN/CSA-C743. Path A is generally better suited to full-load applications (i.e.,
                                                                                                          where chillers operate a significant amount of the time at full load), while Path B is generally better suited to part-load applications.




                                                                                                    5-24 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.2.12.1.-L
                                                                                                                                 Performance Requirements for Heat Pumps and Heat Recovery Chiller Packages
                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or                                                                            Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard                                                   Path A (2)          Path B (2)
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 2.836         COPc = 2.723
                                                                                                                                           < 528                                                                         IPLV = 3.846         IPLV = 4.436
                                                                                                     Air-source heat pumps, in
                                                                                                     cooling mode
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 2.836         COPc = 2.723
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 528




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 3.930         IPLV = 4.520
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 4.659         COPc = 4.287
                                                                                                                                           < 264
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 5.574         IPLV = 6.689
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 264 and <                                                                      COPc = 4.645         COPc = 4.459
                                                                                                                                            528                                                                          IPLV = 5.972         IPLV = 6.825
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pumps
                                                                                                     and heat recovery chillers,
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 528 and <                                                                      COPc = 5.067         COPc = 4.918
                                                                                                     rotary screw, scroll, or
                                                                                                                                           1 055                                                                         IPLV = 6.193         IPLV = 7.601
                                                                                                     reciprocating compressor, in
                                                                                                     cooling mode                                         ANSI/AHRI 551/591 (SI)               See standard
                                                                                                                                        ≥ 1 055 and                                                                      COPc = 5.482         COPc = 5.351
                                                                                                                                          < 2 110                                                                        IPLV = 6.432         IPLV = 8.157
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 5.072         COPc = 5.717
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 2 110
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 6.689         IPLV = 8.801
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 5.482         COPc = 4.812
                                                                                                                                           < 264
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 6.081         IPLV = 7.601
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pumps            ≥ 264 and <                                                                      COPc = 5.482         COPc = 5.267
                                                                                                     and heat recovery chillers,            528                                                                          IPLV = 6.081         IPLV = 6.361
                                                                                                     centrifugal compressor, in         ≥ 528 and <                                                                       COPc = 5.972        COPc = 5.621
                                                                                                     cooling mode                          1 055                                                                          IPLV = 6.432        IPLV = 8.567
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         COPc = 5.972         COPc = 5.717
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 1 055
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IPLV = 6.689         IPLV = 8.801

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-L:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                               COPc = coefficient of performance in cooling mode, in W/W
                                                                                                                IPLV = integrated part-load value (no units)
                                                                                                    (2)   Chillers are permitted to comply with either Path A or Path B of CAN/CSA-C743. Path A is generally better suited to full-load applications (i.e.,
                                                                                                          where chillers operate a significant amount of the time at full load), while Path B is generally better suited to part-load applications.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 5-25
                                                                                                    5.2.12.1.                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table 5.2.12.1.-M
                                                                                                          Performance Requirements for Heat Pumps and Heat-Recovery Chiller Packages Based on Leaving Water Temperature
                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                         Cooling or                                                                  Minimum Performance (2)
                                                                                                                                                          Performance Testing
                                                                                                           Type of Equipment              Heating                                      Rating Conditions (1)     If LWT =     If LWT =   If LWT =
                                                                                                                                                                Standard
                                                                                                                                        Capacity, kW                                                                40ºC         50ºC       60ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 COPh =       COPh =         COPh =
                                                                                                                                                                                      EAT = 8ºC db / 6ºC wb
                                                                                                     Air-source heat pumps, in                                                                                    3.350        2.720          2.330
                                                                                                                                        All capacities
                                                                                                     heating mode                                                                                                COPh =       COPh =         COPh =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EAT = –8ºC db / –9ºC wb
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2.250        1.920          1.640




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 COPh =       COPh =         COPh =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EST / LST = 12ºC / 7ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4.760        3.610          2.660
                                                                                                                                          < 1 055
                                                                                                     Water-source heat pumps,                                                                                       —            —           COPh =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EST / LST = 24ºC / 19ºC
                                                                                                     rotary screw, scroll,                                                                                                                    3.530
                                                                                                     reciprocating or centrifugal                                                                                COPh =       COPh =         COPh =
                                                                                                     compressor, in heating mode                                                     EST / LST = 12ºC / 7ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.060        3.880          2.950
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 1 055        ANSI/AHRI 551/591 (SI)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    —            —           COPh =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EST / LST = 24ºC / 19ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.870
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 COPhr =      COPhr =    COPhr =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EST / LST = 12ºC / 7ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  8.550        6.290      4.390
                                                                                                                                          < 1 055
                                                                                                     Heat-recovery chillers, rotary                                                                                                      COPhr =
                                                                                                     screw, scroll, reciprocating                                                    EST / LST = 24ºC / 19ºC        —            —
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          6.100
                                                                                                     or centrifugal compressor,
                                                                                                     simultaneous heating and                                                                                    COPhr =      COPhr =    COPhr =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EST / LST = 12ºC / 7ºC
                                                                                                     cooling modes                                                                                                9.140        6.850      4.960
                                                                                                                                          ≥ 1 055
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    —            —       COPhr =
                                                                                                                                                                                     EST / LST = 24ºC / 19ºC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          6.800

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-M:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                 db = dry-bulb outdoor air temperature
                                                                                                                EAT = entering air temperature
                                                                                                                EST = entering source temperature
                                                                                                                LST = leaving source temperature
                                                                                                                 wb = wet-bulb outdoor air temperature
                                                                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W
                                                                                                             COP hr = coefficient of performance in heat-recovery mode, in W/W
                                                                                                               LWT = leaving water temperature


                                                                                                                                                                   Table 5.2.12.1.-N
                                                                                                                                                        Performance Requirements for Boilers
                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                         Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                          Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment             Heating                                       Rating Conditions            Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                Standard
                                                                                                                                        Capacity, kW

                                                                                                                                                                                                  —              Must be equipped with automatic
                                                                                                                                            < 88
                                                                                                     Electric                                                      (2)                                             water temperature control (3)
                                                                                                                                            ≥ 88                                                  —                              —
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     AFUE = 90% (water) (3)
                                                                                                                                            < 88              CAN/CSA-P.2                  See standard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     AFUE = 82% (steam) (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Et ≥ 90% (water)
                                                                                                     Gas-fired (4)                      ≥ 88 and < 733                                     See standard
                                                                                                                                                         DOE 10 CFR, Part 431,                                            Et ≥ 81% (steam)
                                                                                                                                         ≥ 733 and       Subpart E, Appendix A                                            Ec ≥ 90% (water)
                                                                                                                                                                                           See standard
                                                                                                                                          < 2 930                                                                         Et ≥ 82% (steam)



                                                                                                    5-26 Division B                                                                           National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.2.12.1.-N (Continued)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               AFUE = 86% (water)
                                                                                                                                            < 88               CAN/CSA-P.2                     See standard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               AFUE = 85% (steam)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Et = 87% (water)
                                                                                                     Oil-fired                         ≥ 88 and < 733                                          See standard
                                                                                                                                                          DOE 10 CFR, Part 431,                                                  Et = 84% (steam)
                                                                                                                                         ≥ 733 and        Subpart E, Appendix A                                                  Ec = 88% (water)
                                                                                                                                                                                               See standard
                                                                                                                                          < 2 930                                                                                Et = 85% (steam)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-N:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                               AFUE = annual fuel utilization efficiency
                                                                                                                    Ec = combustion efficiency
                                                                                                                   Et = thermal efficiency
                                                                                                    (2)   No standards address the heating performance efficiency of electric boilers; however, their thermal efficiency is typically normalized at 97% in
                                                                                                          the testing standards.
                                                                                                    (3)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).
                                                                                                    (4)   Includes propane.


                                                                                                                                                            Table 5.2.12.1.-O
                                                                                                                 Performance Requirements for Warm-Air Furnaces, Combination Warm-Air Furnace/Air-conditioning Units,
                                                                                                                                                    Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                        Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                           Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment            Heating                                             Rating Conditions                Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                       Capacity, kW
                                                                                                                                                          DOE 10 CFR, Part 430,
                                                                                                                                            < 66                                                                           FER = 0.044 × Qmax + 165 (3)(4)
                                                                                                     Electric furnaces                                   Subpart B, Appendix Aa (2)                  —
                                                                                                                                            ≥ 66                     (2)                                                                 —
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 AFUE = 95% (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Without integrated cooling
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             FER = 0.044 × Qmax + 195
                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CSA-P.2 and DOE 10
                                                                                                                                                                                          Outdoor furnaces with                  AFUE = 78% (3)
                                                                                                                                                         CFR, Part 430, Subpart
                                                                                                                                            ≤ 66                                           integrated cooling                FER = 0.044 × Qmax + 199
                                                                                                     Gas-fired warm-air                                     B, Appendix Aa
                                                                                                     furnaces (5)(6)                                                                      Through-the-wall, with                 AFUE = 90% (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                            integrated cooling               FER = 0.044 × Qmax + 195
                                                                                                                                                                                        Three-phase electric supply          AFUE = 78% or Et = 80%
                                                                                                                                                           ANSI Z21.47/CSA 2.3
                                                                                                                                       > 66 and ≤ 117                                          See standard                           Et = 81%
                                                                                                     Gas-fired packaged
                                                                                                                                          ≤ 2 931         CAN/CSA-P.8, Annex C                 See standard                          Et = 80%
                                                                                                     furnaces (5)
                                                                                                     Gas-fired duct furnaces (5)(6)       ≤ 2 931          ANSI Z83.8/CSA 2.6                  See standard                          Et = 81%
                                                                                                     Gas-fired unit heaters (3)(5)        ≤ 2 931             CAN/CSA-P.11                     See standard                           Et = 82%
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Et = 84.5%
                                                                                                                                            ≤ 66               CAN/CSA-P.2                     See standard
                                                                                                     Oil-fired warm-air furnaces                                                                                                  AFUE = 85% (3)
                                                                                                                                            > 66                CSA B140.4                     See standard                          Et = 82%
                                                                                                     Oil-fired duct furnaces and
                                                                                                                                       All capacities           CSA B140.4                     See standard                          Et = 81%
                                                                                                     unit heaters

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-O:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                              AFUE = annual fuel utilization efficiency
                                                                                                                 Et = thermal efficiency
                                                                                                                FER = fan energy rating, in W per 472 L/s


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                        Division B 5-27
                                                                                                    5.2.12.2.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.2.12.1.-O (Continued)

                                                                                                                Qmax = maximum airflow provided by the furnace at test conditions, in cfm
                                                                                                    (2)   No standards address the heating performance efficiency of electric furnaces; however, their thermal efficiency is typically normalized at 97%
                                                                                                          in the testing standard, which addresses fan efficiency rating only.
                                                                                                    (3)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A ).
                                                                                                    (4)   Must be equipped with a high-efficiency constant torque or constant airflow fan motor.
                                                                                                    (5)   Includes propane.
                                                                                                    (6)   Excludes gas-fired outdoor packaged units.


                                                                                                                                                                  Table 5.2.12.1.-P




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    Performance Requirements for Other Fuel-Burning Equipment and Appliances
                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2), 6.2.2.5.(1) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                         Cooling or
                                                                                                                                                            Performance Testing
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment             Heating                                            Rating Conditions                 Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                                                  Standard
                                                                                                                                        Capacity, kW
                                                                                                     Gas-fired fireplaces and                                                                                              FE = 50%, with direct vent and
                                                                                                                                        All capacities        CAN/CSA-P.4.1                    See standard
                                                                                                     stoves, non-decorative                                                                                                  without standing pilot light
                                                                                                                                                          EPA 40 CFR, Part 60,
                                                                                                     Solid-fuel-burning stoves          All capacities   Subpart AAA and Subpart               See standard                               —
                                                                                                                                                         QQQQ, and CSA B415.1
                                                                                                     Solid-fuel-burning boilers           < 2 000              DIN EN 303-5                    See standard                               —
                                                                                                     Gas-fired infrared heaters,
                                                                                                                                                                DIN EN 419                     See standard                          NRE ≥ 55%
                                                                                                     high-intensity (2)(3)               ≤ 117 per
                                                                                                     Gas-fired infrared heaters,           burner
                                                                                                                                                                DIN EN 416                     See standard                          NRE ≥ 45%
                                                                                                     tubular and low-intensity (2)(3)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.1.-P:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                  Eo = overall efficiency
                                                                                                                  FE = fireplace efficiency
                                                                                                                NRE = net radiant efficiency. NRE corresponds to the ratio of useful (dry) radiant output to the heat input. CAN/ANSI/AHRI 1330,
                                                                                                                          “Performance Rating for Radiant Output of Gas Fired Infrared Heaters,” uses the same test methods as DIN EN 416 and DIN
                                                                                                                          EN 419. However, CAN/ANSI/AHRI 1330 reports test results as gross radiant efficiency (GRE), which is the ratio between the
                                                                                                                          corrected radiant output to the heat input and is about 6%–9% lower than NRE, or as infrared factor (IF), which relates to GRE.
                                                                                                    (2)   Excludes gas-fired outdoor packaged units.
                                                                                                    (3)   Includes gas-fired patio heaters, high- or low-intensity, as applicable.


                                                                                                    5.2.12.2.               Heat Rejection Equipment

                                                                                                                               1) Except for equipment covered by Article 5.2.12.1. whose performance includes
                                                                                                                            heat rejection energy, this Article applies to standalone heat rejection equipment. (See
                                                                                                                            Note A-5.2.12.2.(1).)

                                                                                                                               2) Standalone heat rejection equipment and their components shall comply with
                                                                                                                            the performance requirements stated in Table 5.2.12.2.

                                                                                                                                3) Constant speed fans shall operate with cycling control to maintain the leaving
                                                                                                                            fluid temperature or condensing temperature/pressure of the heat rejection equipment
                                                                                                                            at the set-point.




                                                                                                    5-28 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             5.2.12.2.

                                                                                                                                                                       Table 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                                                                    Heat Rejection Equipment Performance Requirements
                                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentence 5.2.12.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Performance
                                                                                                                                                    Heat Rejection                                                                        Requirements (1),
                                                                                                                 Type of Equipment                                    Performance Testing Standard          Rating Conditions
                                                                                                                                                      Capacity                                                                         electrical kW / thermal
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                kW (2)
                                                                                                     Cooling towers and fluid coolers
                                                                                                           centrifugal fan, direct-contact                                                                   35°C entering water              ≤ 0.026
                                                                                                                                                                        CTI ATC-105 (3) and CTI
                                                                                                                                                                                                             29.4°C leaving water
                                                                                                           propeller or axial fan, direct-contact                            STD-201RS (3)                                                    ≤ 0.013




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                               23.9°C wet bulb
                                                                                                           centrifugal fan, indirect-contact
                                                                                                                                                                                                            38.9°C entering water             ≤ 0.061
                                                                                                           evaporative                                                  CTI ATC-105S and CTI
                                                                                                                                                     All capacities                                         32.2°C leaving water
                                                                                                           propeller or axial fan,                                           STD-201RS
                                                                                                                                                                                                               23.9°C wet bulb                ≤ 0.026
                                                                                                           indirect-contact evaporative
                                                                                                                                                                                                            46.1°C entering water
                                                                                                           propeller or axial fan, dry                                      CTI ATC-105DS                   40.6°C leaving water              ≤ 0.113
                                                                                                                                                                                                                35°C dry bulb
                                                                                                     Condensers
                                                                                                                                                                                                            R-717 test fluid: (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                             35.7°C condensing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              ≤ 0.023
                                                                                                                                                                                                             60°C entering gas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                              23.9°C wet bulb
                                                                                                           centrifugal fan, indirect-contact
                                                                                                           evaporative                                                                                     R-448A test fluid: (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                            40.6°C condensing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                            73.9°C entering gas               ≤ 0.019
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                              23.9°C wet bulb
                                                                                                                                                                             CTI ATC-106
                                                                                                                                                                                                            R-717 test fluid: (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                             35.7°C condensing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                     All capacities
                                                                                                                                                                                                             60°C entering gas                ≤ 0.019
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                              23.9°C wet bulb
                                                                                                           propeller or axial fan,
                                                                                                           indirect-contact evaporative
                                                                                                                                                                                                           R-448A test fluid: (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                            40.6°C condensing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              ≤ 0.016
                                                                                                                                                                                                            73.9°C entering gas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                              23.9°C wet bulb
                                                                                                                                                                                                             51.7°C condensing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                             87.8°C entering gas
                                                                                                           air-cooled                                                       ANSI/AHRI 460                                                     ≤ 0.015
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 temperature
                                                                                                                                                                                                              8.3°C subcooling
                                                                                                                                                                                                                35°C dry bulb

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.2.12.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   “Performance Requirements” refers to the maximum allowed total motor power demand (i.e. fan power demand combined with spray-pump power
                                                                                                          demand, where applicable) per unit of heat rejection capacity at rating conditions.
                                                                                                    (2)   The effect of any project-specific accessories and options shall be included in the performance calculation of the heat rejection equipment.
                                                                                                    (3)   The efficiencies and test procedures for both direct- and indirect-contact cooling towers are not applicable to hybrid cooling towers, which contain
                                                                                                          separate wet and dry heat exchange sections. The certification requirements stated in the standards do not apply to field-erected cooling towers.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 5-29
                                                                                                    5.2.12.3.                                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table 5.2.12.2. (Continued)
                                                                                                    (4)   The R-717 test fluid refers to ammonia, and the R-448A test fluid is a zeotropic refrigerant. Evaporative condensers intended for use with
                                                                                                          halocarbon refrigerants other than R-448A must meet the minimum performance requirements listed in the Table with R-448A as the test fluid.
                                                                                                          For ammonia, the condensing temperature is defined as the saturation temperature corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser
                                                                                                          entrance. For R-448A, the condensing temperature is defined as the arithmetic average of the dew point and the bubble point temperatures
                                                                                                          corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser entrance.


                                                                                                    5.2.12.3.              Field-Assembled Equipment and Components
                                                                                                                              1) Where components from more than one manufacturer are used as parts of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system, the system shall be designed in
                                                                                                                           accordance with good engineering practice and based on component efficiency data
                                                                                                                           provided by the component manufacturers so as to provide the overall efficiency
                                                                                                                           required by Article 5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                    5.2.12.4.              Service Water Heating Equipment Used for Space Heating
                                                                                                                              1) Service water heating equipment used solely to provide space heating or used
                                                                                                                           to provide a combination of space and service water heating shall comply with the
                                                                                                                           applicable standard listed in Table 6.2.2.1. or, where such equipment is not covered in
                                                                                                                           this Table, with the “Energy Efficiency Act” and the “Energy Efficiency Regulations.”


                                                                                                    Section 5.3. Reserved

                                                                                                    Section 5.4. Performance Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    5.4.1.                 General
                                                                                                    5.4.1.1.               Scope
                                                                                                                              1) Subject to the limitations stated in Article 5.4.1.2., where the heating, ventilating
                                                                                                                           and air-conditioning system does not comply with the requirements of Section 5.2., it
                                                                                                                           shall comply with Part 8.

                                                                                                    5.4.1.2.               Limitations
                                                                                                                              1) Notwithstanding use of the performance path, all HVAC appliances and
                                                                                                                           equipment shall comply with the applicable appliance or equipment energy efficiency
                                                                                                                           act or, in the absence of such an act or where the appliance or equipment is not covered
                                                                                                                           by such an act, with the applicable performance standard.
                                                                                                                              2) This Section does not apply to back-up HVAC systems, which shall comply
                                                                                                                           with Sentence 5.1.1.3.(2).


                                                                                                    Section 5.5. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    5.5.1.                 Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    5.5.1.1.               Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                               1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                           Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                           the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                           listed in Table 5.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    5-30 Division B                                                                            National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   5.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                          Table 5.5.1.1.                                                   Table 5.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 5                         Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 5.5.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)     5.2.4.1. Required Dampers
                                                                                                     5.2.2.2. Provision for Balancing                                    (1)         [F91,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                         5.2.4.2. Type and Location of Dampers
                                                                                                     5.2.2.3. Duct Sealing                                               (1)         [F90,F91,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F91,F99-OE1.1]                                         (2)         [F90,F91,F95-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (2)         [F91,F99-OE1.1]                                         (3)         [F92,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F91,F99-OE1.1]                                         5.2.5.2. Provision for Balancing
                                                                                                     5.2.2.4. Leakage Testing of Ducts                                   (1)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F91,F99-OE1.1]                                         5.2.5.3. Piping Insulation
                                                                                                     (2)         [F91,F99-OE1.1]                                         (1)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     5.2.2.5. Duct and Plenum Insulation                                 (4)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]                                         (6)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F93,F95-OE1.1]                                         (7)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F93-OE1.1]                                             (8)         [F93,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (8)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]                                         (9)         [F93,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (9)         [F93,F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     5.2.5.4. Protection of Piping Insulation
                                                                                                     5.2.2.6. Protection of Duct Insulation                              (1)         [F92,F93,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92,F93,F95-OE1.1]                                     (2)         [F92,F93,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92,F93,F95-OE1.1]                                     5.2.6.1. Application
                                                                                                     5.2.2.7. Cooling with Outdoor Air                                   (2)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95-OE1.1]                                             5.2.6.2. Variable-Flow Pumping Systems
                                                                                                     5.2.2.8. Cooling by Direct Use of Outdoor Air (Air Economizer       (1)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     System)                                                             5.2.6.3. Pumping Power Demand
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95-OE1.1]                                             (1)         [F95,F97,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F95-OE1.1]                                             5.2.7.1. Manufacturer's Designation
                                                                                                     (3)         [F95-OE1.1]                                             (1)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F95-OE1.1]                                             5.2.8.1. Temperature Controls
                                                                                                     (5)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     5.2.2.9. Cooling by Indirect Use of Outdoor Air (Water Economizer   (2)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     System)
                                                                                                                                                                         5.2.8.2. Temperature Control within Dwelling Units
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     5.2.3.1. Application
                                                                                                                                                                         5.2.8.3. Temperature Control in Guest Rooms and Suites in
                                                                                                     (2)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         Commercial Temporary Lodgings
                                                                                                     5.2.3.2. Constant-Volume Fan Systems                                (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]                                         5.2.8.4. Installation of Thermostats
                                                                                                     5.2.3.3. Variable-Air-Volume Fan Systems                            (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]                                         5.2.8.5. Heat Pump Controls
                                                                                                     (2)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F95,F97,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         5.2.8.6. Space Temperature Control
                                                                                                     5.2.3.4. Demand Control Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F97-OE1.1]                                         (2)         [F95-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                          Division B 5-31
                                                                                                    5.5.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 5.5.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 5.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           5.2.11.3. Seasonal Shutdown
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           (1)            [F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           5.2.11.4. Multiple Boilers
                                                                                                    5.2.8.7. Ice- and Snow-Melting Heater Controls                     (1)            [F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           (2)            [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    5.2.8.8. Control of Temperature of Air Leaving the Supply Air      (3)            [F95-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Handler
                                                                                                                                                                       5.2.11.5. Loop Temperature Reset for Chilled- and Hot-Water
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           Systems
                                                                                                    5.2.8.9. Control of Space Temperature by Reheating or Recooling    (1)            [F95,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           5.2.12.1. Unitary and Packaged HVAC Equipment
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           (1)            [F95,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           5.2.12.2. Heat Rejection Equipment
                                                                                                    5.2.9.1. Humidification Controls                                   (2)            [F95,F97,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           (3)            [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    5.2.10.1. Energy Recovery Systems                                  5.2.12.3. Field-Assembled Equipment and Components
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]                                      (1)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]                                      5.2.12.4. Service Water Heating Equipment Used for Space
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]                                      Heating

                                                                                                    (5)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]                                      (1)            [F98-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (6)          [F95-OE1.1]                                           5.4.1.2. Limitations

                                                                                                    5.2.10.2. Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Swimming          (1)            [F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    Pools
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]                                     Notes to Table 5.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                    5.2.10.3. Heat Recovery from Ice-making Machines in Ice Arenas
                                                                                                    and Curling Rinks
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F96,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    5.2.10.4. Heat Recovery in Dwelling Units
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    5.2.11.1. Off-hours Controls
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    5.2.11.2. Airflow Control Areas
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F95,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F95,F97,F99-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    5-32 Division B                                                                   National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 5
                                                                                                    Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                    Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-5.1.1.2.(2) Exemptions. Since any list of potentially exempted spaces or equipment would necessarily
                                                                                                    be incomplete, only a broad exemption statement can be provided in the Code. One example of a space
                                                                                                    that could be exempted from complying with certain Part 5 requirements is a building or room in which
                                                                                                    the processes or activities call for temperature or humidity conditions outside the normal range required
                                                                                                    for comfort.

                                                                                                    A-5.1.1.3.(1) Compliance. The flow chart in Figure A-5.1.1.3.(1) illustrates the process for the two
                                                                                                    paths of compliance applicable to Part 5.



                                                                                                                                                                   5 HVAC




                                                                                                                                                                 5.1. General




                                                                                                                                                                   Select       Performance Path
                                                                                                                                             Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                                                                                 compliance
                                                                                                                                                                    path


                                                                                                                                                                                            Building

                                                                                                                                Apply requirements of 5.2.


                                                                                                                                                                                      Apply requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                           of Part 8,
                                                                                                                                     Compliance with                                  as referenced in 5.4.
                                                                                                                                     Part 5 achieved



                                                                                                                                                                                        Compliance with
                                                                                                                                                                                        NECB achieved

                                                                                                                                                                                                          EG00750B


                                                                                                      Figure A-5.1.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                      Code compliance paths for HVAC

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                Division B 5-33
                                                                                                    A-5.1.1.3.(2)                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.1.1.3.(2) Back-up Systems. “Back-up systems” are systems installed within a building for the
                                                                                                    sole purpose of operating in the event the building's primary system is out of service due to malfunction or
                                                                                                    scheduled maintenance.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.1.1.(1) Load Calculations. ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards and, for smaller buildings, the
                                                                                                    “HRAI Digest,”are also useful sources of information on HVAC systems.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.1.(1) Design and Installation of Ducts. The following publications are a useful source of
                                                                                                    additional information on this subject:
                                                                                                      • Publications by ASHRAE:
                                                                                                            –the ASHRAE Handbooks




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      • Publications by SMACNA:
                                                                                                            –“HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible”
                                                                                                            –“Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards ”
                                                                                                            –“HVAC Systems Duct Design”
                                                                                                            –“HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual”

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.2.(1) Provision for Balancing. Balancing an air distribution system is a means of fine-tuning it
                                                                                                    so that the correct amount of air for which the heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system is designed can be
                                                                                                    delivered. Except for systems having some other means of air-volume control, such as variable air-volume
                                                                                                    systems, major supply air ducts such as main, sub-main or branch ducts intended to carry conditioned air must
                                                                                                    contain air-volume balancing dampers capable of being set for specified airflows.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.3.(1) SMACNA Duct Sealing Classification. Table A-5.2.2.3.(1) provides examples of how
                                                                                                    to achieve the SMACNA air duct leakage seal classes.

                                                                                                                                                    Table A-5.2.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                             SMACNA Duct Sealing Classification

                                                                                                          Static Pressure Class      Seal Class                                            Description
                                                                                                                   ≤ 2                   C         Sealing required at transverse joints
                                                                                                              > 2 and < 4                B         Sealing required at all transverse joints and longitudinal seams
                                                                                                                  ≥ 4                    A         Sealing required at all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations


                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.3.(4) Duct Sealing Exemption. The exemption afforded by Sentence 5.2.2.3.(4) does not
                                                                                                    apply to ducts in ceiling plenums or other service spaces that are immediately adjacent to the conditioned
                                                                                                    space served by the ducts.
                                                                                                    The rationale behind the exemption from compliance with Sentence 5.2.2.3.(1) is that the energy penalty
                                                                                                    would be insignificant if a little supply air from a duct located in the same conditioned space to which it is
                                                                                                    supplying air leaks into the conditioned space before it gets to the diffuser. However, if there is a controlled
                                                                                                    element, such as a reheat coil, mixing box or variable-air-volume box or a damper, between the leak and the
                                                                                                    diffuser, a more significant energy loss may result; these types of elements are therefore required to comply
                                                                                                    with Sentence 5.2.2.3.(1).

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.4.(1) Leakage Testing of Ducts. The choice of ducts to be tested is left to the authority
                                                                                                    having jurisdiction.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.5.(2), 5.2.5.3.(8) and 6.2.3.1.(6) Insulation Thickness. Insulation must be installed
                                                                                                    sufficiently tightly around ductwork to avoid leaving an air gap between the duct and the insulation. However,
                                                                                                    in doing so, care must be taken not to deform the insulation through excessive stretching or compression, as
                                                                                                    this will reduce its thickness and, consequently, its thermal performance.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.5.(4) Insulation Exemption for Supply Ducts and Plenums. Supply ducts and plenums,
                                                                                                    and their run-outs, need not be thermally insulated if they only serve the conditioned space in which they are
                                                                                                    located. However, any sections of this supply ductwork that pass through unconditioned spaces or through
                                                                                                    conditioned spaces (whether or not they serve the spaces) before reaching the final conditioned space served
                                                                                                    by the ductwork must be insulated in accordance with Article 5.2.2.5.


                                                                                                    5-34 Division B                                                              National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        A-5.2.2.8.(2)

                                                                                                    Figure A-5.2.2.5.(4) illustrates an example of the proper application of this Article. In this example, the central
                                                                                                    air-handling unit supply plenum is located outside the conditioned spaces it serves and must be insulated.
                                                                                                    Likewise, the sections of the supply ducts that are located outside the final conditioned space served by the
                                                                                                    ducts must be insulated. The fan coil supply plenum and the supply run-outs in all the conditioned spaces need
                                                                                                    not be insulated, since they are located within the conditioned space they serve.
                                                                                                    Designers should consider the length of uninsulated supply ducts and the temperature difference between
                                                                                                    the supply air and the air surrounding the ducts when deciding whether measures beyond the requirements
                                                                                                    of Article 5.2.2.5. are needed. For instance, uninsulated supply ducts used for cooling may be subject to
                                                                                                    condensation issues (see Note A-5.2.5.3.(1)).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     ceiling
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    fan coil




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      supply plenum
                                                                                                                  central AHU
                                                                                                                    supply
                                                                                                                    plenum




                                                                                                                                                  insulated supply duct or plenum                    conditioned space
                                                                                                                                                 uninsulated supply duct or plenum                   unconditioned space

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG02808A


                                                                                                      Figure A-5.2.2.5.(4)
                                                                                                      Example of duct and plenum insulation in conditioned and unconditioned spaces
                                                                                                      Note to Figure A-5.2.2.5.(4):
                                                                                                      (1) AHU = air-handling unit


                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.5.(8) and 5.2.5.3.(7) Installation Standards. For the purposes of Sentences 5.2.2.5.(8)
                                                                                                    and 5.2.5.3.(7), ”good practice” includes the TIAC “Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide.”

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.8.(2) Outdoor Air Intake for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. Outdoor air requirements
                                                                                                    for acceptable indoor air quality are covered in Part 6 of Division B of the NBC.

                                                                                                         High-Limit Shut-off
                                                                                                         All air economizers should be capable of automatically reducing outdoor air intake to the design minimum
                                                                                                         outdoor air quantity when outdoor air intake no longer reduces cooling energy usage. Table A-5.2.2.8.(2)
                                                                                                         shows the high-limit shut-off settings for different types of air economizers.

                                                                                                                                                               Table A-5.2.2.8.(2)
                                                                                                                                        High-Limit Shut-off (HLSO) Control Settings for Air Economizers

                                                                                                                                                                               Conditions at which Air Economizer Turns Off
                                                                                                                 Type of HLSO Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                       Equation (2)                                      Description
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Outdoor air temperature exceeds HLSO
                                                                                                     Fixed dry bulb (3)                             TOA > Tsetpoint, where 21°C ≤ Tsetpoint ≤ 24°C
                                                                                                                                                                                                      set-point temperature of air economizer
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air
                                                                                                     Differential dry bulb                          TOA > TRA
                                                                                                                                                                                                      temperature


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                      Division B 5-35
                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.8.(6)                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table A-5.2.2.8.(2) (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                    Conditions at which Air Economizer Turns Off
                                                                                                                  Type of HLSO Control (1)
                                                                                                                                                                            Equation (2)                                       Description
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Outdoor air temperature/RH exceeds the “A”
                                                                                                     Electronic enthalpy (4)                             (TOA,RHOA) > A
                                                                                                                                                                                                             setpoint curve (5)
                                                                                                     Differential enthalpy                               hOA > hRA                                           Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Outdoor air dry bulb exceeds 24°C or outside
                                                                                                     Dew-point and dry-bulb temperatures                 DPoa > 13°C or Toa > 24°C
                                                                                                                                                                                                             dew point exceeds 13°C (9.3 g/kg)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-5.2.2.8.(2):
                                                                                                    (1)   Fixed enthalpy is a prohibited type of control for the climate zones to which the NECB applies, namely zones 4 to 8.
                                                                                                    (2)   TOA = temperature outdoor air; TRA = temperature return air; hOA = enthalpy outdoor air; RHOA = relative humidity outdoor air; hRA = enthalpy
                                                                                                          return air; DPOA = dew point outdoor air
                                                                                                    (3)   Air economizer systems should have an adjustable HLSO set-point range between 21°C and 24°C so that energy consumption for cooling can be
                                                                                                          minimized based on the building's location: air economizers in buildings in locations with a higher relative humidity during the cooling season would
                                                                                                          require a lower HLSO setting approaching 21°C, while those in drier locations would use an HLSO setting approaching 24°C.
                                                                                                    (4)   Electronic enthalpy controls use a combination of humidity and dry-bulb temperature in their switching algorithm.
                                                                                                    (5)   Setpoint “A” corresponds to a curve on the psychrometric chart that goes through a point at approximately 24°C and 40% relative humidity and is
                                                                                                          nearly parallel to dry-bulb lines at low humidity levels and nearly parallel to enthalpy lines at high humidity levels.


                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.8.(6) Controls to Allow Proper Operation of Direct Expansion Systems. Preventing
                                                                                                    frost build-up on coils is an example of how the controls referred to in Sentence 5.2.2.8.(6) enable the proper
                                                                                                    operation of the equipment.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.3.1.(2) Fan System Design. Although the allowed maximum power demand of a fan system is
                                                                                                    based solely on the supply airflow, the calculation of actual power demand includes supply fans, return fans,
                                                                                                    relief fans, and fans for series fan-powered boxes, but not parallel-powered boxes or exhaust fans such as
                                                                                                    bathroom or laboratory exhausts.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.3.2.(1) Constant-Volume Fan Systems. This type of system includes bypass
                                                                                                    variable-air-volume systems in which the airflow through the fan is not varied.
                                                                                                    Both supply and return fans must be accounted for, but not exhaust fans.
                                                                                                    The power demand of the motors refers to the power drawn by the motors and not their nameplate rating.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.3.3.(1) Variable-Air-Volume Fan Systems. The power demand of supply, relief and return
                                                                                                    fans—but not that of exhaust fans—must be accounted for in Sentence 5.2.3.2.(1).
                                                                                                    The power demand of fans for series-fan-powered boxes—but not that of fans in parallel-fan-powered
                                                                                                    boxes—must be accounted for in Sentence 5.2.3.2.(1).
                                                                                                    The power demand of the motors refers to the power drawn by the motors and not their nameplate rating.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.3.4.(1)              Demand Control Ventilation Systems.

                                                                                                           Enclosed Spaces Where Fuel-Powered Equipment is Used
                                                                                                           Examples of enclosed spaces targeted by Sentence 5.2.3.4.(1) are indoor sports arenas where fuel-powered
                                                                                                           equipment is used for maintenance of the play area (such as an ice-surfacing vehicle in an ice-rink arena),
                                                                                                           warehouses with propane-fueled forklifts, and heated indoor storage garages. In such spaces, contaminant
                                                                                                           levels are often controlled through on-and-off staging of a dedicated fan system. However, some ventilation
                                                                                                           systems use variable-speed fans to modulate between a set minimum (which can be as low as 0 when the
                                                                                                           contaminant levels are low enough) and the peak airflow rates needed to control the levels of contaminants
                                                                                                           in the air. Air contaminants generally controlled by such systems are carbon monoxide (CO) and nitrous
                                                                                                           oxides (NOx), depending on the type of fuel used.
                                                                                                           Spaces where fuel-powered vehicles or mobile fuel-powered equipment or appliances are used on a
                                                                                                           semi-continuous basis (e.g., multiple forklifts actively used in a distribution warehouse) may be exempted
                                                                                                           from complying with Sentence 5.2.3.4.(1), subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
                                                                                                           However, some standards, such as ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,”


                                                                                                    5-36 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-5.2.5.3.(1)

                                                                                                        still require a minimum ventilation rate based on occupancy or other activities carried out in the space. It is
                                                                                                        expected that a means will be provided to evacuate exhaust air from fixed fuel-powered appliances and
                                                                                                        equipment directly to the outdoors. Thus, only spaces where vehicles or mobile equipment or appliances
                                                                                                        with combustion engines are used are targeted by this requirement.

                                                                                                        General
                                                                                                        Instead of providing constant airflow at peak design rates like traditional ventilation systems, demand
                                                                                                        control ventilation systems include strategies designed to modulate the minimum outdoor airflow rates
                                                                                                        required for some applications, based on a dynamic variable such as transient occupancy or vented
                                                                                                        process use.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Demand control ventilation is recognized as being an effective energy efficiency measure for certain
                                                                                                        applications and the strategies listed in Article 5.2.3.4. are deemed reliable. However, the effectiveness of
                                                                                                        other demand control ventilation strategies can vary significantly according to the application for which
                                                                                                        they are being used and their implementation, occupant density, and the type, placement and calibration of
                                                                                                        the sensor.
                                                                                                        Most notably, the improper implementation of CO2-based demand control ventilation systems that
                                                                                                        modulate outdoor airflow rates to occupied spaces can lead to the over- or under-ventilation of the spaces,
                                                                                                        resulting in either excessive energy use or health and safety issues for the occupants. Thus, demand control
                                                                                                        ventilation strategies should be implemented in accordance with the latest best practices. See ASHRAE
                                                                                                        publications or other applicable documents for additional information.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.3.4.(2) Demand Control Ventilation Systems for Commercial Kitchens. The
                                                                                                    conditioning of the outdoor air that is required to replace the air exhausted from a commercial kitchen, along
                                                                                                    with the associated fan energy, imposes a significant energy burden, typically representing more than half of
                                                                                                    the total HVAC load in a commercial food-service facility. The energy consumption of ventilation systems that
                                                                                                    are installed in quick-service, full-service and institutional facility kitchens can be greatly reduced through the
                                                                                                    installation of demand control ventilation systems. These systems adjust the amount of exhaust air required to
                                                                                                    maintain acceptable conditions for kitchen staff based on the cooking load, which varies throughout the day.
                                                                                                    They reduce the volume of exhaust and make-up air through fan staging or variable speed drives.
                                                                                                    Typically, a commercial kitchen exhaust system consists of one exhaust fan, which is ducted to one or more
                                                                                                    kitchen exhaust hoods, and a make-up-air unit. While quick-service restaurants will have one to three hoods
                                                                                                    with individual exhaust fans, with total system exhaust quantities ranging from 708 L/s (1 500 cfm) to 2 360 L/s
                                                                                                    (5 000 cfm), the largest commercial kitchens (institutional food-service facilities) may have four to eight hoods,
                                                                                                    with an exhaust fan ducted to one or two hoods, and total kitchen exhaust volumes ranging from 7 551 L/s
                                                                                                    (16 000 cfm) to 14 158 L/s (30 000 cfm). To summarize, institutional food-service kitchens may have up to four
                                                                                                    kitchen exhaust “systems,” which would individually require the demand control ventilation technology.
                                                                                                    ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1, “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings,” recognizes
                                                                                                    that demand control ventilation is a key factor in the design of energy-efficient commercial kitchen ventilation
                                                                                                    systems. It prescribes the use of cooking activity sensors, such as duct temperature sensors, smoke detectors,
                                                                                                    and infrared sensors.
                                                                                                    Attention must be given to the design of appliance exhaust hoods, the location of cooking appliances, and
                                                                                                    the proximity of the make-up air intake vents to ensure compliance with other requirements that apply
                                                                                                    to commercial kitchens.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.5.2.(1) Provision for Balancing. Balancing a hydronic system is a means of fine-tuning it so that
                                                                                                    the correct amount of fluid for which the system is designed can be delivered to each of the sectors served.
                                                                                                    Pumps and major circuit divisions must be installed with adequate access to the fluid to measure differential
                                                                                                    pressure or flow, and must be equipped with a means of adjusting the flow.
                                                                                                    The following publications are useful sources of information on hydronic systems:
                                                                                                      • ANSI/ASHRAE 111, “Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems”
                                                                                                      • the ASHRAE Handbooks
                                                                                                      • publications by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau

                                                                                                    A-5.2.5.3.(1) Other Considerations. The required minimum thicknesses of insulation do not take into
                                                                                                    consideration water vapour transmission and condensation, burn protection, and severe climatic conditions;
                                                                                                    additional insulation, vapour barriers, or both, may be required to limit these.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 5-37
                                                                                                    A-5.2.6.2.(1)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.2.6.2.(1) Variable-Flow Pumping Systems. Flow may be varied by one of several methods such
                                                                                                    as variable-speed-driven pumps, staged multiple pumps or pumps riding their characteristic performance
                                                                                                    curves, etc. Sentence 5.2.6.2.(1) reduces the use of three-way valves.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.3.(1)     Occupancy Controls and Set-back Temperature.

                                                                                                        Occupancy Controls
                                                                                                        Examples of occupancy controls that could be used to meet the requirement of Sentence 5.2.8.3.(1) include,
                                                                                                        but are not limited to, captive key systems (or key-card systems) and infra-red, ultrasonic or microwave
                                                                                                        motion-sensing systems.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Set-back Temperature
                                                                                                        The set-back temperature should be determined using good engineering practice such as that described in
                                                                                                        ANSI/ASHRAE 55, “Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy.”

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.4.(1)     Mounting Height and Location of Thermostats.

                                                                                                        Mounting Height of Thermostats
                                                                                                        Article 3.8.3.8. of Division B of the NBC contains a specific requirement regarding the mounting height
                                                                                                        of thermostats located in a barrier-free path of travel; the use of thermostats with separate sensors and
                                                                                                        controls may be the best option in such spaces.

                                                                                                        Location of Thermostats
                                                                                                        Examples of locations to be avoided are exterior walls and locations near exterior entrances, corners and
                                                                                                        within throw of supply air diffusers. Installation should include all necessary settings and adjustments,
                                                                                                        including, in the case of electric heaters, setting of the heat anticipator to match the capacity of the heaters
                                                                                                        being controlled, as required on some thermostats for performance certification.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.5.(1) and 5.2.11.1.(2)(e) Supplementary Heater. For the purposes of Sentence 5.2.8.5.(1)
                                                                                                    and Clause 5.2.11.1.(2)(e), “supplementary” heat or heater refers to the provision of heat over and above the
                                                                                                    capacity of the heat pump in order to meet peak heating load demand.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.6.(2)(a) Thermostatic Controls for Perimeter Systems. Clause 5.2.8.6.(2)(a) is intended
                                                                                                    to prohibit the use of an outdoor sensor as the sole control that determines the heat supplied to a space.
                                                                                                    However, a single-zone thermostat is permitted to be used to measure the radiation for each building exposure
                                                                                                    as input to control the heat supplied to the perimeter system.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.6.(3) Heating and Cooling Controls. The requirement in Sentence 5.2.8.6.(3) can be met
                                                                                                    by means of software in a direct digital control system, or through the provision of a concealed, adjustable
                                                                                                    mechanical stop in each thermostat.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.8.(2) Reheating Supply Air for Humidity Control. Sentence 5.2.8.8.(2) could apply to
                                                                                                    spaces such as computer rooms, operating rooms and museums. Theatres often require reheating since the
                                                                                                    cooling coil discharge temperature necessary to maintain reasonable humidity levels is too low for adequate
                                                                                                    comfort conditions.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.8.9.(4) Minimum Airflow Rate to a Temperature-Control Zone. In addition to the
                                                                                                    reduction in airflow rate referred to in Sentence 5.2.8.9.(4), the minimum airflow rate may also be dictated
                                                                                                    by considerations in other applicable codes or accreditation standards, such as air pressure relationships
                                                                                                    or minimum air change rates.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.1.(1) Energy Recovery Systems. Energy recovery systems use technologies such as glycol
                                                                                                    run-around systems, heat pipes, air-to-air heat exchangers, and heat or enthalpy wheels. Each technology has
                                                                                                    its own advantages so selecting the most suitable type of energy recovery system for a particular exhaust air
                                                                                                    system will depend on the HVAC system’s application, the ratio of exhaust/relief air volumes to supply air
                                                                                                    volumes, potential for cross-contamination of the exhaust/relief airstream, exhaust air recirculation, and the
                                                                                                    incoming ventilation airstream, as well as the energy recovery system’s effectiveness, which is typically stated
                                                                                                    in the system’s specifications.


                                                                                                    5-38 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                           A-5.2.11.1.(2)(e)

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.1.(4) Energy Recovery Effectiveness. The equation in Sentence 5.2.10.1.(4) is reproduced
                                                                                                    from ASHRAE/IES 90.1, “User's Manual.” In AHRI 1061 (SI), “Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for
                                                                                                    Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment,” the corresponding variables are referred to as follows:
                                                                                                       hOA entering: Entering Supply Airflow, Station 1, and X1
                                                                                                       hOA leaving: Leaving Supply Airflow, Station 2 and X2
                                                                                                       hRA: Entering Exhaust Airflow, Station 3 and X3

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.1.(6) Energy Recovery System Controls. The operation of energy recovery systems
                                                                                                    should not entail the unnecessary operation of mechanical heating and cooling systems. Similarly, where HVAC
                                                                                                    systems incorporate air economizer systems, as described in Article 5.2.2.8., the energy recovery systems
                                                                                                    should be equipped with controls and/or equipment that allow the air economizers to operate optimally




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    without requiring additional heating or cooling. This is commonly accomplished through the addition of face
                                                                                                    and by-pass dampers across the energy recovery system.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.2.(1) Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Swimming Pools. Sentence 5.2.10.2.(1)
                                                                                                    is not intended to require that all exhaust air from the swimming pool area pass through a heat-recovery unit,
                                                                                                    only sufficient air to recover 40% of the total sensible heat. Most heat-recovery units can recover more than
                                                                                                    40% of the sensible heat from the exhaust air, but because it may not be cost-effective to reclaim heat from all
                                                                                                    exhaust systems, the overall recovery requirement is set at 40%.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.3.(1) Heat Recovery from Ice-making Machines in Ice Arenas and Curling
                                                                                                    Rinks. Heat recovered from refrigeration equipment can also be used for ice resurfacing or heating the
                                                                                                    soil beneath the ice's surface to prevent frost heave.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.4.(1) Heat Recovery in Dwelling Units. The NBC contains detailed requirements for the
                                                                                                    mechanical ventilation of dwelling units. As the NECB only addresses the objective of energy efficiency,
                                                                                                    requirements that address other objectives can be found in the NBC and NPC. Therefore, the requirements of
                                                                                                    this Code should be read in conjunction with those of the NBC. For example, the requirements of Subsection
                                                                                                    9.32.3. of Division B of the NBC can be satisfied using a heat-recovery ventilator but can also be satisfied
                                                                                                    with other types of ventilation equipment. In cases where the NECB requires heat recovery from the exhaust
                                                                                                    component of the ventilation system, a heat-recovery ventilator is often the most likely choice.
                                                                                                    Article 9.32.3.4. of Division B of the NBC describes the principal exhaust component of a mechanical ventilation
                                                                                                    system, which represents 50% of the total ventilation capacity required by Article 9.32.3.3. of that Code.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.4.(2) Heat-Recovery Ventilators. CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for
                                                                                                    rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” describes a laboratory test that determines the
                                                                                                    energy performance of a heat-recovery ventilator. Test results for many models are listed in HVI's “Certified
                                                                                                    Home Ventilating Products Directory.” The results also usually appear on a label on the equipment itself or in
                                                                                                    the manufacturer's published literature.
                                                                                                    Sentence 5.2.10.4.(2) is not intended to preclude the use of energy-recovery ventilators (ERVs).

                                                                                                    A-5.2.10.4.(5) Heat-Recovery Ventilators in Multi-Unit Residential Buildings. Heat-recovery
                                                                                                    ventilators used in multi-unit residential buildings must not allow any cross-contamination of airflow from one
                                                                                                    dwelling unit to another as per the NBC. The minimum sensible-heat-recovery efficiency can be calculated in
                                                                                                    accordance with ASHRAE/IES 90.1, “User's Manual.”

                                                                                                    A-5.2.11.1.(1) Off-hours Controls. For a system serving only a single dwelling unit, one way to satisfy
                                                                                                    Sentence 5.2.11.1.(1) is to use an automatic programmable thermostat that permits automatic setback of the
                                                                                                    thermostat setpoint. For larger buildings with more than one system, a central control is recommended.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.11.1.(2)(d) Reducing or Shutting off Outdoor Air Intake. Setback and morning startup
                                                                                                    periods are examples of periods when outdoor air intake may be reduced or shut off.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.11.1.(2)(e) Heat Pump Controls for Recovery from Setback. The requirements of
                                                                                                    Clause 5.2.11.1.(2)(e) can be achieved through several methods:
                                                                                                     (a) installation of a separate exterior temperature sensor,
                                                                                                     (b) setting a gradual rise of the control point, or
                                                                                                     (c) installation of controls that “learn” when to start recovery based on stored data.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                  Division B 5-39
                                                                                                    A-5.2.11.2.(3)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.2.11.2.(3) Temperature Control for Airflow Control Areas. All of the zones in a building
                                                                                                    should not have to be conditioned when only some of them are occupied. At the very least, each floor should be
                                                                                                    able to be isolated; where the floor surface area exceeds 2 500 m2, it should be divided into areas no greater
                                                                                                    than 2 500 m2.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.12.1.(1) Unitary and Packaged HVAC Equipment. Units of equipment subject to federal,
                                                                                                    provincial or territorial appliance or equipment energy efficiency acts carry a label certifying that their
                                                                                                    performance meets the requirements of the standard and acts shown thereon; there is therefore no need for
                                                                                                    figures to be checked.
                                                                                                    In cases where third-party certification is not feasible (due to the absence or limitations of certification programs
                                                                                                    or testing facilities), the equipment’s performance is usually demonstrated with data that is obtained in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    accordance with the referenced testing standard and supplied by the manufacturer.
                                                                                                    It should be noted that, where a building is served by multiple heating or cooling units that are activated in
                                                                                                    sequence in response to increasing heating or cooling needs, it is likely economically justified to specify higher
                                                                                                    efficiency than is mandated in this Code for the lead units, which operate for the longest periods of time.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.12.1.(1) and 6.2.2.1.(1)        Performance Requirements and Levels.

                                                                                                        Performance Requirements
                                                                                                        HVAC and service water heating equipment standards are reviewed and updated on a regular basis,
                                                                                                        whereas the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” are revised or updated to include new types of equipment at
                                                                                                        irregular intervals. The regulations follow a legislative protocol prior to becoming a federal requirement.
                                                                                                        This means that the publication of revisions to these documents does not always coincide with the
                                                                                                        publication of a new edition of the Code. As such, the performance requirement of any equipment or
                                                                                                        component in Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to 5.2.12.1.-P and 6.2.2.1. can change without notice between Code cycles.

                                                                                                        Performance Levels
                                                                                                        The federal “Energy Efficiency Act,” which was introduced in 1992, provides for the development and
                                                                                                        enforcement of regulations concerning minimum energy performance levels for energy-using products
                                                                                                        and products that affect energy use, as well as the labeling of energy-using products and the collection
                                                                                                        of data on energy use.
                                                                                                        The “Energy Efficiency Regulations,” which came into effect in 1995, establish energy efficiency standards
                                                                                                        for a wide range of energy-using products imported into Canada or manufactured in Canada with the
                                                                                                        objective of eliminating the least energy-efficient products from the Canadian market. They set test
                                                                                                        procedures and require that each product carry a verification mark from a product certification body
                                                                                                        accredited by the Standards Council of Canada, which certifies that the product's energy performance is
                                                                                                        in compliance with the Regulations' energy efficiency standard for that type of product. The Regulations
                                                                                                        are amended on a regular basis in accordance with the federal government's regulatory process; a
                                                                                                        summary of the current Regulations is available at www.nrcan.gc.ca/energy-efficiency/energy-efficiency-
                                                                                                        regulations/guide-canadas-energy-efficiency-regulations/6861.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.12.2.(1) Heat Rejection Equipment. Standalone heat rejection equipment refers to equipment,
                                                                                                    such as cooling towers, fluid coolers and condensers, which can be categorized as follows:
                                                                                                      • “Direct-contact” refers to equipment where the heat transfer fluid is in direct contact with the atmosphere.
                                                                                                         Heat rejection to the environment is mainly realized by partial evaporation of water (the heat transfer
                                                                                                         fluid). This is typical of most cooling towers where water is circulated in an open loop.
                                                                                                      • “Indirect-contact” (also called “closed-circuit”) refers to equipment where the heat transfer fluid circulates
                                                                                                         in a heat exchanger thus separating it from the atmosphere. There is no evaporation of the heat transfer
                                                                                                         fluid. This is typical of most refrigerant condensers and liquid coolers where the heat transfer fluid
                                                                                                         is circulated in a closed loop.
                                                                                                      • “Evaporative” refers to indirect-contact equipment whose heat rejection capacity is enhanced during
                                                                                                         warm weather by spraying water on the air-side of the heat exchanger. The heat rejection capacity of the
                                                                                                         equipment is increased due to the partial evaporation of the water circulated in an open-loop. During cold
                                                                                                         weather, the water spray is stopped and the equipment operates as strictly air-cooled. This is typical of
                                                                                                         indirect-contact cooling towers and evaporative condensers.
                                                                                                      • “Air-cooled” refers to indirect-contact equipment where heat rejection is realized by passing air over the
                                                                                                         heat exchanger, which cools or condenses the heat transfer fluid. This is typical of most condensers
                                                                                                         and liquid coolers.


                                                                                                    5-40 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 6
                                                                                                    Service Water Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       6.1.          General
                                                                                                       6.1.1.        General .............................................. 6-1

                                                                                                       6.2.          Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                       6.2.1.        System Design .................................. 6-1
                                                                                                       6.2.2.        Water Heating Equipment and
                                                                                                                     Storage Vessels ................................ 6-1
                                                                                                       6.2.3.        Piping ................................................ 6-5
                                                                                                       6.2.4.        Controls ............................................ 6-6
                                                                                                       6.2.5.        Systems with More Than One
                                                                                                                     End Use Design Temperature ......... 6-7
                                                                                                       6.2.6.        Hot Service Water ............................ 6-7
                                                                                                       6.2.7.        Swimming Pools ............................... 6-7
                                                                                                       6.2.8.        Pressure Booster Systems .............. 6-8

                                                                                                       6.3.          Reserved
                                                                                                       6.4.          Performance Path
                                                                                                       6.4.1.        General .............................................. 6-8

                                                                                                       6.5.          Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       6.5.1.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ........................................ 6-8

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 6 ................ 6-11




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 6
                                                                                                    Service Water Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 6.1. General
                                                                                                    6.1.1.            General
                                                                                                    6.1.1.1.          Scope
                                                                                                                        1) This Part is concerned with the systems used to heat service water and with
                                                                                                                      pumping systems that are part of service water systems.

                                                                                                    6.1.1.2.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) Except for systems and equipment used exclusively for firefighting services,
                                                                                                                      this Part applies to service water heating and pumping systems.

                                                                                                    6.1.1.3.          Compliance
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), compliance with this Part shall be achieved
                                                                                                                      by following
                                                                                                                          a) the prescriptive path described in Section 6.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) the performance path described in Section 6.4. (see Note A-3.1.1.3.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-6.1.1.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Back-up systems shall comply with the prescriptive requirements stated in
                                                                                                                      Section 6.2.

                                                                                                    6.1.1.4.          Definitions
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.


                                                                                                    Section 6.2. Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                    6.2.1.            System Design
                                                                                                    6.2.1.1.          Regulations
                                                                                                                         1) Service water systems shall be designed in accordance with the relevant
                                                                                                                      provincial, territorial or municipal building regulations or, in the absence of such
                                                                                                                      regulations, or where service water systems are not covered by such regulations, with
                                                                                                                      the NPC.

                                                                                                    6.2.2.            Water Heating Equipment and Storage Vessels
                                                                                                    6.2.2.1.          Equipment Efficiency
                                                                                                                         1) Service water heaters and pool heaters with the capacities listed in Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                      shall comply with the performance requirements stated therein. (See Notes A-6.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                      and A-5.2.12.1.(1) and 6.2.2.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 6-1
                                                                                                       Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                                Table 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                       Service Water Heating Equipment Performance Requirements
                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentences 5.2.12.4.(1), 6.2.2.1.(1), 6.2.2.4.(2) and 6.2.2.5.(1)

                                                                                                            Rated Storage       Volume of Tank                    Performance Testing
6-2 Division B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         6.2.2.1.
                                                          Type of Equipment              Input Power                                               Input/Vs, W/L                                Rating Conditions (1)   Performance Requirement (2)(3)
                                                                                                            Capacity (Vr), L        (Vs), L                             Standard
                                                                                                                                      Electric-Powered Service Water Heaters
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Bottom inlet           SL ≤ 40 + (0.2 Vr)
                                                                                                            ≥ 50 and ≤ 270
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Top inlet             SL ≤ 35 + (0.2 Vr)
                                                                                          ≤ 12 kW                                     —                 —            CAN/CSA-C191
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Bottom inlet          SL ≤ (0.472 Vr) – 33.5
                                                                                                           > 270 and ≤ 454
                                                    Storage-type (4)                                                                                                                                  Top inlet            SL ≤ (0.472 Vr) – 38.5
                                                                                                                                                                   ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA
                                                                                                                  —                   —                 —         4.3 (5) or DOE 10 CFR,
                                                                                          > 12 kW                                                                                                    ΔT = 44.4°C            SL ≤ 0.3 + 102.2/Vr
                                                                                                                                                                  Part 431, Subpart G,
                                                                                                                                                                         Appendix B
                                                                                         ≤ 24 A and               —                   —                 —                                                —
                                                    Storage-type, heat pump                                                                                          CAN/CSA-C745                                                 EF ≥ 2.1
                                                                                          ≤ 250 V
                                                    Instantaneous                            —                    —                   —                 —                    —                           —                            (6)

                                                                                                                                          Fuel-Fired Service Water Heaters
                                                                                                                                                                                                   FHR < 68             UEF ≥ 0.3456 – (0.00053 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                                68 ≤ FHR < 193          UEF ≥ 0.5982 – (0.00050 Vs)
                                                                                                                                ≥ 76 and < 208
                                                                                                                                                                                                193 ≤ FHR < 284         UEF ≥ 0.6483 – (0.00045 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                                   FHR ≥ 284            UEF ≥ 0.6920 – (0.00034 Vs)
                                                                                          ≤ 22 kW                 —                                     —             CAN/CSA-P.3
                                                                                                                                                                                                   FHR < 68             UEF ≥ 0.6470 – (0.00016 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                                68 ≤ FHR < 193          UEF ≥ 0.7689 – (0.00013 Vs)
                                                     Gas-fired, storage-type (4)(7)                                            ≥ 208 and < 380
                                                                                                                                                                                                193 ≤ FHR < 284         UEF ≥ 0.7897 – (0.00011 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                                   FHR ≥ 284            UEF ≥ 0.8072 – (0.00008 Vs)
                                                                                         > 22 kW and                                  —                 —
                                                                                                                ≤ 454                                                 CAN/CSA-P.3                All values of FHR      UEF ≥ 0.8107 – (0.00021 Vs)
                                                                                          ≤ 30.5 kW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Et ≥ 90%
                                                                                                                  —                   —                 —         DOE 10 CFR, Part 431,
                                                                                          All others                                                                                                 ΔT = 50°C             SL ≤ 0.84 [(1.25 Q) +
                                                                                                                                                                  Subpart G, Appendix A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               (16.57 √Vr)]
                                                                                                                                                                                                     < 6.4 L/min               UEF ≥ 0.86
                                                                                          < 59 kW                ≤ 7.6                                                CAN/CSA-P.3
                                                                                                                                      —                                                              ≥ 6.4 L/min               UEF ≥ 0.87
                                                    Gas-fired, instantaneous (4)(7)(8)                                                                ≥ 310
                                                                                                                  —                                               DOE 10 CFR, Part 431,                  —
                                                                                          All others                                                                                                                              Et ≥ 94%
                                                                                                                                                                  Subpart G, Appendix C

National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Division B
                                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                             Table 6.2.2.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                           Rated Storage        Volume of Tank                        Performance Testing
                                                            Type of Equipment           Input Power                                                 Input/Vs, W/L                                     Rating Conditions (1)   Performance Requirement (2)(3)
                                                                                                           Capacity (Vr), L         (Vs), L                                 Standard
                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CSA-B211                            —               EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          FHR < 68            UEF ≥ 0.2509 – (0.00032 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                         ≤ 30.5 kW              > 76                   —                  —                                            68 ≤ FHR < 193         UEF ≥ 0.5330 – (0.00042 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                          CAN/CSA-P.3
                                                                                                                                                                                                       193 ≤ FHR < 284        UEF ≥ 0.6078 – (0.00042 Vs)
                                                     Oil-fired, storage-type (4)                                                                                                                          FHR ≥ 284           UEF ≥ 0.6815 – (0.00037 Vs)
                                                                                        > 30.5 kW                                      —
                                                                                                               ≤ 454                                    < 310             CAN/CSA-P.3                  All values of FHR      UEF ≥ 0.6740 – (0.00035 Vs)
                                                                                       and ≤ 41 kW
                                                                                                                 —                     —                  —          DOE 10 CFR, Part 431,                      —                      Et ≥ 80%
                                                                                         All others
                                                                                                                                                                     Subpart G, Appendix A                                     SL ≤ (1.25 Q) + (16.57 √Vr)
                                                                                                                 —                     —                  —          DOE 10 CFR, Part 430,                      —
                                                                                         ≤ 61.5 kW                                                                                                                               EF ≥ 0.59 – (0.0005 Vr)
                                                                                                                                                                     Subpart B, Appendix E
                                                     Oil-fired, instantaneous (4)                                                   < 37.8                                                                      —                       Et ≥ 80%
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




                                                                                                                 —                                                   DOE 10 CFR, Part 431,
                                                                                         All others                                                     ≥ 310                                                                          Et ≥ 78%
                                                                                                                                    ≥ 37.8                           Subpart G, Appendix A                   ΔT = 50°C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               SL ≤ (1.25 Q) + (16.57 √Vr)
                                                                                                                                       Solar Thermal Service Water Heaters
                                                     With electric back-up                                                                                                                                                             SEF ≥ 1.4
                                                                                       All capacities            —                     —                  —            ICC 900/SRCC 300                  See standard
                                                     With gas-fired back-up (7)                                                                                                                                                        SEF ≥ 0.9
                                                                                                                                                     Pool Heaters
                                                                                                                                                                      ANSI Z21.56/CSA 4.7
                                                     Gas-fired (7)                      < 117.2 kW                                                                                                                                      Et ≥ 82%
                                                                                                                 —                     —                  —               or CSA P.6                     See standard
                                                     Oil-fired                               —                                                                           CSA B140.12                                                    Et ≥ 78%
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Outdoor air
                                                     Heat pump                           All values              —                     —                  —              AHRI 1160 (I-P)             10°C db / 6.8°C wb                 4.0 COP
                                                                                                                                                                                                     26.7°C entering water

                                                    Notes to Table 6.2.2.1.:
                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations used in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                 db = dry-bulb outdoor air temperature
                                                                FHR = first-hour rating: the amount of hot service water supplied within the first hour, in L
                                                                 ΔT = difference in temperature of water from inlet versus water from outlet of water heater
                                                                 wb = wet-bulb outdoor air temperature
                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations used in this column have the following meanings:
                                                               COP = coefficient of performance
                                                                  Et = thermal efficiency with a 38.9°C (70°F) water temperature difference
                                                                 EF = energy factor
                                                                  Q = rated input, in kW
                                                                SEF = solar energy factor: a normalized ratio of energy output over energy consumption (only electricity or fuel input) over a 24-h period
Division B 6-3
                                                                 SL = standby losses, in %/h or in W, depending on which testing standard is used
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               6.2.2.1.
                                                                UEF = uniform energy factor
                                                                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                             Table 6.2.2.1. (Continued)

                                                                   Vr = rated volume, as specified by the manufacturer
                                                                   Vs = volume of tank, as measured in accordance with the listed test standard, in L
                                                    (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      6.2.2.1.
                                                          Where more than one performance requirement applies to a given type/capacity/size combination, the equipment must comply with at least one of them.
6-4 Division B

                                                    (4)   Components or equipment regulated in the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” at the time of publication of the Code (see Article 1.1.1.3. of Division A).
                                                    (5)   When testing an electric storage-type service water heater for standby losses using the test procedure described in the referenced standard, the electrical supply voltage shall be maintained within ±1%
                                                          of the centre of the voltage range specified on the water heater nameplate. Also, when needed for calculations, the thermal efficiency (Et) shall be 98%.
                                                    (6)   No standards address the performance efficiency of electric instantaneous service water heaters; however, their efficiency typically approaches 100%.
                                                    (7)   Includes propane.
                                                    (8)   See also Article 6.2.2.3.




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Division B
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             6.2.3.1.

                                                                                                    6.2.2.2.          Equipment Insulation
                                                                                                                         1) Except for tanks covered by Article 6.2.2.1., hot service water storage tanks shall
                                                                                                                      be covered with insulation having a maximum U-value of 0.45 W/(m2×K).
                                                                                                                         2) Tank insulation referred to in Sentence (1) that is installed in areas where it may
                                                                                                                      be subject to mechanical damage shall be protected.

                                                                                                    6.2.2.3.          Solar Thermal Service Water Heating Equipment
                                                                                                                         1) Service water heating equipment using solar thermal technology shall be
                                                                                                                      designed and installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                         a) the manufacturer's procedures, or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) CAN/CSA-F379 SERIES, “Packaged solar domestic hot water systems
                                                                                                                             (liquid-to-liquid heat transfer).”

                                                                                                    6.2.2.4.          Combination Service Water Heating and Space-Heating Equipment
                                                                                                                         1) Combination service water heating and space-heating equipment is only
                                                                                                                      permitted to be used where input to the combination equipment is
                                                                                                                         a) less than 22 kW, or
                                                                                                                         b) less than twice the design service water heating load.
                                                                                                                         2) Where combination equipment referred to in Sentence (1) is used, its
                                                                                                                      performance shall meet the greater of the minimum energy efficiency ratings for service
                                                                                                                      water heating equipment and space-heating equipment required in the applicable
                                                                                                                      standards listed in Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to 5.2.12.1.-P and 6.2.2.1. or, where such
                                                                                                                      equipment is not covered in these Tables, with the “Energy Efficiency Act” and the
                                                                                                                      “Energy Efficiency Regulations.”

                                                                                                    6.2.2.5.          Space-Heating Equipment Used for Indirect Service Water Heating
                                                                                                                         1) Space-heating equipment used solely to provide indirect service water heating or
                                                                                                                      used to provide a combination of space heating and indirect service water heating shall
                                                                                                                      meet the greater of the minimum energy efficiency ratings for service water heating
                                                                                                                      equipment and space-heating equipment required in the applicable standards listed in
                                                                                                                      Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to 5.2.12.1.-P and 6.2.2.1. or, where such equipment is not covered in
                                                                                                                      these Tables, with the “Energy Efficiency Act” and the “Energy Efficiency Regulations.”

                                                                                                    6.2.3.            Piping
                                                                                                    6.2.3.1.          Insulation
                                                                                                                         1) All piping conveying hot service water in circulating systems, non-circulating
                                                                                                                      systems without heat traps and non-circulating systems with electric heating elements
                                                                                                                      along the pipes to maintain temperature shall be insulated in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Table 6.2.3.1. and Sentences (2) to (4). (See Note A-6.2.3.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Where piping insulation has a thermal conductivity, as determined in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Sentence (4), that is greater than the range given in Table 6.2.3.1., the
                                                                                                                      thickness given in the Table shall be increased by the ratio u2/u1, where u1 is the value
                                                                                                                      at the higher end of the conductivity range for the operating temperature and u2 is
                                                                                                                      the measured thermal conductivity of the insulation at the mean rating temperature.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-6.2.3.1.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                          3) Where piping insulation has a thermal conductivity, as determined in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Sentence (4), that is lower than the range given in Table 6.2.3.1., the
                                                                                                                      thickness given in the Table may be decreased by the ratio u2/u1, where u1 is the value
                                                                                                                      at the lower end of the conductivity range for the operating temperature and u2 is
                                                                                                                      the measured thermal conductivity of the insulation at the mean rating temperature.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-6.2.3.1.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                         4) The thermal conductivity of piping insulation at the mean rating temperature
                                                                                                                      shall be determined in conformance with ASTM C335/C335M, “Standard Test Method
                                                                                                                      for Steady-State Heat Transfer Properties of Pipe Insulation.”


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 6-5
                                                                                                    6.2.4.1.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                              5) On non-circulating systems with heat traps, the inlet and outlet piping between
                                                                                                                           the storage or heating vessel and the heat traps as well as the first 2.4 m of outlet piping
                                                                                                                           downstream of the heat trap shall be insulated in accordance with Table 6.2.3.1. and
                                                                                                                           Sentences 5.2.5.3.(4) to (6).

                                                                                                                              6) The insulation thickness used to determine compliance with Table 6.2.3.1. shall
                                                                                                                           be the thickness of the insulation after installation. (See Note A-5.2.2.5.(2), 5.2.5.3.(8)
                                                                                                                           and 6.2.3.1.(6).)

                                                                                                                               7) Insulation on piping conveying hot service water that is installed in areas where
                                                                                                                           it may be subject to mechanical damage or weathering shall be protected.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               8) Manufactured insulation thicknesses shall not be altered.


                                                                                                                                                                Table 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                   Minimum Thickness of Piping Insulation for Service Water Heating Systems
                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentences 6.2.3.1.(1) to (3), (5) and (6)

                                                                                                                                             Thermal Conductivity of Insulation
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Nominal Pipe Diameter,          Minimum Thickness of
                                                                                                          Location of Piping         Conductivity Range,         Mean Rating Temperature,              mm (in.)                  Piping Insulation, (1) mm
                                                                                                                                         W/m×°C                            °C
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Runouts (1) ≤ 51 (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ≤ 25.4 (1)                         25.4
                                                                                                     Conditioned space                   0.035–0.040                         38                     32 to 51 (1¼ to 2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                   64 to 102 (2½ to 4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           38.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ≥ 127 (5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Runouts (1) ≤ 51 (2)                   38.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ≤ 25.4 (1)
                                                                                                     Unconditioned space                                                                                                                   63.5
                                                                                                                                         0.046–0.049                         38                     32 to 51 (1¼ to 2)
                                                                                                     or outside
                                                                                                                                                                                                   64 to 102 (2½ to 4)                     76.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ≥ 127 (5)                          88.9

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 6.2.3.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The stated thicknesses apply to recirculating sections of service water heating systems and to the first 2.4 m from storage tanks for
                                                                                                          non-recirculating systems.


                                                                                                    6.2.4.                 Controls

                                                                                                    6.2.4.1.               Temperature Controls

                                                                                                                              1) Service water heating systems with storage tanks shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                           automatic temperature controls capable of adjustment between the lowest and the
                                                                                                                           highest acceptable temperature settings for the intended use. (See Note A-6.2.4.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    6.2.4.2.               Shutdown

                                                                                                                              1) Except for systems whose storage capacity is less than 100 L, each service water
                                                                                                                           heating system shall be equipped with a readily accessible and clearly labeled shut-off
                                                                                                                           device that allows the system, including any heating elements installed along the pipes
                                                                                                                           to maintain temperature, to be shut-off. (See Note A-6.2.4.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    6.2.4.3.               Maintaining Temperature of Hot Service Water

                                                                                                                              1) Heating elements installed along service water heating system pipes to maintain
                                                                                                                           the water temperature shall incorporate automatic controls that maintain the
                                                                                                                           temperature of the hot water within the range required for the intended use.


                                                                                                    6-6 Division B                                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            6.2.7.2.

                                                                                                    6.2.5.            Systems with More Than One End Use Design Temperature

                                                                                                    6.2.5.1.          Remote or Booster Heaters

                                                                                                                         1) Where less than 50% of the total design flow of a service water heating system
                                                                                                                      has a design discharge temperature higher than 60°C, separate remote heaters or
                                                                                                                      booster heaters shall be installed for those portions of the system with a design
                                                                                                                      temperature higher than 60°C. (See Note A-6.2.5.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    6.2.6.            Hot Service Water




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    6.2.6.1.          Showers

                                                                                                                         1) Except for emergency eye washes and emergency showers, individual shower
                                                                                                                      heads shall have an integral means of limiting the maximum water flow rate to
                                                                                                                      7.6 L/min when tested in accordance with ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1, “Plumbing
                                                                                                                      Supply Fittings.” (See Note A-6.2.6.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                         2) Where multiple shower heads installed in a public showering facility are served
                                                                                                                      by one temperature control, each shower head shall be equipped with a device capable
                                                                                                                      of automatically shutting off the flow of water when the showerhead is not in use.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-6.2.6.1.(2) and 6.2.6.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    6.2.6.2.          Lavatories

                                                                                                                         1) Except for lavatories in healthcare facilities and emergency eye washes,
                                                                                                                      lavatories shall have an integral means of limiting the maximum water flow rate to
                                                                                                                      5.7 L/min for private use and 1.9 L/min for public use, when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                                      ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1, “Plumbing Supply Fittings.”

                                                                                                                         2) Each lavatory in a public access washroom in a building of assembly occupancy
                                                                                                                      shall be equipped with a device capable of automatically shutting off the flow of water
                                                                                                                      when the lavatory is not in use. (See Note A-6.2.6.1.(2) and 6.2.6.2.(2).)


                                                                                                    6.2.7.            Swimming Pools

                                                                                                    6.2.7.1.          Controls

                                                                                                                        1) Pool heaters shall be equipped with a readily accessible and clearly labeled
                                                                                                                      device that allows
                                                                                                                         a) the heater to be shut off without adjusting the thermostat setting, and
                                                                                                                         b) where applicable, the heater to be restarted without manually relighting
                                                                                                                             the pilot light.

                                                                                                                         2) Except for pool pumps required by public health standards to operate on a 24-h
                                                                                                                      basis, swimming pool pumps and swimming pool heaters shall be equipped with time
                                                                                                                      switches or other controls that can be set to automatically turn off the pumps and
                                                                                                                      heaters when their operation is not required.

                                                                                                    6.2.7.2.          Pool and Hot Tub Covers

                                                                                                                         1) Heated outdoor swimming pools and tubs shall be equipped with covers
                                                                                                                      capable of covering at least 90% of the water surface.

                                                                                                                         2) Where pools or tubs are heated to a temperature above 32°C, the covers
                                                                                                                      described in Sentence (1) shall have a nominal thermal transmittance of no more than
                                                                                                                      0.48 W/m2×°C.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                    Division B 6-7
                                                                                                    6.2.8.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    6.2.8.             Pressure Booster Systems

                                                                                                    6.2.8.1.           Size of Water Storage Tank
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-6.2.8.1.)

                                                                                                                          1) Constant-speed pressure booster systems shall be provided with a
                                                                                                                       hydro-pneumatic storage tank sized to store a volume of water corresponding to at
                                                                                                                       least 1 min of operation at the system's design flow rate and pressure.

                                                                                                                          2) Variable-speed pressure booster systems shall be provided with a
                                                                                                                       hydro-pneumatic storage tank sized to store a volume of water corresponding to at
                                                                                                                       least 1 min of operation at 10% of the system's design flow rate and pressure.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    6.2.8.2.           Pressure Control

                                                                                                                          1) Pressure booster systems shall be provided with at least one pressure sensor
                                                                                                                       that starts and stops the system or varies the pump speed so that the pressure required
                                                                                                                       for operation of the service water system is maintained. (See Note A-6.2.8.2.(1).)

                                                                                                                          2) Except for safety devices, pressure-reducing devices shall not be installed on a
                                                                                                                       pressure booster system.


                                                                                                    Section 6.3. Reserved

                                                                                                    Section 6.4. Performance Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    6.4.1.             General

                                                                                                    6.4.1.1.           Scope

                                                                                                                          1) Subject to the limitations stated in Article 6.4.1.2., where the service water
                                                                                                                       heating system does not comply with the requirements of Section 6.2., it shall comply
                                                                                                                       with Part 8.

                                                                                                    6.4.1.2.           Limitations

                                                                                                                          1) Notwithstanding use of the performance path, all service water heating
                                                                                                                       appliances and equipment shall comply with the applicable appliance or equipment
                                                                                                                       energy efficiency act or, in the absence of such an act or where the appliance or
                                                                                                                       equipment is not covered by such an act, with the applicable performance standard.

                                                                                                                          2) This Section does not apply to back-up SWH systems, which shall comply
                                                                                                                       with Sentence 6.1.1.3.(2).


                                                                                                    Section 6.5. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    6.5.1.             Objective and Functional Statements

                                                                                                    6.5.1.1.           Attributions to Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                                           1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                       Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                       the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                       listed in Table 6.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    6-8 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 6.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                          Table 6.5.1.1.                                                     Table 6.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 6                        Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 6.5.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                       6.2.7.2. Pool and Hot Tub Covers
                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)    (1)            [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.1.1. Regulations                                              (2)            [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96,F98-OE1.1]                                       6.2.8.1. Size of Water Storage Tank
                                                                                                     6.2.2.1. Equipment Efficiency                                     (1)            [F97,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96,F98-OE1.1]                                       (2)            [F97,F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     6.2.2.2. Equipment Insulation                                     6.2.8.2. Pressure Control
                                                                                                     (1)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]                                       (1)            [F96,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]                                       (2)            [F96,F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.2.3. Solar Thermal Service Water Heating Equipment            6.4.1.2. Limitations
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96,F98,F99-OE1.1]                                   (1)            [F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.2.4. Combination Service Water Heating and Space-Heating
                                                                                                     Equipment                                                        Notes to Table 6.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F96,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F95,F96,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.2.5. Space-Heating Equipment Used for Indirect Service
                                                                                                     Water Heating
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F96,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.3.1. Insulation
                                                                                                     (1)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F92,F93-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (7)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (8)         [F93,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.4.1. Temperature Controls
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.4.2. Shutdown
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.4.3. Maintaining Temperature of Hot Service Water
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.5.1. Remote or Booster Heaters
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.6.1. Showers
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.6.2. Lavatories
                                                                                                     (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     6.2.7.1. Controls
                                                                                                     (1)         [F95,F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F95,F96,F99-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                         Division B 6-9
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




6-10 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 6
                                                                                                    Service Water Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-6.1.1.3.(1) Compliance. The flow chart in Figure A-6.1.1.3.(1) illustrates the process for the two
                                                                                                    paths of compliance applicable to Part 6.



                                                                                                                                                             6 Service Water Heating




                                                                                                                                                                  6.1. General




                                                                                                                                                                    Select       Performance Path
                                                                                                                                             Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                                                                                  compliance
                                                                                                                                                                     path


                                                                                                                                                                                             Building

                                                                                                                                Apply requirements of 6.2.

                                                                                                                                                                                       Apply requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                            of Part 8,
                                                                                                                                     Compliance with                                   as referenced in 6.4.
                                                                                                                                     Part 6 achieved


                                                                                                                                                                                         Compliance with
                                                                                                                                                                                         NECB achieved

                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG00749B


                                                                                                      Figure A-6.1.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                      Code compliance paths for service water heating


                                                                                                    A-6.2.2.1.(1) Equipment Efficiency. Units of equipment subject to federal, provincial or territorial
                                                                                                    appliance or equipment energy efficiency acts carry a label certifying that their performance meets the
                                                                                                    standard shown thereon.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.3.1.(1)       Heat Traps. ASHRAE/IES 90.1, “User's Manual,” defines a heat trap as follows:
                                                                                                    “A heat trap is a device or arrangement of piping that keeps the buoyant hot water from circulating through a
                                                                                                    piping distribution system through natural convection. By restricting the flow from the storage tank, standby
                                                                                                    heat loss is minimized.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                               Division B 6-11
                                                                                                    A-6.2.3.1.(1)                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    Heat traps are required for storage heaters and storage tanks in non-circulating systems with vertical piping.
                                                                                                    Storage heaters with integral heat traps on both inlet and outlet piping satisfy this requirement. External heat
                                                                                                    traps must be insulated and should be placed as close as possible to the tank inlet and outlet fittings.
                                                                                                    In all configurations heat traps can be a 360° loop of piping, a pre-manufactured device, or some arrangement
                                                                                                    of piping and elbows that forms an inverted “U” on the tank fittings. Tanks that have horizontal outlets need
                                                                                                    only a section of vertical pipe that turns downward after leaving the tank (an inverted “L”).”
                                                                                                    Figure A-6.2.3.1.(1) illustrates two examples of site-built heat traps. An inlet pipe that feeds directly into the
                                                                                                    cold region of the tank may also be considered to have an effect equivalent to that of a heat trap.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              first 2.4 m of
                                                                                                                              outlet piping                                                   inlet
                                                                                                                              must be                      water                              piping
                                                                                                                              insulated                    heater                             should be
                                                                                                                                                                                              insulated
                                                                                                                                                                                              through
                                                                                                                                                                                              this elbow



                                                                                                                      hot water                                                                    cold water
                                                                                                                            out                                                                    in




                                                                                                                                                            heat traps
                                                                                                                                                            (optional)

                                                                                                                                                        heat traps
                                                                                                                                                        (required)




                                                                                                                              hot water                                               cold water
                                                                                                                                    out                                               in




                                                                                                                                      first 2.4 m of                           inlet piping
                                                                                                                                      outlet piping                            must be
                                                                                                                                      must be                                  insulated
                                                                                                                                      insulated             water
                                                                                                                                                            heater             through
                                                                                                                                                                               this elbow




                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00747A


                                                                                                     Figure A-6.2.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                     Heat traps



                                                                                                    6-12 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-6.2.8.2.(1)

                                                                                                    A-6.2.3.1.(2) and (3) Mean Rating Temperature (MRT). The mean rating temperature can be
                                                                                                    determined using the following equation:




                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                     Tambient = ambient temperature of room in which pipe is located, and
                                                                                                    Toperation = temperature of service water being conveyed in pipe.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-6.2.4.1.(1) Temperature Control. The temperatures applicable to various uses of service water can
                                                                                                    be found in the “ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications.”

                                                                                                    A-6.2.4.2.(1) Shutdown. Sentence 6.2.4.2.(1) is intended to apply to seasonal or long-term shutdown
                                                                                                    of the service water heating system. For electrical water heaters, a breaker approved for use as a disconnect
                                                                                                    and installed in the distribution panel can act as the required shut-off device. For gas water heaters, a down
                                                                                                    position on the temperature control, which sets the heater to standby with only the pilot light running, meets
                                                                                                    this requirement.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.5.1.(1) Remote or Booster Heaters. Sentence 6.2.5.1.(1) applies to appliances that require very
                                                                                                    hot water for their purpose such as dishwashers, etc. The intent is that the general water supply temperature
                                                                                                    not be raised to meet the hot water requirements of such appliances.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.6.1.(1)      Flow-Restricting Shower Heads. A flow of 7.6 L/min is equivalent to 2.0 US gal/min.
                                                                                                    To address concerns of thermal shock and scalding, refer to Sentence 2.2.10.6.(3) of Division B of the NPC,
                                                                                                    which deals with the matching of automatic compensating valves and showerheads.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.6.1.(2) and 6.2.6.2.(2) Water Shut-off Devices. Examples of devices meeting the intent of
                                                                                                    Sentences 6.2.6.1.(2) and 6.2.6.2.(2) include occupant sensors and self-closing valves.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.8.1. Sizing of Hydro-Pneumatic Storage Tanks. In order to prevent short-cycling of the
                                                                                                    pump in a pressure booster system during periods of low- to no-flow demand, pressure booster systems
                                                                                                    must be provided with a hydro-pneumatic storage tank capable of meeting a theoretical low service water
                                                                                                    demand during a minimum amount of time. Otherwise, the pressure booster system would have to run almost
                                                                                                    continuously in almost no-flow conditions to meet the smallest demand, such as the occasional flushing of a
                                                                                                    toilet in a residential high-rise building.
                                                                                                    There are several industry-recognized ways to determine the volume of water that needs to be stored in the
                                                                                                    tank. They are typically based on the number of start-stop cycles per hour and the nominal capacity of the
                                                                                                    pressure booster system, or on the peak system demand rate multiplied by a number of minutes representing
                                                                                                    the length of time the system is not operating. These sizing methodologies tend to result in large tank sizes,
                                                                                                    which are more appropriate for constant-speed pressure booster systems where the principal objective is to
                                                                                                    avoid short-cycling in mid- to high-flow demand situations. The application of Sentence 6.2.8.1.(1) will typically
                                                                                                    result in the pressure booster system going through about 15 start-stop cycles per hour, which corresponds to a
                                                                                                    typical industry recommendation to avoid shortening the service life of the system's pump. It will also prevent
                                                                                                    constant-speed pressure booster systems from operating in low- or no-flow conditions for a significant amount
                                                                                                    of time, while avoiding short-cycling in mid- to high-demand periods.
                                                                                                    Variable-speed pressure booster systems require a significantly smaller tank than constant-speed ones.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.8.2.(1) Sensors for Pressure Booster Systems. Variable-speed pressure booster systems
                                                                                                    should have one or more pressure sensors located near the fixtures that set the required system pressure.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                   Division B 6-13
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




6-14 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 7
                                                                                                    Electrical Power Systems and Motors




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       7.1.          General
                                                                                                       7.1.1.        General .............................................. 7-1

                                                                                                       7.2.          Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                      7.2.1.        Electrical Distribution System ........ 7-1
                                                                                                      7.2.2.        Voltage Drop ..................................... 7-2
                                                                                                      7.2.3.        Transformers .................................... 7-2
                                                                                                      7.2.4.        Electrical Motors .............................. 7-2

                                                                                                       7.3.          Reserved
                                                                                                       7.4.          Performance Path
                                                                                                       7.4.1.        General .............................................. 7-2

                                                                                                       7.5.          Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       7.5.1.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ........................................ 7-2

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 7 .................. 7-5




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 7
                                                                                                    Electrical Power Systems and Motors




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 7.1. General
                                                                                                    7.1.1.            General

                                                                                                    7.1.1.1.          Scope

                                                                                                                        1) This Part is concerned with electrical power systems and motors for the
                                                                                                                      application listed in Article 7.1.1.2.

                                                                                                    7.1.1.2.          Application

                                                                                                                          1) This Part applies to the electrical power systems and motors that are connected
                                                                                                                      to the building's electrical service. (See Note A-7.1.1.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    7.1.1.3.          Compliance

                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Part shall be achieved by following
                                                                                                                         a) the prescriptive path described in Section 7.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) the performance path described in Section 7.4. (see Note A-3.1.1.3.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-7.1.1.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    7.1.1.4.          Definitions

                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.


                                                                                                    Section 7.2. Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                    7.2.1.            Electrical Distribution System

                                                                                                    7.2.1.1.          Monitoring
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-7.2.1.1.)

                                                                                                                         1) Electrical distribution systems whose load-carrying capacity is greater than
                                                                                                                      250 kVA shall be designed to facilitate the installation of a means to monitor the
                                                                                                                      electrical energy consumption of
                                                                                                                          a) HVAC systems,
                                                                                                                          b) interior lighting, and
                                                                                                                          c) exterior lighting.

                                                                                                                         2) The electrical distribution systems of buildings with tenants or dwelling units
                                                                                                                      shall have a means to separately monitor the electrical energy consumption of the total
                                                                                                                      building and of each individual tenant or dwelling unit, excluding shared systems.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 7-1
                                                                                                    7.2.2.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    7.2.2.             Voltage Drop
                                                                                                    7.2.2.1.           Feeders
                                                                                                                          1) Feeder conductors shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 2% at design
                                                                                                                       load.

                                                                                                    7.2.2.2.           Branch Circuits
                                                                                                                          1) Branch circuit conductors shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 3%
                                                                                                                       at design load.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    7.2.3.             Transformers
                                                                                                    7.2.3.1.           Transformer Selection
                                                                                                                            1) Transformers shall conform to
                                                                                                                            a) CAN/CSA-C802.1, “Minimum efficiency values for liquid-filled distribution
                                                                                                                               transformers,”
                                                                                                                            b) CAN/CSA-C802.2, “Test method and minimum efficiency values for
                                                                                                                               dry-type transformers,” or
                                                                                                                            c) CSA C802.3, “Minimum efficiency values for power transformers.”

                                                                                                    7.2.4.             Electrical Motors
                                                                                                    7.2.4.1.           Efficiency
                                                                                                                          1) Except for elevator motors and motors that are components of rated equipment,
                                                                                                                       permanently wired polyphase motors serving the building shall have a nominal
                                                                                                                       full-load motor efficiency not less than the minimum specified in CSA C390, “Test
                                                                                                                       methods, marking requirements, and energy efficiency levels for three-phase induction
                                                                                                                       motors.”


                                                                                                    Section 7.3. Reserved

                                                                                                    Section 7.4. Performance Path
                                                                                                    (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    7.4.1.             General
                                                                                                    7.4.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) Where electrical power systems and motors do not comply with the
                                                                                                                       requirements of Section 7.2., they shall comply with Part 8.


                                                                                                    Section 7.5. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    7.5.1.             Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    7.5.1.1.           Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                           1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                       Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                       the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                       listed in Table 7.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    7-2 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                         7.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                              Table 7.5.1.1.
                                                                                                          Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                      Acceptable Solutions in Part 7
                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 7.5.1.1.(1)

                                                                                                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     7.2.1.1. Monitoring
                                                                                                     (1)            [F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)            [F97-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     7.2.2.1. Feeders




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (1)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     7.2.2.2. Branch Circuits
                                                                                                     (1)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     7.2.3.1. Transformer Selection
                                                                                                     (1)            [F97,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     7.2.4.1. Efficiency
                                                                                                     (1)            [F97,F98,F99-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 7.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                  Division B 7-3
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




7-4 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 7
                                                                                                    Electrical Power Systems and Motors




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-7.1.1.2.(1) Application. Sentence 7.1.1.2.(1) is intended to apply to all electrical power systems and
                                                                                                    motors in or on the building or building site that are connected to the building's electrical service.

                                                                                                    A-7.1.1.3.(1) Compliance. The flow chart in Figure A-7.1.1.3.(1) illustrates the process for the compliance
                                                                                                    paths applicable to Part 7.



                                                                                                                                                      7 Electrical Power Systems and Motors




                                                                                                                                                                  7.1. General




                                                                                                                                                                     Select      Performance Path
                                                                                                                                            Prescriptive Path
                                                                                                                                                                   compliance                           Building
                                                                                                                                                                      path



                                                                                                                                                                                                          Apply
                                                                                                                                                                                                      requirements
                                                                                                                         Apply requirements of 7.2.                                                     of Part 8,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     as referenced in
                                                                                                                                                                                                            7.4.




                                                                                                                              Compliance with                                                       Compliance with
                                                                                                                              Part 7 achieved                                                       NECB achieved
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00697B


                                                                                                      Figure A-7.1.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                      Code compliance paths for electrical power systems and motors

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                        Division B 7-5
                                                                                                    A-7.2.1.1.                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-7.2.1.1. Means to Monitor Energy Consumption. Monitoring electrical energy consumption is
                                                                                                    considered essential to energy management. However, Article 7.2.1.1. is not intended to require the installation
                                                                                                    of electrical energy consumption monitoring equipment but rather to require the provision of the necessary
                                                                                                    access and hardware to permit the eventual installation and use of monitoring equipment, if desired. This might
                                                                                                    include, for example, the installation of a meter socket or the provision of access to the load side of the service
                                                                                                    box or main distribution panel to allow for the measurement of energy consumption using voltage and/or
                                                                                                    current transformers on a separately mounted meter or data logger. Requirements for safe access to metering
                                                                                                    locations are provided in local electrical codes and in the “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” published by CSA.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    7-6 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 8
                                                                                                    Building Energy Performance Compliance
                                                                                                    Path




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       8.1.          General
                                                                                                       8.1.1.        General .............................................. 8-1

                                                                                                       8.2.          Reserved
                                                                                                       8.3.          Reserved
                                                                                                       8.4.          Performance Path
                                                                                                       8.4.1.        Compliance ....................................... 8-2
                                                                                                       8.4.2.        Compliance Calculations ................ 8-3
                                                                                                       8.4.3.        Annual Energy Consumption of
                                                                                                                     Proposed Building ........................... 8-6
                                                                                                       8.4.4.        Building Energy Target of the
                                                                                                                     Reference Building .......................... 8-8
                                                                                                       8.4.5.        Part-Load Performance
                                                                                                                     Characteristics ............................... 8-21

                                                                                                       8.5.          Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       8.5.1.        Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ...................................... 8-32

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 8 ................ 8-37




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 8
                                                                                                    Building Energy Performance Compliance
                                                                                                    Path




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 8.1. General
                                                                                                    8.1.1.            General

                                                                                                    8.1.1.1.          Scope

                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Code is permitted to be achieved by applying the
                                                                                                                      provisions of this Part in lieu of
                                                                                                                         a) the prescriptive requirements in Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) the trade-off provisions in Sections 3.3. and 4.3.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    8.1.1.2.          Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies only to buildings
                                                                                                                         a) whose occupancy is known, and
                                                                                                                         b) except as provided in Sentence (2), for which sufficient information is
                                                                                                                            known about their components, materials and assemblies that are covered
                                                                                                                            by the scope of this Code.

                                                                                                                         2) Where insufficient information is known about the building's components,
                                                                                                                      materials and assemblies, the applicable prescriptive requirements in
                                                                                                                      Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2. shall apply.

                                                                                                                         3) If, during construction, the design is found to be altered from the one used in
                                                                                                                      the original performance assessment, the building shall be reassessed for compliance
                                                                                                                      with this Part.

                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the procedures stated in this Part shall
                                                                                                                      be applied to a single building at a time.

                                                                                                                         5) Where the structure is divided by firewalls into multiple buildings, the whole
                                                                                                                      structure is permitted to be treated as one building.

                                                                                                    8.1.1.3.          Definitions

                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division B 8-1
                                                                                                    8.4.1.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    Section 8.2. Reserved

                                                                                                    Section 8.3. Reserved

                                                                                                    Section 8.4. Performance Path
                                                                                                    8.4.1.           Compliance
                                                                                                    8.4.1.1.         General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) In establishing the building energy target, building components must be accounted
                                                                                                                     for in accordance with the prescriptive requirements of Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2.
                                                                                                                     and 7.2. for the climate zone under consideration.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the construction techniques or building components used are more
                                                                                                                     energy-efficient than those prescribed by the prescriptive requirements, the
                                                                                                                     performance compliance calculations are permitted to take this increased performance
                                                                                                                     level into account in the determination of the annual energy consumption, provided it
                                                                                                                     can be quantified and is not dependent on occupant behaviour.
                                                                                                                        3) Exterior lighting is permitted to be excluded from the performance compliance
                                                                                                                     calculations, provided it complies with the prescriptive requirements of Part 4.

                                                                                                    8.4.1.2.         Determination of Compliance
                                                                                                                        1) Subject to the limitations stated in Article 8.4.1.3., compliance with this Part
                                                                                                                     shall be determined based on Sentences (2) to (5).
                                                                                                                        2) The annual energy consumption of the proposed building, as determined in
                                                                                                                     accordance with this Part, shall not exceed the building energy target of the reference
                                                                                                                     building.
                                                                                                                        3) The number of hours during which the heating loads for each thermal block are
                                                                                                                     not met shall not exceed 100 hours in a simulated year for both the proposed and
                                                                                                                     reference buildings.
                                                                                                                        4) The number of hours during which the cooling loads for each thermal block of
                                                                                                                     the proposed building are not met shall not differ by more than ±10% from the number
                                                                                                                     of hours in a simulated year that the cooling loads of the reference building are not met.
                                                                                                                         5) Where the requirements of Sentences (3) and (4) are not met, the capacities
                                                                                                                     of the primary and secondary systems of the proposed or reference building shall be
                                                                                                                     incrementally increased until those loads are met.

                                                                                                    8.4.1.3.         Limitations
                                                                                                                        1) Compliance with this Part shall be subject to the limitations stated in
                                                                                                                     Sections 3.4., 4.4., 5.4., 6.4. and 7.4.

                                                                                                    8.4.1.4.         Treatment of Additions
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-8.4.1.4.)
                                                                                                                        1) For the purpose of performance compliance calculations, the assessment of
                                                                                                                     additions shall be based on
                                                                                                                        a) the addition being considered by itself, or
                                                                                                                        b) the addition being considered together with the existing building.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the addition is being considered by itself, existing primary and secondary
                                                                                                                     systems that are extended to serve the addition shall be modeled for the proposed
                                                                                                                     building
                                                                                                                         a) as if they met the prescriptive requirements of the Code, or
                                                                                                                         b) using the characteristics of the existing equipment as determined in
                                                                                                                             accordance with the standards referenced in Articles 5.2.12.1. and 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-8.4.1.4.(2)(b)).


                                                                                                    8-2 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            8.4.2.5.

                                                                                                                         3) When the addition is being considered together with the existing building, the
                                                                                                                      characteristics of existing components shall be their actual characteristics determined
                                                                                                                      in accordance with Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2.

                                                                                                    8.4.2.            Compliance Calculations
                                                                                                    8.4.2.1.          General
                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Part shall be assessed through modeling that conforms to
                                                                                                                      specifications detailed in this Part.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    8.4.2.2.          Calculation Methods
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the energy model calculations shall account
                                                                                                                      for the annual energy consumption of
                                                                                                                          a) space-heating equipment,
                                                                                                                          b) space-cooling equipment,
                                                                                                                          c) fans,
                                                                                                                          d) interior and exterior lighting devices,
                                                                                                                          e) service water heating equipment,
                                                                                                                          f) pumps,
                                                                                                                          g) auxiliary HVAC equipment (see Note A-8.4.2.2.(1)(g)),
                                                                                                                          h) receptacle loads and miscellaneous equipment as per Article 8.4.2.7.,
                                                                                                                           i) appliances, and
                                                                                                                           j) elevators and escalators.
                                                                                                                          2) The energy model calculations shall be performed for a one-year period
                                                                                                                      (8 760 hours) using time intervals no greater than one hour.
                                                                                                                         3) Operating schedules and climatic data input in the energy model shall use a
                                                                                                                      time interval no greater than one hour.
                                                                                                                         4) If a computer program is used to carry out the compliance calculations, the
                                                                                                                      calculation methods employed in the energy model shall conform to
                                                                                                                          a) ANSI/ASHRAE 140, “Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of
                                                                                                                             Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs,” or
                                                                                                                          b) an equivalent test method.
                                                                                                                         5) Redundant or back-up equipment is permitted to be excluded from the energy
                                                                                                                      model, provided it is equipped with controls that operate the equipment only when
                                                                                                                      the primary equipment is not operating.

                                                                                                    8.4.2.3.          Climatic Data
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-8.4.2.3.)
                                                                                                                         1) The energy model calculations shall be performed using values of climatic data,
                                                                                                                      including temperature, humidity and insolation, that are derived from measured
                                                                                                                      climatic data and shown to be good representations of climate at the building site
                                                                                                                      compared to the average of at least 10 years of measured data collected at the weather
                                                                                                                      station nearest to the building site.
                                                                                                                         2) For urban regions with several climatic data sets and for locations where
                                                                                                                      weather data are not available, the energy model calculations shall be performed using
                                                                                                                      available weather data that best represents the climate at the building site.

                                                                                                    8.4.2.4.          Thermal Mass
                                                                                                                         1) The energy model calculations shall account for the effect of thermal mass.

                                                                                                    8.4.2.5.          Space Temperature
                                                                                                                         1) The energy model calculations shall include a dynamic calculation of space
                                                                                                                      temperatures.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 8-3
                                                                                                    8.4.2.6.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    8.4.2.6.         Heat Transfer Between Thermal Blocks
                                                                                                                        1) Where the temperature difference between two adjacent thermal blocks is greater
                                                                                                                     than 10°C, the energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer between those
                                                                                                                     thermal blocks.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the adjacent thermal blocks referred to in Sentence (1) are not fully
                                                                                                                     separated by solid partitions or solid building elements, the energy model calculations
                                                                                                                     shall use a heat transfer coefficient of 0.35 W/(m2×K).

                                                                                                    8.4.2.7.         Internal and Service Water Heating Loads
                                                                                                                        1) The energy model calculations shall account for the loads due to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        a) number of occupants,
                                                                                                                        b) receptacle equipment,
                                                                                                                         c) service water heating systems, and
                                                                                                                        d) miscellaneous equipment, as applicable.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-8.4.2.7.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The energy model shall calculate the sensible and latent loads due to internal
                                                                                                                     loads, lighting, and appliances. (See Notes A-8.4.3.2.(1) and A-8.4.3.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) The internal loads shall be adjusted for each time interval referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 8.4.2.2.(3) based on the applicable operating schedule in Note A-8.4.3.2.(1).
                                                                                                                        4)   The calculation of sensible loads due to lighting shall account for
                                                                                                                        a)   the lighting controls,
                                                                                                                        b)   the effect of the proportion of radiant and convective heat, and
                                                                                                                        c)   the percentage of heat gain from lighting going directly to return air.
                                                                                                                        5) Miscellaneous equipment located within a conditioned space that affects
                                                                                                                     the energy consumption of one or more of the building systems described in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 8.4.2.2.(1) shall be included in the energy model and its energy consumption
                                                                                                                     shall be calculated.

                                                                                                    8.4.2.8.         Building Envelope
                                                                                                                         1) The energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through walls,
                                                                                                                     roofs and floors for each thermal block, while accounting for the dynamic response due
                                                                                                                     to the thermal characteristics of the particular assembly.
                                                                                                                         2) Calculations of heat transfer through walls and roofs shall account for the effect
                                                                                                                     of solar radiation absorbed on their exterior surfaces, which depends on the orientation
                                                                                                                     and absorptance of each surface.
                                                                                                                        3) The energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through
                                                                                                                     fenestration, including skylights, while accounting for both indoor-outdoor temperature
                                                                                                                     difference and transmission of solar radiation through the glazing.
                                                                                                                        4) Calculations of cooling and heating loads due to the transmission of solar
                                                                                                                     radiation through fenestration shall account for
                                                                                                                        a) the orientation of the fenestration,
                                                                                                                        b) the solar optical properties of the glazing, and
                                                                                                                        c) dynamic response due to the effect of the thermal characteristics of each
                                                                                                                             thermal block.
                                                                                                                        5) The insulated surface areas of above-ground roof assemblies shall
                                                                                                                        a) be calculated along the plane of the insulation using dimensions measured
                                                                                                                           to the interior surfaces of intersecting exterior walls, and
                                                                                                                        b) exclude openings for skylights and chimneys as measured to the surfaces of
                                                                                                                           structural framing surrounding such openings.
                                                                                                                        6) The insulated surface areas of exterior above-ground wall assemblies shall
                                                                                                                        a) be calculated using dimensions measured to the exterior surfaces of
                                                                                                                           intersecting exterior walls and to the exterior ground level, exclusive of the
                                                                                                                           perimeter areas where floor or roof slabs interrupt the wall construction,


                                                                                                    8-4 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              8.4.2.10.

                                                                                                                          b) include perimeter areas of intersecting interior walls, and
                                                                                                                          c) exclude openings for doors and fenestration, as measured to the surfaces of
                                                                                                                             structural framing surrounding such openings.
                                                                                                                         7) The insulated surface areas of above-ground exterior floor assemblies shall be
                                                                                                                      calculated using dimensions measured to the exterior surface of perimeter walls.
                                                                                                                         8) The insulated surface areas of roof assemblies in contact with the ground shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated along the plane of the insulation using dimensions measured to the
                                                                                                                      exterior surfaces of intersecting exterior walls.
                                                                                                                         9) The insulated surface areas of wall assemblies in contact with the ground shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated using dimensions measured




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) horizontally to the exterior surfaces of perimeter wall assemblies in contact
                                                                                                                             with the ground, and
                                                                                                                         b) vertically from the exterior ground level to the underside of intersecting
                                                                                                                             floors in contact with the ground.
                                                                                                                       10) The insulated surface areas of floor assemblies in contact with the ground shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated using dimensions measured to the exterior surfaces of perimeter walls.

                                                                                                    8.4.2.9.          Air Leakage
                                                                                                                         1) The energy model calculations shall account for air leakage through the building
                                                                                                                      envelope.
                                                                                                                         2) The air leakage rate of the building envelope shall be adjusted using the following
                                                                                                                      equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          IAGW = adjusted air leakage rate of the building envelope at a typical operating
                                                                                                                                    pressure differential of 5 Pa and relative to the area of the above-ground
                                                                                                                                    walls, in L/(s×m2),
                                                                                                                              C = (5 Pa / 75 Pa)n, where n = flow exponent, which shall be 0.60, if no whole
                                                                                                                                    building test result is available, or the calculated value, if whole building
                                                                                                                                   testing is carried out in accordance with Article 3.2.4.2. and a series of tests
                                                                                                                                   are conducted at different differential pressures,
                                                                                                                           I75Pa = assumed or measured normalized air leakage rate of the building envelope at
                                                                                                                                   a pressure differential of 75 Pa, in L/(s×m2),
                                                                                                                                 where the measured air leakage rate at a pressure differential of 75 Pa is
                                                                                                                                    calculated as I75Pa = Q/S,
                                                                                                                                 where Q = volume of air flowing through the building envelope when subjected
                                                                                                                                   to a pressure differential of 75 Pa, determined in accordance with ASTM
                                                                                                                                   E779, “Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan
                                                                                                                                   Pressurization,” in L/s, and
                                                                                                                                 S = total area of the building envelope, as per Sentence 3.2.4.2.(1), in m2, and
                                                                                                                         AAGW = total area of above-ground walls, in m2.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-8.4.2.9.(2).)

                                                                                                    8.4.2.10.         HVAC Systems Calculations
                                                                                                                         1) For the purpose of compliance calculations, the reference building's HVAC
                                                                                                                      systems determined in accordance with Article 8.4.4.7. shall be modeled without
                                                                                                                      substituting their components with thermodynamically similar components or using
                                                                                                                      approximated calculations.
                                                                                                                         2) The energy model calculations shall account for the effect of terminal devices,
                                                                                                                      primary systems and secondary systems having limited capacities on space temperature
                                                                                                                      and energy use.
                                                                                                                         3) Where applicable, the energy modeling of secondary systems shall account for
                                                                                                                         a) temperature rise of supply air due to heat from supply fan,


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                         Division B 8-5
                                                                                                    8.4.3.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                        b)  temperature rise of return air due to heat from return fan,
                                                                                                                        c)  temperature rise of return air due to heat gain from lights,
                                                                                                                        d)  fan power as a function of supply airflow,
                                                                                                                        e)  temperature and humidity rise or drop of supply or return air due to heat
                                                                                                                            (sensible and latent energy) transferred from a heat-recovery device, and
                                                                                                                         f) temperature rise of the outside air due to preheaters.
                                                                                                                        4) The energy model calculations shall determine how many hours the primary
                                                                                                                     system, secondary system and terminal device loads are not met.
                                                                                                                         5) The energy model calculations shall account for the efficiency and capacity of
                                                                                                                     the HVAC equipment as a function of part load and parameters such as, but not limited
                                                                                                                     to, the temperatures of entering fluids and climatic conditions.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    8.4.3.           Annual Energy Consumption of Proposed Building
                                                                                                    8.4.3.1.         General
                                                                                                                        1) The annual energy consumption of the proposed building shall be calculated as
                                                                                                                     described in this Subsection.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as stated otherwise in this Subsection, the energy model shall be
                                                                                                                     consistent with the proposed building's specifications including proper accounting of
                                                                                                                        a) fenestration, doors and opaque building assembly types and areas,
                                                                                                                        b) lighting systems and controls,
                                                                                                                        c) HVAC system types, capacities and controls,
                                                                                                                        d) service water heating system types, capacities and controls, and
                                                                                                                        e) electrical systems.
                                                                                                                        3) The energy model calculations shall include all the energy use addressed in
                                                                                                                     Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2.
                                                                                                                        4)    Each conditioned thermal block in the proposed building shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                     being
                                                                                                                        a)    heated, if only heating systems are provided,
                                                                                                                        b)    cooled, if only cooling systems are provided, and
                                                                                                                         c)   heated and cooled, if complete heating and cooling systems or only
                                                                                                                              rough-ins are provided.
                                                                                                                        5) For the purpose of compliance calculations, where a building system or part of a
                                                                                                                     building system has not been fully specified, it shall be assumed that it complies with
                                                                                                                     the prescriptive requirements.
                                                                                                                         6) Where a building envelope assembly covers less than 5% of the total area of that
                                                                                                                     assembly type, it is permitted to be excluded from the energy model, provided its area
                                                                                                                     is included in an adjacent assembly having a similar U-value and the same orientation.
                                                                                                                        7) The energy model calculations shall not include manually operated fenestration
                                                                                                                     shading devices, such as blinds or shades.
                                                                                                                       8) The energy model calculations shall include permanent fenestration shading
                                                                                                                     devices, such as fins, overhangs, and light shelves.

                                                                                                    8.4.3.2.         Operating Schedules, Internal Loads, Service Water Heating Loads
                                                                                                                     and Set-point Temperature
                                                                                                                         1) The operating schedules relating to the presence of occupants and of loads due
                                                                                                                     to the operation of lighting, receptacle equipment, and heating, cooling and service
                                                                                                                     water heating systems shall be representative of the proposed building's type or space
                                                                                                                     functions. (See Note A-8.4.3.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Internal loads, service water heating loads, and illuminance levels used in the
                                                                                                                     energy compliance calculations shall be representative of the proposed building's type
                                                                                                                     or space functions. (See Note A-8.4.3.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) For semi-heated buildings, as defined in Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), the set-point
                                                                                                                     temperature of the proposed building shall be that shown in the specifications.


                                                                                                    8-6 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                     8.4.3.5.

                                                                                                    8.4.3.3.            Building Envelope Components
                                                                                                                           1) Where the solar absorptance of a building envelope component is not known, the
                                                                                                                        energy model shall use a constant value of 0.7.
                                                                                                                           2) Where the energy model does not include a detailed calculation of fenestration
                                                                                                                        shading, the actual solar heat gain coefficient of the fenestration shall be multiplied by
                                                                                                                        an adjustment factor of 0.8. (See Note A-8.4.3.3.(2).)
                                                                                                                           3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the normalized air leakage rate shall be
                                                                                                                        assumed to be 1.50 L/(s×m2) at a pressure differential of 75 Pa and adjusted for the air
                                                                                                                        leakage rate through the above-ground wall areas at the typical operating pressure
                                                                                                                        differential in accordance with Sentence 8.4.2.9.(2).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           4) Where an air leakage rate is determined in accordance with Article 3.2.4.2., the
                                                                                                                        normalized air leakage rate at a pressure differential of 75 Pa and the flow exponent
                                                                                                                        from the test are permitted to be used in Sentence 8.4.2.9.(2) to obtain the air leakage
                                                                                                                        rate at a typical operating pressure differential and applied to the above-ground wall
                                                                                                                        areas.

                                                                                                    8.4.3.4.            Interior Lighting
                                                                                                                           1) Dwelling units shall be modeled with an installed lighting power density of
                                                                                                                        5 W/m2.
                                                                                                                            2) Where controls based on space occupancy are provided, the installed interior
                                                                                                                        lighting power shall be multiplied by the factor for occupancy control, Focc,i, and the
                                                                                                                        factor for personal control, Fpers,i, as determined in accordance with Article 4.3.2.10. for
                                                                                                                        the appropriate occupancy-sensing mechanism.
                                                                                                                           3) Where daylight-dependent controls are provided, daylighting calculations
                                                                                                                        shall be performed
                                                                                                                           a) for the lighting fixtures controlled by the daylight-dependent controls, and
                                                                                                                           b) where the energy model is unable to perform detailed daylighting
                                                                                                                                calculations, by multiplying the installed interior lighting power in the
                                                                                                                                daylighted area by the factor for daylight harvesting, FDL,i, as calculated
                                                                                                                                in accordance with Article 4.3.2.7.
                                                                                                                           4) The illumination set-point of the photocontrols referred to in Sentence (3) shall
                                                                                                                        be representative of the space use without task lighting. (See Note A-8.4.3.4.(4).)

                                                                                                    8.4.3.5.            Purchased Energy
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-8.4.3.5.)
                                                                                                                           1) Where the proposed building uses purchased energy for space heating or
                                                                                                                        cooling or service water heating, Sentences (2) to (5) shall apply.
                                                                                                                           2) Where purchased energy is used for heating, the equipment used to provide
                                                                                                                        this energy shall be modeled as a gas-fired modulating boiler that
                                                                                                                            a) is sized for the peak heating load provided by the purchased energy system,
                                                                                                                                and
                                                                                                                            b) complies with Section 5.2.
                                                                                                                           3) Where purchased energy is used for cooling, the equipment used to provide
                                                                                                                        this energy shall be modeled as an electric air-cooled chiller that
                                                                                                                            a) is sized for the peak cooling load provided by the purchased energy system,
                                                                                                                                and
                                                                                                                            b) complies with Table 8.4.3.5.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 8.4.3.5.
                                                                                                                                      Type and Performance Levels of Chiller Providing Purchased Energy
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 8.4.3.5.(3) and 8.4.4.6.(2)

                                                                                                       Cooling Capacity, kW (Btu/h)                  Type                          COP                      IPLV
                                                                                                           < 528 (1 800 000)                         Scroll                        2.802                    3.664
                                                                                                           ≥ 528 (1 800 000)                         Screw                         2.802                    3.737


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                           Division B 8-7
                                                                                                    8.4.3.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                        4) Where purchased energy is used for service water heating, the equipment used
                                                                                                                     to provide this energy shall be modeled as a gas-fired service water heater that
                                                                                                                         a) is sized for the peak heating capacity provided by the purchased energy
                                                                                                                            system,
                                                                                                                         b) complies with Section 6.2., and
                                                                                                                         c) where the purchased energy is used to heat service water in a heater with a
                                                                                                                            storage tank, has the same storage capacity.
                                                                                                                        5) The operating schedule, priority of use and other operational characteristics of
                                                                                                                     the purchased energy shall be included in the energy model.

                                                                                                    8.4.3.6.         Outdoor Air




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) For the purpose of compliance calculations, the peak outdoor air ventilation
                                                                                                                     rates shall be set to the minimum rates required by the applicable ventilation standard,
                                                                                                                     based on the proposed building's specifications. (See Note A-8.4.3.6.(1).) (See also
                                                                                                                     Note A-5.2.3.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    8.4.3.7.         Space Temperature Control
                                                                                                                         1) Where the proposed building's specifications do not specify the throttling ranges
                                                                                                                     of the heating and cooling equipment, the energy model shall use a range of ±1°C.

                                                                                                    8.4.3.8.         Part-Load Performance Curves
                                                                                                                        1) Part-load performance curves for the proposed building's systems shall be
                                                                                                                     consistent with the equipment detailed in the building specifications.
                                                                                                                        2) Where part-load performance curves referred to in Sentence (1) are not
                                                                                                                     available, the performance curves provided in Subsection 8.4.5. shall be used.

                                                                                                    8.4.3.9.         Ice Plants
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-8.4.3.9.)
                                                                                                                        1) Where the proposed building contains an ice plant that recovers heat but
                                                                                                                     the energy modeling software does not allow for modeling of the ice plant and/or
                                                                                                                     of heat recovery from this ice plant, the plant shall be modeled as a water-cooled,
                                                                                                                     double-bundle water chiller.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.           Building Energy Target of the Reference Building
                                                                                                    8.4.4.1.         General
                                                                                                                        1) The building energy target of the reference building shall be calculated based on
                                                                                                                     the parameters described in this Subsection.
                                                                                                                        2) The components and systems of the reference building shall meet the
                                                                                                                     prescriptive requirements of Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2.
                                                                                                                        3) The energy model calculations shall include all the energy uses addressed in
                                                                                                                     Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2.
                                                                                                                        4) Except as noted otherwise in this Subsection, the following characteristics of the
                                                                                                                     reference building shall be modeled as being identical to those of the proposed building:
                                                                                                                         a) total floor area of conditioned and unconditioned spaces,
                                                                                                                         b) use of building spaces,
                                                                                                                         c) number, type and conditioning of thermal blocks,
                                                                                                                         d) shape and exterior dimensions, and
                                                                                                                         e) orientation.
                                                                                                                        5) The presence or absence of heating and/or cooling systems in each conditioned
                                                                                                                     thermal block of the reference building shall be modeled as being identical to those in the
                                                                                                                     proposed building.
                                                                                                                        6) Climatic data used in the compliance calculations for the proposed building
                                                                                                                     shall be applied.


                                                                                                    8-8 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               8.4.4.5.

                                                                                                                         7) The simulation shall account for the effect of part-load operation on equipment
                                                                                                                      performance.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.2.          Operating Schedules, Internal Loads, Service Water Heating Loads
                                                                                                                      and Set-point Temperature
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), and except as needed to model the
                                                                                                                      occupancy controls required in the prescriptive path, the reference building's operating
                                                                                                                      schedules shall be modeled as being identical to those determined for the proposed
                                                                                                                      building in Sentence 8.4.3.2.(1). (See Note A-8.4.4.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The reference building's internal and service water heating loads shall be modeled
                                                                                                                      as being identical to those determined for the proposed building in Sentence 8.4.3.2.(2).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         3) If the reference building is a semi-heated building, as defined in
                                                                                                                      Sentence 1.2.1.2.(2), and the capacity of the installed heating equipment in the
                                                                                                                      semi-heated proposed building is no more than the semi-heated proposed building's
                                                                                                                      peak heating load plus 5%, it shall be modeled with
                                                                                                                         a) a set-point temperature of 18°C, and
                                                                                                                         b) thermal characteristics that are based on the heating degree-days at 18°C of
                                                                                                                             the building's location.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-8.4.4.2.(3).)

                                                                                                    8.4.4.3.          Building Envelope Components
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the solar absorptance of each opaque building
                                                                                                                      assembly shall be modeled as being identical to that determined for the proposed
                                                                                                                      building in Sentence 8.4.3.3.(1).
                                                                                                                         2) The solar absorptance of roof assemblies shall be
                                                                                                                         a) if the actual solar absorptance for the proposed building is not used, set to
                                                                                                                            the same value used in the proposed building, or
                                                                                                                         b) if the actual solar absorptance for the proposed building is used, set to 0.7.
                                                                                                                          3) If the total vertical fenestration and door area to gross wall area ratio (FDWR)
                                                                                                                      of the proposed building differs from the maximum permitted by Article 3.2.1.4., the
                                                                                                                      FDWR of the reference building shall be adjusted proportionally along each orientation
                                                                                                                      until it complies with that Article.
                                                                                                                          4) Permanent fenestration shading devices and projections shall not be modeled
                                                                                                                      in the reference building.
                                                                                                                         5) If the proposed building is modeled with exterior shading provided by a nearby
                                                                                                                      structure or building, the reference building shall also be modeled as such.
                                                                                                                         6) The air leakage rate shall be equal to the default value determined in
                                                                                                                      Sentence 8.4.3.3.(3).
                                                                                                                          7) Heat transfer through interior partitions shall be modeled as being identical
                                                                                                                      to that of the proposed building.
                                                                                                                         8) Except for overall thermal transmittance, fenestration shall be modeled with
                                                                                                                      thermal and optical properties that are identical to those used for the proposed
                                                                                                                      building. (See Note A-8.4.4.3.(8).)

                                                                                                    8.4.4.4.          Thermal Mass
                                                                                                                         1) The thermal characteristics of the reference building's building envelope assembly
                                                                                                                      shall be modeled as being identical to those of lightweight construction. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-8.4.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The thermal characteristics of the reference building's space shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                      being identical to those of the proposed building. (See Note A-8.4.4.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    8.4.4.5.          Lighting
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the installed interior lighting power of
                                                                                                                      the reference building shall be set at the interior lighting power allowance determined in
                                                                                                                      Article 4.2.1.5. or 4.2.1.6., as applicable.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                        Division B 8-9
                                                                                                    8.4.4.5.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Dwelling units shall be modeled with an installed lighting power density of
                                                                                                                      5 W/m2.
                                                                                                                         3) Where controls based on space occupancy are required by Subsection 4.2.2.,
                                                                                                                      the installed interior lighting power shall be multiplied by the factor for occupancy
                                                                                                                      control, Focc,i, and the factor for personal control, Fpers,i, as determined in accordance
                                                                                                                      with Article 4.3.2.10. for the appropriate occupancy-sensing mechanism. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-8.4.4.5.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) The proportions of radiant and convective heat and the percentage of heat gain
                                                                                                                      from lighting going directly to return air shall be modeled as being identical to those
                                                                                                                      determined for the proposed building in Article 8.4.2.7.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         5) Except as provided in Sentence (9), for the purpose of determining the primary
                                                                                                                      and secondary sidelighted areas, the total fenestration area of each thermal block shall
                                                                                                                      be modeled for each orientation as a single centered window with the following
                                                                                                                      characteristics:
                                                                                                                         a) a sill located 0.9 m above the floor,
                                                                                                                         b) a window opening height of 1.8 m, and
                                                                                                                         c) a width that would result in a window-to-wall ratio meeting the maximum
                                                                                                                             FDWR value permitted by Article 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                                         6) The primary and secondary sidelighted areas shall be determined assuming
                                                                                                                      a depth of 2 m. (See Note A-8.4.4.5.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) For the purpose of determining the daylighted area under skylights, the
                                                                                                                      calculations shall be performed assuming a single square skylight positioned at the
                                                                                                                      centre of each thermal block
                                                                                                                          a) that is sized to meet the maximum skylight-to-roof ratio permitted by
                                                                                                                             Article 3.2.1.4., and
                                                                                                                          b) whose projection onto the floor extends horizontally in all directions for a
                                                                                                                             distance equal to 0.5 times the ceiling height.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-8.4.4.5.(7).)
                                                                                                                         8) The combined input power within the daylighted areas shall be the sum of
                                                                                                                      the daylighted areas multiplied by the appropriate interior lighting power allowance
                                                                                                                      specified in Table 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                         9) Where photocontrols are required by Subsection 4.2.2., their effect shall be
                                                                                                                      evaluated in accordance with Sentences (10) to (12).
                                                                                                                       10) Calculations of daylighting levels in each thermal block shall be performed
                                                                                                                      assuming
                                                                                                                         a) the thermal block is a single open space surrounded by opaque walls,
                                                                                                                         b) floor, wall and ceiling reflectances of 0.15, 0.50 and 0.80, respectively (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-8.4.4.5.(10)(b)),
                                                                                                                         c) illuminance levels measured at a height of 0.75 m from the floor, at the edge
                                                                                                                            of the daylighted areas that is the farthest from the source of daylight and
                                                                                                                            measured perpendicular to this source, and
                                                                                                                         d) a fenestration visible light transmittance corresponding
                                                                                                                                i) to the area-weighted average of the visible light
                                                                                                                                   transmittance for that thermal block in the proposed building,
                                                                                                                                   or
                                                                                                                               ii) if there is no fenestration in the proposed building's
                                                                                                                                   corresponding thermal block, to a value of 0.50.
                                                                                                                        11) The illumination set-point of the photocontrols shall
                                                                                                                         a) be identical to that of the proposed building's photocontrols, or
                                                                                                                         b) if there are no photocontrols in the proposed building, be representative of
                                                                                                                            the space use without task lighting.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-8.4.4.5.(11).)
                                                                                                                        12) Where the energy model is unable to perform detailed daylighting calculations,
                                                                                                                      the interior lighting power allowance in the daylighted area shall be multiplied by the
                                                                                                                      factor for daylight harvesting, FDL,i, as calculated in accordance with Article 4.3.3.7.


                                                                                                    8-10 Division B                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        8.4.4.7.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.6.              Purchased Energy
                                                                                                                             1) Where a primary heating system of the proposed building uses purchased
                                                                                                                          energy, the reference building's corresponding system shall be modeled in accordance
                                                                                                                          with the requirements of Article 8.4.4.9. adjusted as follows:
                                                                                                                             a) one gas-fired modulating boiler complying with Section 5.2. shall be used to
                                                                                                                                 represent the purchased energy equipment, and
                                                                                                                             b) the total capacity of the boiler, relative to the reference building's total heating
                                                                                                                                 capacity, shall correspond to the ratio of the proposed building's purchased
                                                                                                                                 energy capacity divided by its total heating capacity.
                                                                                                                             2) Where a primary cooling system of the proposed building uses purchased




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          energy, the reference building's corresponding system shall be modeled in accordance
                                                                                                                          with the requirements of Article 8.4.4.10. adjusted as follows:
                                                                                                                             a) one air-cooled electric chiller complying with Table 8.4.3.5. shall be used to
                                                                                                                                 represent the purchased energy equipment, and
                                                                                                                             b) the total capacity of the chiller, relative to the reference building's total
                                                                                                                                 cooling capacity, shall correspond to the ratio of the proposed building's
                                                                                                                                 purchased energy capacity divided by its total cooling capacity.
                                                                                                                             3) Where a primary service water heating system of the proposed building uses
                                                                                                                          purchased energy, the reference building's corresponding system shall be modeled in
                                                                                                                          accordance with the requirements of Article 8.4.4.20. adjusted as follows:
                                                                                                                             a) one gas-fired service water heater shall be used to represent the purchased
                                                                                                                                 energy equipment,
                                                                                                                             b) where the proposed building's purchased energy system is used to heat
                                                                                                                                 service water in a heater with a storage tank, the service water heater shall
                                                                                                                                 have the same storage capacity, and
                                                                                                                             c) the total heating capacity of the service water heaters, relative to the reference
                                                                                                                                 building's total service water heating capacity, shall correspond to the ratio
                                                                                                                                 of the proposed building's purchased energy capacity divided by its total
                                                                                                                                 heating capacity.
                                                                                                                              4) The operating schedule, priority of use and other operational characteristics
                                                                                                                          of the proposed building's use of purchased energy shall apply to the equipment
                                                                                                                          representing the purchased energy in Sentences (1) to (3).

                                                                                                    8.4.4.7.              HVAC System Selection
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (4), the type of HVAC system assigned
                                                                                                                          to each thermal block of the reference building shall be determined based on each thermal
                                                                                                                          block's building or space type using Table 8.4.4.7.-A with the corresponding descriptions
                                                                                                                          in Table 8.4.4.7.-B.
                                                                                                                             2) Where the area of a building or space type in the proposed building accounts for
                                                                                                                          10% or less of the total area of conditioned spaces, it is permitted to be excluded from
                                                                                                                          the energy model, provided its area is added to an adjacent building or space type
                                                                                                                          having similar space loads as those listed in Sentence 8.4.2.2.(1) and similar operating
                                                                                                                          schedules as those determined in Sentence 8.4.3.2.(1).

                                                                                                                                                               Table 8.4.4.7.-A
                                                                                                                                           HVAC System Selection for the Reference Building
                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 8.4.4.7.(1) and (3), 8.4.4.9.(1) and (3), 8.4.4.10.(1) and (7), 8.4.4.13.(1), 8.4.4.14.(6) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                                                                                                    Size of Building or
                                                                                                                 Building or Space Type of the Proposed Building                                               Type of HVAC System Required (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Space (1)(2)
                                                                                                     Assembly Area: exhibit space, conference/meeting/multi-purpose               Maximum 4 storeys       System 3
                                                                                                     room, performing arts/motion picture theatre, courtroom,                     More than 4 storeys     System 6
                                                                                                     classroom/lecture/training room, place of worship, fellowship hall, sports
                                                                                                     centre, arena and swimming pool seating area, waiting room
                                                                                                     Automotive Area: repair garage or storage garage, fire engine room,          All sizes               System 4
                                                                                                     indoor truck dock, indoor bus or train platform


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                Division B 8-11
                                                                                                    8.4.4.7.                                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 8.4.4.7.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                       Size of Building or
                                                                                                                   Building or Space Type of the Proposed Building                                                 Type of HVAC System Required (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                           Space (1)(2)
                                                                                                     Data Processing Area: control room, data centre                                 All sizes               Where the proposed building or space has
                                                                                                                                                                                                             a cooling capacity exceeding 20 kW, the
                                                                                                                                                                                                             reference building or space shall use System
                                                                                                                                                                                                             2; otherwise, the reference building or space
                                                                                                                                                                                                             shall use System 1.
                                                                                                     General Area: office, banking, healthcare clinic, library, retail/mall          Maximum 2 storeys       System 3
                                                                                                     concourse, gymnasium, athletic play area, swimming pool, exercise               More than 2 storeys     System 6
                                                                                                     centre, dressing room, lighting control room, atrium




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Historical Collections Area: archival library, museum and gallery archives      All sizes               System 2
                                                                                                     Hospital Area: operating theatre, emergency room, patient/recovery room, All sizes                      System 3
                                                                                                     clean room, hospital laboratories, forensics laboratory
                                                                                                     Indoor Arena: ice rinks, curling rinks                                          All sizes               System 2
                                                                                                     Industrial Area: industrial manufacturing and workshop without                  All sizes               System 3
                                                                                                     dust-exhausting hood                                                                                    Where the reference building or space is a
                                                                                                                                                                                                             single zone, it can be divided into multiple units
                                                                                                                                                                                                             as long as it matches the proposed building
                                                                                                                                                                                                             or space's units.
                                                                                                     Residential/Accommodation Area: multi-unit residential, hotel/motel guest       All sizes               Where the proposed building or space is
                                                                                                     room                                                                                                    heated only, the reference building or space
                                                                                                                                                                                                             shall use System 1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Where the proposed building or space is
                                                                                                                                                                                                             heated as well as being cooled with an
                                                                                                                                                                                                             air-cooled unitary, packaged terminal or room
                                                                                                                                                                                                             air conditioner (or heat pumps), or fan coils,
                                                                                                                                                                                                             the reference building or space's HVAC system
                                                                                                                                                                                                             shall be modeled as being identical to that of
                                                                                                                                                                                                             the proposed building or space; otherwise,
                                                                                                                                                                                                             the reference building or space shall use
                                                                                                                                                                                                             through-the-wall systems.
                                                                                                     Sleeping Area: dormitory, detention cell, sleeping quarters                     All sizes               System 3
                                                                                                     Supermarket/Food Service Area:
                                                                                                           grocery store, bar lounge/leisure, cafeteria, fast food, family dining,   All sizes               System 3
                                                                                                           food preparation without kitchen hood or vented appliance (4)
                                                                                                           food preparation with kitchen hood or vented appliance (4)                All sizes               System 4
                                                                                                     Warehouse Area: fine, medium and bulky material storage, self-storage,          All sizes of           System 4
                                                                                                     material handling/sorting/baggage areas                                         non-refrigerated space
                                                                                                                                                                                     All sizes of refrigerated System 5
                                                                                                                                                                                     space

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 8.4.4.7.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Spaces generally located in the same vicinity shall be grouped together for the purpose of selecting the reference building's type of HVAC system.
                                                                                                    (2)   Small individual spaces in the proposed building that are located among larger spaces of another space type shall be considered ancillary to that
                                                                                                          larger space: for example, a conference room serving office spaces would be grouped with the office spaces as one space type. The HVAC system
                                                                                                          serving that space in the reference building shall be the same as the one for the larger space type.
                                                                                                    (3)   See Table 8.4.4.7.-B for descriptions of HVAC Systems 1 to 6.
                                                                                                    (4)   Vented appliances include, for example, steam dishwashers.




                                                                                                    8-12 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                               8.4.4.9.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 8.4.4.7.-B
                                                                                                                                                          Descriptions of HVAC Systems 1 to 6
                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentences 8.4.4.7.(1), 8.4.4.9.(3) and 8.4.4.18.(3) and (4)

                                                                                                          System
                                                                                                                           Type of HVAC System             Fan Control         Type of Cooling System                 Type of Heating System (1)
                                                                                                          Number
                                                                                                     System 1         Unitary air conditioner with      Constant-volume     Air-cooled direct-expansion     Hot water with fuel-fired water boiler or electric
                                                                                                                      baseboard heating (2)                                 with remote condenser           resistance baseboard
                                                                                                     System 2         Four-pipe fan-coil (2)            Constant-volume     Water-cooled water chiller      Fuel-fired or electric resistance water boiler
                                                                                                     System 3         Single-zone packaged rooftop      Constant-volume     Air-cooled direct-expansion     Fuel-fired or electric resistance furnace for
                                                                                                                      unit with baseboard heating                                                           rooftop, hot water with fuel-fired boiler, or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                            electric resistance for baseboards
                                                                                                     System 4         Single-zone make-up air unit      Constant-volume     Air-cooled direct-expansion     Make-up air unit: electric or indirect fuel-fired
                                                                                                                      with baseboard heating                                                                furnace
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Baseboards: electric resistance or hydronic
                                                                                                                                                                                                            with fuel-fired boiler
                                                                                                     System 5         Two-pipe fan-coil (2)             Constant-volume     Water-cooled water chiller      None
                                                                                                     System 6 (3)     Multi-zone built-up system with   Variable-volume     Water-cooled water chiller      Baseboards: electric resistance or hydronic
                                                                                                                      baseboard heating                                                                     with fuel-fired boiler

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 8.4.4.7.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Where present, humidification systems in the reference building shall use the same energy source as the corresponding humidification system in
                                                                                                          the proposed building.
                                                                                                    (2)   Except for HVAC systems serving dwelling units, outside air requirements for the thermal blocks served by those systems shall be met by a single
                                                                                                          ventilation system able to meet all the required outside and exhaust air rates. For HVAC systems serving dwelling units, outside air requirements
                                                                                                          shall be met by a ventilation system identical to that of the proposed building.
                                                                                                    (3)   Where the building has no more than 4 above-ground storeys, the energy model shall include a single system serving the thermal blocks
                                                                                                          of all storeys. Where the building has more than 4 above-ground storeys, external thermal blocks shall be grouped together based on facade
                                                                                                          orientation and internal thermal blocks shall be grouped together, with each grouping served by a single system. A single independent system shall
                                                                                                          serve all underground thermal blocks.


                                                                                                                                3) If the building or space type of a thermal block of the proposed building is not
                                                                                                                            listed in Table 8.4.4.7.-A, the type that most closely corresponds to that thermal block
                                                                                                                            shall be used for the reference building.

                                                                                                                               4) For each thermal block of the proposed building having an HVAC system that
                                                                                                                            includes a heat pump, the corresponding thermal blocks of the reference building shall be
                                                                                                                            modeled with a type of HVAC system determined in accordance with Article 8.4.4.13.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.8.                Equipment Oversizing
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-8.4.4.8.)

                                                                                                                               1) The heating equipment of the reference building shall be modeled as being
                                                                                                                            oversized by the lesser of
                                                                                                                               a) the percentage of oversizing applied to the proposed building, or
                                                                                                                               b) 30%.

                                                                                                                               2) The cooling equipment of the reference building shall be modeled as being
                                                                                                                            oversized by the lesser of
                                                                                                                               a) the percentage of oversizing applied to the proposed building, or
                                                                                                                               b) 10%.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.9.                Heating System

                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the heating system serving each thermal
                                                                                                                            block of the reference building shall be determined in accordance with Table 8.4.4.7.-A
                                                                                                                            and this Article.

                                                                                                                                2) Where the proposed building uses purchased energy, Article 8.4.4.6. shall apply
                                                                                                                            to the reference building.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                       Division B 8-13
                                                                                                    8.4.4.9.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          3) Where Tables 8.4.4.7.-A and 8.4.4.7.-B indicate that a heating system is required
                                                                                                                      in the secondary system as well as in a terminal device, the heating capacity of each
                                                                                                                      type of equipment shall be set as follows:
                                                                                                                          a) the heating capacity of the terminal device shall meet the thermal block's
                                                                                                                              heating load due to the transfer of energy through the building envelope only,
                                                                                                                          b) the combined heating capacities of the heating systems in the terminal
                                                                                                                              device and secondary system shall meet the peak heating load of the thermal
                                                                                                                              blocks served by those systems, and
                                                                                                                          c) the applicable oversize factor shall apply to each type of equipment.

                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the energy type of the reference building's
                                                                                                                      heating system shall be modeled as being identical to the energy type of the proposed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      building's heating system.

                                                                                                                         5) Where more than one energy type is used by the proposed building's heating
                                                                                                                      system,
                                                                                                                          a) the heating capacities of the reference building's heating equipment shall
                                                                                                                             match the ratio of the proposed building's heating equipment capacity
                                                                                                                             allocation, and
                                                                                                                         b) the operating schedule, priority of use and other operational characteristics
                                                                                                                             of the proposed building's use of energy types shall apply.

                                                                                                                         6) Where a hydronic system is modeled in the reference building, the heating
                                                                                                                      plant shall be modeled as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) the heating capacity of the heating plant shall be the sum of the heating
                                                                                                                             capacities of the systems served by the plant, multiplied by the applicable
                                                                                                                             oversize factor,
                                                                                                                         b) where the heating capacity is not greater than 176 kW, the heating plant
                                                                                                                             shall be modeled with one single-stage boiler,
                                                                                                                         c) where the heating capacity is greater than 176 kW and not greater than
                                                                                                                             352 kW, the heating plant shall be modeled to operate as required by the
                                                                                                                             reference building's load with
                                                                                                                                i) two boilers of equal capacity, or
                                                                                                                               ii) a two-staged boiler that operates in stages with a 1:2 ratio,
                                                                                                                         d) where the heating capacity exceeds 352 kW, the heating plant shall be
                                                                                                                             modeled with a boiler that is fully modulating down to 25% of its capacity,
                                                                                                                         e) the pumping system shall be modeled as a primary system with constant
                                                                                                                             speed operation,
                                                                                                                          f) the peak pumping flow rate shall be set considering
                                                                                                                                i) the installed heating plant's capacity,
                                                                                                                               ii) use of pure water, and
                                                                                                                              iii) a 16°C temperature drop,
                                                                                                                         g) the pump's operating schedule shall be modeled as being identical to that of
                                                                                                                             the proposed building, and
                                                                                                                         h) the hot water supply temperature shall be reset to
                                                                                                                                i) 82°C for an outside air temperature of −16°C, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 60°C for an outside air temperature of 0°C.

                                                                                                                         7) Where the reference building contains a furnace, it shall be modeled as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) the heating capacity of the furnace shall be the sum of the heating loads
                                                                                                                            of the thermal blocks served by the furnace, multiplied by the applicable
                                                                                                                            oversize factor,
                                                                                                                         b) where the heating capacity is not greater than 66 kW, the furnace shall be
                                                                                                                            modeled with two stages of equal capacity, and
                                                                                                                         c) where the heating capacity is greater than 66 kW, the furnace shall be
                                                                                                                            modeled with a number of stages equal to its capacity divided by 66 kW and
                                                                                                                            rounded up to the nearest integer.

                                                                                                                         8) Heating equipment performance characteristics as a function of part-load
                                                                                                                      shall be modeled in accordance with the part-load performance curves found in
                                                                                                                      Subsection 8.4.5.


                                                                                                    8-14 Division B                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           8.4.4.10.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.10.         Cooling Systems

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the cooling system serving each thermal
                                                                                                                      block of the reference building shall be determined in accordance with Table 8.4.4.7.-A
                                                                                                                      and this Article.

                                                                                                                          2) Where the proposed building uses purchased energy, Article 8.4.4.6. shall apply
                                                                                                                      to the reference building.

                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the energy type of the reference building's
                                                                                                                      cooling system shall be modeled as being identical to that of the proposed building's
                                                                                                                      cooling system.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         4) Where more than one energy type is used by the proposed building's cooling
                                                                                                                      system,
                                                                                                                          a) the cooling capacities of the reference building's cooling equipment shall
                                                                                                                             match the ratio of the proposed building's cooling equipment capacity
                                                                                                                             allocation, and
                                                                                                                         b) the operating schedule, priority of use and other operational characteristics
                                                                                                                             of the proposed building's use of energy types shall apply.

                                                                                                                         5) Cooling equipment performance characteristics as a function of part-load
                                                                                                                      shall be modeled in accordance with the part-load performance curves found in
                                                                                                                      Subsection 8.4.5.

                                                                                                                          6) Where a hydronic system is installed, the cooling plant shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                      follows:
                                                                                                                          a) the cooling capacity of the cooling plant shall be the sum of the cooling
                                                                                                                              capacities of the systems served by the plant, multiplied by the applicable
                                                                                                                              oversize factor,
                                                                                                                          b) where the cooling capacity is not greater than 2 100 kW, the cooling plant
                                                                                                                              shall be modeled with one water chiller,
                                                                                                                          c) where the cooling capacity is greater than 2 100 kW, the cooling plant shall
                                                                                                                              be modeled with two water chillers, each having half the capacity of the
                                                                                                                              cooling plant's capacity,
                                                                                                                          d) the water chiller's pumping system shall be modeled as a primary system
                                                                                                                              with constant speed operation,
                                                                                                                          e) the water chiller's pumping flow rate shall be set considering
                                                                                                                                 i) the cooling plant's capacity,
                                                                                                                                ii) use of pure water, and
                                                                                                                               iii) a 6°C temperature rise,
                                                                                                                           f) the types of water chillers shall be modeled as being identical to those of
                                                                                                                              the proposed building,
                                                                                                                          g) the chilled water supply temperature shall be set at 7°C, and
                                                                                                                          h) each water chiller shall be fully modulating down to 25% of its capacity.

                                                                                                                         7) Where Table 8.4.4.7.-A indicates that a cooling system is required in the
                                                                                                                      secondary system as well as in a terminal device, the cooling capacity of each type of
                                                                                                                      equipment shall be set as follows:
                                                                                                                          a) the cooling capacity of the terminal device shall meet the thermal block's
                                                                                                                             cooling load due to the transfer of energy through the building envelope and
                                                                                                                             internal loads only,
                                                                                                                          b) the combined cooling capacities of the cooling systems in the terminal
                                                                                                                             device and secondary system shall meet the peak cooling load of the thermal
                                                                                                                             blocks served by the system, and
                                                                                                                          c) the applicable oversize factor shall apply on each type of equipment.

                                                                                                                         8) Where a direct-expansion system is modeled in the reference building, that
                                                                                                                      system shall be modeled as follows:
                                                                                                                          a) the cooling capacity of the system shall be the sum of the cooling loads
                                                                                                                             of the thermal blocks served by the system, multiplied by the applicable
                                                                                                                             oversize factor,


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                     Division B 8-15
                                                                                                    8.4.4.11.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                  b) where the cooling capacity of the system is not greater than 66 kW, the
                                                                                                                                     system shall be modeled with two stages of equal capacity, and
                                                                                                                                  c) where the cooling capacity is greater than 66 kW, the system shall be
                                                                                                                                     modeled with a number of stages equal to its capacity divided by 66 kW and
                                                                                                                                     rounded up to the nearest integer.
                                                                                                                              9) For water-cooled systems, heat rejection to the atmosphere shall be modeled in
                                                                                                                           accordance with Article 8.4.4.11.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.11.              Cooling Tower Systems
                                                                                                                              1) Where applicable, water-cooled systems shall be paired to an axial-fan,
                                                                                                                           direct-contact cooling tower that has




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               a) a capacity equal to the nominal heat rejection rate of the equipment,
                                                                                                                              b) inlet and outlet water temperatures of 35°C and 29°C, respectively, and
                                                                                                                               c) an inlet outside air wet bulb temperature of 24°C.
                                                                                                                              2) A cooling tower with a capacity not greater than 1 750 kW shall be modeled
                                                                                                                           with one cell.
                                                                                                                              3) A cooling tower with a capacity greater than 1 750 kW shall be modeled with a
                                                                                                                           number of cells equal to its capacity divided by 1 750 and rounded up to the nearest
                                                                                                                           integer.
                                                                                                                                  4) The pumping system shall be modeled as constant speed operation.
                                                                                                                                  5)    The pumping flow rate shall be set considering
                                                                                                                                  a)    the cooling tower's capacity,
                                                                                                                                  b)    use of pure water, and
                                                                                                                                  c)    a 6°C temperature drop.
                                                                                                                             6) The fan of each cooling tower cell shall be modeled with cycling control to
                                                                                                                           maintain an outlet water temperature of 29°C.
                                                                                                                              7) Cooling tower equipment performance characteristics as a function of part-load
                                                                                                                           shall be modeled in accordance with the part-load performance curves found in
                                                                                                                           Subsection 8.4.5.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.12.              Cooling with Outside Air
                                                                                                                              1) Where Article 5.2.2.7. applies to a proposed building's HVAC system, the HVAC
                                                                                                                           systems of the corresponding thermal blocks in the reference building shall be modeled
                                                                                                                           in accordance with that Article and Table 8.4.4.12.

                                                                                                                                                               Table 8.4.4.12.
                                                                                                                           Applicable Requirements for Cooling with Outside Air According to Type of HVAC System
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.4.12.(1)

                                                                                                                                       Type of System                            Applicable Article for Cooling with Outside Air
                                                                                                     HVAC systems 1, 3, 4 and 6 (1)                                                                 5.2.2.8.
                                                                                                     HVAC systems 2 and 5 (1)                                                                       5.2.2.9.
                                                                                                     All types of heat pump systems (2)                                                             5.2.2.8.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 8.4.4.12.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Table 8.4.4.7.-B.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Table 8.4.4.13.


                                                                                                    8.4.4.13.              Heat Pumps
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-8.4.4.13.)
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where the proposed building's HVAC
                                                                                                                           system includes a water loop heat pump that supplies conditioned air to a thermal block
                                                                                                                           or conditioned water to a hydronic loop, the reference building's HVAC system for that
                                                                                                                           thermal block shall be selected using Table 8.4.4.7.-A. (See Note A-8.4.4.13.(1).)


                                                                                                    8-16 Division B                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                           8.4.4.14.

                                                                                                                                 2) Where the proposed building's HVAC system includes an air-source,
                                                                                                                              water-source or ground-source heat pump that supplies conditioned air to a thermal
                                                                                                                              block or conditioned water to a hydronic loop,
                                                                                                                                  a) the reference building's HVAC system for that thermal block or for the thermal
                                                                                                                                      blocks supplied by the hydronic loop shall be an air-source heat pump
                                                                                                                                      described in Table 8.4.4.13.,
                                                                                                                                  b) the heat pump's cooling capacity shall be set based on the peak cooling load,
                                                                                                                                      without oversizing,
                                                                                                                                  c) the heat pump's heating capacity at an outdoor air temperature of 8.3°C
                                                                                                                                      shall be identical to its cooling capacity and reduced to 50% at −8.3°C,
                                                                                                                                  d) the heat pump shall not operate in heating mode when the outdoor air
                                                                                                                                      temperature is below −10°C,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  e) the heat pump's part-load performance shall be modeled in accordance
                                                                                                                                      with Subsection 8.4.5.,
                                                                                                                                  f) the terminal heating's capacity or the heat pump's auxiliary heating capacity
                                                                                                                                      shall be set based on the peak heating load of the thermal block and the
                                                                                                                                      requirements of Subsections 8.4.1., 8.4.2. and 8.4.4.,
                                                                                                                                  g) except as provided in Clause (h), the energy type of the heat pump's
                                                                                                                                      terminal heating or auxiliary heating shall be
                                                                                                                                         i) for an air-source heat pump, the energy type used for
                                                                                                                                            terminal or auxiliary heating of the thermal blocks of the
                                                                                                                                            proposed building served by that heat pump and having the
                                                                                                                                            largest annual energy use, provided the heat pump exceeds
                                                                                                                                            33% of the total annual energy use for space heating for
                                                                                                                                            these thermal blocks, or
                                                                                                                                        ii) for a water-source or ground-source heat pump, the energy
                                                                                                                                            type used for terminal or auxiliary heating of the thermal
                                                                                                                                            blocks of the proposed building served by all the heat pumps
                                                                                                                                            connected to the same water loop and having the largest
                                                                                                                                            annual energy use, provided the heat pump exceeds 33%
                                                                                                                                            of the total annual energy use for space heating for these
                                                                                                                                            thermal blocks, and
                                                                                                                                  h) where the heat pump is not an air-, water- or ground-source pump, the
                                                                                                                                      energy type of the heat pump's terminal heating or auxiliary heating shall
                                                                                                                                      be electricity.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 8.4.4.13.
                                                                                                                                                           Heat Pump System Description
                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentences 8.4.4.13.(2), 8.4.4.14.(6) and 8.4.4.18.(6)

                                                                                                          System Number (1)         Type of System            Fan Control                        Type of Terminal or Auxiliary Heating
                                                                                                     Systems 1 and 3 to        Packaged unitary rooftop    Constant volume     Rooftop unit: fuel-fired or electric resistance furnace
                                                                                                     6                         heat pump                                       Baseboards: electric resistance or hydronic with fuel-fired boiler
                                                                                                     System 2                                                                   See Table 8.4.4.7.-B

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 8.4.4.13.:
                                                                                                    (1)    System number is based on building or space type determined in accordance with Table 8.4.4.7.-A.


                                                                                                    8.4.4.14.                 Hydronic Pumps

                                                                                                                                 1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), each hydronic pump of the
                                                                                                                              reference building shall have a total static head and efficiency identical to that of the
                                                                                                                              corresponding pump of the proposed building.

                                                                                                                                 2) Where the proposed building uses more than one pump in a given hydronic
                                                                                                                              system, the peak shaft power demand of the reference building's pump shall be
                                                                                                                              modeled as being identical to the combined peak shaft power demand of the proposed
                                                                                                                              building's pumps. (See Note A-8.4.4.14.(2).)



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                     Division B 8-17
                                                                                                    8.4.4.15.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                           3) Where the total static head or efficiency of the proposed building's hydronic
                                                                                                                        pump is not known, the characteristics of the reference building's hydronic pump shall
                                                                                                                        be based on the peak power demand, in W/(L/s), of the proposed building's pump.
                                                                                                                            4) Pump power, P, versus flow rate, V, shall be calculated using one of the
                                                                                                                        following equations:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        where
                                                                                                                         Vpartload = flow rate at part-load conditions, in L/s,
                                                                                                                           Vrated = flow rate at rated conditions, in L/s,
                                                                                                                         Ppartload = power draw at part-load conditions, in kW,
                                                                                                                           Prated = power draw at rated conditions, in kW, and
                                                                                                                        A, B, C, D, E = coefficients defined in Table 8.4.4.14.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 8.4.4.14.
                                                                                                                                      Coefficients Used in Calculating Pump Power versus Flow Rate
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.4.14.(4)

                                                                                                                                                                                  Type of Pump
                                                                                                                      Coefficients
                                                                                                                                                          Pump Riding its Curve                  Pump with Variable Speed Drive
                                                                                                                           A                                      0.227143                                     0.00153028
                                                                                                                           B                                       1.178929                                   0.00520806
                                                                                                                           C                                      –0.41071                                    1.0086242
                                                                                                                           D                                       0.47                                       0.20
                                                                                                                           E                                       0.68                                       0.04


                                                                                                                               5) Variable-flow pumps shall be modeled as a pump riding its curve.
                                                                                                                           6) Where the secondary system defined in Tables 8.4.4.7.-A and 8.4.4.13. represents
                                                                                                                        equipment meeting the requirements of Article 5.2.12.1. and whose minimum
                                                                                                                        performance includes pump energy (in part or in whole), the performance of the
                                                                                                                        heating and cooling equipment of the secondary system shall be adjusted so that the
                                                                                                                        maximum power demand of the system, including pump power demand, meets the
                                                                                                                        requirements of Article 5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.15.           Outdoor Air
                                                                                                                            1) The peak outdoor air ventilation rates for the reference building shall be identical
                                                                                                                        to those determined for the proposed building in Sentence 8.4.3.6.(1).
                                                                                                                           2) Where demand control ventilation strategies required by Article 5.2.3.4. are
                                                                                                                        implemented in the proposed building, the reference building shall be modeled with
                                                                                                                        those same strategies.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.16.           Space Temperature Control
                                                                                                                            1) If an in-floor, in-ceiling or in-wall radiant heating and/or cooling system is used
                                                                                                                        in the proposed building but the energy model calculations do not allow for modeling
                                                                                                                        of radiant effects, each conditioned thermal block in the reference building shall be
                                                                                                                        modeled using heating and/or cooling temperature schedules, as applicable, that are
                                                                                                                        2°C warmer and 2°C cooler respectively than those used for the proposed building in
                                                                                                                        Sentence 8.4.3.2.(1).
                                                                                                                           2) The throttling range of the heating and cooling equipment shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                        being identical to that determined for the proposed building in Sentence 8.4.3.7.(1).


                                                                                                    8-18 Division B                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   8.4.4.18.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.17.               Fans
                                                                                                                               1) Where the HVAC system of a thermal block of the proposed building
                                                                                                                            includes a fan that exhausts air directly to the outside and complies with
                                                                                                                            Sentences 5.2.3.1.(2) and 5.2.10.1.(3), its flow rate, power demand, operating schedule
                                                                                                                            and part-load performance shall be modeled identically in the reference building. (See
                                                                                                                            Note A-8.4.4.17.(1).)
                                                                                                                               2) Fan power, P, versus flow rate, F, shall be calculated using one of the following
                                                                                                                            equations:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                             Fpartload = flow rate at part-load conditions, in L/s,
                                                                                                                                Frated = flow rate at rated conditions, in L/s,
                                                                                                                             Ppartload = power draw at part-load conditions, in kW,
                                                                                                                                Prated = power draw at rated conditions, in kW, and
                                                                                                                             A, B, C, D, E = coefficients defined in Table 8.4.4.17.
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-8.4.4.17.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 8.4.4.17.
                                                                                                                                            Coefficients Used in Calculating Fan Power versus Flow Rate
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.4.17.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Coefficients
                                                                                                                          Type of Fan
                                                                                                                                                                 A              B              C           D           E
                                                                                                     Airfoil or backward inclined riding fan curve           0.227143       1.178929       –0.41071       0.47        0.68
                                                                                                     Airfoil or backward inclined with inlet vanes           0.584345       –0.57917       0.970238       0.35        0.50
                                                                                                     Forward curved with inlet vanes                         0.339619       –0.84814       1.495671       0.25        0.22
                                                                                                     Variable speed drive                                   0.00153028     0.00520806      1.0086242      0.20        0.04


                                                                                                                               3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), individual fans shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                            airfoil or backward inclined riding fan curve.
                                                                                                                               4) Where variable-air-volume fans are used, individual fans having a fan power
                                                                                                                            greater than 7.5 kW and less than 25 kW shall be modeled as airfoil or backward
                                                                                                                            inclined with inlet vanes.
                                                                                                                               5) Where variable-air-volume fans are used, individual fans having a fan power
                                                                                                                            greater than or equal to 25 kW shall be modeled as forward curved with inlet vanes.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.18.               Supply Air Systems
                                                                                                                               1) The supply airflow rate provided by secondary systems shall be modeled as being
                                                                                                                            equal to the sum of the airflow rates supplied to each of the thermal blocks calculated in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                               2) The supply airflow rate to a thermal block shall be modeled as being the greater of
                                                                                                                               a) the airflow rate for heating, based on the peak heating load and a
                                                                                                                                  temperature difference of 21°C,
                                                                                                                               b) the airflow rate for cooling, based on the peak cooling load and a
                                                                                                                                  temperature difference of 11°C, or
                                                                                                                               c) the outdoor air ventilation rate supplied to the thermal block in the proposed
                                                                                                                                  building.
                                                                                                                               3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), HVAC systems 1 to 5 of Table 8.4.4.7.-B
                                                                                                                            shall be modeled with
                                                                                                                               a) a supply air temperature that is reset according to the thermal block's load,


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                            Division B 8-19
                                                                                                    8.4.4.19.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         b) a supply fan that has a static pressure of 640 Pa and a combined fan-motor
                                                                                                                            efficiency of 40%, and
                                                                                                                         c) no return fan.
                                                                                                                        4) Except as provided in Sentence (6), HVAC system 6 of Table 8.4.4.7.-B shall be
                                                                                                                      modeled with
                                                                                                                        a) a default supply air temperature of 13°C, with the supply air temperature
                                                                                                                            reset in accordance with Article 5.2.8.9.,
                                                                                                                        b) a supply fan that has a static pressure of 1 000 Pa and a combined fan-motor
                                                                                                                            efficiency of 55%, and
                                                                                                                        c) a return fan that has a static pressure of 250 Pa and a combined fan-motor
                                                                                                                            efficiency of 30%.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         5) Where the proposed building's secondary system does not meet the requirements
                                                                                                                      of Clause 5.2.3.1.(1)(b), the reference building's secondary system shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                      having an identical fan power demand.
                                                                                                                         6) Where a secondary system defined in Tables 8.4.4.7.-A and 8.4.4.13. comprises
                                                                                                                      equipment whose fan energy is included in the minimum performance level required
                                                                                                                      by Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to 5.2.12.1.-P, the capacity and performance of its heating and
                                                                                                                      cooling equipment shall be adjusted so the maximum power demand of the secondary
                                                                                                                      system, including fan power demand, meets the requirements of Article 5.2.12.1.

                                                                                                    8.4.4.19.         Energy Recovery Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Where Subsection 5.2.10. applies to a reference building's HVAC system,
                                                                                                                      that system shall be modeled with energy recovery capabilities that comply with
                                                                                                                      Subsection 5.2.10. and Sentences (2) and (3).
                                                                                                                         2) Energy recovered from an HVAC system's exhaust air shall be used to preheat
                                                                                                                      the outside air supplied by that system.
                                                                                                                         3) Where the proposed building has ice-making loads along with simultaneous
                                                                                                                      heating and/or service water heating loads, the reference building's ice plant shall be
                                                                                                                      modeled with the following characteristics and components:
                                                                                                                         a) a water-cooled, double-bundle water chiller having 100% heat-recovery
                                                                                                                             capacity, where the energy model calculations do not allow for modeling of
                                                                                                                             the ice plant and/or of heat recovery from the ice plant,
                                                                                                                         b) operation and performance characteristics, such as efficiency, capacity,
                                                                                                                             part-load performance and pumping flow rates, that are identical to those
                                                                                                                             of the proposed building's machine,
                                                                                                                         c) peak load and demand schedules that are identical to those of the proposed
                                                                                                                             building, and
                                                                                                                         d) heat rejection to
                                                                                                                                i) at least one hydronic system for heating or service water
                                                                                                                                   heating, where the system has a load, and
                                                                                                                               ii) the atmosphere using a cooling tower defined in accordance
                                                                                                                                   with Articles 8.4.4.10. and 8.4.4.11., when the heat
                                                                                                                                   rejected is greater than the coincident heating load (see
                                                                                                                                   Note A-8.4.3.9.).

                                                                                                    8.4.4.20.         Service Water Heating Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the reference building's service water
                                                                                                                      heating system shall be modeled as being identical to that of the proposed building
                                                                                                                      as regards the following characteristics:
                                                                                                                          a) storage capacity,
                                                                                                                          b) power input, and
                                                                                                                          c) energy type.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the energy type of the proposed building's service water heating system is
                                                                                                                      an air-, water- or ground-source heat pump, the energy type of the reference building's
                                                                                                                      service water heating system shall be an air-source heat pump.


                                                                                                    8-20 Division B                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              8.4.5.2.

                                                                                                                         3) Where the energy type of the proposed building's service water heating system is
                                                                                                                      an immersion coil supplied by a boiler, the energy type of the reference building's service
                                                                                                                      water heating system shall be the same as that of the boiler.
                                                                                                                         4) Where more than one energy type is used by the proposed building's service
                                                                                                                      water heating system,
                                                                                                                         a) the heating capacities of the reference building's service water heating
                                                                                                                             equipment shall match the ratio of the proposed building's service water
                                                                                                                             heating equipment capacity allocation (see Note A-8.4.4.20.(4)(a)), and
                                                                                                                         b) the operating schedule, priority of use and other operational characteristics
                                                                                                                             of the proposed building's use of energy types shall apply.
                                                                                                                         5) Service water heating equipment performance characteristics as a function of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      part-load shall be modeled in accordance with the part-load performance curves found
                                                                                                                      in Subsection 8.4.5.
                                                                                                                         6) The service water heating system's supply temperature shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                      being identical to that of the proposed building. (See Note A-8.4.4.20.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) Where a storage tank is to be modeled, the service water heating system's storage
                                                                                                                      temperature shall be modeled as being identical to that of the proposed building. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-8.4.4.20.(7).)
                                                                                                                         8) Where the proposed building's service water heating system comprises multiple
                                                                                                                      water heaters, the reference building's service water heating system shall be modeled
                                                                                                                      with the same number of water heaters.
                                                                                                                         9) Where the proposed building's service water heating system is a recirculation
                                                                                                                      system, the circulation pumps shall be modeled as a single pump with
                                                                                                                          a) constant speed operation, and
                                                                                                                         b) a total flow rate and pumping power, in W/(L/s), that are identical to that of
                                                                                                                             the proposed building's circulation pumps.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.            Part-Load Performance Characteristics
                                                                                                    8.4.5.1.          General
                                                                                                                         1) Part-load performance curves for the reference building's systems shall be
                                                                                                                      calculated in accordance with Articles 8.4.5.2. to 8.4.5.9., using the parameters
                                                                                                                      described in this Subsection.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.2.          Boiler
                                                                                                                         1) The fuel consumption at part-load conditions, Fuelpartload, in Btu/h, of the
                                                                                                                      reference condensing or non-condensing boiler shall be derived by applying an
                                                                                                                      adjustment factor to the fuel consumption at design conditions:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      Fueldesign = fuel consumption at design conditions, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                      FHeatPLC = fuel heating part-load efficiency curve determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) The fuel heating part-load efficiency curve, FHeatPLC, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      Qpartload = boiler capacity at part-load conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                       Qdesign = boiler capacity at design conditions, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                       a, b, c = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.2.-A.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 8-21
                                                                                                    8.4.5.3.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                             Table 8.4.5.2.-A
                                                                                                                     Coefficients Used in the Calculation of FHeatPLC for Condensing and Non-Condensing Boilers
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                   Coefficients for Calculation of FHeatPLC
                                                                                                             Type of Boiler
                                                                                                                                                            a                         b                              c
                                                                                                    Non-condensing                                     0.082597                   0.996764                     –0.079361
                                                                                                    Condensing                                         0.00533                    0.904                         0.09066


                                                                                                                         3) For modulating boilers, values for Qpartload/Qdesign and corresponding values for




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       FHeatPLC shall be those listed in Table 8.4.5.2.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 8.4.5.2.-B
                                                                                                                        Values for Qpartload, Qrated and Qdesign and FHeatPLC for Modulating Boilers and Furnaces
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 8.4.5.2.(3) and 8.4.5.3.(3)

                                                                                                                 Qpartload, Qrated and Qdesign (Part-Load Ratio)                                   FHeatPLC
                                                                                                                                      0.1                                                             0.118
                                                                                                                                      0.2                                                             0.209
                                                                                                                                      0.3                                                             0.308
                                                                                                                                      0.4                                                             0.407
                                                                                                                                      0.5                                                             0.506
                                                                                                                                      0.6                                                             0.605
                                                                                                                                      0.7                                                             0.704
                                                                                                                                      0.8                                                             0.802
                                                                                                                                      0.9                                                             0.901
                                                                                                                                       1                                                                1


                                                                                                    8.4.5.3.           Furnace

                                                                                                                          1) The fuel consumption at part-load conditions, Fuelpartload, in Btu/h, of the
                                                                                                                       reference condensing or atmospheric furnace shall be derived by applying an
                                                                                                                       adjustment factor to the fuel consumption at rated conditions:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                       Fuelrated = fuel consumption at rated conditions, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                       FHeatPLC = fuel heating part-load efficiency curve determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                   Sentence (2).

                                                                                                                          2) The fuel heating part-load efficiency curve, FHeatPLC, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                       the following equation:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                       Qpartload = furnace capacity at part-load conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                         Qrated = furnace capacity at rated conditions, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                        a, b, c = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.3.


                                                                                                    8-22 Division B                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       8.4.5.4.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 8.4.5.3.
                                                                                                                     Coefficients Used in the Calculation of FHeatPLC for Condensing and Atmospheric Furnaces
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.3.(2)

                                                                                                                                                               Coefficients for Calculation of FHeatPLC
                                                                                                             Type of Furnace
                                                                                                                                                  a                               b                             c
                                                                                                     Atmospheric                              0.0186100                       1.0942090                   –0.1128190
                                                                                                     Condensing                               0.00533                         0.904                        0.09066


                                                                                                                         3) For modulating furnaces, values for Qpartload/Qrated and corresponding values for




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       FHeatPLC shall be those listed in Table 8.4.5.2.-B.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.4.           Direct-Expansion Cooling Equipment
                                                                                                                          1) The part-load performance characteristics of the reference electric
                                                                                                                       direct-expansion (DX) coil cooling equipment shall be adjusted for cooling capacity by
                                                                                                                       applying Sentence (2) and adjusted for power draw by applying Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                          2) The available total cooling capacity, Qavailable, in Btu/h, of the reference electric
                                                                                                                       DX coil as a function of present evaporator and condenser conditions shall be
                                                                                                                       calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                       CAP_FTEDX = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                   Sentence (3), and
                                                                                                                         Qrated = rated capacity at AHRI test conditions, in Btu/h.
                                                                                                                           3) The cooling capacity adjustment, CAP_FTEDX, shall be calculated using the
                                                                                                                       following equation:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                            twb = entering coil wet-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                           todb = except as provided in Sentence (8), outdoor-air dry-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                              a = 0.8740302,
                                                                                                                              b = –0.0011416,
                                                                                                                              c = 0.0001711,
                                                                                                                              d = –0.0029570,
                                                                                                                              e = 0.0000102, and
                                                                                                                              f = –0.0000592.
                                                                                                                          4) The power draw at specified operating conditions, Poperating, in kW, of the
                                                                                                                       reference electric DX coil as a function of present evaporator and condenser conditions
                                                                                                                       and part-load ratio shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                       where
                                                                                                                         Prated = rated power draw at AHRI test conditions, in kW,
                                                                                                                       EIR_FPLR = electric input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to changes in coil
                                                                                                                                   load determined in accordance with Sentence (5),
                                                                                                                       EIR_FT = electric input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                                   variables determined in accordance with Sentence (7), and
                                                                                                                       CAP_FTEDX = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                   Sentence (3).


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                               Division B 8-23
                                                                                                    8.4.5.5.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         5) The electric input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to changes in coil
                                                                                                                      load, EIR_FPLR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         PLR = part-load ratio based on available capacity (not rated capacity) determined
                                                                                                                                in accordance with Sentence (6),
                                                                                                                            a = 0.2012301,
                                                                                                                            b = –0.0312175,
                                                                                                                            c = 1.9504979, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            d = –1.1205105.
                                                                                                                         6) The part-load ratio based on available capacity (not rated capacity), PLR, shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      Qoperating = present load on electric DX coil, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                      Qavailable = available capacity of electric DX coil at present evaporator and condenser
                                                                                                                                   conditions, in Btu/h, determined in accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         7) The electric input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                      variables, EIR_FT, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                           twb = entering coil wet-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                          todb = except as provided in Sentence (8), outdoor-air dry-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                             a = –1.0639310,
                                                                                                                             b = 0.0306584,
                                                                                                                             c = –0.0001269,
                                                                                                                             d = 0.0154213,
                                                                                                                             e = 0.0000497, and
                                                                                                                             f = –0.0002096.
                                                                                                                         8) If an air-cooled unit uses an evaporative condenser, the outdoor-air dry-bulb
                                                                                                                      temperature, todb, used in Sentences (3) and (7) shall be the effective dry-bulb
                                                                                                                      temperature of the air leaving the evaporative cooling unit.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.5.          Electric Chiller
                                                                                                                         1) The part-load performance characteristics of the reference electric chiller shall
                                                                                                                      be adjusted for cooling capacity by applying Sentence (2) and adjusted for power
                                                                                                                      draw by applying Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                         2) The available total cooling capacity, Qavailable, in Btu/h, of the reference electric
                                                                                                                      chiller as a function of present evaporator and condenser conditions shall be calculated
                                                                                                                      using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      CAP_FTEC = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                        Qrated = rated capacity at AHRI test conditions, in Btu/h.


                                                                                                    8-24 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  8.4.5.5.

                                                                                                                              3) The cooling capacity adjustment, CAP_FTEC, shall be calculated using the
                                                                                                                          following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                              tchws = chilled water supply temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                                tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a, b, c, d, e, f = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.5.-A.


                                                                                                                                                             Table 8.4.5.5.-A
                                                                                                                                        Capacity Coefficients Used in the Calculation of CAP_FTEC
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.5.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                      Coefficients for Calculation of CAP_FTEC
                                                                                                           Type of Electric Chiller
                                                                                                                                             a               b                   c                  d                e               f
                                                                                                     Air-cooled         Scroll            0.40070684     0.01861548         0.00007199        0.00177296         –0.00002014    –0.00008273
                                                                                                                        Reciprocating     0.57617295     0.02063133         0.00007769      –0.00351183           0.00000312    –0.00007865
                                                                                                                        Screw            –0.09464899     0.0383407         –0.00009205        0.00378007         –0.00001375    –0.00015464
                                                                                                                        Centrifugal           –              –                  –                 –                   –              –
                                                                                                     Water-cooled       Scroll            0.36131454     0.01855477         0.00003011        0.00093592         –0.00001518    –0.00005481
                                                                                                                        Reciprocating     0.58531422     0.01539593         0.00007296      –0.00212462          –0.00000715    –0.00004597
                                                                                                                        Screw             0.332669598    0.00729116        –0.00049938        0.01598983         –0.00028254     0.00052346
                                                                                                                        Centrifugal      –0.29861975     0.02996076        –0.00080125        0.01736268         –0.00032606     0.00063139


                                                                                                                             4) The power draw at specified operating conditions, Poperating, in kW, of the
                                                                                                                          reference electric chiller as a function of present evaporator and condenser conditions
                                                                                                                          and part-load ratio shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                            Prated = rated power draw at AHRI test conditions, in kW,
                                                                                                                          EIR_FPLR = electric input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to changes in load
                                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Sentence (5),
                                                                                                                          EIR_FT = electric input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                                      variables determined in accordance with Sentence (7), and
                                                                                                                          CAP_FTEC = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with Sentence (3).

                                                                                                                             5) The electric input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to changes in
                                                                                                                          load, EIR_FPLR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                             PLR = part-load ratio based on available capacity (not rated capacity) determined
                                                                                                                                     in accordance with Sentence (6), and
                                                                                                                           a, b, c = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.5.-B.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                          Division B 8-25
                                                                                                    8.4.5.5.                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 8.4.5.5.-B
                                                                                                                                              Efficiency Coefficients Used in the Calculation of EIR_FPLR
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.5.(5)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Coefficients for Calculation of EIR_FPLR
                                                                                                                     Type of Electric Chiller
                                                                                                                                                                            a                            b                           c
                                                                                                    Air-cooled                       Scroll                            0.06369119                    0.58488832                   0.35280274
                                                                                                                                     Reciprocating                     0.1143742                     0.5459334                    0.34229861
                                                                                                                                     Screw                             0.03648722                    0.73474298                   0.21994748
                                                                                                                                     Centrifugal                          –                             –                            –




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Water-cooled                     Scroll                            0.04411957                    0.64036703                   0.31955532
                                                                                                                                     Reciprocating                     0.08144133                    0.41927141                   0.49939604
                                                                                                                                     Screw                             0.33018833                    0.23554291                   0.46070828
                                                                                                                                     Centrifugal                       0.17149273                    0.58820208                   0.23737257


                                                                                                                            6) The part-load ratio based on available capacity, PLR, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                         the following equation:




                                                                                                                         where
                                                                                                                         Qoperating = present load on electric chiller, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                         Qavailable = available capacity of electric chiller at present evaporator and condenser
                                                                                                                                      conditions, in Btu/h, determined in accordance with Sentence (2).

                                                                                                                            7) The electric input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                         variables, EIR_FT, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                         where
                                                                                                                             tchws = chilled water supply temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                               tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F, and
                                                                                                                         a, b, c, d, e, f = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.5.-C.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 8.4.5.5.-C
                                                                                                                                               Efficiency Coefficients Used in the Calculation of EIR_FT
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.5.(7)

                                                                                                                                                                            Coefficients for Calculation of EIR_FT
                                                                                                          Type of Electric Chiller
                                                                                                                                                     a             b                  c                  d              e                 f
                                                                                                    Air-cooled         Scroll                   0.99006553    –0.00584144        0.00016454       –0.00661136        0.00016808      –0.00022501
                                                                                                                       Reciprocating            0.66534403    –0.01383821        0.00014736        0.00712808        0.00004571      –0.00010326
                                                                                                                       Screw                    0.013545636    0.02292946       –0.00016107       –0.00235396        0.00012991      –0.00018585
                                                                                                                       Centrifugal                  –              –                 –                 –                 –                –
                                                                                                    Water-cooled       Scroll                   1.00121431    –0.01026981        0.00016703       –0.0128136         0.00014613      –0.00021959
                                                                                                                       Reciprocating            0.46140041    –0.0882156         0.00008223        0.00926607        0.00005722      –0.00011594
                                                                                                                       Screw                    0.66625406     0.00068584        0.00028496       –0.00341677        0.00025484      –0.00048195
                                                                                                                       Centrifugal              0.51777196    –0.00400363        0.00002026        0.00698793        0.0000829       –0.00015467


                                                                                                    8-26 Division B                                                                           National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              8.4.5.6.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.6.          Cooling Tower
                                                                                                                         1) The part-load performance characteristics of the reference cooling tower shall
                                                                                                                      be adjusted for cooling capacity by applying Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) The available total cooling capacity, Qavailable, in Btu/h, of the reference cooling
                                                                                                                      tower as a function of present outdoor-air wet-bulb, condenser water supply and
                                                                                                                      condenser water return temperatures shall be calculated using the following equation:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                        Qrated = rated cooling capacity at CTI test conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                        FWB = ratio of available capacity to rated capacity, in gpm/gpm, determined in
                                                                                                                                  accordance with Sentence (3), and
                                                                                                                            tR = tower range, in °F, determined in accordance with Sentence (5).
                                                                                                                         3) The ratio of available capacity to rated capacity, FWB, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                        FRA = intermediate capacity curve based on range and approach determined in
                                                                                                                                accordance with Sentence (4),
                                                                                                                         tcwb = outdoor-air wet-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                            a = 0.60531402,
                                                                                                                            b = –0.03554536,
                                                                                                                            c = 0.00804083,
                                                                                                                            d = –0.02860259,
                                                                                                                            e = 0.00024972, and
                                                                                                                            f = 0.00490857.
                                                                                                                         4) The intermediate capacity curve based on range and approach, FRA, shall be
                                                                                                                      calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                              tR = tower range, in °F, determined in accordance with Sentence (5),
                                                                                                                              tA = tower approach, in °F, determined in accordance with Sentence (6),
                                                                                                                               a = –2.22888899,
                                                                                                                               b = 0.16679543,
                                                                                                                               c = –0.01410247,
                                                                                                                               d = 0.03222333,
                                                                                                                               e = 0.18560214, and
                                                                                                                               f = 0.24251871.
                                                                                                                         5) The tower range, tR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          tcwr = condenser water return temperature, in °F, and
                                                                                                                          tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F.
                                                                                                                         6) The tower approach, tA, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division B 8-27
                                                                                                    8.4.5.7.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F, and
                                                                                                                         towb = outdoor-air wet-bulb temperature, in °F.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.7.          Electric Air-Source Heat Pump
                                                                                                                         1) The heating part-load performance characteristics of the reference electric
                                                                                                                      air-source heat pump shall be adjusted for heating capacity by applying Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      and adjusted for power draw by applying Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                         2) The available heating capacity, Qavailable, in Btu/h, of the reference heat pump as
                                                                                                                      a function of present evaporator and condenser conditions shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      CAP_FTEAS = heating capacity adjustment determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Sentence (3), and
                                                                                                                        Qrated = rated capacity at AHRI test conditions, in Btu/h.
                                                                                                                          3) The heating capacity adjustment, CAP_FTEAS, shall be calculated using the
                                                                                                                      following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          todb = outdoor-air dry-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                             a = 0.2536714,
                                                                                                                             b = 0.0104351,
                                                                                                                             c = 0.0001861, and
                                                                                                                            d = –0.0000015.
                                                                                                                         4) The power draw, Poperating, in kW, of the reference heat pump as a function of
                                                                                                                      present evaporator and condenser conditions and part-load ratio shall be calculated
                                                                                                                      using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                        Prated = rated power draw at AHRI test conditions, in kW,
                                                                                                                      EIR_FPLR = electric input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to changes in heat
                                                                                                                                  pump load determined in accordance with Sentence (5),
                                                                                                                      EIR_FT = electric input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                                  variables determined in accordance with Sentence (7), and
                                                                                                                      CAP_FTEAS = heating capacity adjustment determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Sentence (3).
                                                                                                                        5) The electric input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to changes in heat
                                                                                                                      pump load, EIR_FPLR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         PLR = part-load ratio based on available capacity (not rated capacity) determined
                                                                                                                                in accordance with Sentence (6),
                                                                                                                            a = 0.0856522,
                                                                                                                            b = 0.9388137,
                                                                                                                            c = –0.1834361, and
                                                                                                                            d = 0.1589702.


                                                                                                    8-28 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            8.4.5.8.

                                                                                                                         6) The part-load ratio based on available capacity, PLR, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      Qoperating = present load on heat pump, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                      Qavailable = available capacity of heat pump at present evaporator and condenser




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   conditions, in Btu/h, determined in accordance with Sentence (2).

                                                                                                                         7) The electric input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                      variables, EIR_FT, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          todb = outdoor-air dry-bulb temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                             a = 2.4600298,
                                                                                                                             b = –0.0622539,
                                                                                                                             c = 0.0008800, and
                                                                                                                            d = –0.0000046.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.8.          Absorption Chiller

                                                                                                                         1) The part-load performance characteristics of the reference absorption chiller
                                                                                                                      shall be adjusted for cooling capacity by applying Sentence (2) and adjusted for fuel
                                                                                                                      consumption by applying Sentences (4) and (8).

                                                                                                                         2) The available total cooling capacity, Qavailable, in Btu/h, of the reference
                                                                                                                      absorption chiller as a function of present evaporator and condenser conditions shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      CAP_FTAC = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                        Qrated = rated capacity at AHRI test conditions, in Btu/h.

                                                                                                                          3) The cooling capacity adjustment, CAP_FTAC, shall be calculated using the
                                                                                                                      following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          tchws = chilled water supply temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                            tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F, and
                                                                                                                      a, b, c, d, e, f = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.8.-A.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                    Division B 8-29
                                                                                                    8.4.5.8.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 8.4.5.8.-A
                                                                                                                                          Capacity Coefficients Used in the Calculation of CAP_FTAC
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.8.(3)

                                                                                                     Type of Absorption                                        Coefficients for Calculation of CAP_FTAC
                                                                                                           Chiller                a                  b                   c                     d                 e                  f
                                                                                                    Steam-driven,
                                                                                                                              0.723412           0.079006           0.000897            –0.025285           –0.000048           0.000276
                                                                                                    single-effect
                                                                                                    Steam-driven,
                                                                                                                              –0.816039          –0.038707          0.00045             0.071491            –0.000636           0.000312
                                                                                                    double-effect




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Direct-fired                  1                  0                  0                     0                  0                  0


                                                                                                                             4) The fuel consumption at specified operating conditions, Fuelpartload, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                          of a steam-driven, single- or double-effect absorption chiller as a function of present
                                                                                                                          evaporator and condenser conditions and part-load ratio shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                          the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                          Fuelrated = rated fuel consumption at AHRI test conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                          FIR_FPLR = fuel input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to changes in load
                                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Sentence (5),
                                                                                                                          FIR_FT = fuel input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                                      variables determined in accordance with Sentence (7), and
                                                                                                                          CAP_FTAC = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with Sentence (3).
                                                                                                                             5) The fuel input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to changes in load,
                                                                                                                          FIR_FPLR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                             PLR = part-load ratio based on available capacity (not rated capacity) determined
                                                                                                                                     in accordance with Sentence (6), and
                                                                                                                           a, b, c = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.8.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 8.4.5.8.-B
                                                                                                                                          Efficiency Coefficients Used in the Calculation of FIR_FPLR
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.8.(5)

                                                                                                                                                                      Coefficients for Calculation of FIR_FPLR
                                                                                                         Type of Absorption Chiller
                                                                                                                                                         a                                b                                 c
                                                                                                    Steam-driven, single-effect                     0.098585                          0.58385                           0.560658
                                                                                                    Steam-driven, double-effect                     0.013994                          1.240449                          –0.914883


                                                                                                                             6) The part-load ratio based on available capacity, PLR, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                          the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                          Qoperating = present load on absorption chiller, in Btu/h, and


                                                                                                    8-30 Division B                                                                     National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                     8.4.5.8.

                                                                                                                          Qavailable = available capacity of absorption chiller at present evaporator and condenser
                                                                                                                                       conditions, in Btu/h, determined in accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                             7) The fuel input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                          variables, FIR_FT, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                              tchws = chilled water supply temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                                tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a, b, c, d, e, f = applicable coefficients from Table 8.4.5.8.-C.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 8.4.5.8.-C
                                                                                                                                         Efficiency Coefficients Used in the Calculation of FIR_FT
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 8.4.5.8.(7)

                                                                                                     Type of Absorption                                       Coefficients for Calculation of FIR_FT
                                                                                                           Chiller               a                 b                  c                     d             e            f
                                                                                                     Steam-driven,
                                                                                                                              0.652273             0                 0                –0.000545        0.000055        0
                                                                                                     single-effect
                                                                                                     Steam-driven,
                                                                                                                              1.65875              0                 0                  –0.29          0.00025         0
                                                                                                     double-effect


                                                                                                                             8) The fuel consumption at specified operating conditions, Fuelpartload, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                          of a direct-fired, double-effect absorption chiller as a function of present evaporator
                                                                                                                          and condenser conditions and part-load ratio shall be calculated using the following
                                                                                                                          equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                          Fuelrated = rated fuel consumption at AHRI test conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                          FIR_FPLR = fuel input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to changes in load
                                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Sentence (9),
                                                                                                                          FIR_FT1 = first fuel input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                                      variables determined in accordance with Sentence (10),
                                                                                                                          FIR_FT2 = second fuel input ratio adjustment to rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                                      variables determined in accordance with Sentence (11), and
                                                                                                                          CAP_FTAC = cooling capacity adjustment determined in accordance with Sentence (3).
                                                                                                                             9) The fuel input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to changes in load,
                                                                                                                          FIR_FPLR, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                             PLR = part-load ratio based on available capacity (not rated capacity) determined
                                                                                                                                    in accordance with Sentence (6),
                                                                                                                                a = 0.13551150,
                                                                                                                                b = 0.61798084, and
                                                                                                                                c = 0.24651277.
                                                                                                                           10) The first fuel input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to environmental
                                                                                                                          variables, FIR_FT1, shall be calculated using the following equation:




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division B 8-31
                                                                                                    8.4.5.9.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                         tchws = chilled water supply temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                            a1 = 4.42871284,
                                                                                                                            b1 = –0.13298607, and
                                                                                                                            c1 = 0.00125331.

                                                                                                                       11) The second fuel input ratio adjustment to the rated efficiency due to
                                                                                                                      environmental variables, FIR_FT2, shall be calculated using the following equation:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          tcws = condenser water supply temperature, in °F,
                                                                                                                            a2 = 0.86173749,
                                                                                                                            b2 = –0.00708917, and
                                                                                                                            c2 = 0.0010251.

                                                                                                    8.4.5.9.          Fuel-Fired Service Water Heater

                                                                                                                         1) The fuel consumption at part-load conditions, Fuelpartload, in Btu/h, of the
                                                                                                                      reference fuel-fired service water heater shall be derived by applying an adjustment
                                                                                                                      factor to the fuel consumption at full load:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      Fueldesign = fuel consumption at design conditions, in Btu/h, and
                                                                                                                      FHeatPLC = fuel heating part-load efficiency curve determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Sentence (2).

                                                                                                                         2) The fuel heating part-load efficiency curve, FHeatPLC, shall be calculated using
                                                                                                                      the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      Qpartload = service water heater capacity at part-load conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                       Qdesign = service water heater capacity at design conditions, in Btu/h,
                                                                                                                              a = 0.021826,
                                                                                                                              b = 0.977630, and
                                                                                                                              c = 0.000543.


                                                                                                    Section 8.5. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    8.5.1.            Objective and Functional Statements

                                                                                                    8.5.1.1.          Attributions to Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                                          1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                      Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                      the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                      listed in Table 8.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    8-32 Division B                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               8.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                          Table 8.5.1.1.                                                  Table 8.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 8                       Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 8.5.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.1.1.2. Application                                              (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (7)         [F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     8.4.1.1. General                                                  (8)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (9)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92,F93,F94,F95,F96,F97,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]          (10)        [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.1.2. Determination of Compliance                              8.4.2.9. Air Leakage
                                                                                                     (2)         [F92,F93,F94,F95,F96,F97,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]          (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           8.4.2.10. HVAC Systems Calculations
                                                                                                     (5)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.1.4. Treatment of Additions                                   (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.1. General                                                  8.4.3.1. General
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.2. Calculation Methods                                      (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                           (8)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.3. Climatic Data                                            8.4.3.2. Operating Schedules, Internal Loads, Service Water
                                                                                                                                                                       Heating Loads and Set-point Temperature
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.4. Thermal Mass
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       8.4.3.3. Building Envelope Components
                                                                                                     8.4.2.5. Space Temperature
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.6. Heat Transfer Between Thermal Blocks
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       8.4.3.4. Interior Lighting
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.7. Internal and Service Water Heating Loads
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       8.4.3.5. Purchased Energy
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.2.8. Building Envelope
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                      Division B 8-33
                                                                                                    8.5.1.1.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                          Table 8.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 8.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (10)        [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.3.6. Outdoor Air                                              (11)        [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (12)        [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.3.7. Space Temperature Control                                8.4.4.6. Purchased Energy
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.3.8. Part-Load Performance Curves                             (2)         [F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.3.9. Ice Plants                                               8.4.4.7. HVAC System Selection
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.4.1. General                                                  (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          8.4.4.8. Equipment Oversizing
                                                                                                    (4)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          8.4.4.9. Heating System
                                                                                                    (7)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.4.2. Operating Schedules, Internal Loads, Service Water       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    Heating Loads and Set-point Temperature                           (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.4.3. Building Envelope Components                             (8)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          8.4.4.10. Cooling Systems
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F99-OE1.1]                                      (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (8)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    8.4.4.4. Thermal Mass                                             (9)         [F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          8.4.4.11. Cooling Tower Systems
                                                                                                    8.4.4.5. Lighting                                                 (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          8.4.4.12. Cooling with Outside Air
                                                                                                    (8)          [F99-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F99-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    8-34 Division B                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           8.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 8.5.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 8.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     8.4.4.13. Heat Pumps                                          8.4.5.2. Boiler
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.14. Hydronic Pumps                                      (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       8.4.5.3. Furnace
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (1)         [F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       8.4.5.4. Direct-Expansion Cooling Equipment
                                                                                                     (6)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.15. Outdoor Air                                         (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.16. Space Temperature Control                           (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (8)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.17. Fans                                                8.4.5.5. Electric Chiller
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.18. Supply Air Systems                                  (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       8.4.5.6. Cooling Tower
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.19. Energy Recovery Systems                             8.4.5.7. Electric Air-Source Heat Pump
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99,F100-OE1.1]                                  (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99,F100-OE1.1]                                  (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F100-OE1.1]                                      (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.4.20. Service Water Heating Systems                       (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (7)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       8.4.5.8. Absorption Chiller
                                                                                                     (4)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (2)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (3)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (4)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (7)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (5)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (8)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (6)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (9)         [F99-OE1.1]                                       (7)         [F99-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Division B 8-35
                                                                                                    8.5.1.1.                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                           Table 8.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     (8)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (9)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (10)           [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (11)           [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     8.4.5.9. Fuel-Fired Service Water Heater
                                                                                                     (1)            [F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (2)            [F99-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 8.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.




                                                                                                    8-36 Division B                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 8
                                                                                                    Building Energy Performance Compliance
                                                                                                    Path




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-8.4.1.4. Treatment of Additions. When the addition is considered by itself, its dimensions and
                                                                                                    thermal characteristics are used without considering the existing building. The wall or floor or virtual plane
                                                                                                    separating the addition from the existing building is considered for what it is — a building component
                                                                                                    separating two conditioned spaces: heat exchange across the building component is not taken into consideration
                                                                                                    unless the design calls for a temperature differential across it or the existing building is an unconditioned space.
                                                                                                    Only the new mechanical and electrical systems that are part of the addition or serve only the addition are
                                                                                                    accounted for in the calculations; existing central plants are not accounted for.
                                                                                                    When the addition is considered together with the existing building, energy analyses of the whole building are
                                                                                                    required, including existing parts and additions. Some existing parts of the building, such as existing central
                                                                                                    plants, may not be needed for the comparison of the proposed and reference buildings and may not have to be
                                                                                                    simulated. It may be advantageous to consider the whole building only in cases where considering the addition
                                                                                                    by itself would result in a very high fenestration-to-wall ratio. Existing portions of the building need not be
                                                                                                    upgraded to meet Code requirements; the compliance calculations are expected to use the characteristics of the
                                                                                                    existing components in the analyses of both the proposed and reference buildings.
                                                                                                    However, as implied in Clause 8.4.1.4.(1)(b), the performance path cannot be used to allow the upgrading of
                                                                                                    existing components of the building to compensate for components of the addition that do not satisfy the
                                                                                                    prescriptive requirements of the Code: for example, existing windows cannot be replaced with new ones to
                                                                                                    compensate for a building envelope on the addition with a high thermal transmittance. Even if the windows in
                                                                                                    the existing building are to be upgraded at the same time as the addition is being constructed, the characteristics
                                                                                                    of the existing windows will be used in both analyses. Thus, energy savings in the existing parts of the building
                                                                                                    cannot be used to offset any shortcomings of the addition's components.
                                                                                                    The degree of precision required in determining the thermal characteristics of existing components, as required
                                                                                                    in Clause 8.4.1.4.(2)(b) and Sentence 8.4.1.4.(3), is not high, since the characteristics of the existing parts of
                                                                                                    the building remain identical in both simulations. In fact, the existing parts of the building get compared to
                                                                                                    themselves.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.1.4.(2)(b) Characteristics of Existing Equipment. Clause 8.4.1.4.(2)(b) is intended to direct
                                                                                                    Code users to apply the standards and test methods listed in Parts 5 and 6.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.2.2.(1)(g) Auxiliary HVAC Equipment. This category of equipment generally includes cooling
                                                                                                    tower fans, humidifiers and other devices that do not directly fall under one of the other categories listed
                                                                                                    in Sentence 8.4.2.2.(1).

                                                                                                    A-8.4.2.3. Climatic Data. The following data formats are acceptable to represent climatic data:
                                                                                                      • TMY2 (Typical Meteorological Year 2),
                                                                                                      • TMY3 (Typical Meteorological Year 3),
                                                                                                      • WYEC2 (Weather Year for Energy Calculation 2),
                                                                                                      • CWEC (Canadian Weather Year for Energy Calculations),
                                                                                                      • IWEC (International Weather for Energy Calculations), and
                                                                                                      • CWEEDS (Canadian Weather Energy and Engineering Datasets).

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division B 8-37
                                                                                                    A-8.4.2.7.(1)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    The CWEC represent average heating and cooling degree-days which impact heating and cooling loads
                                                                                                    in buildings. The CWEC follow the ASHRAE WYEC2 format and were derived from the CWEEDS of
                                                                                                    hourly weather information for Canada from the 1953-1995 period of record. The CWEC are available from
                                                                                                    Environment and Climate Change Canada at www.climate.weather.gc.ca/prods_servs/engineering_e.html.
                                                                                                    Where climatic data for a target location are not available, climatic data for a representative alternative location
                                                                                                    should be selected based on the following considerations: same climatic zone, same geographic area or
                                                                                                    characteristics, heating degree-days (HDD) of the alternative location are within 10% of the target location's
                                                                                                    HDD, and the January 1% heating design criteria of the alternative location is within 2°C of the target location's
                                                                                                    same criteria (see Table C-1). Where several alternative locations are representative of the climatic conditions at
                                                                                                    the target location, their proximity to the target location should also be a consideration.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-8.4.2.7.(1) Internal and Service Water Heating Loads. Common internal loads include loads
                                                                                                    due to lighting, presence of occupants, equipment that is directly operated by the occupants such as personal
                                                                                                    computers, equipment that operates automatically such as computer servers, and other non-energy-consuming
                                                                                                    loads such as food to be frozen in a freezer. Internal loads usually generate sensible, latent and/or radiant
                                                                                                    heat gains.
                                                                                                    Except for lighting, internal loads are not regulated within the scope of the NECB. However, because they
                                                                                                    add cooling and/or heating loads to the building's HVAC and service water heating systems, internal loads
                                                                                                    representative of the building type or space function should be included in the compliance calculations in order
                                                                                                    to correctly evaluate part-load performance of the HVAC and service water heating systems and, by extension,
                                                                                                    the energy consumption of the proposed and reference buildings. The internal loads must be modeled
                                                                                                    identically in the proposed and reference building energy models; only the energy consumed by the equipment
                                                                                                    and systems regulated by the NECB can be modeled differently in the proposed and reference buildings.
                                                                                                    Note A-8.4.3.2.(2) provides default internal loads and associated hourly profiles for occupants and receptacle
                                                                                                    equipment that are representative of different building types and space functions. While any internal load
                                                                                                    values are permitted to be used, those default values should be used in the absence of better information.
                                                                                                    The default values for receptacle equipment generally represent common electrical equipment directly
                                                                                                    operated by the occupants, as well as some automatically operated electrical equipment commonly found in
                                                                                                    the building types listed. For example, for an office building, the default value implicitly includes equipment
                                                                                                    such as office computer servers, photocopiers, printers, escalators, elevators, etc., but does not include the
                                                                                                    servers of main data centres.
                                                                                                    Reasonable professional judgment should be applied in evaluating whether less common internal loads are
                                                                                                    correctly represented or not in the default values and profiles for receptacle equipment. These less common
                                                                                                    loads are generally associated with commercial and industrial operations and processes, such as
                                                                                                       • manufacturing machinery in an industrial building
                                                                                                       • medical imaging equipment in a hospital
                                                                                                       • computer servers in a data centre of an office building
                                                                                                       • swimming pool water heating in a recreation centre
                                                                                                       • cooking appliances and refrigeration equipment in a commercial kitchen or restaurant
                                                                                                    Generally, if the default values provided in Note A-8.4.3.2.(2) appear too small compared to the actual expected
                                                                                                    internal loads, some commercial and/or industrial operations and/or processes will not be correctly represented.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.2.9.(2) Total Area of the Building Envelope. The total area of the building envelope, S, is
                                                                                                    typically measured at the plane of the building’s air barrier assemblies and includes the surface areas of doors,
                                                                                                    windows and the air control layer in the opaque building assemblies.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(1) Operating Schedules. Tables A-8.4.3.2.(1)-A to A-8.4.3.2.(1)-I contain default values of
                                                                                                    operating schedules of building parameters for simulation purposes. These schedules may be used with
                                                                                                    Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B if more accurate information is not available. If the building or space type is not listed
                                                                                                    in Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-A or A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B, the schedule that most closely corresponds to the occupancy of the
                                                                                                    proposed building or space should be used. See also Note A-8.4.4.2.(1).




                                                                                                    8-38 Division B                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-8.4.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-A
                                                                                                                                                                     Operating Schedule A

                                                                                                                                                                                  Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p      12
                                                                                                                                                                   Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0.1   0.7    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.5   0.5   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.3   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.1   0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.3           0.8    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.8   0.5   0.3   0.3   0.1    0.1 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                            Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.2     0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.3   0.8    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.5   0.3   0.3   0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2    0.2     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2
                                                                                                    Sun 0.2       0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2    0.2     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2
                                                                                                                                                                                  Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   24    24    24      24     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18      18    18    18    18    20    22    22      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18      18     18     18     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                    Sun     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18      18     18     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                                                                      Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1           0.5    0.5     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.2   0.2   0.2 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                          Division B 8-39
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(1)                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-B
                                                                                                                                                                    Operating Schedule B

                                                                                                                                                                                 Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                           1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p     12
                                                                                                                                                                  Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.1    0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0.1     0.2    0.5    0.9   0.8   0.5   0.2   0.2   0.3   0.6   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.6   0.4   0.3
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   0.3   0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0.1     0.2    0.5    0.9   0.8   0.5   0.2   0.2   0.3   0.6   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.6   0.6   0.5
                                                                                                    Sun 0.3      0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0      0.1    0.4    0.5   0.5   0.4   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.5   0.7   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.1   0.1




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.5    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.5     0.7    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.5   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.5     0.7    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.5      0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.1     0.5    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.5   0.5
                                                                                                                                                           Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.5    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.5     0.7    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.5   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.5     0.7    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.5      0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.1     0.5    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.5   0.5
                                                                                                                                                                                 Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          On     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   On    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                    Sun On       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                      Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                    Sun Off      Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                         Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          22     18    18    18    18    18    18    20      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   22    18    18    18    18    18    18    20     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                    Sun    22    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     20      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18    18
                                                                                                                                                     Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.7                0.7    0.4    0.5   0.6   0.6   0.4   0.3   0.3   0.4   0.5   0.8   0.8   0.9   0.9   0.6
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.6 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.7               0.7    0.4    0.5   0.6   0.6   0.4   0.3   0.3   0.4   0.5   0.8   0.8   0.9   0.9   0.7
                                                                                                    Sun 0.6 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.7                  0.7    0.4    0.5   0.6   0.6   0.4   0.3   0.3   0.4   0.5   0.8   0.8   0.5   0.5   0.5




                                                                                                    8-40 Division B                                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     A-8.4.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                    Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-C
                                                                                                                                                                    Operating Schedule C

                                                                                                                                                                                 Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a   8a     9a      10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p      12
                                                                                                                                                                  Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0    0.1    0.2     0.5    0.5    0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.8   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.3   0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0    0.1    0.2     0.5    0.6    0.8   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.8   0.7   0.5   0.2   0.2   0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0    0.1    0.2     0.5    0.6    0.8   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.8   0.7   0.5   0     0     0      0     0     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5            0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.6   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5             0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.6   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5              0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                           Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5            0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.6   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5             0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.6   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5              0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                                                 Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On   On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On   On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On   On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                      Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24   24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24   24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24   24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                         Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18      18    18    18    18    18    20   22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    18    18    18    18    18    18    20   22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                    Sun     18    18    18    18    18    18    18   18     20      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                                                                     Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1            0.2     0.3    0.4    0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.6   0.4   0.3   0.2   0.2 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1             0.2     0.3    0.5    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.2   0.2 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1              0.2     0.3    0.5    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.5   0.3 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                         Division B 8-41
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(1)                                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-D
                                                                                                                                                                     Operating Schedule D

                                                                                                                                                                                  Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p     12
                                                                                                                                                                   Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0.1    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.5   0.2   0.1   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.1   0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.3             0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5   0.5   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.3 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                            Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.3             0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5   0.5   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.3 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                                                  Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24    24      24     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18      18    18    18    18    18    20    22      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18    18
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18      18     18     18     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18
                                                                                                    Sun     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18      18     18     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18
                                                                                                                                                      Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5             0.5     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.3   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.3 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05




                                                                                                    8-42 Division B                                                                                  National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-8.4.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-E
                                                                                                                                                                     Operating Schedule E

                                                                                                                                                                                  Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p      12
                                                                                                                                                                   Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0.2    0.7     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.5   0.9   0.8   0.8   0.2   0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0.2     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.4             0.7     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5                 0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                            Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.4             0.7     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5                 0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                                                  Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24    24      24     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18      18    18    18    18    18    20    22      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    20     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    18    18    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                    Sun     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18      18     18     18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                                                                      Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1             0.4     0.5    0.5    0.7   0.9   0.8   0.7   0.8   0.3 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.2                   0.2    0.4   0.2   0.2   0.2 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                          Division B 8-43
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(1)                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                             Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-F
                                                                                                                                                             Operating Schedule F

                                                                                                                                                                         Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                           1a   2a    3a   4a   5a   6a   7a   8a     9a     10a 11a       12 1p 2p       3p   4p   5p   6p   7p   8p   9p   10p 11p   12
                                                                                                                                                           Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.49 0.28 0.28 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.21 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.49 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.63
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.49 0.28 0.28 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.21 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.49 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.63
                                                                                                    Sun 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.49 0.28 0.28 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.21 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.49 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.63




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                             Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.14 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.42 0.56 0.63 0.56 0.42 0.21
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat 0.14 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.42 0.56 0.63 0.56 0.42 0.21
                                                                                                    Sun 0.14 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.42 0.56 0.63 0.56 0.42 0.21
                                                                                                                                                    Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.14 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.42 0.56 0.63 0.56 0.42 0.21
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat 0.14 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.42 0.56 0.63 0.56 0.42 0.21
                                                                                                    Sun 0.14 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.42 0.56 0.63 0.56 0.42 0.21
                                                                                                                                                                         Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          On    On    On   On   On   On   On   On    On      On     On    On    On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   On   On    On   On   On   On   On   On    On      On     On    On    On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On
                                                                                                    Sun On      On    On   On   On   On   On   On    On      On     On    On    On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On   On
                                                                                                                                                                  Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          24    24    24   24   24   24   24   24     24     24     24    24    24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   24   24    24   24   24   24   24   24    24      24     24    24    24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24
                                                                                                    Sun    24   24    24   24   24   24   24   24    24      24     24    24    24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24   24
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18    18    18   18   18   18   20   22     22     22     22    22    22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   18   18    18   18   18   18   20   22    22      22     22    22    22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22
                                                                                                    Sun    18   18    18   18   18   18   20   22    22      22     22    22    22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22   22
                                                                                                                                               Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.21 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.42 0.63 0.49 0.35 0.35 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.35 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.35
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat 0.21 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.42 0.63 0.49 0.35 0.35 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.35 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.35
                                                                                                    Sun 0.21 0.14 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.42 0.63 0.49 0.35 0.35 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.35 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.35




                                                                                                    8-44 Division B                                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-8.4.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-G
                                                                                                                                                                     Operating Schedule G

                                                                                                                                                                                  Times of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p      12
                                                                                                                                                                   Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9     0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.4    0.3     0.3    0.3    0.3   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.5   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5    0.5     0.5    0.5    0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.7   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9       0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5    0.5     0.5    0.5    0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.7   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0.2   0.5   0.5     0       0      0      0    0     0     0     0     0     0     0.9   0.9   0.9    0.8   0.6   0.3
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0.2   0.5   0.5     0       0      0      0    0     0     0     0     0     0     0.9   0.9   0.9    0.8   0.6   0.3
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0.2   0.5   0.5     0       0      0      0    0     0     0     0     0     0     0.9   0.9   0.9    0.8   0.6   0.3
                                                                                                                                                            Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.2     0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.8   0.8    0.4     0.4    0.4    0.4   0.4   0.4   0.4   0.5   0.2   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5    0.5   0.5   0.3
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.8   0.8    0.4     0.4    0.4    0.4   0.4   0.4   0.4   0.5   0.2   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5    0.5   0.5   0.3
                                                                                                    Sun 0.2       0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.8   0.8    0.4     0.4    0.4    0.4   0.4   0.4   0.4   0.5   0.2   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.5    0.5   0.5   0.3
                                                                                                                                                                                  Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          On      On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On    On    On
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On    On    On
                                                                                                    Sun On        On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On    On    On
                                                                                                                                                                          Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          24      24    24    24    24    24    24    24      24     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24    24    24
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24    24    24
                                                                                                    Sun     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24    24    24
                                                                                                                                                                          Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18      18    18    18    18    18    20    22      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22    22    22
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    18    18    18    18    18    18    20    22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22    22    22
                                                                                                    Sun     18    18    18    18    18    18    20    22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22    22    22
                                                                                                                                                      Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.2          0.8   0.7    0.5     0.4    0.2    0.2   0.2   0.3   0.5   0.5   0.7   0.7   0.4   0.4   0.2    0.2   0.1   0.1
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.2            0.5    0.5     0.5    0.3    0.3   0.3   0.3   0.7   0.9   0.7   0.7   0.6   0.5   0.4    0.3   0.2   0.1
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.2               0.3     0.3    0.2    0.2   0.3   0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.4   0.3   0.2   0.2    0.2   0.2   0.1




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                          Division B 8-45
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(1)                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-H
                                                                                                                                                                    Operating Schedule H

                                                                                                                                                                                 Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                           1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p     12
                                                                                                                                                                  Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9      0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9      0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                                                                           Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9      0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                                                                                                 Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                    Sun On       On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                                                                                         Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24      24     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                    Sun    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                                                                                         Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18     18    18    18    18    18    20    22      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   18    18    18    18    18    18    20    22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                    Sun    18    18    18    18    18    18    20    22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                                                                     Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9      0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9




                                                                                                    8-46 Division B                                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-8.4.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                      Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-I
                                                                                                                                                                      Operating Schedule I

                                                                                                                                                                                  Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p      12
                                                                                                                                                                   Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0.1   0.1   0.1   0.4   0.8   0.8   0.8    0.6   0.4   0.1
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0      0.1    0.1    0.1   0.4   0.6   0.8   0.6   0.4   0.2   0.4   0.8   0.8    0.6   0.4   0.1
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0.2    0.4     0.8    0.8    0.4   0.2   0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5                        0.5   0.5   0.8   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.5
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5                   0.5    0.5   0.8   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.8   0.6   0.8   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.5
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5               0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
                                                                                                                                                            Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.1     0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.1     0.1    0.1    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8    0.8   0.8   0.1
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.1     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.8    0.8   0.8   0.1
                                                                                                    Sun 0.1       0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.8    0.8     0.8    0.8    0.8   0.2   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1    0.1   0.1   0.1
                                                                                                                                                                                  Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On    On    On
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On    On    On
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On     On      On     On     On    On    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24    24    Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24    24    Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   24    24     24      24     24     24    24    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          18      18    18    18    18    18    18    18      18     18     18     18    18    20    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22    22    18
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18      20     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22    22    18
                                                                                                    Sun     18    18    18    18    18    18    20    22     22      22     22     22    22    18    18    18    18    18    18    18    18     18    18    18
                                                                                                                                                      Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.2                        0.2   0.2   0.4   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.8   0.6   0.2
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.2                   0.2    0.2   0.4   0.8   0.9   0.8   0.6   0.4   0.4   0.9   0.9    0.8   0.6   0.2
                                                                                                    Sun 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1               0.2     0.4    0.4    0.2   0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                          Division B 8-47
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(1)                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-J
                                                                                                                                                                    Operating Schedule J

                                                                                                                                                                                 Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                           1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p     12
                                                                                                                                                                  Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.6    0.6     0.7    0.7    0.6   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.8   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.6    0.6     0.7    0.7    0.6   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.8   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9      0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.7   0.6    0.6     0.7    0.7    0.6   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.8   0.9   0.9




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.1    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.3   0.5   0.7   0.7    0.7     0.7    0.6    0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.3   0.1
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.3   0.5   0.7   0.7    0.7     0.7    0.6    0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.3   0.1
                                                                                                    Sun 0.1      0.1   0.1   0.1   0.3   0.5   0.7   0.7    0.7     0.7    0.6    0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.3   0.1
                                                                                                                                                           Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.1    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.3   0.4   0.6    0.6     0.5    0.5    0.4   0.4   0.5   0.5   0.4   0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.1
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.3   0.4   0.6    0.6     0.5    0.5    0.4   0.4   0.5   0.5   0.4   0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.1
                                                                                                    Sun 0.1      0.1   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.3   0.4   0.6    0.6     0.5    0.5    0.4   0.4   0.5   0.5   0.4   0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.7   0.5   0.3   0.1
                                                                                                                                                                                 Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                    Sun On       On    On    On    On    On    On    On     On      On     On     On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On    On
                                                                                                                                                                         Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24      24     24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                    Sun    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24     24      24     24     24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24    24
                                                                                                                                                                         Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22      22     22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat   22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                    Sun    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22     22      22     22     22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22    22
                                                                                                                                                     Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.1    0.1   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.4   0.6   0.6    0.6     0.6    0.6    0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.3   0.1   0.1   0.1
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                    Sat    0.3   0.2   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.4   0.5   0.8    0.6     0.5    0.5    0.5   0.5   0.5   0.4   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.5   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.5
                                                                                                    Sun 0.3      0.2   0.1   0.1   0.2   0.4   0.4   0.6    0.9     0.7    0.5    0.5   0.5   0.4   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.3   0.4   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.6   0.5




                                                                                                    8-48 Division B                                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-8.4.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-8.4.3.2.(1)-K
                                                                                                                                                                     Operating Schedule K

                                                                                                                                                                                  Time of Day
                                                                                                    Day
                                                                                                            1a    2a    3a    4a    5a    6a    7a    8a      9a     10a 11a        12 1p 2p         3p    4p    5p    6p    7p    8p    9p    10p 11p      12
                                                                                                                                                                   Occupants, fraction occupied
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0.1   0.5   0.9   0.6    0.2     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.7   0.9   0.6   0.2   0.1   0.1    0.1   0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0.1   0.5   0.9   0.6    0.2     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.7   0.9   0.6   0.2   0.1   0.1    0.1   0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0.1   0.5   0.9   0.6    0.2     0.2    0.2    0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.7   0.9   0.6   0.2   0.1   0.1    0.1   0     0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     Lighting, fraction “ON”
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          0.9     0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                    Sun 0.9       0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9     0.9    0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9   0.9    0.9   0.9   0.9
                                                                                                                                                            Receptacle Equipment, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                                                                                                  Fans
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On     On      Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On     On      Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On     On      Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   On    On    On    Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Cooling System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                          Off     Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                    Sun Off       Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off     Off    Off    Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off   Off    Off   Off   Off
                                                                                                                                                                          Heating System, °C
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            5     5     5     5     5     5     5      5      5       5      5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5      5     5     5
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    5     5     5     5     5     5     5      5      5       5      5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5      5     5     5
                                                                                                    Sun     5     5     5     5     5     5     5      5      5       5      5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5     5      5     5     5
                                                                                                                                                      Service Water Heating System, fraction of load
                                                                                                    Mon
                                                                                                            0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    - Fri
                                                                                                     Sat    0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0
                                                                                                    Sun     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0      0       0      0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                          Division B 8-49
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(2)                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(2) Internal and Service Water Heating Loads and Illuminance
                                                                                                    Levels. Tables A-8.4.3.2.(2)-A and A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B contain representative internal and service water heating
                                                                                                    loads, operating schedules, and illuminance levels to be used as modeling guidance when actual values are
                                                                                                    not known.

                                                                                                                                                           Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-A
                                                                                                                          Modeling Guidance for Loads, Operating Schedules and Illuminance Levels by Building Type

                                                                                                                                                                            Service Water
                                                                                                                                      Occupant Density,   Peak Receptacle                       Operating Schedule    Illuminance Levels,
                                                                                                              Building Type                                                 Heating Load,
                                                                                                                                        m2/occupant         Load, W/m2                           from A-8.4.3.2.(1)           lx (1)
                                                                                                                                                                             W/occupant




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Automotive facility                      20                 5                90                     E                    400
                                                                                                    Convention centre                        8                  2.5              30                     C                    300
                                                                                                    Courthouse                               15                 5                60                     A                    400
                                                                                                    Dining
                                                                                                        bar lounge/leisure                   10                 1                115                    B                    125
                                                                                                        cafeteria/fast food                  10                 1                115                    B                    300
                                                                                                        family                               10                 1                115                    B                    300
                                                                                                    Dormitory                                30                 2.5              500                    G                    100
                                                                                                    Exercise centre                          10                 1                90                     B                    350
                                                                                                    Fire station                             25                 2.5              400                    F                    400
                                                                                                    Gymnasium                                10                 1                90                     B                    500
                                                                                                    Healthcare clinic                        20                 7.5              90                     A                    600
                                                                                                    Hospital                                 20                 7.5              90                     H                    350
                                                                                                    Hotel/Motel                              25                 2.5              500                    F                    150
                                                                                                    Library                                  20                 2.5              90                     C                    500
                                                                                                    Long-term care
                                                                                                        dwelling units                       25                 1.5              500                    J                    400
                                                                                                        other                                25                 1.5              500                    B                    400
                                                                                                    Manufacturing facility                   30                 10               90                     A                    450
                                                                                                    Motion picture theatre                   8                  1                30                     C                    150
                                                                                                    Multi-unit residential building          25                 5                500                    G                    125
                                                                                                    Museum                                   20                 2.5              60                     C                    100
                                                                                                    Office                                   25                 7.5              90                     A                    400
                                                                                                    Penitentiary                             30                 2.5              400                    H                    250
                                                                                                    Performing arts theatre                  8                  1                30                     C                    250
                                                                                                    Police station                           25                 7.5              90                     H                    400
                                                                                                    Post office                              25                 7.5              90                     A                    400
                                                                                                    Religious building                       5                  1                15                      I                   250
                                                                                                    Retail area                              30                 2.5              40                     C                    450
                                                                                                    School/university                        8                  5                60                     D                    400
                                                                                                    Sports arena                             10                 1                90                     B                    400
                                                                                                    Storage garage                          1000                0                 0                     K                     75
                                                                                                    Town hall                                25                 7.5              90                     D                    400
                                                                                                    Transportation facility                  15                 1                65                     H                    225
                                                                                                    Warehouse                               1500                1                300                    A                    150
                                                                                                    Workshop                                 30                 10               90                     A                    500




                                                                                                    8-50 Division B                                                                   National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     A-8.4.3.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   The values are weighted averages that correspond to typical overall illuminance levels recommended for the buildings/space types listed and
                                                                                                          include both general lighting and task lighting. They are based on recommendations published by the IES.


                                                                                                                                                          Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B
                                                                                                                          Modeling Guidance for Loads, Operating Schedules and Illuminance Levels by Space Type
                                                                                                                                                                    Common Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                             Service Water           Operating




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                Occupant Density,      Peak Receptacle                                                Illuminance Levels,
                                                                                                                    Space Type                                                               Heating Load,        Schedule (1) from
                                                                                                                                                  m2/occupant            Load, W/m2                                                           lx (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                              W/occupant           A-8.4.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                     Atrium (any height)                                10                   2.5                   0                     *                   250
                                                                                                     Audience seating area – permanent
                                                                                                          for auditorium                                  5                  2.5                   30                    C                   100
                                                                                                          for convention centre                           5                  2.5                   30                    C                   350
                                                                                                          for gymnasium                                   5                   0                    30                    B                   350
                                                                                                          for motion picture theatre                      5                  2.5                   30                    C                   250
                                                                                                          for penitentiary                                5                  2.5                   30                    C                   250
                                                                                                          for performing arts theatre                   7.5                  2.5                   30                    C                   250
                                                                                                          for religious building                          5                   1                    15                     I                  150
                                                                                                          for sports arena                                5                   0                    30                    B                   150
                                                                                                          other                                           5                   1                    15                     *                  100
                                                                                                     Banking activity area and offices                   25                   5                    60                    A                   400
                                                                                                     Classroom/Lecture hall/Training room               7.5                   5                    65                    D                   400
                                                                                                     Computer/Server room                               100                  200                   90                 * or H (3)             350
                                                                                                     Conference/Meeting/Multi-purpose
                                                                                                                                                         5                    1                    45                     C                  350
                                                                                                     room
                                                                                                     Confinement cell                                    25                   0                    325                   G                   400
                                                                                                     Copy/Print room                                    100                  60                    90                    A                   400
                                                                                                     Corridor/Transition area                           100                   0                     0                    *                   150
                                                                                                     Courtroom                                           5                   2.5                   30                    A                   400
                                                                                                     Dining area
                                                                                                          for bar lounge/leisure dining                 10                    1                    90                     B                  100
                                                                                                          for cafeteria/fast food dining                10                    1                    120                    B                  200
                                                                                                          for family dining                             10                    1                    120                    B                  200
                                                                                                          for penitentiary                              10                    1                    120                    B                  200
                                                                                                          for space designed to ANSI/IES
                                                                                                                                                        10                    1                    120                    B                  200
                                                                                                          RP-28 (used primarily by residents)
                                                                                                          other                                         10                    1                    120                    B                  200
                                                                                                     Dressing/Fitting room for performing
                                                                                                                                                        30                   2.5                   40                     C                  250
                                                                                                     arts theatre
                                                                                                     Electrical/Mechanical room                         200                   1                     0                     *                  350
                                                                                                     Emergency vehicle garage                           25                   2.5                   325                    H                  350
                                                                                                     Food preparation area                              20                   10                    120                    B                  500
                                                                                                     Guest room                                         25                   2.5                   600                    F                  200
                                                                                                     Laboratory
                                                                                                          for classrooms                                 20                   10                   180                    D                  500
                                                                                                          other                                          20                   10                   180                    A                  650
                                                                                                     Laundry/Washing area                                20                   20                   60                     C                  350
                                                                                                     Loading dock – interior                            500                   0                     0                     H                  200




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                   Division B 8-51
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.2.(2)                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                            Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                   Common Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                        Service Water      Operating
                                                                                                                                               Occupant Density,     Peak Receptacle                                        Illuminance Levels,
                                                                                                                  Space Type                                                            Heating Load,   Schedule (1) from
                                                                                                                                                 m2/occupant           Load, W/m2                                                   lx (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                         W/occupant      A-8.4.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                    Lobby
                                                                                                         for elevator                                 10                    1                   0              C                   200
                                                                                                         for hotel                                    10                   2.5                  30             H                   250
                                                                                                         for motion picture theatre                   10                    1                   0              C                   150
                                                                                                         for performing arts theatre                  10                    1                   0              C                   200




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         for space designed to ANSI/IES
                                                                                                                                                      10                   2.5                  30             B                   150
                                                                                                         RP-28 (used primarily by residents)
                                                                                                         other                                        10                    1                   0              C                   150
                                                                                                    Locker room                                       10                   2.5                  0              *                   100
                                                                                                    Lounge/Break room
                                                                                                         for healthcare facility                       10                   1                   60             B                   150
                                                                                                         other                                         10                   1                   60             B                   150
                                                                                                    Office                                             20                  7.5                  90             A                   400
                                                                                                    Pharmacy area                                      20                  2.5                  45             C                   400
                                                                                                    Sales area                                         30                  2.5                  40             C                   500
                                                                                                    Seating area – general                             10                   0                   65             *                   150
                                                                                                    Stairway/Stairwell                                200                   0                   0              *                   150
                                                                                                    Storage garage – interior                        1000                   0                   0              K                   75
                                                                                                    Storage room
                                                                                                         ≥ 5 m2                                      100                   1                  300              *                   100
                                                                                                         < 5 m2                                      100                   0                   0               *                   100
                                                                                                    Vehicle maintenance area                          20                   5                  90               E                   500
                                                                                                    Washroom
                                                                                                         for space designed to ANSI/IES
                                                                                                                                                      30                   1                    0               *                  150
                                                                                                         RP-28 (used primarily by residents)
                                                                                                         other                                        30                    1                    0             *                   150
                                                                                                    Workshop                                          30                   10                   90             A                   500
                                                                                                                                                              Building-Specific Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                        Service Water      Operating
                                                                                                                                               Occupant Density,     Peak Receptacle                                        Illuminance Levels,
                                                                                                                  Space Type                                                            Heating Load,   Schedule (1) from
                                                                                                                                                 m2/occupant           Load, W/m2                                                   lx (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                         W/occupant      A-8.4.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                    Convention centre – exhibit space                 10                   2.5                  30             C                   500
                                                                                                    Dormitory – living quarters                       25                   2.5                500              G                   125
                                                                                                    Dwelling units
                                                                                                        general                                       25                   5                  500              G                   125
                                                                                                        long-term                                     25                   2.5                500              J                   300
                                                                                                    Fire station – sleeping quarters                  25                   2.5                500              G                   150
                                                                                                    Gymnasium/Fitness centre
                                                                                                        exercise area                                 5                    1                    90             B                   350
                                                                                                        playing area                                  5                    1.5                  90             B                   350




                                                                                                    8-52 Division B                                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         A-8.4.3.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                Building-Specific Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                          Service Water      Operating
                                                                                                                                                  Occupant Density,   Peak Receptacle                                         Illuminance Levels,
                                                                                                                      Space Type                                                          Heating Load,   Schedule (1) from
                                                                                                                                                    m2/occupant         Load, W/m2                                                    lx (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                           W/occupant      A-8.4.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                     Healthcare facility
                                                                                                         exam/treatment room                             20                 10                    90             C                   600
                                                                                                         imaging room                                    20                 10                    90             H                   225
                                                                                                         medical supply room                             20                  1                    0              H                   400




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         nursery                                         20                 10                    90             H                   400
                                                                                                         nurses' station                                 20                 2.5                   45             H                   400
                                                                                                         operating room                                  20                 10                  300              H                  1000
                                                                                                         patient room                                    20                 10                    90             H                   400
                                                                                                         physical therapy room                           20                 10                    45             C                   350
                                                                                                         recovery room                                   20                 10                  180              H                   250
                                                                                                    Library
                                                                                                         reading area                                    20                  1                    90             C                   500
                                                                                                         stacks                                          20                  0                    90             C                   500
                                                                                                    Manufacturing facility
                                                                                                         detailed manufacturing area                     30                 10                    90             A                   600
                                                                                                         equipment room                                  30                 10                    90             A                   250
                                                                                                         extra high bay area (> 15 m
                                                                                                                                                         30                 10                    90             A                   400
                                                                                                         floor-to-ceiling height)
                                                                                                         high bay area (7.5 to 15 m
                                                                                                                                                         30                 10                    90             A                   400
                                                                                                         floor-to-ceiling height)
                                                                                                         low bay area (< 7.5 m floor-to-ceiling
                                                                                                                                                         30                 10                    90             A                   400
                                                                                                         height)
                                                                                                    Museum
                                                                                                         general exhibition area                         5                  2.5                   60             C                   250
                                                                                                         restoration room                                20                  5                    50             A                   600
                                                                                                    Post office – sorting area                           20                 7.5                   90             A                   400
                                                                                                    Religious building
                                                                                                         fellowship hall                                 5                   1                    45             C                   250
                                                                                                         worship/pulpit/choir area                       5                   1                    15              I                  250
                                                                                                    Retail facility
                                                                                                         dressing/fitting room                           30                 2.5                   40             C                   350
                                                                                                         mall concourse                                  20                  1                    30             C                   400
                                                                                                    Space designed to ANSI/IES RP-28
                                                                                                         chapel (used primarily by residents)            10                  1                    15              I                  150
                                                                                                         recreation room (used primarily by
                                                                                                                                                         20                  1                    60             B                   150
                                                                                                         residents)
                                                                                                    Sports arena – playing area
                                                                                                         class I facility (4)                            5                  1.5                   90             B                   1600
                                                                                                         class II facility (4)                           5                  1.5                   90             B                   1000
                                                                                                         class III facility (4)                          5                  1.5                   90             B                   800
                                                                                                         class IV facility (4)                           5                  1.5                   90             B                   500




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                           Division B 8-53
                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.3.(2)                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                 Building-Specific Space Types
                                                                                                                                                                                               Service Water           Operating
                                                                                                                                                 Occupant Density,      Peak Receptacle                                                 Illuminance Levels,
                                                                                                                     Space Type                                                                Heating Load,        Schedule (1) from
                                                                                                                                                   m2/occupant            Load, W/m2                                                            lx (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                W/occupant           A-8.4.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                     Transportation facility
                                                                                                           airport concourse                             20                     0                    65                    H                    150
                                                                                                           baggage/carousel area                         20                    2.5                   65                    H                    250
                                                                                                           terminal ticket counter                       10                    2.5                   65                    H                    250




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Warehouse – storage area
                                                                                                           medium to bulky palletized items              100                    1                    65                    A                    200
                                                                                                           small hand-carried items (4)                  50                     1                    65                    A                    300

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   An asterisk (*) in this column indicates that there is no recommended default schedule for the space type listed. In general, such space types
                                                                                                          will be simulated using a schedule that is similar to the adjacent spaces served: e.g. a corridor space serving an adjacent office space will be
                                                                                                          simulated using a schedule that is similar to that of the office space.
                                                                                                    (2)   The values are weighted averages that correspond to typical overall illuminance levels recommended for the buildings/space types listed and
                                                                                                          include both general lighting and task lighting. They are based on recommendations published by the IES.
                                                                                                    (3)   A computer/server room that serves a single building or a limited group of users would tend to have operating schedules matching those of that
                                                                                                          group or building. Computer/server rooms that serve as data centres operating independently of the building in which they are located would
                                                                                                          tend to operate continuously.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Note A-Table 4.2.1.6.


                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.3.(2) Interior Shading. Interior shading provided by devices such as blinds is typically not
                                                                                                    modeled, unless the devices are part of an automated control system.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.4.(4) Illumination Set-points. See Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B for representative illuminance levels to
                                                                                                    be used as modeling guidance.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.5. Purchased Energy. Purchased energy is typically defined as thermal energy produced from a
                                                                                                    source external to the scope of the proposed building assessment. It is used as heating and/or cooling energy
                                                                                                    in an HVAC or service water heating system—as a heat source and/or sink—that is provided either directly
                                                                                                    or through a heat exchanger or other equipment.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.6.(1) Outdoor Air. The basic ventilation rates for the proposed building must be set to the
                                                                                                    minimum rates required by the applicable standards. If the HVAC system includes demand control ventilation
                                                                                                    strategies, the basic rates can then be adjusted in the energy model calculations to reflect their operation.
                                                                                                    While the Code doesn’t restrict modeling of any demand control ventilation strategies implemented in the
                                                                                                    proposed building, their effectiveness varies significantly from one application to another. As such, only
                                                                                                    demand control ventilation strategies that are known to reliably generate energy savings should be modeled,
                                                                                                    and this, in such a way as to avoid overestimating those savings.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.3.9. Heat Recovery from Ice Plants. Where the energy model software does not allow for
                                                                                                    modeling of ice plants, a water-cooled, double-bundle water chiller with a load profile corresponding to the
                                                                                                    expected loading on the ice plant is adequate for the purposes of Part 8 and allows the modeling of heat
                                                                                                    recovery using most types of simulation software.
                                                                                                    The following documents may be helpful in setting a more detailed model using refrigeration equipment rather
                                                                                                    than a water chiller and modeling the ice sheet itself and its interaction with adjacent components and spaces:
                                                                                                       • Zmeureanu, R., E.M. Zelaya and D. Giguère. (2002). Simulation de la consommation d'énergie d'un aréna
                                                                                                         à l'aide du logiciel DOE-2.1E. ESim 2002 Conference, Montreal.
                                                                                                       • Ouzzane, M. et al. Cooling Load and Environmental Measurements in a Canadian Indoor Ice Rink.
                                                                                                         ASHRAE Transactions, Vol. 112, Pt. 2, Paper no. QC-06-008, pp. 538-545, 2006.
                                                                                                       • Sunyé, R. et al. ASHRAE Research Report 1289, Develop and Verify Methods For Determining Ice Sheet
                                                                                                         Cooling Loads, 2007.


                                                                                                    8-54 Division B                                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              A-8.4.4.4.(1)

                                                                                                          • Teyssedou, G., R. Zmeureanu, and D. Giguère. (2009). Thermal Response of the Concrete Slab of an Indoor
                                                                                                            Ice Rink. ASHRAE HVAC&R Research, Vol. 15, No. 3, May 2009.
                                                                                                    Since ice-making for rinks is often associated with resurfacing activities, which require a significant amount of
                                                                                                    heated service water, the energy models of the proposed and reference buildings should account for this load.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.2.(1) Modeling of Occupancy Controls. A common modeling practice to take occupancy
                                                                                                    controls into account is to adjust the operating schedules to reflect their operation. Another option is to adjust
                                                                                                    the internal loads applied to the thermal block as exemplified in Sentence 8.4.4.2.(3). Whichever option is
                                                                                                    chosen, the same modeling approach should be applied to both the proposed and reference buildings. Demand
                                                                                                    control ventilation is an example of a control strategy that would be modeled in the reference building but
                                                                                                    that may not be modeled in the proposed building.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.2.(3) Semi-heated Building. A reference building with a set-point of 18°C and thermal
                                                                                                    characteristics based on the heating degree-days at 18°C is intended to have the same energy performance as a
                                                                                                    building with a set-point of 15°C and thermal characteristics based on the heating degree-days at 15°C.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.3.(8)            Fenestration Properties. Solar heat gain is an example of a thermal property of
                                                                                                    fenestration.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.4.(1) Thermal Mass. The building envelope assemblies should follow the layer structure of the
                                                                                                    proposed building's assemblies (type and order), but the insulation thickness should be varied to match the
                                                                                                    U-value of Part 3. See the “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals” for examples of different types of construction.
                                                                                                    Examples 1 and 2 present examples of lightweight wood-frame and steel-frame assemblies.

                                                                                                    Example 1 – Lightweight Wood-Frame Wall Construction



                                                                                                                                                                                                        aluminum siding
                                                                                                                               sheathing paper
                                                                                                                                                                                                        cellular glass board
                                                                                                                          38 x 89 mm wood
                                                                                                                          stud @ 406 mm o.c.                                                            cavity insulation
                                                                                                                                                                                                        13 mm
                                                                                                                                    vapour barrier                                                      gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00724C


                                                                                                           Figure 1-1
                                                                                                           11% wood-frame wall construction


                                                                                                                                                                       Table 1-1
                                                                                                                                                     Nominal R-Values of Wall Components in Figure 1-1

                                                                                                                                       Component                                   Component Thickness, in mm           Nominal R-Value
                                                                                                          Outside surface air film                                                            –                                0.030
                                                                                                          Siding – aluminum or steel with sheathing                                           10                               0.107
                                                                                                          Sheathing paper                                                                      4                               0.02
                                                                                                          Insulation – cellular glass board                                                   38                               0.753
                                                                                                          Insulation – mineral fibre, RSI 2.11 (1)                                            89                               2.110
                                                                                                          Polyethylene vapour barrier                                                          2                                  0
                                                                                                          Gypsum sheathing                                                                    13                               0.081
                                                                                                          Inside surface air film                                                             –                                0.120

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 1-1:
                                                                                                    (1)   The framing, whose R-value is 0.611, is installed with this component.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                  Division B 8-55
                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.4.(2)                                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    The overall weight of the assembly in Figure 1-1 is 40.8 kg/m2 and its heat capacity is 45.5 kJ/(m2×°C).

                                                                                                    Example 2 – Lightweight Steel-Frame Wall Construction



                                                                                                                               sheathing paper                                                           aluminum siding

                                                                                                                                                                                                         insulating sheathing
                                                                                                                          41 x 92 mm steel
                                                                                                                          stud @ 610 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         cavity insulation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    vapour barrier                                                       13 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                         gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG00728C


                                                                                                           Figure 2-1
                                                                                                           37% steel-frame wall construction


                                                                                                                                                                       Table 2-1
                                                                                                                                                     Nominal R-Values of Wall Components in Figure 2-1

                                                                                                                                        Component                               Component Thickness, in mm                  Nominal R-Value
                                                                                                          Outside surface air film                                                         –                                      0.030
                                                                                                          Siding – aluminum or steel with sheathing                                           10                                  0.107
                                                                                                          Sheathing paper                                                                      4                                  0.02
                                                                                                          Insulation – polystyrene, smooth skin                                               38                                  1.317
                                                                                                          Insulation – mineral fibre, RSI 2.11 (1)                                            89                                  2.110
                                                                                                          Polyethylene vapour barrier                                                          2                                      0
                                                                                                          Gypsum sheathing                                                                    13                                  0.081
                                                                                                          Inside surface air film                                                             –                                   0.120

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 2-1:
                                                                                                    (1)   The framing, whose R-value is 0.001, is installed with this component, is spaced < 500 mm and contains no insulation.


                                                                                                    The overall weight of the assembly in Figure 2-1 is 33.9 kg/m2 and its heat capacity is 35.3 kJ/(m2×°C).

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.4.(2) Thermal Characteristics of the Space. The following are examples of space
                                                                                                    components that affect thermal mass: layout, furnishings, interior wall and floor construction, library stacks, etc.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.5.(3) Controls Based on Space Occupancy. Subsection 4.2.2. presents several prescriptive
                                                                                                    control requirements for various space types. In establishing the reference building's energy consumption, the
                                                                                                    controls resulting in the highest energy consumption can be selected where compliance options are provided.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.5.(6) Depth of Sidelighted Areas. The depth of sidelighted areas is affected by window
                                                                                                    head height and obstructions within the space. Obstructions cannot be established for the reference building,
                                                                                                    therefore, the 2 m default depth stipulated in Sentence 8.4.4.5.(6) is to account for hypothetical obstructions,
                                                                                                    such as the walls of closed offices, high partitions, etc., that could be present within a single thermal block.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.5.(7) Daylighted Area under Skylights. For the purpose of energy model calculations for
                                                                                                    the reference building, it is assumed that the toplighting contributions are from skylights only and not roof
                                                                                                    monitors.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.5.(10)(b) Reflectance. The reflectance values stated in Clause 8.4.4.5.(10)(b) take into account
                                                                                                    obstructions such as the walls of enclosed offices, high partitions, furniture, etc., that could be present within
                                                                                                    a single thermal block.


                                                                                                    8-56 Division B                                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           A-8.4.4.17.(2)

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.5.(11) Illumination Set-points. See Table A-8.4.3.2.(2)-B for representative illuminance levels
                                                                                                    to be used as modeling guidance.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.8. Equipment Oversizing. Oversizing is an accepted industry practice that is implemented
                                                                                                    when safety factors are applied on the calculated load, when the reserve capacity for future use is included, or
                                                                                                    when equipment precisely matching the building's calculated load is not available on the market. However,
                                                                                                    gross oversizing can lead to the inefficient operation of equipment: for example, poor efficiency when
                                                                                                    equipment is operating at part-load. The 30% oversizing for heating equipment, which includes pick-up loads,
                                                                                                    and the 10% oversizing for cooling equipment stated in Article 8.4.4.8. are upper limits selected to avoid gross
                                                                                                    oversizing when modeling the reference building.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.13. Heat Pump Definitions. The following types of heat pump systems are the most commonly
                                                                                                    used:
                                                                                                      • Water-loop heat pump system: a heat pump system connected to an internal water loop used as a heat
                                                                                                          source and/or sink. The loop may include an auxiliary heat source (e.g. a boiler) and/or heat rejection
                                                                                                          device (e.g. a cooling tower)
                                                                                                      • Air-source heat pump system: a heat pump system using the outside air as a heat source and/or sink
                                                                                                      • Water-source heat pump system: a water-loop heat pump system using surface water (e.g. river, pond or
                                                                                                          lake), groundwater, or a water loop carrying waste heat generated outside the building as a heat source
                                                                                                          and/or sink, either directly, or indirectly through the use of a heat exchanger that separates the source
                                                                                                          from an internal water loop
                                                                                                      • Ground-source heat pump system: a heat pump system using the ground as a heat source and/or sink
                                                                                                          through the use of a ground-heat exchanger in which circulates either a refrigerant supplied by the heat
                                                                                                          pump or a heat transfer liquid coming from an internal water loop

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.13.(1) Use of Heat Pumps. Sentence 8.4.4.13.(1) is intended to apply to heat pump systems
                                                                                                    that are used for space conditioning, not for heat-recovery applications.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.14.(2) Hydronic Systems with Multiple Pumps. Where the proposed building uses
                                                                                                    multiple pumps in its hydronic systems (for example, a primary-secondary hot water hydronic system),
                                                                                                    representing these pumps as a single pump in the reference building must ensure that the same peak power is
                                                                                                    demanded by adjusting the pump head accordingly, based on a flow-weighted average pump efficiency (in
                                                                                                    order to correctly account for the heat gain due to water passing through the system).

                                                                                                    Example 1

                                                                                                    If the proposed building has the following characteristics:
                                                                                                             • a boiler plant with an output capacity of 200 kW that uses a primary-secondary pumping system having the following three pumps:
                                                                                                                    – a primary pump (boiler plant) with 86 L/min with a head of 60 kPa and 60% efficiency,
                                                                                                                    – secondary pump (north wing) with 78 L/min with a head of 100 kPa and 50% efficiency,
                                                                                                                    – a secondary pump (south wing) with 103 L/min with a head of 120 kPa and 45% efficiency, and
                                                                                                              • a total shaft power demand of 861 W,
                                                                                                         then, assuming the same output capacity of the reference building, the pump would be modeled with the following characteristics:
                                                                                                              • a flow rate of 179.4 L/min (at a 16°C temperature differential),
                                                                                                              • 54.2% efficiency,
                                                                                                              • a shaft power demand of 861 W (which is the same as for the proposed building), and
                                                                                                              • a pump head of 156.1 kPa.


                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.17.(1) Exhaust Fans. Sentence 8.4.4.17.(1) refers to exhaust fans such as, but not limited to,
                                                                                                    those used to exhaust laboratory hoods, smoke, grease-laden vapours, toxic, flammable, paint or corrosive
                                                                                                    fumes or dust directly to the outside. Since such fans don't count against the fan power limitations stated in
                                                                                                    Sentences 5.2.3.2.(1) and 5.2.3.3.(1) and are not required to have their exhaust airstream equipped with an
                                                                                                    energy recovery system, they can be modeled identically in the reference building. Otherwise, the reference
                                                                                                    building model should either count them against the fan power limitation or equip them with energy recovery
                                                                                                    systems, as appropriate.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.17.(2) Fan Part-Load Curves. Figure A-8.4.4.17.(2) illustrates the equations for fan power
                                                                                                    versus flow rate as a graph.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                Division B 8-57
                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.20.(4)(a)                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                               1. 2




                                                                                                      P = Ppartload / Prated
                                                                                                                                 1

                                                                                                                               0.8
                                                                                                                                          (a)
                                                                                                                               0.6
                                                                                                                                          (b)
                                                                                                                                                                                      (a) air foil or backward inclined riding fan curve
                                                                                                                               0.4
                                                                                                                                                                                      (b) air foil or backward inclined with inlet vanes
                                                                                                                               0.2        (c)                                         (c) forward curved with inlet vanes
                                                                                                                                                                                      (d) variable speed drive
                                                                                                                                          (d)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                      0         0.2   0.4         0.6                0. 8                 1

                                                                                                                                                            F = Fpartload / Frated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG02002B


                                                                                                     Figure A-8.4.4.17.(2)
                                                                                                     Fan part-load curves


                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.20.(4)(a) Determining the Heat Contribution Ratio. If the ratio of the heat contributions
                                                                                                    between the various energy types cannot be determined based on design information, the ratio can be
                                                                                                    determined by running a simulation of the proposed building.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.20.(6) Service Water Heating System Supply Temperature. Article 2.2.10.7. of
                                                                                                    Division B of the NPC contains maximum temperature requirements based on type of fixture.

                                                                                                    A-8.4.4.20.(7) Service Water Heating System Storage Temperature. Article 2.6.1.12. of
                                                                                                    Division B of the NPC establishes the minimum storage temperature of water in certain service water heating
                                                                                                    systems.




                                                                                                    8-58 Division B                                                                  National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                          .




                                                                                                                                                        Part 9     Division B


                                                                                                                                                        Reserved

National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020




Division B 9-1
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




9-2 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 10
                                                                                                    Tiered Building Energy Performance
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       10.1.         General
                                                                                                       10.1.1.       General ............................................ 10-1
                                                                                                       10.1.2.       Compliance ..................................... 10-1

                                                                                                       10.2.         Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements
                                                                                                       10.2.1.       Objective and Functional
                                                                                                                     Statements ...................................... 10-2

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 10 .............. 10-3




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 10
                                                                                                    Tiered Building Energy Performance
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 10.1. General
                                                                                                    10.1.1.           General

                                                                                                    10.1.1.1.         Scope

                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Code is permitted to be achieved by applying the
                                                                                                                      provisions of this Part in lieu of
                                                                                                                         a) the prescriptive requirements in Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) the trade-off provisions in Sections 3.3. and 4.3.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-1.1.2.1.)

                                                                                                    10.1.1.2.         Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies only to buildings
                                                                                                                         a) whose occupancy is known, and
                                                                                                                         b) except as provided in Sentence (2), for which sufficient information is
                                                                                                                            known about their components, materials and assemblies that are covered
                                                                                                                            by the scope of this Code.

                                                                                                                         2) Where insufficient information is known about the building components,
                                                                                                                      materials and assemblies, the applicable prescriptive requirements in
                                                                                                                      Sections 3.2., 4.2., 5.2., 6.2. and 7.2. shall apply.

                                                                                                                         3) If, during construction, the design is found to be altered from the one used in
                                                                                                                      the original performance assessment, the building shall be reassessed for compliance
                                                                                                                      with this Part.

                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the procedures stated in this Part shall
                                                                                                                      be applied to a single building at a time.

                                                                                                                         5) Where the structure is divided by firewalls into multiple buildings, the whole
                                                                                                                      structure is permitted to be treated as one building.

                                                                                                    10.1.2.           Compliance

                                                                                                    10.1.2.1.         Compliance

                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Part shall be achieved by designing and constructing
                                                                                                                      buildings in accordance with one of Energy Performance Tiers 1 to 4 specified in
                                                                                                                      Table 10.1.2.1., each of which corresponds to
                                                                                                                          a) the annual energy consumption of the proposed building, expressed as a
                                                                                                                              percent building energy target, or
                                                                                                                          b) the percentage of improvement of the annual energy consumption of the
                                                                                                                              proposed building relative to the building energy target of the reference
                                                                                                                              building, expressed as a percent improvement.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division B 10-1
                                                                                                    10.2.1.1.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 10.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                               Energy Performance Tiers
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 10.1.2.1.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                          Energy Performance Tier                        Percent Building Energy Target (1)                       Percent Improvement (1)
                                                                                                                     1                                                 ≤ 100%                                             ≥ 0%
                                                                                                                     2                                                 ≤ 75%                                              ≥ 25%
                                                                                                                     3                                                 ≤ 50%                                              ≥ 50%
                                                                                                                     4                                                 ≤ 40%                                              ≥ 60%




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table 10.1.2.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Sentence (2).


                                                                                                                                2) Compliance of the proposed building with one of Energy Performance Tiers 1
                                                                                                                            to 4 specified in Table 10.1.2.1. shall be determined by modeling the proposed and
                                                                                                                            reference buildings in accordance with Part 8 to establish the annual energy consumption
                                                                                                                            of the proposed building and the building energy target of the reference building then
                                                                                                                                a) dividing the annual energy consumption of the proposed building by the
                                                                                                                                    building energy target of the reference building to derive the percent building
                                                                                                                                    energy target, or
                                                                                                                                b) subtracting the annual energy consumption of the proposed building from
                                                                                                                                    the building energy target of the reference building and dividing the result
                                                                                                                                    by the building energy target of the reference building to derive the percent
                                                                                                                                    improvement.
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-10.1.2.1.(2).)


                                                                                                    Section 10.2. Objective and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    10.2.1.                 Objective and Functional Statements

                                                                                                    10.2.1.1.               Attributions to Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                                                1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                            Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objective and functional statements attributed to
                                                                                                                            the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objective and functional statements
                                                                                                                            listed in Table 10.2.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                                             Table 10.2.1.1.
                                                                                                          Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                      Acceptable Solutions in Part 10
                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 10.2.1.1.(1)

                                                                                                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     10.1.1.2. Application
                                                                                                     (1)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     10.1.2.1. Compliance
                                                                                                     (1)            [F92,F93,F94,F95,F96,F97,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)            [F92,F93,F94,F95,F96,F97,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 10.2.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.


                                                                                                    10-2 Division B                                                                           National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 10
                                                                                                    Tiered Building Energy Performance
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-10.1.2.1.(2) Determining Compliance with Energy Performance Tiers. The following
                                                                                                    examples illustrate the calculations of the percentage of the building energy target and the percentage of
                                                                                                    improvement described in Sentence 10.1.2.1.(2).

                                                                                                    Example 1

                                                                                                    If the modeled building energy target of the reference building equals 200 GJ and the modeled annual energy consumption of the proposed building
                                                                                                         equals 150 GJ, compliance of the proposed building with one of the Energy Performance Tiers can be calculated in one of two ways:
                                                                                                           (1) as a percent building energy target: 150/200 = 0.75, or 75%, or
                                                                                                           (2) as a percent improvement: 200 – 150 = 50; then 50/200 = 0.25, or 25%.

                                                                                                    The proposed building, as designed, therefore complies with Energy Performance Tier 2.

                                                                                                    Example 2

                                                                                                    If the modeled building energy target of the reference building equals 200 GJ and the modeled annual energy consumption of the proposed building
                                                                                                         equals 160 GJ, then the proposed building, as designed, complies with Tier 1:
                                                                                                           (1) as a percent building energy target: 160/200 = 0.80, or 80%, or
                                                                                                           (2) as a percent improvement: 200 – 160 = 40; then 40/200 = 0.20, or 20%.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                                Division B 10-3
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




10-4 Division B




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B




                                                                                                    Climatic Information for Building Design
                                                                                                    in Canada




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Table C-1, which is referenced in Sentence 1.1.4.1.(1), represents a partial reproduction of Table C-2 of Division B
                                                                                                    of the NBC (see the section on Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Canada in the NBC for
                                                                                                    further information on these climatic data categories). The additional data for “Degree-Days Below 15°C” was
                                                                                                    developed by Environment and Climate Change Canada for inclusion in the NECB.


                                                                                                                                                             Table C-1
                                                                                                                                           Design Data for Selected Locations in Canada

                                                                                                                                                                     Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location       Elev., m           January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                          2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                     British Columbia
                                                                                                        100 Mile House                          1040        -30             -32    29        17      5030    4040      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Abbotsford                               70         -8              -10    29        20      2860    2000      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                        Agassiz                                  15         -9              -11    31        21      2750    1900      0.35       0.47
                                                                                                        Alberni                                  12         -5              -8     31        19      3100    2220      0.24       0.32
                                                                                                        Ashcroft                                 305        -24             -27    34        20      3700    2790      0.29       0.38
                                                                                                        Bamfield                                 20         -2              -4     23        17      3080    2060      0.38       0.50
                                                                                                        Beatton River                            840        -37             -39    26        18      6300    5230      0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Bella Bella                              25         -5              -7     23        18      3180    2150      0.40       0.50
                                                                                                        Bella Coola                              40         -14             -18    27        19      3560    2660      0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Burns Lake                               755        -31             -34    26        17      5450    4430      0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Cache Creek                              455        -24             -27    34        20      3700    2790      0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Campbell River                           20         -5              -7     26        18      3000    2130      0.41       0.48
                                                                                                        Carmi                                    845        -24             -26    31        19      4750    3770      0.29       0.38
                                                                                                        Castlegar                                430        -18             -20    32        20      3580    2680      0.26       0.34
                                                                                                        Chetwynd                                 605        -35             -38    27        18      5500    4480      0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Chilliwack                               10         -9              -11    30        20      2780    1920      0.35       0.47
                                                                                                        Comox                                    15         -7              -9     27        18      2930    2220      0.41       0.48
                                                                                                        Courtenay                                10         -7              -9     28        18      2930    2220      0.41       0.48
                                                                                                        Cranbrook                                910        -26             -28    32        18      4400    3450      0.25       0.33
                                                                                                        Crescent Valley                          585        -18             -20    31        20      3650    2740      0.25       0.33
                                                                                                        Crofton                                   5         -4              -6     28        19      2880    2020      0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Dawson Creek                             665        -38             -40    27        18      5900    4860      0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Dease Lake                               800        -37             -40    24        15      6730    5630      0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Dog Creek                                450        -28             -30    29        17      4800    3820     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Duncan                                   10         -6              -8     28        19      2980    2110      0.31       0.39


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                   Division B C-1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                  Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                       2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Elko                                1065         -28             -31    30        19      4600    3630       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Fernie                              1010         -27             -30    30        19      4750    3770       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Fort Nelson                          465         -39             -42    28        18      6710    5740       0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Fort St. John                        685         -35             -37    26        18      5750    4710       0.29       0.39




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Glacier                             1145         -27             -30    27        17      5800    4760       0.24       0.32
                                                                                                        Gold River                           120          -8             -11    31        18      3230    2350       0.24       0.32
                                                                                                        Golden                               790         -27             -30    30        17      4750    3770       0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Grand Forks                          565         -19             -22    34        20      3820    2900       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Greenwood                            745         -20             -23    34        20      4100    3160       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Hope                                 40          -13             -15    31        20      2820    2130       0.47       0.63
                                                                                                        Jordan River                         20           -1             -3     22        17      2900    1900       0.44       0.55
                                                                                                        Kamloops                             355         -23             -25    34        20      3450    2670       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Kaslo                                545         -17             -20    30        19      3830    2910       0.23       0.31
                                                                                                        Kelowna                              350         -17             -20    33        20      3400    2510       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Kimberley                           1090         -25             -27    31        18      4650    3680       0.25       0.33
                                                                                                        Kitimat Plant                        15          -16             -18    25        16      3750    2830       0.36       0.48
                                                                                                        Kitimat Townsite                     130         -16             -18    24        16      3900    2980       0.36       0.48
                                                                                                        Ladysmith                            80           -7             -9     27        19      2920    2130       0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Langford                             80           -4             -6     27        19      2750    1770       0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Lillooet                             245         -21             -23    34        20      3400    2610       0.33       0.44
                                                                                                        Lytton                               325         -17             -20    35        20      3300    2410       0.32       0.43
                                                                                                        Mackenzie                            765         -34             -38    27        17      5550    4530      0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        Masset                               10           -5             -7     17        15      3700    2600       0.50       0.61
                                                                                                        McBride                              730         -29             -32    29        18      4980    3990      0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        McLeod Lake                          695         -35             -37    27        17      5450    4430      0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        Merritt                              570         -24             -27    34        20      3900    2980       0.33       0.44
                                                                                                        Mission City                         45           -9             -11    30        20      2850    1990       0.32       0.43
                                                                                                        Montrose                             615         -16             -18    32        20      3600    2690       0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Nakusp                               445         -20             -22    31        20      3560    2660       0.25       0.33
                                                                                                        Nanaimo                              15           -6             -8     27        19      2920    2130       0.38       0.48
                                                                                                        Nelson                               600         -18             -20    31        20      3500    2600       0.25       0.33
                                                                                                        Ocean Falls                          10          -10             -12    23        17      3400    2510       0.44       0.59
                                                                                                        Osoyoos                              285         -14             -17    35        21      3100    2220       0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Parksville                           40           -6             -8     26        19      2990    2320       0.40       0.48
                                                                                                        Penticton                            350         -15             -17    33        20      3350    2460      0.30        0.40
                                                                                                        Port Alberni                         15           -5             -8     31        19      3100    2220      0.24        0.32
                                                                                                        Port Alice                           25           -3             -6     26        17      3010    2000      0.24        0.32
                                                                                                        Port Hardy                            5           -5             -7     20        16      3440    2370      0.36        0.48
                                                                                                        Port McNeill                          5           -5             -7     22        17      3410    2350       0.36       0.48
                                                                                                        Port Renfrew                         20           -3             -5     24        17      2900    1900       0.42       0.52
                                                                                                        Powell River                         10           -7             -9     26        18      3100    2220       0.39       0.48




                                                                                                    C-2 Division B                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location       Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Prince George                            580         -32             -36    28        18      4720    3750      0.28       0.37
                                                                                                        Prince Rupert                            20          -13             -15    19        15      3900    2770      0.43       0.54
                                                                                                        Princeton                                655         -24             -29    33        19      4250    3300      0.27       0.36
                                                                                                        Qualicum Beach                           10           -7             -9     27        19      2990    2320      0.41       0.48




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Queen Charlotte City                     35           -6             -8     21        16      3520    2440      0.50       0.61
                                                                                                        Quesnel                                  475         -31             -33    30        17      4650    3680      0.24       0.31
                                                                                                        Revelstoke                               440         -20             -23    31        19      4000    3070      0.24       0.32
                                                                                                        Salmon Arm                               425         -19             -24    33        21      3650    2740      0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Sandspit                                  5           -4             -6     18        15      3450    2380     0.59        0.72
                                                                                                        Sechelt                                  25           -6             -8     27        20      2680    1830     0.38        0.48
                                                                                                        Sidney                                   10           -4             -6     26        18      2850    1860     0.34        0.42
                                                                                                        Smith River                              660         -45             -47    26        17      7100    5980      0.24       0.30
                                                                                                        Smithers                                 500         -29             -31    26        17      5040    4050      0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Sooke                                    20           -1             -3     21        16      2900    1900      0.38       0.48
                                                                                                        Squamish                                  5           -9             -11    29        20      2950    2080      0.38       0.50
                                                                                                        Stewart                                  10          -17             -20    25        16      4350    3400      0.27       0.36
                                                                                                        Tahsis                                   25           -4             -6     26        18      3150    2120      0.26       0.34
                                                                                                        Taylor                                   515         -35             -37    26        18      5720    4690      0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Terrace                                  60          -19             -21    27        17      4150    3210      0.27       0.36
                                                                                                        Tofino                                   10           -2             -4     20        16      3150    2120      0.51       0.68
                                                                                                        Trail                                    440         -14             -17    33        20      3600    2690      0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Ucluelet                                  5           -2             -4     18        16      3120    2100      0.51       0.68
                                                                                                        Vancouver Region
                                                                                                           Burnaby (Simon Fraser Univ.)          330          -7             -9     25        17      3100    2220      0.35       0.47
                                                                                                           Cloverdale                            10           -8             -10    29        20      2700    1850      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                           Haney                                 10           -9             -11    30        20      2840    1980      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                           Ladner                                 3           -6             -8     27        19      2600    1750      0.37       0.46
                                                                                                           Langley                               15           -8             -10    29        20      2700    1850      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                           New Westminster                       10           -8             -10    29        19      2800    1940      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                           North Vancouver                       135          -7             -9     26        19      2910    2050      0.34       0.45
                                                                                                           Richmond                               5           -7             -9     27        19      2800    1940      0.36       0.45
                                                                                                           Surrey (88 Ave & 156 St.)             90           -8             -10    29        20      2750    1900      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                           Vancouver                             40           -7             -9     28        20      2825    1970      0.34       0.45
                                                                                                           (City Hall)
                                                                                                           Vancouver                             120          -6             -8     28        20      2925    2060      0.36       0.45
                                                                                                           (Granville St. & 41st Ave)
                                                                                                           West Vancouver                        45           -7             -9     28        19      2950    2080      0.36       0.48
                                                                                                        Vernon                                   405         -20             -23    33        20      3600    2690      0.30       0.40
                                                                                                        Victoria Region
                                                                                                           Victoria                              10           -4             -6     24        17      2650    1730      0.46       0.57
                                                                                                           Victoria                              65           -4             -6     24        17      2700    1690      0.46       0.57
                                                                                                           (Gonzales Hts)



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                    Division B C-3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                  Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                       2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                           Victoria                          125          -6             -8     24        16      2700    1730       0.46       0.57
                                                                                                           (Mt Tolmie)
                                                                                                        Whistler                             665         -17             -20    30        20      4180    3240       0.24       0.32
                                                                                                        White Rock                           30           -5             -7     25        20      2620    1770       0.33       0.44
                                                                                                        Williams Lake                        615         -30             -33    29        17      4400    3450       0.27       0.35




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Youbou                               200          -5             -8     31        19      3050    2180       0.26       0.32
                                                                                                    Alberta
                                                                                                        Athabasca                            515         -35             -38    27        19      6000    5000       0.27       0.36
                                                                                                        Banff                               1400         -31             -33    27        16      5500    4520       0.26       0.32
                                                                                                        Barrhead                             645         -33             -36    27        19      5740    4750       0.35       0.44
                                                                                                        Beaverlodge                          730         -36             -39    28        18      5700    4710       0.27       0.36
                                                                                                        Brooks                               760         -32             -34    32        20      4880    3940       0.35       0.44
                                                                                                        Calgary                             1045         -30             -32    28        17      5000    4050       0.38       0.48
                                                                                                        Campsie                              660         -33             -36    27        19      5750    4760       0.33       0.44
                                                                                                        Camrose                              740         -33             -35    29        19      5500    4520       0.31       0.39
                                                                                                        Canmore                             1320         -31             -33    28        17      5400    4430       0.30       0.37
                                                                                                        Cardston                            1130         -29             -32    30        19      4700    3770       0.58       0.72
                                                                                                        Claresholm                          1030         -30             -32    30        18      4680    3750       0.46       0.58
                                                                                                        Cold Lake                            540         -35             -38    28        19      5860    4860       0.29       0.38
                                                                                                        Coleman                             1320         -31             -34    29        18      5210    4250       0.50       0.63
                                                                                                        Coronation                           790         -32             -34    30        19      5640    4660       0.30       0.37
                                                                                                        Cowley                              1175         -29             -32    29        18      4810    3870       0.81       1.01
                                                                                                        Drumheller                           685         -32             -34    30        18      5050    4100       0.35       0.44
                                                                                                        Edmonton                             645         -30             -33    28        19      5120    4160       0.36       0.45
                                                                                                        Edson                                920         -34             -37    27        18      5750    4760       0.37       0.46
                                                                                                        Embarras Portage                     220         -41             -43    28        19      7100    6040       0.28       0.37
                                                                                                        Fairview                             670         -37             -40    27        18      5840    4850       0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Fort MacLeod                         945         -30             -32    31        19      4600    3670       0.54       0.68
                                                                                                        Fort McMurray                        255         -38             -40    28        19      6250    5230       0.28       0.35
                                                                                                        Fort Saskatchewan                    610         -32             -35    28        19      5420    4450       0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Fort Vermilion                       270         -41             -43    28        18      6700    5660       0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Grande Prairie                       650         -36             -39    27        18      5790    4800       0.32       0.43
                                                                                                        Habay                                335         -41             -43    28        18      6750    5710       0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Hardisty                             615         -33             -36    30        19      5640    4660       0.29       0.36
                                                                                                        High River                          1040         -31             -32    28        17      4900    3960       0.52       0.65
                                                                                                        Hinton                               990         -34             -38    27        17      5500    4520      0.37        0.46
                                                                                                        Jasper                              1060         -31             -34    28        17      5300    4330       0.26       0.32
                                                                                                        Keg River                            420         -40             -42    28        18      6520    5490      0.23        0.30
                                                                                                        Lac La Biche                         560         -35             -38    28        19      6100    5090      0.27        0.36
                                                                                                        Lacombe                              855         -33             -36    28        19      5500    4520      0.32        0.40
                                                                                                        Lethbridge                           910         -30             -32    31        19      4500    3580       0.53       0.66
                                                                                                        Manning                              465         -39             -41    27        18      6300    5280       0.23       0.30


                                                                                                    C-4 Division B                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location       Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Medicine Hat                             705         -31             -34    32        19      4540    3610      0.38       0.48
                                                                                                        Peace River                              330         -37             -40    27        18      6050    5040      0.24       0.32
                                                                                                        Pincher Creek                           1130         -29             -32    29        18      4740    3800      0.77       0.96
                                                                                                        Ranfurly                                 670         -34             -37    29        19      5700    4710      0.29       0.36




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Red Deer                                 855         -32             -35    28        19      5550    4570      0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Rocky Mountain House                     985         -32             -34    27        18      5640    4660      0.29       0.36
                                                                                                        Slave Lake                               590         -35             -38    26        19      5850    4850      0.28       0.37
                                                                                                        Stettler                                 820         -32             -34    30        19      5300    4330     0.29        0.36
                                                                                                        Stony Plain                              710         -32             -35    28        19      5300    4330     0.36        0.45
                                                                                                        Suffield                                 755         -31             -34    32        20      4770    3830     0.39        0.49
                                                                                                        Taber                                    815         -31             -33    31        19      4580    3650     0.50        0.63
                                                                                                        Turner Valley                           1215         -31             -32    28        17      5220    4260      0.52       0.65
                                                                                                        Valleyview                               700         -37             -40    27        18      5600    4620      0.34       0.42
                                                                                                        Vegreville                               635         -34             -37    29        19      5780    4790      0.29       0.36
                                                                                                        Vermilion                                580         -35             -38    29        19      5740    4750      0.29       0.36
                                                                                                        Wagner                                   585         -35             -38    26        19      5850    4850      0.28       0.37
                                                                                                        Wainwright                               675         -33             -36    29        19      5700    4710      0.29       0.36
                                                                                                        Wetaskiwin                               760         -33             -35    29        19      5500    4520      0.31       0.39
                                                                                                        Whitecourt                               690         -33             -36    27        19      5650    4670      0.28       0.37
                                                                                                        Wimborne                                 975         -31             -34    29        18      5310    4340     0.32        0.40
                                                                                                    Saskatchewan
                                                                                                        Assiniboia                               740         -32             -34    31        21      5180    4300     0.39        0.49
                                                                                                        Battrum                                  700         -32             -34    32        20      5080    4210     0.43        0.54
                                                                                                        Biggar                                   645         -34             -36    30        20      5720    4820     0.36        0.45
                                                                                                        Broadview                                600         -34             -35    30        21      5760    4850     0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Dafoe                                    530         -35             -37    29        21      5860    4950     0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Dundurn                                  525         -35             -37    30        21      5600    4700      0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Estevan                                  565         -32             -34    32        22      5340    4450      0.41       0.52
                                                                                                        Hudson Bay                               370         -36             -38    29        21      6280    5350      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Humboldt                                 565         -36             -38    28        21      6000    5080      0.31       0.39
                                                                                                        Island Falls                             305         -39             -41    27        20      7100    6130      0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Kamsack                                  455         -34             -37    29        22      6040    5120      0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Kindersley                               685         -33             -35    31        20      5550    4650     0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Lloydminster                             645         -34             -37    28        20      5880    4970     0.32        0.40
                                                                                                        Maple Creek                              765         -31             -34    31        20      4780    3920     0.36        0.45
                                                                                                        Meadow Lake                              480         -38             -40    28        20      6280    5350     0.30        0.40
                                                                                                        Melfort                                  455         -36             -38    28        21      6050    5130     0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Melville                                 550         -34             -36    29        21      5880    4970     0.32        0.40
                                                                                                        Moose Jaw                                545         -32             -34    31        21      5270    4390     0.41        0.52
                                                                                                        Nipawin                                  365         -37             -39    28        21      6300    5370      0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        North Battleford                         545         -34             -36    29        20      5900    4990      0.36       0.46




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                    Division B C-5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                       Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                   Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                    Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                        2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Prince Albert                         435         -37             -40    28        21      6100    5180       0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        Qu'Appelle                            645         -34             -36    30        22      5620    4720       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Regina                                575         -34             -36    31        21      5600    4700       0.39       0.49
                                                                                                        Rosetown                              595         -34             -36    31        20      5620    4720       0.39       0.49




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Saskatoon                             500         -35             -37    30        21      5700    4800       0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Scott                                 645         -34             -36    30        20      5960    5040       0.36       0.45
                                                                                                        Strasbourg                            545         -34             -36    30        22      5600    4700      0.33        0.42
                                                                                                        Swift Current                         750         -31             -34    31        20      5150    4270      0.43        0.54
                                                                                                        Uranium City                          265         -42             -44    26        19      7500    6510      0.27        0.36
                                                                                                        Weyburn                               575         -33             -35    31        23      5400    4510      0.38        0.48
                                                                                                        Yorkton                               510         -34             -37    29        21      6000    5080      0.32        0.40
                                                                                                    Manitoba
                                                                                                        Beausejour                            245         -33             -35    29        23      5680    4780       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Boissevain                            510         -32             -34    30        23      5500    4610       0.41       0.52
                                                                                                        Brandon                               395         -33             -35    30        22      5760    4850       0.39       0.49
                                                                                                        Churchill                             10          -38             -40    25        18      8950    7890       0.43       0.55
                                                                                                        Dauphin                               295         -33             -35    30        22      5900    4990       0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Flin Flon                             300         -38             -40    27        20      6440    5500       0.28       0.35
                                                                                                        Gimli                                 220         -34             -36    29        23      5800    4890      0.32        0.40
                                                                                                        Island Lake                           240         -36             -38    27        20      6900    5940      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Lac du Bonnet                         260         -34             -36    29        23      5730    4830      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Lynn Lake                             350         -40             -42    27        19      7770    6770      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Morden                                300         -31             -33    30        24      5400    4510      0.41        0.52
                                                                                                        Neepawa                               365         -32             -34    29        23      5760    4850      0.35        0.44
                                                                                                        Pine Falls                            220         -34             -36    28        23      5900    4990      0.31        0.39
                                                                                                        Portage la Prairie                    260         -31             -33    30        23      5600    4700      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Rivers                                465         -34             -36    29        23      5840    4930       0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Sandilands                            365         -32             -34    29        23      5650    4750       0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Selkirk                               225         -33             -35    29        23      5700    4800       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Split Lake                            175         -38             -40    27        19      7900    6890       0.31       0.39
                                                                                                        Steinbach                             270         -33             -35    29        23      5700    4800       0.32       0.40
                                                                                                        Swan River                            335         -34             -37    29        22      6100    5180       0.28       0.35
                                                                                                        The Pas                               270         -36             -38    28        21      6480    5540      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Thompson                              205         -40             -43    27        19      7600    6600      0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Virden                                435         -33             -35    30        23      5620    4720      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Winnipeg                              235         -33             -35    30        23      5670    4770      0.36        0.45
                                                                                                    Ontario
                                                                                                        Ailsa Craig                           230         -17             -19    30        23      3840    3050      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Ajax                                  95          -20             -22    30        23      3820    3030      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Alexandria                            80          -24             -26    30        23      4600    3740      0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Alliston                              220         -23             -25    29        23      4200    3380       0.28       0.36




                                                                                                    C-6 Division B                                                                 National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location       Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Almonte                                  120         -26             -28    30        23      4620    3760      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Armstrong                                340         -37             -40    28        21      6500    5530      0.22       0.30
                                                                                                        Arnprior                                 85          -27             -29    30        23      4680    3820      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Atikokan                                 400         -33             -35    29        22      5750    4810      0.22       0.30




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Attawapiskat                             10          -37             -39    28        21      7100    6120      0.30       0.41
                                                                                                        Aurora                                   270         -21             -23    30        23      4210    3390      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Bancroft                                 365         -28             -31    29        23      4740    3870      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Barrie                                   245         -24             -26    29        23      4380    3540     0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Barriefield                              100         -22             -24    28        23      3990    3190     0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Beaverton                                240         -24             -26    30        23      4300    3470     0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Belleville                               90          -22             -24    29        23      3910    3110     0.34        0.43
                                                                                                        Belmont                                  260         -17             -19    30        24      3840    3050      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Borden (CFB)                             225         -23             -25    29        23      4300    3470      0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Bracebridge                              310         -26             -28    29        23      4800    3920      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Bradford                                 240         -23             -25    30        23      4280    3450      0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Brampton                                 215         -19             -21    30        23      4100    3290      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Brantford                                205         -18             -20    30        23      3900    3110      0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Brighton                                 95          -21             -23    29        23      4000    3200      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Brockville                               85          -23             -25    29        23      4060    3250      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Burk's Falls                             305         -26             -28    29        22      5020    4120     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Burlington                               80          -17             -19    31        23      3740    2960     0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Cambridge                                295         -18             -20    29        23      4100    3290     0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Campbellford                             150         -23             -26    30        23      4280    3450     0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Cannington                               255         -24             -26    30        23      4310    3480     0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Carleton Place                           135         -25             -27    30        23      4600    3740     0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Cavan                                    200         -23             -25    30        23      4400    3560      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Centralia                                260         -17             -19    30        23      3800    3010      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Chapleau                                 425         -35             -38    27        21      5900    4950      0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Chatham                                  180         -16             -18    31        24      3470    2710      0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Chesley                                  275         -19             -21    29        22      4320    3490      0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        Clinton                                  280         -17             -19    29        23      4150    3330      0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Coboconk                                 270         -25             -27    30        23      4500    3650     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Cobourg                                  90          -21             -23    29        23      3980    3180     0.38        0.49
                                                                                                        Cochrane                                 245         -34             -36    29        21      6200    5240     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Colborne                                 105         -21             -23    29        23      3980    3180     0.38        0.49
                                                                                                        Collingwood                              190         -21             -23    29        23      4180    3360     0.30        0.39
                                                                                                        Cornwall                                 35          -23             -25    30        23      4250    3420     0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Corunna                                  185         -16             -18    31        24      3600    2830     0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Deep River                               145         -29             -32    30        22      4900    3980      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Deseronto                                85          -22             -24    29        23      4070    3260      0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Dorchester                               260         -18             -20    30        24      3900    3110      0.37       0.47



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                    Division B C-7
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                                     Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                 Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                  Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                      2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Dorion                              200         -33             -35    28        21      5950    5000       0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Dresden                             185         -16             -18    31        24      3750    2970       0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Dryden                              370         -34             -36    28        22      5850    4940       0.22       0.30
                                                                                                        Dundalk                             525         -22             -24    29        22      4700    3830       0.33       0.42




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Dunnville                           175         -15             -17    30        24      3660    2890       0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Durham                              340         -20             -22    29        22      4340    3510       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Dutton                              225         -16             -18    31        24      3700    2920      0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Earlton                             245         -33             -36    29        22      5730    4790      0.35        0.45
                                                                                                        Edison                              365         -34             -36    28        22      5740    4840      0.23        0.31
                                                                                                        Elliot Lake                         380         -26             -28    29        21      4950    4030      0.30        0.38
                                                                                                        Elmvale                             220         -24             -26    29        23      4200    3380      0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Embro                               310         -19             -21    30        23      3950    3150       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Englehart                           205         -33             -36    29        22      5800    4860       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Espanola                            220         -25             -27    29        21      4920    4000       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Exeter                              265         -17             -19    30        23      3900    3110       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Fenelon Falls                       260         -25             -27    30        23      4440    3600       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Fergus                              400         -20             -22    29        23      4300    3470       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Forest                              215         -16             -18    31        23      3740    2960       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Fort Erie                           180         -15             -17    30        24      3650    2880      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Fort Erie (Ridgeway)                190         -15             -17    30        24      3600    2830      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Fort Frances                        340         -33             -35    29        22      5440    4550      0.23        0.31
                                                                                                        Gananoque                           80          -22             -24    28        23      4010    3210      0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Geraldton                           345         -36             -39    28        21      6450    5490      0.22        0.30
                                                                                                        Glencoe                             215         -16             -18    31        24      3680    2900      0.34        0.43
                                                                                                        Goderich                            185         -16             -18    29        23      4000    3200      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Gore Bay                            205         -24             -26    28        22      4700    3830       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Graham                              495         -35             -37    29        22      5940    4990       0.22       0.30
                                                                                                        Gravenhurst                         255         -26             -28    29        23      4760    3890       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        (Muskoka Airport)
                                                                                                        Grimsby                             85          -16             -18    30        23      3520    2760       0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Guelph                              340         -19             -21    29        23      4270    3440       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Guthrie                             280         -24             -26    29        23      4300    3470       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Haileybury                          210         -32             -35    30        22      5600    4660       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Haldimand                           190         -18             -20    30        23      3750    2970      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        (Caledonia)
                                                                                                        Haldimand                           215         -17             -19    30        23      3760    2980      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        (Hagersville)
                                                                                                        Haliburton                          335         -27             -29    29        23      4840    3960      0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Halton Hills                        255         -19             -21    30        23      4200    3380      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        (Georgetown)
                                                                                                        Hamilton                            90          -17             -19    31        23      3460    2700      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Hanover                             270         -19             -21    29        22      4300    3470      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        Hastings                            200         -24             -26    30        23      4280    3450       0.32       0.41


                                                                                                    C-8 Division B                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                                   Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                               Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                    Province and Location               Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                                    2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Hawkesbury                                        50          -25             -27    30        23      4610    3750      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Hearst                                            245         -35             -37    29        21      6450    5490      0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Honey                                             180         -24             -26    29        23      4300    3470      0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Harbour
                                                                                                        Hornepayne                                        360         -37             -40    28        21      6340    5380      0.22       0.30




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Huntsville                                        335         -26             -29    29        22      4850    3970      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Ingersoll                                         280         -18             -20    30        23      3920    3120      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Iroquois Falls                                    275         -33             -36    29        21      6100    5150      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Jellicoe                                          330         -36             -39    28        21      6400    5440     0.22        0.30
                                                                                                        Kapuskasing                                       245         -34             -36    29        21      6250    5290     0.24        0.31
                                                                                                        Kemptville                                        90          -25             -27    30        23      4540    3690     0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Kenora                                            370         -33             -35    28        22      5630    4730     0.23        0.31
                                                                                                        Killaloe                                          185         -28             -31    30        22      4960    4070      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Kincardine                                        190         -17             -19    28        22      3890    3100      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Kingston                                          80          -22             -24    28        23      4000    3200      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Kinmount                                          295         -26             -28    29        23      4600    3740      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Kirkland Lake                                     325         -33             -36    29        22      6000    5050      0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Kitchener                                         335         -19             -21    29        23      4200    3380      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Kitchenuhmaykoosib                                215         -38             -40    26        20      7450      –       0.31       0.42
                                                                                                        / Big Trout Lake
                                                                                                        Lakefield                                         240         -24             -26    30        23      4330    3500      0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        Lansdowne House                                   240         -38             -40    28        21      7150    6160     0.24        0.32
                                                                                                        Leamington                                        190         -15             -17    31        24      3400    2650     0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Lindsay                                           265         -24             -26    30        23      4320    3490     0.30        0.38
                                                                                                        Lion's Head                                       185         -19             -21    27        22      4300    3470     0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Listowel                                          380         -19             -21    29        23      4300    3470     0.34        0.43
                                                                                                        London                                            245         -18             -20    30        24      3900    3110      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Lucan                                             300         -17             -19    30        23      3900    3110      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Maitland                                          85          -23             -25    29        23      4080    3270      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Markdale                                          425         -20             -22    29        22      4500    3650      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Markham                                           175         -21             -23    31        24      4000    3200      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Martin                                            485         -35             -37    29        22      5900    4950      0.22       0.30
                                                                                                        Matheson                                          265         -33             -36    29        21      6080    5130      0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Mattawa                                           165         -29             -31    30        22      5050    4130     0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        Midland                                           190         -24             -26    29        23      4200    3380     0.30        0.39
                                                                                                        Milton                                            200         -18             -20    30        23      3920    3120     0.34        0.43
                                                                                                        Milverton                                         370         -19             -21    29        23      4200    3380     0.34        0.43
                                                                                                        Minden                                            270         -27             -29    29        23      4640    3780     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Mississauga                                       160         -18             -20    30        23      3880    3090     0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        Mississauga (Lester B. Pearson Int'l Airport)     170         -20             -22    31        24      3890      –      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        Mississauga                                       75          -18             -20    29        23      3780    3000      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        (Port Credit)
                                                                                                        Mitchell                                          335         -18             -20    29        23      4100    3290      0.35       0.45


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                             Division B C-9
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                  Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                       2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Moosonee                             10          -36             -38    28        22      6800    5820       0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Morrisburg                           75          -23             -25    30        23      4370    3530       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Mount Forest                         420         -21             -24    28        22      4700    3830       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Nakina                               325         -36             -38    28        21      6500    5530       0.22       0.30




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Nanticoke                            205         -17             -18    30        23      3700    2920       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        (Jarvis)
                                                                                                        Nanticoke (Port Dover)               180         -15             -17    30        24      3600    2830       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Napanee                              90          -22             -24    29        23      4140    3320       0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        New Liskeard                         180         -32             -35    30        22      5570    4630       0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Newcastle                            115         -20             -22    30        23      3990    3190      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Newcastle (Bowmanville)              95          -20             -22    30        23      4000      –       0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Newmarket                            185         -22             -24    30        23      4260    3430      0.30        0.38
                                                                                                        Niagara Falls                        210         -16             -18    30        23      3600    2830       0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        North Bay                            210         -28             -30    28        22      5150    4230       0.27       0.34
                                                                                                        Norwood                              225         -24             -26    30        23      4320    3490       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Oakville                             90          -18             -20    30        23      3760    2980       0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Orangeville                          430         -21             -23    29        23      4450    3610       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Orillia                              230         -25             -27    29        23      4260    3430       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Oshawa                               110         -19             -21    30        23      3860    3070       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Ottawa (Metropolitan)
                                                                                                           Ottawa (City Hall)                70          -25             -27    30        23      4440    3600       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                           Ottawa (Barrhaven)                98          -25             -27    30        23      4500    3650       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                           Ottawa (Kanata)                   98          -25             -27    30        23      4520    3670      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                           Ottawa (M-C Int'l Airport)        125         -25             -27    30        23      4500    3650      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                           Ottawa (Orléans)                  70          -26             -28    30        23      4500    3650      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Owen Sound                           215         -19             -21    29        22      4030    3220      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        Pagwa River                          185         -35             -37    28        21      6500    5530       0.22       0.30
                                                                                                        Paris                                245         -18             -20    30        23      4000    3200       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Parkhill                             205         -16             -18    31        23      3800    3010       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Parry Sound                          215         -24             -26    28        22      4640    3780       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Pelham (Fonthill)                    230         -15             -17    30        23      3690    2910       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Pembroke                             125         -28             -31    30        23      4980    4090       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Penetanguishene                      220         -24             -26    29        23      4200    3380       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Perth                                130         -25             -27    30        23      4540    3690       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Petawawa                             135         -29             -31    30        23      4980    4090      0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Peterborough                         200         -23             -25    30        23      4400    3560      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Petrolia                             195         -16             -18    31        24      3640    2870      0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Pickering                            85          -19             -21    30        23      3800    3010      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        (Dunbarton)
                                                                                                        Picton                               95          -21             -23    29        23      3980    3180      0.38        0.49
                                                                                                        Plattsville                          300         -19             -21    29        23      4150    3330      0.33        0.42
                                                                                                        Point Alexander                      150         -29             -32    30        22      4960    4040       0.27       0.35



                                                                                                    C-10 Division B                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                    Province and Location      Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Port Burwell                             195         -15             -17    30        24      3800    3010      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Port Colborne                            180         -15             -17    30        24      3600    2830      0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Port Elgin                               205         -17             -19    28        22      4100    3290      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Port Hope                                100         -21             -23    29        23      3970    3170      0.37       0.48




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Port Perry                               270         -22             -24    30        23      4260    3430      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Port Stanley                             180         -15             -17    31        24      3850    3060      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Prescott                                 90          -23             -25    29        23      4120    3310      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Princeton                                280         -18             -20    30        23      4000    3200      0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Raith                                    475         -34             -37    28        22      5900    4950      0.22       0.30
                                                                                                        Rayside-Balfour                          270         -28             -30    29        21      5200    4280     0.35        0.45
                                                                                                        (Chelmsford)
                                                                                                        Red Lake                                 360         -35             -37    28        21      6220    5290     0.22        0.30
                                                                                                        Renfrew                                  115         -27             -30    30        23      4900    4020      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Richmond Hill                            230         -21             -23    31        24      4000    3200      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Rockland                                 50          -26             -28    30        23      4600    3740      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Sarnia                                   190         -16             -18    31        24      3750    2970      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Sault Ste. Marie                         190         -25             -28    29        22      4960    4040      0.33       0.44
                                                                                                        Schreiber                                310         -34             -36    27        21      5960    5010      0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Seaforth                                 310         -17             -19    30        23      4100    3290      0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        Shelburne                                495         -22             -24    29        23      4700    3830     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Simcoe                                   210         -17             -19    30        24      3700    2920     0.35        0.45
                                                                                                        Sioux Lookout                            375         -34             -36    28        22      5950    5030     0.22        0.30
                                                                                                        Smiths Falls                             130         -25             -27    30        23      4540    3690     0.32        0.41
                                                                                                        Smithville                               185         -16             -18    30        23      3650    2880     0.33        0.42
                                                                                                        Smooth Rock Falls                        235         -34             -36    29        21      6250    5290     0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        South River                              355         -27             -29    29        22      5090    4190     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Southampton                              180         -17             -19    28        22      4100    3290      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        St. Catharines                           105         -16             -18    30        23      3540    2780      0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        St. Marys                                310         -18             -20    30        23      4000    3200      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        St. Thomas                               225         -16             -18    31        24      3780    3000      0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Stirling                                 120         -23             -25    30        23      4220    3400      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Stratford                                360         -18             -20    29        23      4050    3240      0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        Strathroy                                225         -17             -19    31        24      3780    3000     0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Sturgeon Falls                           205         -28             -30    29        21      5200    4280     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Sudbury                                  275         -28             -30    29        21      5180    4260     0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Sundridge                                340         -27             -29    29        22      5080    4180     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Tavistock                                340         -19             -21    29        23      4100    3290     0.35        0.45
                                                                                                        Temagami                                 300         -30             -33    30        22      5420    4490     0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Thamesford                               280         -19             -21    30        23      3950    3150     0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Thedford                                 205         -16             -18    31        23      3710    2930      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Thunder Bay                              210         -31             -33    29        21      5650    4710      0.29       0.39
                                                                                                        Tillsonburg                              215         -17             -19    30        24      3840    3050      0.34       0.44


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                   Division B C-11
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                  Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                       2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Timmins                              300         -34             -36    29        21      5940    4990       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Timmins (Porcupine)                  295         -34             -36    29        21      6000    5050       0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Toronto Metropolitan Region
                                                                                                           Etobicoke                         160         -20             -22    31        24      3800    3010       0.34       0.44




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           North York                        175         -20             -22    31        24      3760    2980       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Scarborough                       180         -20             -22    31        24      3800    3010       0.37       0.47
                                                                                                           Toronto (City Hall)               90          -18             -20    31        23      3520    2760       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Trenton                              80          -22             -24    29        23      4110    3300       0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Trout Creek                          330         -27             -29    29        22      5100    4200       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Uxbridge                             275         -22             -24    30        23      4240    3410      0.33        0.42
                                                                                                        Vaughan                              165         -20             -22    31        24      4100    3290      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        (Woodbridge)
                                                                                                        Vittoria                             215         -15             -17    30        24      3680    2900      0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Walkerton                            275         -18             -20    30        22      4300    3470       0.36       0.46
                                                                                                        Wallaceburg                          180         -16             -18    31        24      3600    2830       0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        Waterloo                             330         -19             -21    29        23      4200    3380       0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Watford                              240         -17             -19    31        24      3740    2960       0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Wawa                                 290         -34             -36    26        21      5840    4900       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Welland                              180         -15             -17    30        23      3670    2900       0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        West Lorne                           215         -16             -18    31        24      3700    2920       0.37       0.47
                                                                                                        Whitby                               85          -20             -22    30        23      3820    3030       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Whitby (Brooklin)                    160         -20             -22    30        23      4010    3210      0.35        0.45
                                                                                                        White River                          375         -39             -42    28        21      6150    5200      0.22        0.30
                                                                                                        Wiarton                              185         -19             -21    29        22      4300    3470      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        Windsor                              185         -16             -18    32        24      3400    2650      0.37        0.47
                                                                                                        Wingham                              310         -18             -20    30        23      4220    3400      0.36        0.46
                                                                                                        Woodstock                            300         -19             -21    30        23      3910    3110       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Wyoming                              215         -16             -18    31        24      3700    2920       0.37       0.47
                                                                                                    Quebec
                                                                                                        Acton Vale                           95          -24             -27    30        23      4620    3790       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Alma                                 110         -31             -33    28        22      5800    4860       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Amos                                 295         -34             -36    28        21      6160    5210       0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Asbestos                             245         -26             -28    29        22      4800    3890       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Aylmer                               90          -25             -28    30        23      4520    3620       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Baie-Comeau                          60          -27             -29    25        19      6020    5070       0.39       0.50
                                                                                                        Baie-Saint-Paul                      20          -27             -29    28        21      5280    4350       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Beauport                             45          -26             -29    28        22      5100    4180       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Bedford                              55          -24             -26    29        23      4420    3610      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Beloeil                              25          -24             -26    30        23      4500    3680      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Brome                                210         -25             -27    29        23      4730    3880      0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Brossard                             15          -24             -26    30        23      4420    3610      0.34        0.44
                                                                                                        Buckingham                           130         -26             -28    30        23      4880    3970       0.31       0.40



                                                                                                    C-12 Division B                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                    Province and Location      Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Campbell's Bay                           115         -28             -30    30        23      4900    3980      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Chambly                                  20          -24             -26    30        23      4450    3630      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Coaticook                                295         -25             -27    28        22      4750    3840      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Contrecoeur                              10          -25             -27    30        23      4500    3680      0.34       0.43




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Cowansville                              120         -25             -27    29        23      4540    3710      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Deux-Montagnes                           25          -25             -27    29        23      4440    3630      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Dolbeau                                  120         -32             -34    28        22      6250    5290      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Drummondville                            85          -26             -28    30        23      4700    3860      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Farnham                                  60          -24             -26    29        23      4500    3680      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Fort-Coulonge                            110         -28             -30    30        23      4950    4030     0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        Gagnon                                   545         -34             -36    24        19      7600    6600     0.30        0.39
                                                                                                        Gaspé                                    55          -25             -26    26        20      5500    4570      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Gatineau                                 95          -25             -28    30        23      4600    3690      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Gracefield                               175         -28             -31    30        23      5080    4160      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Granby                                   120         -25             -27    29        23      4500    3680      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Harrington Harbour                       30          -27             -29    19        16      6150    5200      0.56       0.72
                                                                                                        Havre-Saint-Pierre                        5          -27             -29    22        18      6100    5150      0.49       0.63
                                                                                                        Hemmingford                              75          -24             -26    30        23      4380    3570      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Hull                                     65          -25             -28    30        23      4550    3650      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Iberville                                35          -24             -26    29        23      4450    3630      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Inukjuak                                  5          -36             -38    21        15      9150    8100     0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Joliette                                 45          -26             -28    29        23      4720    3870     0.28        0.36
                                                                                                        Kuujjuaq                                 25          -37             -39    24        17      8550    7520     0.47        0.60
                                                                                                        Kuujjuarapik                             20          -36             -38    25        17      7990    6980     0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Lachute                                  65          -26             -28    29        23      4640    4570     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Lac-Mégantic                             420         -27             -29    27        22      5180    4470      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        La Malbaie                               25          -26             -28    28        21      5400    3800      0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        La Pocatière                             55          -24             -26    28        22      5160    4240      0.39       0.50
                                                                                                        La Tuque                                 165         -30             -32    29        22      5500    4260      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Lennoxville                              155         -28             -30    29        22      4700    3790      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Léry                                     30          -24             -26    29        23      4420    3610      0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Loretteville                             100         -26             -29    28        22      5200    4280      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Louiseville                              15          -25             -28    29        23      4900    4030      0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Magog                                    215         -26             -28    29        23      4730    3880     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Malartic                                 325         -33             -36    29        21      6200    5240     0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        Maniwaki                                 180         -30             -32    29        22      5280    4350     0.24        0.31
                                                                                                        Masson                                   50          -26             -28    30        23      4610    3700     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Matane                                    5          -24             -26    24        20      5510    4580     0.43        0.55
                                                                                                        Mont-Joli                                90          -24             -26    26        21      5370    4440      0.41       0.52
                                                                                                        Mont-Laurier                             225         -29             -32    29        22      5320    4390      0.23       0.30
                                                                                                        Montmagny                                10          -25             -28    28        22      5090    4170      0.37       0.47




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Division B C-13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                  Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                       2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Montréal Region
                                                                                                           Beaconsfield                      25          -24             -26    30        23      4440    3630       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                           Dorval                            25          -24             -26    30        23      4400    3590       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Laval                             35          -24             -26    29        23      4500    3680       0.33       0.42




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Montréal (City Hall)              20          -23             -26    30        23      4200    3410       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Montréal-Est                      25          -23             -26    30        23      4470    3650       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Montréal-Nord                     20          -24             -26    30        23      4470    3650       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                           Outremont                         105         -23             -26    30        23      4300    3500       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Pierrefonds                       25          -24             -26    30        23      4430    3620       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                           Sainte-Anne-de-
                                                                                                                                             35          -24             -26    29        23      4460    3640       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                           Bellevue
                                                                                                           Saint-Lambert                     15          -23             -26    30        23      4400    3590       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Saint-Laurent                     45          -23             -26    30        23      4270    3470       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Verdun                            20          -23             -26    30        23      4200    3410       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Nicolet (Gentilly)                   15          -25             -28    29        23      4900    3980       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Nitchequon                           545         -39             -41    23        19      8100    7080       0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Noranda                              305         -33             -36    29        21      6050    5100       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Percé                                 5          -21             -24    25        19      5400    4470       0.49       0.63
                                                                                                        Pincourt                             25          -24             -26    29        23      4480    3660       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Plessisville                         145         -26             -28    29        23      5100    4180       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Port-Cartier                         20          -28             -30    25        19      6060    5110       0.42       0.54
                                                                                                        Puvirnituq                            5          -36             -38    23        16      9200    8150      0.47        0.60
                                                                                                        Québec City Region
                                                                                                           Ancienne-                         35          -25             -28    28        23      5130    4210      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                           Lorette
                                                                                                           Lévis                             50          -25             -28    28        22      5050    4130      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                           Québec                            120         -25             -28    28        22      5080    4160      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                           Sainte-Foy                        115         -25             -28    28        23      5100    4180      0.32        0.41
                                                                                                           Sillery                           10          -25             -28    28        23      5070    4150       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Richmond                             150         -25             -27    29        22      4700    3860       0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Rimouski                             30          -25             -27    26        20      5300    4370       0.41       0.52
                                                                                                        Rivière-du-Loup                      55          -25             -27    26        21      5380    4450       0.39       0.50
                                                                                                        Roberval                             100         -31             -33    28        21      5750    4810       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Rock Island                          160         -25             -27    29        23      4850    3990       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Rosemère                             25          -24             -26    29        23      4550    3720       0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Rouyn                                300         -33             -36    29        21      6050    5100       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Saguenay                             10          -30             -32    28        22      5700    4760       0.28       0.36
                                                                                                        Saguenay (Bagotville)                 5          -31             -33    28        21      5700    4760       0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        Saguenay (Jonquière)                 135         -30             -32    28        22      5650    4710      0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Saguenay (Kénogami)                  140         -30             -32    28        22      5650    4710      0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Sainte-Agathe-                       360         -28             -30    28        22      5390    4470      0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        des-Monts



                                                                                                    C-14 Division B                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location       Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Saint-Eustache                           35          -25             -27    29        23      4500    3680      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Saint-Félicien                           105         -32             -34    28        22      5850    4900      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Saint-Georges-de-                        35          -25             -27    26        21      5400    4470      0.39       0.50
                                                                                                        Cacouna




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Saint-Hubert                             25          -24             -26    30        23      4490    3670      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                        Saint-Hubert-de-                         310         -26             -28    26        21      5520    4590      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Rivière-du-Loup
                                                                                                        Saint-Hyacinthe                          35          -24             -27    30        23      4500    3680      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Saint-Jean-sur-                          35          -24             -26    29        23      4450    3630      0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Richelieu
                                                                                                        Saint-Jérôme                             95          -26             -28    29        23      4820    3960      0.29       0.37
                                                                                                        Saint-Jovite                             230         -29             -31    28        22      5250    4340      0.26       0.33
                                                                                                        Saint-Lazare / Hudson                    60          -24             -26    30        23      4520    3700     0.33        0.42
                                                                                                        Saint-Nicolas                            65          -25             -28    28        22      4990    4070     0.33        0.42
                                                                                                        Salaberry-de-                            50          -23             -25    29        23      4400    3590      0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Valleyfield
                                                                                                        Schefferville                            550         -37             -39    24        16      8550    7520      0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Senneterre                               310         -34             -36    29        21      6180    5220      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Sept-Îles                                 5          -29             -31    24        18      6200    5240      0.42       0.54
                                                                                                        Shawinigan                               60          -26             -29    29        23      5050    4130      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Shawville                                170         -27             -30    30        23      4880    3970      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Sherbrooke                               185         -28             -30    29        23      4700    3790      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Sorel                                    10          -25             -27    29        23      4550    3720      0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Sutton                                   185         -25             -27    29        23      4600    3770     0.29        0.37
                                                                                                        Tadoussac                                65          -26             -28    27        21      5450    4520     0.41        0.52
                                                                                                        Témiscaming                              240         -30             -32    30        22      5020    4100     0.25        0.32
                                                                                                        Terrebonne                               20          -25             -27    29        23      4500    3680     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Thetford Mines                           330         -26             -28    28        22      5120    4200     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Thurso                                   50          -26             -28    30        23      4820    3910      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Trois-Rivières                           25          -25             -28    29        23      4900    3980      0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Val-d'Or                                 310         -33             -36    29        21      6180    5220      0.25       0.32
                                                                                                        Varennes                                 15          -24             -26    30        23      4500    3680      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Verchères                                15          -24             -26    30        23      4450    3630      0.34       0.43
                                                                                                        Victoriaville                            125         -26             -28    29        23      4900    3980      0.27       0.35
                                                                                                        Ville-Marie                              200         -31             -34    30        22      5550    4610      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        Wakefield                                120         -27             -30    30        23      4820    3910      0.27       0.34
                                                                                                        Waterloo                                 205         -25             -27    29        23      4650    3810     0.27        0.35
                                                                                                        Windsor                                  150         -25             -27    29        23      4700    3860     0.25        0.32
                                                                                                    New Brunswick
                                                                                                        Alma                                      5          -21             -23    26        20      4500    3600     0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Bathurst                                 10          -23             -26    30        22      5020    4100     0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Boiestown                                65          -25             -28    29        21      4900     –       0.30        0.39




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Division B C-15
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                       Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                   Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                    Province and Location   Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                        2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Campbellton                           30          -26             -28    29        22      5500    4570       0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        Edmundston                            160         -27             -29    28        22      5320    4500       0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        Fredericton                           15          -24             -27    29        22      4670    3760       0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        Gagetown                              20          -24             -26    29        22      4460    3560       0.31       0.40




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Grand Falls                           115         -27             -30    28        22      5300    4450       0.30       0.38
                                                                                                        Miramichi                              5          -24             -26    30        22      4950    4030       0.32       0.41
                                                                                                        Moncton                               20          -23             -25    28        21      4680    3770       0.39       0.50
                                                                                                        Oromocto                              20          -24             -26    29        22      4650    3740       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                        Sackville                             15          -22             -24    27        21      4590    3680       0.38       0.49
                                                                                                        Saint Andrews                         35          -22             -24    25        20      4680    3770       0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        Saint John                             5          -22             -24    25        20      4570    3670      0.41        0.53
                                                                                                        Shippagan                              5          -22             -24    28        21      4930    4010       0.49       0.63
                                                                                                        St. George                            35          -21             -23    25        20      4680    3770       0.35       0.45
                                                                                                        St. Stephen                           20          -24             -26    28        22      4700    3790       0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Woodstock                             60          -26             -29    30        22      4910    3990       0.29       0.37
                                                                                                    Nova Scotia
                                                                                                        Amherst                               25          -21             -24    27        21      4500    3600       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Antigonish                            10          -17             -20    27        21      4510    3610       0.42       0.54
                                                                                                        Bridgewater                           10          -15             -17    27        20      4140    3250       0.43       0.55
                                                                                                        Canso                                  5          -13             -15    25        20      4400    3500       0.48       0.61
                                                                                                        Debert                                45          -21             -24    27        21      4500    3600       0.37       0.48
                                                                                                        Digby                                 35          -15             -17    25        20      4020    3130       0.43       0.55
                                                                                                        Greenwood (CFB)                       28          -18             -20    29        22      4140    3250       0.42       0.54
                                                                                                        Halifax Region
                                                                                                           Dartmouth                          10          -16             -18    26        20      4100    3210      0.45        0.58
                                                                                                           Halifax                            55          -16             -18    26        20      4000    3110      0.45        0.58
                                                                                                        Kentville                             25          -18             -20    28        21      4130    3240       0.42       0.54
                                                                                                        Liverpool                             20          -16             -18    27        20      3990    3100       0.48       0.61
                                                                                                        Lockeport                              5          -14             -16    25        20      4000    3110       0.47       0.60
                                                                                                        Louisbourg                             5          -15             -17    26        20      4530    3630       0.51       0.65
                                                                                                        Lunenburg                             25          -15             -17    26        20      4140    3250       0.48       0.61
                                                                                                        New Glasgow                           30          -19             -21    27        21      4320    3420       0.43       0.55
                                                                                                        North Sydney                          20          -16             -19    27        21      4500    3600       0.46       0.59
                                                                                                        Pictou                                25          -19             -21    27        21      4310    3410       0.43       0.55
                                                                                                        Port Hawkesbury                       40          -17             -19    27        21      4500    3600       0.48       0.61
                                                                                                        Springhill                            185         -20             -23    27        21      4540    3640      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Stewiacke                             25          -20             -22    27        21      4400    3500      0.39        0.50
                                                                                                        Sydney                                 5          -16             -19    27        21      4530    3630      0.46        0.59
                                                                                                        Tatamagouche                          25          -20             -23    27        21      4380    3480      0.43        0.55
                                                                                                        Truro                                 25          -20             -22    27        21      4500    3600      0.37        0.48
                                                                                                        Wolfville                             35          -19             -21    28        21      4140    3250       0.42       0.54



                                                                                                    C-16 Division B                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                      Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-     Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Days    Days     Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                   Province and Location       Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                           2.5% °C      1% °C      Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C      1/10       1/50
                                                                                                        Yarmouth                                 10          -14             -16    22        19      3990    3100      0.44       0.56
                                                                                                     Prince Edward Island
                                                                                                        Charlottetown                             5          -20             -22    26        21      4460    3650      0.44       0.56
                                                                                                        Souris                                    5          -19             -21    27        21      4550    3650      0.45       0.58




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Summerside                               10          -20             -22    27        21      4600    3690      0.47       0.60
                                                                                                        Tignish                                  10          -20             -22    27        21      4770    3860      0.51       0.66
                                                                                                    Newfoundland and Labrador
                                                                                                        Argentia                                 15          -12             -14    21        18      4600    3620      0.59       0.75
                                                                                                        Bonavista                                15          -14             -16    24        19      5000    4000      0.66       0.84
                                                                                                        Buchans                                  255         -24             -27    27        20      5250    4240     0.47        0.60
                                                                                                        Cape Harrison                             5          -29             -31    26        16      6900    5920     0.47        0.60
                                                                                                        Cape Race                                 5          -11             -13    19        18      4900    3900     0.82        1.05
                                                                                                        Channel-Port                              5          -13             -15    19        18      5000    4000     0.61        0.78
                                                                                                        aux Basques
                                                                                                        Corner Brook                             35          -16             -18    26        20      4760    3770      0.43       0.55
                                                                                                        Gander                                   125         -18             -20    27        20      5110    4110      0.47       0.60
                                                                                                        Grand Bank                                5          -14             -15    20        18      4550    3570      0.58       0.74
                                                                                                        Grand Falls                              60          -26             -29    27        20      5020    4020      0.47       0.60
                                                                                                        Happy Valley-Goose Bay                   15          -31             -32    27        19      6670    5700      0.33       0.42
                                                                                                        Labrador City                            550         -36             -38    24        17      7710    6710      0.31       0.40
                                                                                                        St. Anthony                              10          -25             -27    22        18      6440    5380      0.68       0.87
                                                                                                        Stephenville                             25          -16             -18    24        19      4850    3860      0.45       0.58
                                                                                                        St. John's                               65          -15             -16    24        20      4800    3810      0.61       0.78
                                                                                                        Twin Falls                               425         -35             -37    24        17      7790    6880     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Wabana                                   75          -15             -17    24        20      4750    3760     0.59        0.75
                                                                                                        Wabush                                   550         -36             -38    24        17      7710    6710     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                    Yukon
                                                                                                        Aishihik                                 920         -44             -46    23        15      7500    6500     0.27        0.38
                                                                                                        Dawson                                   330         -50             -51    26        16      8120    7100     0.22        0.31
                                                                                                        Destruction Bay                          815         -43             -45    23        14      7800    6790      0.42       0.60
                                                                                                        Faro                                     670         -46             -47    25        16      7300    6310      0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Haines Junction                          600         -45             -47    24        14      7100    6120      0.24       0.34
                                                                                                        Snag                                     595         -51             -53    23        16      8300    7280      0.22       0.31
                                                                                                        Teslin                                   690         -42             -44    24        15      6770    5800      0.26       0.34
                                                                                                        Watson Lake                              685         -46             -48    26        16      7470    6470      0.26       0.35
                                                                                                        Whitehorse                               655         -41             -43    25        15      6580    5610     0.29        0.38
                                                                                                    Northwest Territories
                                                                                                        Aklavik                                   5          -42             -44    26        17      9600    8540     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Behchokǫ̀ / Rae-Edzo                     160         -42             -44    25        17      8300    7480     0.31        0.40
                                                                                                        Echo Bay /                               195         -42             -44    22        16      9300    8250     0.41        0.53
                                                                                                        Port Radium
                                                                                                        Fort Good Hope                           100         -43             -45    28        18      8700    7660     0.34        0.44



                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Division B C-17
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                                                     Table C-1 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                 Design Temperature             Degree- Degree-      Hourly Wind
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Days    Days      Pressures, kPa (1)
                                                                                                                     Province and Location                Elev., m            January            July 2.5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Below   Below
                                                                                                                                                                      2.5% °C       1% °C     Dry °C   Wet °C    18°C    15°C       1/10       1/50
                                                                                                           Fort McPherson                                    25         -44             -46    26        17      9150    8100       0.31       0.40
                                                                                                           Fort Providence                                  150         -40             -43    28        18      7620    6620       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                           Fort Resolution                                  160         -40             -42    26        18      7750    6740       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                           Fort Simpson                                     120         -42             -44    28        19      7660    6660       0.30       0.39




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Fort Smith                                       205         -41             -43    28        19      7300    6310       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                           Hay River                                         45         -38             -41    27        18      7550    6550       0.27       0.35
                                                                                                           Inuvik                                            45         -43             -45    26        17      9600    9600       0.31       0.40
                                                                                                           Mould Bay                                         5          -44             -46    11        8      12900    8540       0.45       0.58
                                                                                                           Norman Wells                                      65         -43             -45    28        18      8510    11730      0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Tungsten                                        1340         -49             -51    26        16      7700    7280       0.34       0.44
                                                                                                           Ulukhaktok / Holman                               10         -39             -41    18        12     10700    6700       0.67       0.86
                                                                                                           Wrigley                                           80         -42             -44    28        18      8050    7040       0.30       0.39
                                                                                                           Yellowknife                                      160         -41             -44    25        17      8170    7150       0.31       0.40
                                                                                                     Nunavut
                                                                                                           Alert                                             5          -43             -44    13        8      13030    11860      0.59       0.75
                                                                                                           Arctic Bay                                        15         -42             -44    14        10     11900    10760      0.43       0.55
                                                                                                           Arviat                                            5          -40             -41    22        16      9850    8780       0.45       0.58
                                                                                                           Baker Lake                                        5          -42             -44    23        15     10700    9600       0.42       0.54
                                                                                                           Eureka                                            5          -47             -48    12        8      13500    10540      0.43       0.55
                                                                                                           Igluligaarjuk / Chesterfield Inlet                10         -40             -41    20        14     10500    10180      0.44       0.56
                                                                                                           Iqaluit                                           45         -40             -41    17        12      9980    9210       0.51       0.65
                                                                                                           Iqaluktuuttiaq / Cambridge Bay                    15         -41             -44    18        13     11670    9410       0.39       0.50
                                                                                                           Isachsen                                          10         -46             -48    12        9      13600    9620       0.47       0.60
                                                                                                           Kangiqiniq / Rankin Inlet                         10         -41             -42    21        15     10500    12310      0.47       0.60
                                                                                                           Kanngiqtugaapik / Clyde River                     5          -40             -42    14        10     11300    8900       0.43       0.55
                                                                                                           Kugluktuk / Coppermine                            10         -41             -43    23        16     10300    12410      0.36       0.46
                                                                                                           Nottingham Island                                 30         -37             -39    16        13     10000    8920       0.61       0.78
                                                                                                           Resolute                                          25         -42             -43    11        9      12360    9410       0.46       0.59
                                                                                                           Resolution Island                                 5          -32             -34    12        10      9000    11210      0.96       1.23
                                                                                                           Salliq / Coral Harbour                            15         -41             -42    20        14     10720    7960       0.45       0.58

                                                                                                    Notes to Table C-1:
                                                                                                    (1)   The hourly wind pressure data are used in Subclause 3.2.4.3.(2)(b)(ii).




                                                                                                    C-18 Division B                                                                              National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                               Division C

                                                                   Administrative Provisions
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       1.1.          Application
                                                                                                       1.1.1.        Application ........................................ 1-1

                                                                                                       1.2.          Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                       1.2.1.        Definitions of Words and Phrases .. 1-1
                                                                                                       1.2.2.        Symbols and Other Abbreviations .. 1-1




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.1. Application
                                                                                                    1.1.1.            Application

                                                                                                    1.1.1.1.          Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to all buildings and building systems covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                      Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)


                                                                                                    Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.2.1.            Definitions of Words and Phrases

                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.          Non-defined Terms

                                                                                                                         1) Words and phrases used in Division C that are not included in the list of
                                                                                                                      definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly
                                                                                                                      assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the
                                                                                                                      specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology
                                                                                                                      applies.

                                                                                                                         2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division C, they
                                                                                                                      shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division
                                                                                                                      A.

                                                                                                                         3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the
                                                                                                                      provisions stated in Parts 3 to 8 and 10 of Division B.

                                                                                                                         4) Where alternative solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the
                                                                                                                      alternative solutions mentioned in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A.

                                                                                                    1.2.1.2.          Defined Terms

                                                                                                                          1) The words and terms in italics in Division C shall have the meanings assigned
                                                                                                                      to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.            Symbols and Other Abbreviations

                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.          Symbols and Other Abbreviations

                                                                                                                         1) The symbols and other abbreviations in Division C shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                      assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division C 1-1
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




1-2 Division C




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Administrative Provisions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       2.1.          Application
                                                                                                       2.1.1.        Application ........................................ 2-1

                                                                                                       2.2.          Administration
                                                                                                       2.2.1.        Administration .................................. 2-1
                                                                                                       2.2.2.        Information Required for
                                                                                                                     Proposed Work ................................. 2-1

                                                                                                       2.3.          Alternative Solutions
                                                                                                       2.3.1.        Documentation of Alternative
                                                                                                                     Solutions ........................................... 2-5

                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 2 .................. 2-7




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Administrative Provisions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 2.1. Application
                                                                                                    2.1.1.            Application

                                                                                                    2.1.1.1.          Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to all buildings and building systems covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                      Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)


                                                                                                    Section 2.2. Administration
                                                                                                    2.2.1.            Administration

                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.          Conformance with Administrative Requirements

                                                                                                                         1) This Code shall be administered in conformance with the appropriate federal,
                                                                                                                      provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such
                                                                                                                      regulations or bylaws, in conformance with the Administrative Requirements for Use
                                                                                                                      with the National Building Code of Canada 1985.

                                                                                                                        2) The authority having jurisdiction may exempt a building or part thereof from
                                                                                                                      some or all of the requirements of this Code where it can be shown that the nature or
                                                                                                                      duration of the occupancy makes it impractical to apply them. (See Note A-2.2.1.1.(2).)

                                                                                                    2.2.2.            Information Required for Proposed Work

                                                                                                    2.2.2.1.          General Information Required

                                                                                                                         1) Sufficient information shall be provided to show that the proposed work
                                                                                                                      will conform to this Code and whether or not it will affect adjacent property. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-2.2.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Plans shall be drawn to scale and shall indicate the nature and extent of the
                                                                                                                      work and proposed occupancy in sufficient detail to establish that, when completed, the
                                                                                                                      work and the proposed occupancy will conform to this Code.

                                                                                                                         3) If proposed work is changed during construction, information on the changes
                                                                                                                      shall comply with the requirements of this Section for proposed work.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.2.          Design Calculations and Analysis

                                                                                                                         1) The calculations and analysis carried out in the process of ensuring conformity
                                                                                                                      with the requirements of this Code shall be available for inspection upon request.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division C 2-1
                                                                                                    2.2.2.3.                                                                                             Division C

                                                                                                    2.2.2.3.         Documentation on the Building Envelope

                                                                                                                        1) The following documentation on the building envelope shall be provided for
                                                                                                                     the proposed building and, if Section 3.3. of Division B is applied, for the reference
                                                                                                                     building as well:
                                                                                                                         a) gross wall area,
                                                                                                                         b) total window area,
                                                                                                                         c) total exterior door area,
                                                                                                                         d) gross roof area,
                                                                                                                         e) total skylight area,
                                                                                                                         f) ratio of total skylight area to gross roof area,
                                                                                                                         g) exposed floor areas,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         h) ratio of total vertical fenestration and door area to gross wall area,
                                                                                                                          i) overall thermal transmittance of
                                                                                                                                i) opaque walls (above and below grade),
                                                                                                                               ii) roofs (above and below grade),
                                                                                                                              iii) floors (exposed floors and floors in contact with the ground)
                                                                                                                              iv) fenestration,
                                                                                                                               v) doors forming part of the building envelope, and
                                                                                                                              vi) skylights,
                                                                                                                          j) description and location of air barrier assemblies in opaque building assemblies,
                                                                                                                         k) air leakage characteristics of fenestration and doors that act as environmental
                                                                                                                             separators,
                                                                                                                          l) heat loss coefficient for the building, determined as the sum of the products
                                                                                                                             of area and overall thermal transmittance for all above-ground building envelope
                                                                                                                             components, and
                                                                                                                        m) heat loss coefficient for the building, normalized by dividing the value from
                                                                                                                             Clause (l) by the total floor area.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.4.         Documentation on Lighting Systems

                                                                                                                        1) The following documentation on the lighting systems shall be provided:
                                                                                                                        a) an as-built single-line diagram of the lighting control system showing the
                                                                                                                            location of each illuminated zone and associated switches and controls,
                                                                                                                        b) installed interior lighting power in conditioned spaces, in kW,
                                                                                                                        c) average lighting power density, in W/m2, obtained by dividing the installed
                                                                                                                            interior lighting power by the total floor area,
                                                                                                                        d) if the building area method is used to determine the interior lighting power
                                                                                                                            allowance, the associated lighting power density, in W/m2, and the gross
                                                                                                                            lighted area, in m2,
                                                                                                                        e) if the space-by-space method is used to determine the interior lighting power
                                                                                                                            allowance, a detailed line-by-line breakdown of spaces, their floor area, in
                                                                                                                            m2, the associated lighting power densities, in W/m2, and the resulting
                                                                                                                            lighting power allowances, in kW,
                                                                                                                        f) interior lighting power allowance, in kW,
                                                                                                                        g) installed interior automatic controls and justification for spaces exempted,
                                                                                                                        h) exterior lighting power, in kW, including a detailed line-by-line breakdown
                                                                                                                            of spaces and/or functions, and
                                                                                                                         i) installed exterior automatic controls and justification for spaces and/or
                                                                                                                            functions exempted.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.5.         Documentation on HVAC Systems

                                                                                                                        1) The following documentation on the HVAC system shall be provided:
                                                                                                                        a) a description of each system, detailing its function, design details,
                                                                                                                           performance characteristics and distribution arrangement,
                                                                                                                        b) schematic and control diagrams and sequence of operation, and
                                                                                                                        c) start/stop and adjustment procedures.




                                                                                                    2-2 Division C                                                          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division C                                                                                              2.2.2.8.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.6.          Documentation on Service Water Heating Systems
                                                                                                                         1) The following documentation on the service water heating system shall be
                                                                                                                      provided:
                                                                                                                         a) a description of each system detailing its function, design details,
                                                                                                                            performance characteristics and distribution arrangement,
                                                                                                                         b) schematic and control diagrams and sequence of operation, and
                                                                                                                         c) start/stop and adjustment procedures.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.7.          Documentation on Electrical Power Systems and Motors
                                                                                                                         1) The following documentation on the electrical power systems and motors
                                                                                                                      shall be provided:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) an as-built single-line diagram of the building's electrical distribution system
                                                                                                                              indicating the locations of means to monitor energy consumption,
                                                                                                                         b) schematic diagrams of electrical control systems for systems other than
                                                                                                                              heating, ventilating and air-conditioning, service water heating, and lighting,
                                                                                                                              and
                                                                                                                         c) the manufacturers' operational manuals for all electrical equipment.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.8.          Documentation Requirements for Building Performance Compliance
                                                                                                                         1) If Part 8 of Division B is used to demonstrate compliance with Parts 3 to 7 of
                                                                                                                      Division B, a building performance compliance calculation report shall be produced
                                                                                                                      in accordance with this Article in addition to the documentation required by
                                                                                                                      Articles 2.2.2.3. to 2.2.2.7.
                                                                                                                         2) The header of each page of the building performance compliance calculation
                                                                                                                      report shall contain the following information:
                                                                                                                         a) project name,
                                                                                                                         b) date of analysis,
                                                                                                                         c) unique run number to identify all report pages as being the result of that
                                                                                                                             analysis run,
                                                                                                                         d) report title, and
                                                                                                                         e) page number (consecutive within each report).
                                                                                                                        3) The following information shall be included in the building performance
                                                                                                                      compliance calculation report:
                                                                                                                         a) the project information section of the report shall contain:
                                                                                                                                i) project name or identifier,
                                                                                                                               ii) project description,
                                                                                                                             iii) project address,
                                                                                                                              iv) geographic region in which proposed design is to be built,
                                                                                                                               v) identifier for climate data set used for analysis, and
                                                                                                                              vi) floor area of conditioned spaces of the proposed design,
                                                                                                                         b) the building envelope data summary section of the report shall contain the
                                                                                                                            documentation required in Article 2.2.2.3. for both the proposed building
                                                                                                                            and the reference building,
                                                                                                                         c) the lighting systems data summary section of the report shall contain the
                                                                                                                            following data for both the proposed building and the reference building:
                                                                                                                                i) installed interior lighting power in conditioned spaces, in kW,
                                                                                                                               ii) average installed lighting power density, in W/m2, obtained
                                                                                                                                   by dividing the installed interior lighting power by the total
                                                                                                                                   floor area,
                                                                                                                             iii) interior lighting power allowance, in kW,
                                                                                                                              iv) average lighting power allowance density, in W/m2,
                                                                                                                                   obtained by dividing the interior lighting power allowance
                                                                                                                                   by the total floor area,
                                                                                                                               v) exterior lighting power, and
                                                                                                                              vi) if daylighting calculations are performed, the method of
                                                                                                                                   calculation and the results,
                                                                                                                         d) the HVAC data summary section of the report shall contain the following
                                                                                                                            data for both the proposed building and the reference building:
                                                                                                                                i) total heating capacity, by energy source used for heating,


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                       Division C 2-3
                                                                                                    2.2.2.8.                                                                                           Division C

                                                                                                                              ii) total cooling capacity, by energy source used for cooling,
                                                                                                                            iii) total supply airflow, in L/s,
                                                                                                                             iv) total supply fan power at design, in kW,
                                                                                                                              v) total return fan power at design, in kW,
                                                                                                                             vi) sum of supply fan power plus return fan power divided by
                                                                                                                                  total supply airflow, in W per L/s,
                                                                                                                            vii) type of HVAC system, and
                                                                                                                           viii) the design basis for the ventilation rates,
                                                                                                                        e) the service water heating data summary section of the report shall contain the
                                                                                                                           following data:
                                                                                                                               i) whether or not the service water heating systems of the
                                                                                                                                  proposed building have been taken into account in the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  simulation, and
                                                                                                                              ii) if service water heating systems are part of the building
                                                                                                                                  performance calculation, the total heating capacity for both
                                                                                                                                  the proposed building and the reference building, and
                                                                                                                        f) the energy performance data summary section of the report shall contain
                                                                                                                           the results of the following building performance calculations:
                                                                                                                               i) the amount of each energy source used by the proposed
                                                                                                                                  building, in MJ,
                                                                                                                              ii) the amount of each energy source used by the reference
                                                                                                                                  building, in MJ,
                                                                                                                            iii) the annual energy consumption of the proposed building (sum
                                                                                                                                  of all energy sources), in MJ,
                                                                                                                             iv) the building energy target of the reference building (sum of all
                                                                                                                                  energy sources), in MJ, and
                                                                                                                              v) a breakdown of energy usage, per energy source, for the
                                                                                                                                  following building components and systems: space-heating
                                                                                                                                  equipment, space-cooling equipment, interior lighting,
                                                                                                                                  service water heating equipment, elevators and escalators,
                                                                                                                                  fans, pumps and other HVAC equipment, miscellaneous
                                                                                                                                  equipment and receptacle power equipment.

                                                                                                                        4) The report shall identify which building characteristics fail to meet, which ones
                                                                                                                     meet, and which ones exceed the performance levels of the prescriptive requirements
                                                                                                                     of Parts 3 to 7 of Division B.

                                                                                                                         5) If the energy usage of the proposed building is no greater than the energy usage
                                                                                                                     of the reference building, the report shall state that the proposed building satisfies the
                                                                                                                     building energy target calculation requirements and complies with the Code, exclusive
                                                                                                                     of verification of the limitations contained in Parts 3 to 7 of Division B.

                                                                                                                        6) The report shall contain a certification section stating that
                                                                                                                        a) the analysis was performed in accordance with Part 8 of Division B of the
                                                                                                                           NECB,
                                                                                                                        b) the input for the analysis is a true representation of the proposed building
                                                                                                                           submitted for approval, and
                                                                                                                        c) all other requirements of Part 8 of Division B have been satisfied.

                                                                                                                        7) The report shall contain a complete list of all the inputs on which the compliance
                                                                                                                     analysis for both the proposed building and reference building is based.

                                                                                                                        8) The report shall contain a list of system data that were excluded for both the
                                                                                                                     reference building and the proposed building, citing one of the following reasons:
                                                                                                                         a) system was excluded because it complies with the prescriptive requirements
                                                                                                                            of the Code and has no effect on other building components, or
                                                                                                                         b) system was excluded because of an exemption permitted by the Code.

                                                                                                                       9) The report shall contain a description of any adaptations made to the
                                                                                                                     compliance calculations, if applicable.




                                                                                                    2-4 Division C                                                        National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division C                                                                                               2.3.1.1.

                                                                                                    Section 2.3. Alternative Solutions
                                                                                                    2.3.1.            Documentation of Alternative Solutions
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-2.3.1.)

                                                                                                    2.3.1.1.          Documentation

                                                                                                                         1) Documentation conforming to this Subsection shall be provided by the person
                                                                                                                      requesting the use of an alternative solution to demonstrate that the proposed
                                                                                                                      alternative solution complies with this Code.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         2) The documentation referred to in Sentence (1) shall include
                                                                                                                         a) a Code analysis outlining the analytical methods and rationales used to
                                                                                                                            determine that a proposed alternative solution will achieve at least the level
                                                                                                                            of performance required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, and
                                                                                                                         b) information concerning any special maintenance or operational
                                                                                                                            requirements, including any building component commissioning
                                                                                                                            requirements, that are necessary for the alternative solution to achieve
                                                                                                                            compliance with the Code after the building is constructed.

                                                                                                                         3) The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall identify the objective,
                                                                                                                      functional statements and acceptable solutions, and any assumptions, limiting or
                                                                                                                      restricting factors, testing procedures, engineering studies or building performance
                                                                                                                      parameters that will support a Code compliance assessment.

                                                                                                                         4) The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall include information
                                                                                                                      about the qualifications, experience and background of the person or persons taking
                                                                                                                      responsibility for the design.

                                                                                                                          5) The information provided under Sentence (3) shall be in sufficient detail to
                                                                                                                      convey the design intent and to support the validity, accuracy, relevance and precision
                                                                                                                      of the Code analysis.

                                                                                                                          6) Where the design of a building includes proposed alternative solutions that
                                                                                                                      involve more than one person taking responsibility for different aspects of the design,
                                                                                                                      the applicant for the permit shall identify a single person to co-ordinate the preparation
                                                                                                                      of the design, Code analysis and documentation referred to in this Subsection.




                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                      Division C 2-5
                                                    Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




2-6 Division C




National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2
                                                                                                    Administrative Provisions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(2) Exemptions Due to Special Occupancy Requirements. The intended use or
                                                                                                    nature of the occupancy of some buildings may be such that compliance with certain Code requirements could
                                                                                                    limit or prevent these buildings from performing their intended function.
                                                                                                    Sentence 2.2.1.1.(2) permits the authority having jurisdiction to review such special cases and to permit
                                                                                                    deviations. Only the nature of the occupancy, rather than economic or other factors, should be considered
                                                                                                    in permitting such deviations.
                                                                                                    As it would be difficult and onerous to include every single potential exemption in this Code, Sentence 2.2.1.1.(2)
                                                                                                    addresses unforeseen circumstances with a general statement. The following lists of possible exemptions to
                                                                                                    requirements in Parts 3, 4 and 5 of Division B are not exhaustive.
                                                                                                    Examples of buildings that could be exempted from complying with some Part 3 requirements:
                                                                                                      • horticultural, silvicultural and botanical greenhouses, and greenhouses used for research could be
                                                                                                        exempted from the requirements related to fenestration performance and area,
                                                                                                      • buildings in which permanent processes continuously produce enough heat such that no other heating
                                                                                                        source is required could have their insulation requirements reduced to the extent that the processes can
                                                                                                        still provide all of the required heating,
                                                                                                      • industrial buildings where processes impose large ventilation requirements could be exempted from
                                                                                                        airtightness requirements,
                                                                                                      • buildings in which only sufficient radiant heating is provided to improve conditions locally for the
                                                                                                        occupants without temperature control of the ambient air, such as bus shelters or bleacher areas in some
                                                                                                        ice arenas.
                                                                                                    Examples of buildings that could be exempted from complying with some Part 4 requirements:
                                                                                                      • The application of the lighting requirements in Part 4 may adversely affect the use of spaces with special
                                                                                                        functional requirements; as such, some exceptions to these requirements may be necessary. Except for
                                                                                                        particular types of process lighting, however, it is unlikely that a space or lighting system would be
                                                                                                        exempt from all the requirements in Part 4. Some necessary exceptions to particular requirements are
                                                                                                        identified in the Code. Exemption should be determined on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration
                                                                                                        the space's function, available technologies and cost-effectiveness.
                                                                                                    Example of buildings that could be exempted from complying with some Part 5 requirements:
                                                                                                      • buildings or rooms in which the processes or activities call for temperature or humidity conditions
                                                                                                        outside the normal range required for comfort.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.2.1.(1) General Information Required. The information documenting the conformity of a
                                                                                                    building to this Code must describe the essential characteristics of the building and its systems. To this end, the
                                                                                                    authority having jurisdiction may require access to the following information:
                                                                                                      • floor plan of the building giving the floor area of conditioned spaces and gross lighted area of each storey,
                                                                                                      • elevations of all the building's faces, giving finished floor and ground levels,
                                                                                                      • typical cross-sections of foundations, exterior walls, roofs, ceilings and floors that separate conditioned
                                                                                                         space from unconditioned space or the exterior, describing their construction and giving the thermal
                                                                                                         resistance of each material and the overall thermal transmittance of each assembly of the building,
                                                                                                      • indoor design temperatures for all spaces,
                                                                                                      • required vestibules,

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Division C 2-7
                                                                                                    A-2.3.1.                                                                                          Division C

                                                                                                      • descriptions of the different types of air barrier assemblies and their location,
                                                                                                      • window dimensions,
                                                                                                      • characteristics of fenestration, sliding glass doors and other doors separating conditioned space from
                                                                                                        unconditioned space or the exterior (e.g. overall thermal transmittance and air leakage control),
                                                                                                      • required report on trade-offs, if applicable,
                                                                                                      • details of required exterior lighting controls and exterior lighting power for exits, entrances and facades,
                                                                                                      • details of required interior lighting controls and interior lighting power,
                                                                                                      • identification of static pressure class and leakage class of ducts,
                                                                                                      • thermal insulation of pipes and air ducts,
                                                                                                      • location of required dampers and of thermostatic controls and cut-offs,
                                                                                                      • location and extent of the airflow control areas and temperature-control zones,
                                                                                                      • efficiency of unitary and packaged heating and cooling equipment,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      • power requirements for the operation of heating, ventilating and cooling systems, with air volumes, and
                                                                                                        the type of control used for ventilation,
                                                                                                      • types and capacities of and controls for the heating and cooling systems, including cooling with exterior
                                                                                                        air,
                                                                                                      • details of pumping systems with variable flow,
                                                                                                      • characteristics of heat-recovery ventilators, where required,
                                                                                                      • efficiency of service water heating equipment,
                                                                                                      • service water distribution layouts and controls,
                                                                                                      • required report on performance compliance, if applicable,
                                                                                                      • basis for ventilation design and justification for any variance from good practice, where applicable.

                                                                                                    A-2.3.1. Documentation of Alternative Solutions. Beyond the purposes of demonstrating
                                                                                                    compliance and acquiring a building permit, there are other important reasons for requiring that the proponent
                                                                                                    of an alternative solution submit project documentation (i.e. a compliance report) to the authority having
                                                                                                    jurisdiction and for the authority having jurisdiction to retain that documentation for a substantial period
                                                                                                    following the construction of a building:
                                                                                                       • Most jurisdictions require that a building be maintained in compliance with the codes under which it
                                                                                                          was built. Alternative solutions made possible by objective-based codes may have special maintenance
                                                                                                          requirements, which would be described in the documentation.
                                                                                                       • Documentation helps consultants perform code compliance assessments of existing buildings before
                                                                                                          they are sold and informs current owners or prospective buyers of existing buildings of any limitations
                                                                                                          pertaining to their future use or development.
                                                                                                       • Documentation provides design professionals with the basic information necessary to design changes
                                                                                                          to an existing building.
                                                                                                       • An alternative solution could be invalidated by a proposed alteration to a building. Designers and
                                                                                                          regulators must therefore know the details of the particular alternative solutions that were integral to
                                                                                                          the original design. Complete documentation should provide insight as to why one alternative solution
                                                                                                          was chosen over another.
                                                                                                       • Documentation is the “paper trail” of the alternative solution negotiated between the designer and the
                                                                                                          regulator and should demonstrate that a rational process led to the acceptance of the alternative solution
                                                                                                          as an equivalency.
                                                                                                       • It is possible that over time a particular alternative solution may be shown to be inadequate. It would
                                                                                                          be advantageous for a jurisdiction to know which buildings included that alternative solution as part
                                                                                                          of their design: documentation will facilitate this type of analysis.
                                                                                                       • Project documentation provides important information to a forensic team that is called to investigate an
                                                                                                          accident or why a design failed to provide the level of performance expected.
                                                                                                    This subject is discussed in further detail in “Recommended Documentation Requirements for Projects Using
                                                                                                    Alternative Solutions in the Context of Objective-Based Codes,” which was prepared for the CCBFC Task
                                                                                                    Group on Implementation of Objective-Based Codes and is available on the NRC's website.




                                                                                                    2-8 Division C                                                       National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Index




                                                                                                                                    A                                          ducts, 5.2.2.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                               fenestration, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                               fireplace doors, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                    Abbreviations                                                              loading docks, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      proper names, 1.3.2.1., 1.5.2.1. [A]                                     performance compliance, 8.4.2.9., 8.4.3.3., 8.4.4.3.
                                                                                                      symbols and other abbreviations, 1.4.2.1. [A]                            prescriptive path, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                    Above-ground components of the building envelope                           windows, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      areas of, for performance path calculations, 8.4.2.8.                  Alternative solutions
                                                                                                      areas of, for trade-off path calculations, 3.3.1.2.                      compliance with Code, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      prescriptive path, 3.2.2.                                                documentation, 2.3.1. [C]
                                                                                                    Acceptable solutions                                                     Analysis and design calculations, 2.2.2.2. [C]
                                                                                                      application of Code, 1.2.1.1. [A]                                      Annual energy consumption
                                                                                                      building energy performance compliance path,                             building energy performance calculations, 8.4.2.2.
                                                                                                          8.5.1.1.                                                             definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      building envelope, 3.5.1.1.                                              documentation, 2.2.2.8. [C]
                                                                                                      electrical power systems and motors, 7.5.1.1.                            lighting, 4.3.1.3., 4.3.2.1., 4.3.3.1.
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 5.5.1.1.                                                   performance path, 8.4.1.1., 8.4.1.2., 8.4.3.
                                                                                                      lighting, 4.5.1.1.                                                     Appliances
                                                                                                      service water systems, 6.5.1.1.                                          characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                    Access hatches, 3.2.2.4.                                                   storage on building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Additions                                                                  used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                      application of Code, 1.1.1.1. [A]                                      Application of the Code
                                                                                                      building energy performance path compliance,                             all Divisions, 1.1.1. [A], 1.1.1.1.
                                                                                                          8.4.1.4.                                                             Division A, 1.3.2. [A]
                                                                                                      calculation of fenestration and door areas, 3.1.1.6.                     Division B, 1.1.1.1., 1.3.3. [A]
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                                 Division C, 1.3.4. [A]
                                                                                                      functional statements and objectives, 8.5.1.1.                         Areas
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, limitations of Code application,                           above-ground assemblies, 3.3.1.2., 8.4.2.8.
                                                                                                          5.1.1.2.                                                             doors, 3.1.1.6.
                                                                                                      trade-off path, limitations of application, 3.3.1.1.                     fenestration, 3.1.1.6.
                                                                                                    Administration of the Code, 2.2. [C]                                       gross wall, 3.1.1.6.
                                                                                                    Air barrier assemblies, 1.4.1.2. [A], 2.2.2.3. [C],                      Arenas
                                                                                                          3.2.4.1. - 3.2.4.3.                                                  factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Air barrier systems, 1.4.1.2. [A], 2.2.2.3. [C], 3.2.4.1.,                    4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                          3.2.4.2.                                                             heat recovery from ice-making machines, 5.2.10.3.,
                                                                                                    Air conditioners, unitary and packaged, 5.2.12.1.                             8.4.3.9.
                                                                                                    Air-conditioning systems (see Heating, ventilating                         HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                          and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems)                                 lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                    Air contaminants, 5.2.3.4.                                               Assembly occupancy
                                                                                                    Air distribution systems, 5.2.2., 5.2.11.2., 8.4.4.7.,                     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          8.4.4.18.                                                            HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Air economizer systems, 5.2.2.8.                                         Atriums, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Airflow control areas, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.11.2.                           Authority having jurisdiction
                                                                                                    Air intakes, 5.2.2.8., 5.2.4., 5.2.11.1.                                   climatic values, 1.1.4.1.
                                                                                                    Air leakage                                                                Code exemptions, 2.2.1.1. [C]
                                                                                                      building envelope design, 3.2.1.1.                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      documentation requirements, 2.2.2.3. [C]                                 exterior lighting allowances, 4.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      doors, 3.2.4.3.                                                          leakage testing of ducts, 5.2.2.4.

                                                                                                    [A] – Reference occurs in Division A. [C] – Reference occurs in Division C. All other references occur in Division B.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                         Index
                                                                                                    Automotive facilities                                             proposed building, 8.4.3.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.                                 purchased energy, 8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.6.
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5.                                reference building, 8.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                      scope, 8.1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      service water heating, 6.4., 8.4.2.7., 8.4.3.1., 8.4.3.2.,
                                                                                                                                B                                        8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.2., 8.4.4.6., 8.4.4.19., 8.4.4.20.
                                                                                                                                                                      space temperatures, 8.4.2.5., 8.4.3.7., 8.4.4.16.
                                                                                                                                                                      system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Balancing
                                                                                                                                                                      thermal mass, 8.4.2.4., 8.4.4.4.
                                                                                                      air distribution systems, 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    Building energy target
                                                                                                      hydronic systems, 5.2.5.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      additions, 8.4.1.4.
                                                                                                    Ballasts, 4.2.1.2., 4.2.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Banking activities
                                                                                                                                                                      determination of compliance, 8.4.1.2.
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                                      establishing, 8.4.1.1.
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                      reference building, 8.4.4.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    Building envelope
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                      above-ground components, 3.2.2.
                                                                                                    Baseboard heaters, 3.1.1.2., 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                      air leakage, 3.2.4.
                                                                                                    Bathrooms
                                                                                                                                                                      application of Code, 3.1.1.2.
                                                                                                      (see also Lavatories)
                                                                                                                                                                      compliance, 3.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      fans/fan systems, 5.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      hot service water, 6.2.6.1., 6.2.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]
                                                                                                      lighting controls, 4.2.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                      fenestration and door areas, 3.1.1.6., 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                    Boilers
                                                                                                                                                                      heat losses or gains, 5.2.8.6.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                      insulation, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                      efficiency requirements, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      overall thermal transmittance (see Overall thermal
                                                                                                      multiple, 5.2.11.4.
                                                                                                                                                                         transmittance)
                                                                                                      part-load performance, 8.4.5.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      performance path, 3.4., 8.4.2.8., 8.4.3.3., 8.4.4.3.,
                                                                                                      performance path, 8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.6., 8.4.4.7., 8.4.4.9.,
                                                                                                                                                                         8.4.4.4.
                                                                                                         8.4.4.20.
                                                                                                                                                                      spaces heated to different temperatures, 3.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      variable-flow pumping systems, 5.2.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      thermal characteristics, 3.1.1.5., 3.2.2.2., 3.2.2.3.,
                                                                                                    Booster heaters, service water, 6.2.5.1.
                                                                                                    Branch circuit conductors, 7.2.2.2.                                  3.2.2.4., 3.2.3., 8.4.2.4., 8.4.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                      trade-off path, 3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Building, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                      vestibules, 3.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    Building additions (see Additions)
                                                                                                    Building energy performance compliance path                     Building height, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                    Building materials
                                                                                                      additions, 8.4.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                      air leakage, 8.4.2.9., 8.4.3.3., 8.4.4.3.
                                                                                                      building envelope, 3.4., 8.4.2.8., 8.4.3.3., 8.4.4.3.,          storage on building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                         8.4.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    Building regulations, other, 1.1.1.3. [A]
                                                                                                      calculation methods, 8.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      climatic data, 1.1.4.1., 8.4.2.3., 8.4.2.10., 8.4.4.1.        Building types
                                                                                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      compliance, 8.4.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      lighting power allowance calculations, 4.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      cooling systems, 8.4.4.10., 8.4.4.11.
                                                                                                      documentation, 2.2.2.8. [C]                                     service water heating load calculations, 8.4.2.7.
                                                                                                      electrical power systems and motors, 7.4.
                                                                                                      equipment oversizing, 8.4.4.8.
                                                                                                      heat recovery, 8.4.4.19.                                                                  C
                                                                                                      heat transfer between thermal blocks, 8.4.2.6.
                                                                                                      heating systems, 8.4.4.9.                                     Calculations
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 5.4., 8.4.1.2., 8.4.2.10., 8.4.3.1.,              design calculations and analysis, 2.2.2.2. [C]
                                                                                                         8.4.4.7., 8.4.4.12., 8.4.4.13., 8.4.4.17., 8.4.4.18.,        FDWR, 3.1.1.6., 8.4.4.3.
                                                                                                         8.4.4.19.                                                    load (see Load calculations)
                                                                                                      hydronic pumps, 8.4.4.14.                                       overall thermal transmittance, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                      ice plants, 8.4.3.9.                                            percent building energy target, 10.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      internal loads, 8.4.3.2., 8.4.4.2.                              percent improvement, 10.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      lighting, 4.3.1.3., 8.4.1.1., 8.4.3.1., 8.4.3.2., 8.4.3.4.,     performance (see Building energy performance
                                                                                                         8.4.4.5.                                                        compliance path)
                                                                                                      limitations of compliance, 5.4.1.2., 6.4.1.2., 8.4.1.3.         procedures, 1.1.4.2.
                                                                                                      operating schedules, 8.4.2.2., 8.4.3.2., 8.4.4.2.               skylight area allowable, 3.1.1.6.
                                                                                                      outdoor air, 8.4.3.6., 8.4.4.15.                                thermal characteristics of building assemblies,
                                                                                                      part-load performance, 8.4.3.8., 8.4.5.                            3.1.1.5.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Ceiling height, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 insulation of piping in, 5.2.5.3., 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                    Chillers                                                     pumping system design, 5.2.6.1.
                                                                                                       cooling HVAC systems, 8.4.4.7.                            spaces heated to different temperatures, 3.2.1.3.
                                                                                                       cooling hydronic systems, 8.4.4.10.                       swimming pools, 5.2.10.2.
                                                                                                       efficiency requirements, 5.2.12.1.                        vestibules, 5.2.8.6.
                                                                                                       heat-recovery capacity, 8.4.4.19.                       Conference rooms
                                                                                                       ice plants as, 8.4.3.9.                                   HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                       loop temperature reset, 5.2.11.5.                         lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       part-load performance characteristics, 8.4.5.5.         Confinement cells
                                                                                                       performance path calculations, 8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.6.         factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                       variable-flow pumping systems, 5.2.6.2.                      4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Classrooms                                                   HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,       lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.                                            Conflicting requirements, 1.1.1.3. [A], 1.5.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.                         Constant-volume fan systems, 5.2.3.2.
                                                                                                       lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.                             Controls
                                                                                                       lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.                          boilers, 5.2.11.4.
                                                                                                    Climatic data/values                                         fan systems, 5.2.2.3., 5.2.3.3.
                                                                                                       data and calculation methods, 1.1.4.1.                    heat pumps, 5.2.8.5., 5.2.11.1.
                                                                                                       documentation requirements, 2.2.2.8. [C]                  humidification, 5.2.9.1.
                                                                                                       performance calculations, 8.4.2.3.                        HVAC systems, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.2.8., 5.2.6.2., 5.2.8.8.,
                                                                                                       used in performance calculations, 8.4.2.10., 8.4.4.1.        5.2.11.2., 5.2.11.5.
                                                                                                    Climatic zones                                               lighting (see Lighting controls)
                                                                                                       above-ground components of building envelope,             performance, 8.4.3.1.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.                                                 pressure booster systems, 6.2.8.2.
                                                                                                       building assemblies in contact with ground, 3.2.3.        reheating and recooling, 5.2.8.9.
                                                                                                       performance path compliance, 8.4.1.1.                     service water heating systems, 6.2.4.
                                                                                                    Coefficient of performance                                   shut-off and setback, 5.2.11.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  smoke, 5.1.1.2., 5.2.10.1., 8.4.4.17.
                                                                                                       values, 8.4.4.14., 8.4.4.17., 8.4.5.                      snow/ice-melting heaters, 5.2.8.7.
                                                                                                    Combustion efficiency, 1.4.1.2. [A]                          space temperature, 5.2.8.1., 5.2.8.6., 5.2.8.9., 8.4.3.7.,
                                                                                                    Compliance                                                      8.4.4.16.
                                                                                                       achieving, 1.2.1.1. [A]                                   swimming pools, 6.2.7.1.
                                                                                                       alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A]                       temperature (see Temperature controls)
                                                                                                       attributions to acceptable solutions, 1.1.3.1.          Convention centres, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       building envelope, 3.1.1.3., 3.5.1.1.                   Cooling
                                                                                                       calculation procedures, 1.1.4.2.                          (see also Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                       electrical power systems and motors, 7.1.1.3.,               (HVAC) systems)
                                                                                                          7.5.1.1.                                               with outdoor air, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.2.8., 5.2.2.9., 8.4.4.12.
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 5.1.1.3., 5.5.1.1.                        Cooling tower systems, 8.4.4.11., 8.4.5.6.
                                                                                                       lighting, 4.1.1.3., 4.3.1.3., 4.5.1.1.                  Copy/print rooms, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       performance path (see also Building energy              Corridors, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                          performance compliance path), 8.1.1.1., 8.4.1.,      Courthouses/courtrooms
                                                                                                          8.4.1.2.                                               factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                       prescriptive (see Prescriptive compliance)                   4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       requirements, 1.1.2.1.                                    HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                       service water systems, 6.1.1.3., 6.5.1.1.                 lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       tiered building energy performance, 10.1.2.             Curling rinks, 5.2.10.3., 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Computer/server rooms
                                                                                                       air conditioners, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                                           D
                                                                                                       HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                       lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.                        Dampers
                                                                                                    Condensing units, 5.2.12.1.                                  location and type, 5.2.4.2.
                                                                                                    Conditioned spaces                                           motorized, 5.2.4.2.
                                                                                                       airflow control, 5.2.11.2.                                required, 5.2.4.1.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                Daylighting
                                                                                                       ducts/dampers, 5.2.2.3., 5.2.2.5., 5.2.4.1.               determination of daylighted area, 4.3.2.3., 4.3.3.3.
                                                                                                       energy performance modeling, 8.4.4.1., 8.4.4.7.           determination of non-daylighted area, 4.3.2.4.,
                                                                                                       fan systems, 5.2.3.1., 5.2.3.2., 5.2.3.3., 5.2.3.4.          4.3.3.4.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                 Index
                                                                                                      determination of operational times, 4.3.2.5.,              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                         4.3.2.6., 4.3.3.5., 4.3.3.6.                            ducts, 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                      harvesting factor, 4.3.2.7., 4.3.3.7.                      exterior doors from, 3.2.2.1.
                                                                                                      performance path calculations, 8.4.3.4., 8.4.4.5.          heat recovery, 5.2.10.4.
                                                                                                      supply factor for sidelighting, 4.3.2.8.                   HVAC systems (see Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                      supply factor for toplighting, 4.3.2.9.                       air-conditioning (HVAC) systems)
                                                                                                      under roof monitors, 4.2.2.4.                              interior lighting, 4.1.1.2., 8.4.3.4., 8.4.4.5.
                                                                                                      under skylights, 4.2.2.5.                                  monitoring of energy consumption, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                    Definitions                                                  off-hours controls, 5.2.11.1.
                                                                                                      not included in Code, 1.4.1.1. [A]                         piping insulation, 5.2.3.2.
                                                                                                      words and phrases used in Code, 1.4.1.2. [A]               temperature controls, 5.2.8.1., 5.2.8.2.
                                                                                                    Dehumidification, swimming pools, 5.2.10.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Demand control ventilation systems, 5.2.3.4.
                                                                                                    Design calculations, 2.2.2.2. [C]                                                     E
                                                                                                    Dining areas/facilities
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                              Electric heating systems, 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.                                            Electric-resistance heating, 5.2.8.6., 5.2.12.1., 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                              Electrical power
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                 additions, 8.4.1.4.
                                                                                                    Direct-expansion systems, piping                             application of Code, 7.1.1.2.
                                                                                                      cooling with outdoor air, 5.2.2.8.
                                                                                                                                                                 compliance, 7.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      efficiency of ground-source heat pumps, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 documentation, 2.2.2.7. [C]
                                                                                                      HVAC systems with, 8.4.4.7.                                electrical distribution system, 7.2.1.
                                                                                                      modeled in reference building, 8.4.4.10.
                                                                                                                                                                 exit signs, 4.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      part-load performance characteristics, 8.4.5.
                                                                                                                                                                 exterior lighting, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      suction-line insulation, 5.2.5.3.                          fans, 5.2.3.1., 5.2.3.2., 5.2.3.3.
                                                                                                    Documentation
                                                                                                                                                                 HVAC systems, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      alternative solutions, 2.3.1.1. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                 interior lighting, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      building envelope, 2.2.2.3. [C]                            monitoring, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      building performance compliance, 2.2.2.8. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                 motors, 7.2.4.
                                                                                                      electrical power systems and motors, 2.2.2.7. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                 pump motors, 5.2.6.3.
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 2.2.2.5. [C]                                 transformers, 7.2.3.
                                                                                                      information required, 2.2.2. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                 voltage drop, 7.2.2.
                                                                                                      lighting systems, 2.2.2.4. [C]
                                                                                                                                                              Elevator motors, 7.2.4., 8.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      service water heating, 2.2.2.6. [C]                     Emergency exits, 3.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    Documents, referenced, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                              Emergency lighting, 4.1.1.2.
                                                                                                    Doors
                                                                                                                                                              Emergency vehicle garages, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      (see also Fenestration)                                 Enclosed spaces, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      air leakage, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                              Energy-efficiency ratio, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      allowable area of, 3.1.1.6., 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                              Energy factor, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]                             Energy performance tier, 10.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      exterior, for vestibules, 3.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                              Entrances, exterior, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1., 4.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      overall thermal transmittance, 3.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                              Equipment
                                                                                                      trade-off path, 3.3.1.1.                                   characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                    Dormitories
                                                                                                                                                                 efficiency, 5.2.12.1., 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                                 field-assembled, 5.2.12.3.
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.                                               heat rejection, 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                 outdoors, 5.2.7.1.
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                 packaged, 5.2.12.1., 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Ducts                                                        service water heating, 5.2.12.4., 6.2.2.1., 6.2.2.2.,
                                                                                                      design and installation, 5.2.2.1., 5.2.2.2., 5.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                    6.2.2.3., 6.2.2.4.
                                                                                                      exhaust, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                                 sizing, 5.2.1., 8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.8.
                                                                                                      heating in floors, 3.2.3.3.                                storage on building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]
                                                                                                      insulation, 3.2.1.2., 5.2.2.5., 5.2.2.6., 5.2.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 unitary, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                      leakage testing, 5.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                      required dampers, 5.2.4.1.                              Exercise centres, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      return, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.2.3., 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                              Exhaust ducts
                                                                                                      sealing, 5.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      supply, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.2.6.                             insulation, 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                    Dwelling units
                                                                                                                                                              Exits
                                                                                                      cooling, 5.2.2.7.
                                                                                                                                                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                      emergency, 3.2.2.1.                                          in contact with ground, 3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                      exterior, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1., 4.2.4.1.                   overall thermal transmittance, calculation of,
                                                                                                      signs, 4.2.1.1.                                                  3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                    Exterior entrances, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1., 4.2.4.1.           performance path calculations, 8.4.2.8.
                                                                                                    Exterior exits, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1., 4.2.4.1.               thermal characteristics, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                    Exterior lighting                                              trade-off path, 3.3.
                                                                                                      allowances, 4.2.3.1.                                      Fluorescent lamp ballasts, 4.2.1.2., 4.2.1.4.
                                                                                                      controls, 4.2.4.1.                                        Food preparation areas
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                      monitoring, 7.2.1.1.                                             4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      performance path calculations, 8.4.1.1.                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      power, 4.2.3.                                                lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                Foundations
                                                                                                                                                                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                 F                                 thermal characteristics, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                Frames, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Facade lighting, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1.                     Functional statements
                                                                                                                                                                   application of Code, 3.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                    Fans/fan systems
                                                                                                                                                                   attributions, 1.1.3.1.
                                                                                                       application of Code, 5.2.3.1.
                                                                                                       constant-volume, 5.2.3.2.                                   building energy performance compliance path,
                                                                                                                                                                       8.5.1.1.
                                                                                                       demand control ventilation, 5.2.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   building envelope, 3.5.1.1.
                                                                                                       design, 5.2.3.
                                                                                                       heat rejection equipment, 5.2.12.2.                         electrical power systems and motors, 7.5.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   HVAC systems, 5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                       off-hours controls, 5.2.11.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   lighting, 4.5.1.1.
                                                                                                       performance compliance, 8.4.2.2., 8.4.2.10., 8.4.4.7.,
                                                                                                          8.4.4.11., 8.4.4.17., 8.4.4.18.                          list of, 3.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   service water systems, 6.5.1.1.
                                                                                                       power demand, 5.2.3.1., 5.2.3.3., 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                                                                                Furnaces
                                                                                                       variable-air-volume, 5.2.3.3., 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                    Farm buildings                                                 (see also Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                                                                                       (HVAC) systems)
                                                                                                       Code not applicable to, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Faucets, 6.2.6.2.                                              efficiency requirements, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   performance compliance, 8.4.4.7., 8.4.4.9., 8.4.5.3.
                                                                                                    Feeder conductors, 7.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    Fenestration
                                                                                                       (see also Doors; Windows)
                                                                                                       air leakage, 3.2.4.3.                                                             G
                                                                                                       allowable area of, 3.1.1.6., 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 Garages, emergency vehicles, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]                              Garages, parking
                                                                                                       effective luminous transmittance, 4.3.2.8.                 factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                       overall thermal transmittance, 3.1.1.5., 3.2.2.3.             4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       performance path calculations, 8.4.2.8., 8.4.3.1.,         HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                          8.4.4.3.                                                lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       thermal characteristics, 3.2.2.3.                        Garages, repair
                                                                                                       trade-off path, 3.3.1.1.                                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Fenestration and door area to gross wall area ratio           factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                          (FDWR)                                                     4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       calculation of, 3.1.1.6.                                   HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                       maximum allowable, 3.2.1.4.                                lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       performance compliance, 8.4.4.3.                         Garages, storage, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.2.2.
                                                                                                       trade-off, simple, 3.3.1.1.                              General lighting, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Fire stations                                               Grade, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,      Gross lighted area, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.                                             Gymnasiums
                                                                                                       lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.                 factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Fireplace doors, 3.2.4.3.                                        4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Firewalls, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Floor surface area, 1.4.1.2. [A]                              lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                    Floors/floor assemblies
                                                                                                       above-ground, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                       documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                             Index
                                                                                                                              H                                  airflow control areas, 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 application of Code, 5.1.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 boilers (see Boilers)
                                                                                                    Hatches, 3.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 compliance, 5.1.1.3.
                                                                                                    Healthcare facilities
                                                                                                                                                                 control of, 5.2.2.8., 5.2.6.2., 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                                 documentation, 2.2.2.5. [C]
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                 ducts (see Ducts)
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                 electrical distribution systems, 7.2.1.
                                                                                                      lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 fan system design, 5.2.3.
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                 heat recovery (see Heat recovery)
                                                                                                    Heat maintenance systems, service water, 6.2.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 humidification, 5.2.9.
                                                                                                    Heat pumps
                                                                                                                                                                 load calculations, 5.2.1.1., 8.4.2.10., 8.4.3.8., 8.4.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      controls, 5.2.8.5., 5.2.11.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 monitoring, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      efficiency requirements, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 outdoor air, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.2.8., 5.2.2.9., 5.2.4.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 8.4.4.13.
                                                                                                                                                                 performance compliance, 5.4.1.1., 8.4.2.2., 8.4.2.10.,
                                                                                                      service water heaters, 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    8.4.3.1., 8.4.4.7., 8.4.4.12., 8.4.4.13.
                                                                                                    Heat recovery
                                                                                                                                                                 pipes/piping, 5.2.5.
                                                                                                      dwelling units, 5.2.10.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 pumping system design, 5.2.6.
                                                                                                      equipment, 5.2.10.1., 5.2.10.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 seasonal shutdown, 5.2.11.3.
                                                                                                      ice-making machines, 5.2.10.3., 8.4.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                 selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 8.4.2.10., 8.4.4.9.,
                                                                                                                                                                 shut-off and setback controls, 5.2.11.
                                                                                                         8.4.4.17., 8.4.4.19.
                                                                                                                                                                 space-heating equipment used for service water
                                                                                                      prescriptive path, 5.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                    heating, 6.2.2.4., 6.2.2.5.
                                                                                                      swimming pools, 5.2.10.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 system design, 5.2.1., 5.2.10.1.
                                                                                                    Heat rejection equipment, 5.2.12.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 temperature controls, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.6.2., 5.2.8.,
                                                                                                    Heat traps, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    5.2.11.2., 5.2.11.5., 8.4.3.7.
                                                                                                    Heaters/heating systems
                                                                                                                                                                 water economizer systems, 5.2.2.9.
                                                                                                      (see also Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                                                                               Hospitals, 4.2.1.5., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                         (HVAC) equipment; Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                                                                               Hot tubs, 6.2.2.1., 6.2.7.2.
                                                                                                         air-conditioning (HVAC) systems; Service water
                                                                                                                                                               Hot water (see Service water heating
                                                                                                         heating systems/equipment)
                                                                                                                                                                    systems/equipment)
                                                                                                      baseboard, 3.1.1.2., 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                               Hotels/motels/guest rooms/suites
                                                                                                      boosters, 6.2.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 electrical power/metering, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      efficiency, 5.2.12.1., 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                      electric, 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      electric-resistance, 5.2.8.6., 5.2.12.1., 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                 lighting controls, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.2.6.
                                                                                                      heat pumps, 5.2.8.5., 5.2.11.1., 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      ice- and snow-melting, 5.2.8.7.
                                                                                                                                                               Humidification controls, 5.2.9.1.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 8.4.2.10., 8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.6.,
                                                                                                                                                               HVAC equipment (see Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                         8.4.4.9., 8.4.4.20.
                                                                                                                                                                    air-conditioning (HVAC) equipment)
                                                                                                      pools, 6.2.2.1., 6.2.7.1.
                                                                                                                                                               HVAC systems (see Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                      recessed, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    air-conditioning (HVAC) systems)
                                                                                                    Heating cables, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                               Hydronic pumps, 8.4.4.14.
                                                                                                    Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC)
                                                                                                         equipment
                                                                                                      (see also Heaters/heating systems; Heating,
                                                                                                         ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC)                                           I
                                                                                                         systems)
                                                                                                      baseboard heaters, 3.1.1.2., 8.4.4.7.                    Ice-making machines, 5.2.10.3., 8.4.3.9., 8.4.4.7.,
                                                                                                      dampers, 5.2.4.                                                8.4.4.19.
                                                                                                      efficiency requirements, 5.2.12.                         Ice-melting heater controls, 5.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      electric resistance heater units, 8.4.4.7.               Ice plants (see Ice-making machines)
                                                                                                      outdoor installations, 5.2.7.                            Information required for proposed work, 2.2.2. [C]
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 8.4.4.8.                         Installed interior lighting power
                                                                                                      sizing, 5.2.1., 8.4.4.8.                                    compliance, 4.3.1.3.
                                                                                                    Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC)              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                         equipments, dampers, 5.2.4.                              determination of, 4.2.1.4., 4.3.2.1.
                                                                                                    Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC)              limits to, 4.2.1.3.
                                                                                                         systems                                                  performance path calculations, 8.4.3.4., 8.4.4.5.
                                                                                                      additions, 5.1.1.2., 8.4.1.4.                            Insulation
                                                                                                      air distribution systems, 5.2.2., 8.4.4.7., 8.4.4.18.       continuity of, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                      air economizer systems, 5.2.2.8.                            ducts and plenums, 5.2.2.5., 5.2.2.6.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                       floors in contact with ground, 3.2.3.3.                    application of Code, 4.1.1.2.
                                                                                                       piping, HVAC systems, 5.2.5.3., 5.2.5.4.                   ballasts, 4.2.1.2., 4.2.1.4.
                                                                                                       piping, service water, 6.2.3.1.                            compliance, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                       protection of, in building envelope, 3.2.1.1.              controls (see Lighting controls)
                                                                                                       service water equipment, 6.2.2.2.                          documentation, 2.2.2.4. [C]
                                                                                                       walls in contact with ground, 3.2.3.1.                     dwelling units, 4.1.1.2.
                                                                                                       water tanks, 6.2.2.2.                                      emergency, 4.1.1.2.
                                                                                                    Integrated coefficient of performance (ICOP),                 entrances and exits, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.4.1.
                                                                                                          1.4.1.2. [A]                                            exit signs, 4.2.1.1.
                                                                                                    Integrated energy-efficiency ratio (IEER), 1.4.1.2. [A]       exterior (see Exterior lighting)
                                                                                                    Integrated part-load value (IPLV), 1.4.1.2. [A]               facade, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1.
                                                                                                    Interior lighting                                             gross lighted area, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.1.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       controls, 4.2.1.6., 4.2.2.                                 interior (see Interior lighting)
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   landscape, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1.
                                                                                                       energy consumption compliance, 4.3.1.3.                    luminaires, 4.2.1.4., 4.2.3.1.
                                                                                                       energy/power, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.1., 4.3.2., 8.4.3.4.,      performance compliance, 8.4.1.1., 8.4.2.2., 8.4.3.1.,
                                                                                                          8.4.4.5.                                                   8.4.3.2., 8.4.3.4., 8.4.4.5.
                                                                                                       exit signs, 4.2.1.1.                                       power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.2., 4.3.3.2.
                                                                                                       monitoring, 7.2.1.1.                                       supplemental, 4.2.1.4., 4.2.2.6.
                                                                                                       performance path calculations, 8.4.3.4., 8.4.4.5.          trade-off path (see Lighting trade-off path)
                                                                                                    Interior lighting energy allowance                         Lighting controls
                                                                                                       building area method, 4.2.1.5.                             automatic, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.1.
                                                                                                       calculations, 4.3.3.1.                                     documentation, 2.2.2.4. [C]
                                                                                                       compliance, 4.3.1.3.                                       exterior, 4.2.4.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   interior, 4.2.1.6., 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                       limits to, 4.2.1.3.                                        performance path calculations, 8.4.3.4., 8.4.4.5.
                                                                                                       prescriptive path, 4.2.1.                                  sidelighting, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                       space-by-space method, 4.2.1.6.                            special applications, 4.2.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  storage garages, 4.2.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                  toplighting, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                J                                 trade-off path, 4.3.1.1., 4.3.2.5., 4.3.2.7., 4.3.2.10.,
                                                                                                                                                                     4.3.3.1., 4.3.3.5., 4.3.3.7., 4.3.3.10.
                                                                                                    Joints, continuity of insulation, 3.2.1.2.                 Lighting trade-off path
                                                                                                                                                                  application of Code, 4.3.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  compliance, 4.3.1.3.
                                                                                                                                L                                 installed interior lighting energy, 4.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                  interior lighting energy allowance, 4.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  limitations of Code application, 4.3.1.2.
                                                                                                    Laboratories
                                                                                                                                                               Limitations of compliance
                                                                                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                                  back-up HVAC systems, 5.4.1.2.
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                  back-up service water systems, 6.4.1.2.
                                                                                                       HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                  building energy performance path, 8.4.1.3.
                                                                                                       lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  building envelope performance path, 3.4.1.2.
                                                                                                       lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  HVAC equipment, 5.4.1.2.
                                                                                                    Lamp ballasts, 4.2.1.2., 4.2.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  lighting trade-off path, 4.3.1.2.
                                                                                                    Lamps (see Lighting)
                                                                                                                                                               Load calculations
                                                                                                    Landscape lighting, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  HVAC systems, 5.2.1.1., 8.4.2.10., 8.4.3.8., 8.4.5.
                                                                                                    Laundry/washing areas, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                  part-load, 8.4.5.
                                                                                                    Lavatories
                                                                                                                                                                  service water heating systems, 8.4.2.7.
                                                                                                       (see also Bathrooms)
                                                                                                                                                               Loading docks, 3.2.4.3., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                               Loads
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                  boilers, 5.2.11.4.
                                                                                                       hot water service, 6.2.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                  combination systems, service water heating,
                                                                                                       lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     6.2.2.4.
                                                                                                    Leakage testing, ducts, 5.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  cooling with outdoor air, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.2.8., 5.2.2.9.
                                                                                                    Libraries
                                                                                                                                                                  electrical motors, 7.2.4.1.
                                                                                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                                  fan control, 5.2.3.3., 8.4.4.17.
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                  heat pumps, 5.2.8.5.
                                                                                                       HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                  monitoring, 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                       lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  part-loads, 8.4.3.8., 8.4.4.14., 8.4.5.
                                                                                                    Lighting
                                                                                                       additions, 8.4.1.4.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                  Index
                                                                                                      performance, 8.4.3.5.                                   Office buildings/rooms
                                                                                                      voltage drop, 7.2.2.1.                                    factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Lobbies (see Vestibules)                                       4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Locker rooms, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.                           HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Luminaires, 4.2.1.4., 4.2.2.6., 4.2.3.1.                    lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                              Opaque building assemblies
                                                                                                                                                                air leakage, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                                                M                               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                performance path calculations, 8.4.3.1., 8.4.4.3.
                                                                                                    Manufacturing facilities, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.     thermal characteristics, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                    Materials                                                 Organizations (standards), 1.3.2., 1.5.2. [A]
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                           Outdoor air




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      standards, 1.3., 1.5. [A]                                 controls, 5.2.4.1., 5.2.11.1., 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                     cooling with, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.2.8., 5.2.2.9.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                        performance path, 8.4.3.6., 8.4.4.12., 8.4.4.15.,
                                                                                                    Motors, electrical, 7.2.4.                                     8.4.4.18.
                                                                                                    Multi-purpose rooms                                       Outdoor equipment, 5.2.7.
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,     Outdoor packaged units, gas-fired
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.                                              efficiency required, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.                         Overall thermal transmittance (U-value)
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.                          above-ground assemblies, 3.2.2.
                                                                                                    Multi-unit residential buildings                            building assemblies, 3.1.1.5.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.                           building assemblies in contact with ground, 3.2.3.
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5.                          calculation of, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                    Multiple boilers, 5.2.11.4.                                 continuity of insulation, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                    Museums                                                     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,       documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.                                              doors, 3.2.2.4.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.                           floors, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.                heaters, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                performance path, 3.4.1.2., 8.4.3.1., 8.4.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                protection of insulation materials, 3.2.1.1.
                                                                                                                                N                               roofs, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                service water tanks, 6.2.2.2.
                                                                                                    Nominal thermal transmittance                               skylights, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                      access hatches, 3.2.2.4.                                  spaces heated to different temperatures, 3.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      covers for pools and hot tubs, 6.2.7.2.                   trade-off path, 3.3.1.1., 3.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                unconditioned enclosures, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                                                                                vertical fenestration, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                                                O                               walls, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                              Overhead doors, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                    Objectives
                                                                                                      application of Code, 2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      attributions, 1.1.3.1.                                                            P
                                                                                                      building energy performance compliance path,
                                                                                                          8.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      building envelope, 3.5.1.1.                             Parking garages/areas
                                                                                                      electrical power systems and motors, 7.5.1.1.             factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 5.5.1.1.                                        4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      lighting, 4.5.1.1.                                        HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      list of, 2.2.1.1. [A]                                     lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      service water systems, 6.5.1.1.                         Partitions, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Occupancy                                                 Penitentiaries
                                                                                                      and energy performance path, 8.1.1.2., 8.4.3.2.,          factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                          8.4.4.7.                                                  4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      and HVAC system requirements, 5.1.1.2.                    HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      and lavatory water shut-off controls, 6.2.6.2.            lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                Performance compliance (see Building energy
                                                                                                      lighting requirement exemption, 4.1.1.2.                      performance compliance path)
                                                                                                    Occupancy-sensing mechanism                               Pharmacies, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      factor to account for, 4.3.2.10., 4.3.3.10.             Photosensors for lighting control, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                              National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                    Pipes/piping                                                                           R
                                                                                                       building envelope, 3.2.1.2., 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                       chilled fluid in, 5.2.5.4.                                 Radiant heating systems
                                                                                                       design and installation, 5.2.5.1.                            above-ground, overall thermal transmittance,
                                                                                                       heat traps, 6.2.3.1.                                            3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                       heating in floors, 8.4.4.16.                                 performance path, 8.4.4.16.
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 5.2.5.                                         roofs in contact with ground, overall thermal
                                                                                                       in floors in contact with ground, 3.2.3.3.                      transmittance, 3.2.3.2.
                                                                                                       in walls in contact with ground, 3.2.3.1.                  Recessed heaters, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                       insulation, 5.2.5.3., 6.2.3.1.                             Referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                       overall thermal transmittance, calculation of,             Regulations, other, 1.1.1.3. [A]
                                                                                                          3.1.1.7.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                  Reheating and recooling controls, 5.2.8.9.
                                                                                                       suction-line, 5.2.5.3.                                     Religious buildings
                                                                                                       thermal conductivity, 5.2.5.3., 6.2.3.1.                     factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Plans, information required, 2.2.2.1. [C]                          4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Plenums                                                         HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                       construction, installation and sealing, 5.2.2.3.             lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   Remote heaters, service water, 6.2.5.1.
                                                                                                       insulation, 5.2.2.5.                                       Repair garages
                                                                                                    Police stations, 4.2.1.5.                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Post offices, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.                     factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Power (see Electrical power; Installed interior lighting           4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                          power)                                                    HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Prescriptive compliance                                         lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       building envelope, 3.1.1.3.                                Requirements, conflicting with Code, 1.1.1.3. [A],
                                                                                                       Code requirements, 1.1.2.1.                                     1.5.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       electrical power systems and motors, 7.1.1.3.              Retail areas/spaces
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 5.1.1.3.                                       factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                       lighting, 4.1.1.3.                                              4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       service water systems, 6.1.1.3.                              HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                    Prescriptive requirements                                       lighting controls, 4.2.2.6.
                                                                                                       building energy performance, 8.1.1., 8.4.1., 8.4.2.,         lighting power, 4.2.1.4., 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                          8.4.3., 8.4.4.                                            vestibules, 3.2.2.1.
                                                                                                       building envelope, 3.2.                                    Return ducts, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.2.3., 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                       Code compliance, 1.1.2.1.                                  Revolving doors, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                       electrical power systems and motors, 7.2.                  Roof monitors
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 5.2.                                           determination of daylighted area, 4.2.2.4., 4.2.2.5.,
                                                                                                       lighting, 4.2.                                                  4.3.2.3.
                                                                                                       service water systems, 6.2.                                  lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    Pressure booster systems                                      Roofs/roof assemblies
                                                                                                       pressure controls, 6.2.8.2.                                  above-ground, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                       size of water storage tank, 6.2.8.1.                         documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]
                                                                                                    Primary systems, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   gross area, in relation to allowable skylight areas,
                                                                                                    Process loads                                                      3.1.1.6., 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                       Code applicability, 1.1.1.2. [A]                             in contact with ground, 3.2.3.2.
                                                                                                       ice arenas, 5.2.10.3.                                        overall thermal transmittance, calculation of,
                                                                                                       interior lighting power, 4.2.1.5.                               3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                       performance compliance, 8.4.2.7., 8.4.4.7.                   performance path calculations, 8.4.2.8., 8.4.4.3.
                                                                                                       pools, 5.2.10.2., 6.2.2.1., 6.2.7.1., 6.2.7.2., 8.4.4.7.     thermal requirements, 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.2.
                                                                                                    Pumping systems
                                                                                                       design, 5.2.6.
                                                                                                       performance path, 8.4.4.9., 8.4.4.10., 8.4.4.11.,
                                                                                                          8.4.4.14., 8.4.4.19.
                                                                                                                                                                                            S
                                                                                                       power demand, 5.2.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Sashes, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       seasonal shutdown, 5.2.11.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Schools/universities, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                       variable-flow, 5.2.6.2., 5.2.11.5.
                                                                                                                                                                  Scope of the Code
                                                                                                                                                                    all Divisions, 1.3.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                    building energy performance compliance, 8.1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    building envelope, 3.1.1.1., 3.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    electrical power systems and motors, 7.1.1.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                       7.4.1.1.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                               Index
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 5.1.1.1., 5.4.1.1.                                    off-hours, 5.2.11.1.
                                                                                                      lighting, 4.1.1.1., 4.4.1.1.                                        seasonal shutdown, 5.2.11.3.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 3.4.1.1., 4.4.1.1., 5.4.1.1.,            Shutdown
                                                                                                          6.4.1.1., 7.4.1.1.                                              seasonal, 5.2.11.3.
                                                                                                      service water systems, 6.1.1.1., 6.4.1.1.                           service water heating systems, 6.2.4.2.
                                                                                                    Sealing tape, 5.2.2.3.                                             Sidelighting
                                                                                                    Seasonal energy-efficiency ratio (SEER), 1.4.1.2. [A]                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Seasonal shutdown, 5.2.11.3., 6.2.4.2.                                determination of areas, 4.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Seating areas, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.                                    lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    Secondary systems, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       trade-off path, 4.3.2.3., 4.3.2.7., 4.3.2.8., 4.3.3.3.,
                                                                                                    Semi-heated buildings, 3.2.1.3., 8.4.4.2.                                4.3.3.7.
                                                                                                    Service rooms                                                      Signage, exits, 4.2.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,              Sizing, equipment, 5.2.1., 8.4.4.8., 8.4.4.10.
                                                                                                          4.3.2.10.                                                    Skylights
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.                                    (see also Fenestration)
                                                                                                    Service water, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                           air leakage, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                    Service water heating systems/equipment                               allowable area of, 3.1.1.6., 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                      additions, 8.4.1.4.                                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      application of Code, 6.1.1.2.                                       determination of daylighted area, 4.2.2.5., 4.3.2.3.
                                                                                                      bathrooms, 6.2.6.                                                   documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]
                                                                                                      boilers (see Boilers)                                               lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.
                                                                                                      booster heaters, 6.2.5.1.                                           overall thermal transmittance, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                      combination equipment, 6.2.2.4., 6.2.2.5.                           performance path calculations, 8.4.2.8.
                                                                                                      compliance, 6.1.1.3., 8.4.2.2.                                   Sliding doors, commercial, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      controls, 6.2.4., 6.2.6.1., 6.2.7.1., 6.2.8.2.                   Smoke control equipment, 5.1.1.2., 5.2.10.1., 8.4.4.17.
                                                                                                      documentation, 2.2.2.6. [C]                                      Snow-melting heater controls, 5.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      equipment efficiency, 6.2.2.1.                                   Solar absorptance, 8.4.4.3.
                                                                                                      faucets, 6.2.6.2.                                                Solar radiation, 8.4.2.8.
                                                                                                      heat maintenance systems, 6.2.3.1.                               Solar thermal service water heating equipment,
                                                                                                      heat pumps, 6.2.2.1.                                                   6.2.2.3.
                                                                                                      heat traps, 6.2.3.1.                                             Space heaters
                                                                                                      hot tubs, 6.2.2.1., 6.2.7.2.                                        equipment using service water, 5.2.12.4.
                                                                                                      insulation, 6.2.2.2., 6.2.3.1.                                   Space temperatures
                                                                                                      lavatories, 6.2.6.2.                                                controls, 5.2.8.1., 5.2.8.6., 5.2.8.9., 8.4.3.7., 8.4.4.16.
                                                                                                      limitations of Code application, 6.4.1.2.                           differing, 3.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      load calculations, 8.4.2.7.                                         energy model calculations, 8.4.2.5.
                                                                                                      location, 6.2.3.1.                                               Space types
                                                                                                      loop temperature reset controls, 5.2.11.5.                          HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 6.1.1.3., 8.4.2.2.                          lighting controls, 4.2.2.1., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      performance path, 6.4., 8.4.2.7., 8.4.3.1., 8.4.3.2.,               lighting power allowance calculations, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                          8.4.3.5., 8.4.4.2., 8.4.4.6., 8.4.4.19., 8.4.4.20., 8.4.5.   Space, unconditioned, 3.1.1.7., 5.2.4.1., 5.2.7.1., 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      piping, 6.2.3.                                                   Stairways/stairwells, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      pressure booster systems, 6.2.8.                                 Standards
                                                                                                      regulations, 6.2.1.1.                                               organizations, 1.3.2., 1.5.2. [A]
                                                                                                      remote heaters, 6.2.5.1.                                            referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                      showers, 6.2.6.1.                                                Standby losses (SL), definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      shutdown controls, 6.2.4.2.                                      Storage garages, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      solar thermal, 6.2.2.3.                                          Storage on building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]
                                                                                                      space heating equipment used for service water                   Storage rooms, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                          heating, 5.2.12.1., 6.2.2.4., 6.2.2.5.                       Storage-type service water heater, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      space heating with, 5.2.12.4.                                    Storage vessels, 6.2.2., 6.2.8.1.
                                                                                                      storage-type heaters, 1.4.1.2. [A]                               Storey, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      storage vessels and heating equipment, 6.2.2.1.                  Suites, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      swimming pools, 5.2.10.2., 6.2.2.1., 6.2.7., 8.4.4.7.            Sun porches, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                      system design, 6.2.1.                                            Supply air handlers, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.8.8.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 6.2.4.1., 6.2.4.3.                         Supply ducts, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.2.6.
                                                                                                    Showers, 6.2.6.1.                                                  Swimming pools
                                                                                                    Shut-off and setback controls                                         covers, 6.2.7.2.
                                                                                                      airflow, 5.2.11.2.                                                  heat recovery, 5.2.10.2.
                                                                                                      loop temperature reset for water systems, 5.2.11.5.                 heaters, 6.2.2.1.
                                                                                                      multiple boilers, 5.2.11.4.                                         heating controls, 6.2.7.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                         National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                      performance path, 8.4.2.7., 8.4.4.7.                        Trade-off path
                                                                                                      water systems, 6.2.7.                                          application and limitations, 3.3.1.1.
                                                                                                    Symbols used in the Code, 1.4.2.1. [A]                           building envelope, 3.3.
                                                                                                    Systems                                                          calculations, 3.3.1.2.
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                  Code requirements, 1.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      performance path, 8.4.2.10., 8.4.4.7.                          lighting, 4.3.
                                                                                                      storage on building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]                      Transformers, 7.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                          Transportation facilities, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.


                                                                                                                                T                                                             U




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Temperature-control zones, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.8.6., 5.2.8.9.   U-value (see Overall thermal transmittance)
                                                                                                    Temperature controls                                          Unconditioned spaces, 3.1.1.7., 5.2.4.1., 5.2.7.1., 6.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      airflow control areas, 5.2.11.2.                            Unit heaters
                                                                                                      dwelling units, 5.2.8.1., 5.2.8.2.                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 5.2.2.7., 5.2.6.2., 5.2.8., 5.2.11.2.,        Used materials, appliances and equipment, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                         5.2.11.5., 8.4.3.7.
                                                                                                      ice- and snow-melting heaters, 5.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.2.8.4.                                                                   V
                                                                                                      perimeter system, 5.2.8.6.
                                                                                                      reheating and recooling, 5.2.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                                  Vapour barrier protection, 5.2.2.6., 5.2.5.3., 5.2.5.4.
                                                                                                      service water heating systems, 6.2.4.1., 6.2.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Variable-air-volume
                                                                                                      showers, 6.2.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    duct sealing exemption, 5.2.2.3.
                                                                                                      shut-off and setback, 5.2.11.
                                                                                                                                                                    fan power calculations, 8.4.4.17.
                                                                                                      spaces, 5.2.8.1., 5.2.8.6., 8.4.3.7., 8.4.4.16.
                                                                                                                                                                    fan systems, 5.2.3.3., 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                      swimming pools, 6.2.7.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    HVAC systems calculations, 8.4.2.10.
                                                                                                      thermostats, 5.2.8.6., 5.2.11.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    provision for balancing, 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      vestibules, 5.2.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                    shut-off and setback controls, 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                    Theatres
                                                                                                                                                                  Variable-flow pumping systems, 5.2.6.2., 5.2.11.5.,
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                       8.4.4.14.
                                                                                                      factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                                                                                  Variable refrigerant flow systems, 5.2.12.1.
                                                                                                         4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                  Vehicle maintenance areas, 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                                  Ventilating systems (see Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                       air-conditioning (HVAC) systems)
                                                                                                    Thermal blocks
                                                                                                                                                                  Verandas, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                  Vestibules
                                                                                                      energy calculations, 8.4.2.6., 8.4.2.8., 8.4.4.18.
                                                                                                                                                                    doors, 3.2.2.1.
                                                                                                    Thermal bridging effect, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Thermal characteristics
                                                                                                                                                                       4.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      access hatches, 3.2.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    lighting power density, 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      building assemblies in contact with ground, 3.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                    overall thermal transmittance, 3.1.1.7.
                                                                                                      determination of, 3.1.1.5.
                                                                                                                                                                    temperature controls, 5.2.8.6.
                                                                                                      doors, 3.2.2.4.
                                                                                                      fenestration, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                      opaque building assemblies, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      performance path calculations, 8.4.1.4., 8.4.2.8.,                                      W
                                                                                                         8.4.4.4.
                                                                                                    Thermal efficiency, 1.4.1.2. [A]                              Walls/wall assemblies
                                                                                                    Thermal mass, 8.4.2.4., 8.4.4.4.                                above-ground, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                    Thermal transmittance (see Nominal thermal                      documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]
                                                                                                         transmittance; Overall thermal transmittance)              foundations, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.2.2., 3.2.3.3.
                                                                                                    Thermostats/thermostatic controls (see Temperature              gross area, 3.1.1.6.
                                                                                                         controls)                                                  in contact with ground, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                    Toplighting                                                     insulation, 3.2.1.2., 3.2.3.1., 5.2.2.5.
                                                                                                      daylighted area, determination of, 4.2.2.4., 4.2.2.5.         overall thermal transmittance, 3.1.1.7., 3.2.2.2.,
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                         3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      lighting controls, 4.2.2.1.                                   performance path calculations, 8.4.2.8.
                                                                                                      trade-off path, 4.3.2.3., 4.3.2.7., 4.3.2.9., 4.3.3.3.,     Warehouses
                                                                                                         4.3.3.7.                                                   factors for occupancy control and personal control,
                                                                                                    Town halls, 4.2.1.5.                                               4.3.2.10.


                                                                                                    National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      HVAC system selection, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      lighting power density, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6.
                                                                                                    Washrooms (see Lavatories)
                                                                                                    Water economizer systems, 5.2.2.9.
                                                                                                    Water pressure booster systems (see Pressure booster
                                                                                                         systems)
                                                                                                    Water (see Service water)
                                                                                                    Water tanks
                                                                                                      insulation, 6.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      overall thermal transmittance, 6.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      pressure booster systems, 6.2.8.1.
                                                                                                    Windows




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      (see also Fenestration)
                                                                                                      air leakage, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      documentation, 2.2.2.3. [C]
                                                                                                    Workshops, 4.2.1.5., 4.2.1.6., 4.3.2.10.


                                                                                                                                Z
                                                                                                    Zones
                                                                                                      climatic, 3.2.2., 3.2.3., 8.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      heat recovery, 5.2.10.4.
                                                                                                      HVAC, 5.2.2.3., 5.2.11.1., 5.2.11.2.
                                                                                                      performance path, 8.4.4.7.
                                                                                                      temperature, 1.4.1.2. [A], 5.2.8.6., 5.2.8.9.




                                                                                                    Index                                                  National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                                                                                 Conversions

                                                                                                                                                                   To convert SI units to imperial   To convert imperial units to SI
                                                                                                             SI Units                Imperial Units
                                                                                                                                                                         units, multiply by                units, multiply by
                                                                                                                                                                  Temperature
                                                                                                                °C                          °F                            1.8 and add 32               subtract 32 divide by 1.8
                                                                                                                                                                     Length
                                                                                                               mm                           in.                                0.03937                            25.4




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                cm                          in.                                 0.3937                            2.54
                                                                                                                m                           ft.                                 3.281                            0.3048
                                                                                                                                                                      Area
                                                                                                               mm2                         in.2                                0.00155                           645.16
                                                                                                               cm2                         in.2                                 0.155                            6.4516
                                                                                                                m2                          ft.2                                10.76                          0.092903
                                                                                                                                                                    Volume
                                                                                                               cm3                         in.3                                 0.061                           16.3871
                                                                                                                m3                          ft.3                                35.31                           0.02832
                                                                                                                L                       gal. (Imp)                               0.22                             4.55
                                                                                                                L                       gal. (US)                               0.2642                           3.785
                                                                                                                                                                      Flow
                                                                                                                L/s                   ft.3/min. (cfm)                          2.11889                         0.471947
                                                                                                              L/min.                  ft.3/min. (cfm)                           0.0353                           28.329
                                                                                                               m3/h                   ft.3/min. (cfm)                           0.5886                           1.699
                                                                                                                                                                     Power
                                                                                                                W                         Btu/h                                 3.413                          0.2930711
                                                                                                                                                                   Heat Flux
                                                                                                              W/m2                     Btu/h × ft.2                             0.317                          3.154591
                                                                                                                                                   Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value)
                                                                                                            W/m2 × K                Btu/h × ft.2 × °F                          0.17612                         5.678263
                                                                                                            W/m2 × °C               Btu/h × ft.2 × °F                          0.17612                         5.678263
                                                                                                                                                              Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                         m2 × °C/W (RSI)          ft.2 × h × °F/Btu (R)                         5.678                           0.17611
                                                                                                                                                            Thermal Conductivity, k
                                                                                                             W/m × K              Btu × in./h × ft.2 × °F                      6.93347                         0.1442279
                                                                                                    W/m2 × °C (per m thickness)   Btu × ft./h × ft.2 × °F                       0.5777                           1.731
                                                                                                    W/m2 × °C (per m thickness)   Btu × in./h × ft.2 × °F                       6.9444                           0.144
                                                                                                                                                                    Pressure
                                                                                                                Pa                     in. of water                            0.004014                           249
                                                                                                               kPa                         psi                                  0.145                            6.895
                                                                                                               kPa                         psf                                  20.88                           0.04788
                                                                                                                                                                    Energy
                                                                                                                MJ                         kWh                                  0.278                             3.6
                                                                                                                J                          Btu                                0.0009478                        1055.056
